View R5F2122CKFP_4283056.PDF datasheet online --- IC-ON-LINE

Datasheet File OCR Text:

REJ09B0251-0200
16
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
Hardware Manual
RENESAS MCU R8C FAMILY / R8C/2x SERIES
All information contained in these materials, including products and product specifications, represents information on the product at the time of publication and is subject to change by Renesas Technology Corp. without notice. Please review the latest information published by Renesas Technology Corp. through various means, including the Renesas Technology Corp. website (http://www.renesas.com).
Rev.2.00 Revision Date: Aug 20, 2008
www.renesas.com
Notes regarding these materials
1. This document is provided for reference purposes only so that Renesas customers may select the appropriate Renesas products for their use. Renesas neither makes warranties or representations with respect to the accuracy or completeness of the information contained in this document nor grants any license to any intellectual property rights or any other rights of Renesas or any third party with respect to the information in this document. 2. Renesas shall have no liability for damages or infringement of any intellectual property or other rights arising out of the use of any information in this document, including, but not limited to, product data, diagrams, charts, programs, algorithms, and application circuit examples. 3. You should not use the products or the technology described in this document for the purpose of military applications such as the development of weapons of mass destruction or for the purpose of any other military use. When exporting the products or technology described herein, you should follow the applicable export control laws and regulations, and procedures required by such laws and regulations. 4. All information included in this document such as product data, diagrams, charts, programs, algorithms, and application circuit examples, is current as of the date this document is issued. Such information, however, is subject to change without any prior notice. Before purchasing or using any Renesas products listed in this document, please confirm the latest product information with a Renesas sales office. Also, please pay regular and careful attention to additional and different information to be disclosed by Renesas such as that disclosed through our website. (http://www.renesas.com ) 5. Renesas has used reasonable care in compiling the information included in this document, but Renesas assumes no liability whatsoever for any damages incurred as a result of errors or omissions in the information included in this document. 6. When using or otherwise relying on the information in this document, you should evaluate the information in light of the total system before deciding about the applicability of such information to the intended application. Renesas makes no representations, warranties or guaranties regarding the suitability of its products for any particular application and specifically disclaims any liability arising out of the application and use of the information in this document or Renesas products. 7. With the exception of products specified by Renesas as suitable for automobile applications, Renesas products are not designed, manufactured or tested for applications or otherwise in systems the failure or malfunction of which may cause a direct threat to human life or create a risk of human injury or which require especially high quality and reliability such as safety systems, or equipment or systems for transportation and traffic, healthcare, combustion control, aerospace and aeronautics, nuclear power, or undersea communication transmission. If you are considering the use of our products for such purposes, please contact a Renesas sales office beforehand. Renesas shall have no liability for damages arising out of the uses set forth above. 8. Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, you should not use Renesas products for the purposes listed below: (1) artificial life support devices or systems (2) surgical implantations (3) healthcare intervention (e.g., excision, administration of medication, etc.) (4) any other purposes that pose a direct threat to human life Renesas shall have no liability for damages arising out of the uses set forth in the above and purchasers who elect to use Renesas products in any of the foregoing applications shall indemnify and hold harmless Renesas Technology Corp., its affiliated companies and their officers, directors, and employees against any and all damages arising out of such applications. 9. You should use the products described herein within the range specified by Renesas, especially with respect to the maximum rating, operating supply voltage range, movement power voltage range, heat radiation characteristics, installation and other product characteristics. Renesas shall have no liability for malfunctions or damages arising out of the use of Renesas products beyond such specified ranges. 10. Although Renesas endeavors to improve the quality and reliability of its products, IC products have specific characteristics such as the occurrence of failure at a certain rate and malfunctions under certain use conditions. Please be sure to implement safety measures to guard against the possibility of physical injury, and injury or damage caused by fire in the event of the failure of a Renesas product, such as safety design for hardware and software including but not limited to redundancy, fire control and malfunction prevention, appropriate treatment for aging degradation or any other applicable measures. Among others, since the evaluation of microcomputer software alone is very difficult, please evaluate the safety of the final products or system manufactured by you. 11. In case Renesas products listed in this document are detached from the products to which the Renesas products are attached or affixed, the risk of accident such as swallowing by infants and small children is very high. You should implement safety measures so that Renesas products may not be easily detached from your products. Renesas shall have no liability for damages arising out of such detachment. 12. This document may not be reproduced or duplicated, in any form, in whole or in part, without prior written approval from Renesas. 13. Please contact a Renesas sales office if you have any questions regarding the information contained in this document, Renesas semiconductor products, or if you have any other inquiries.
General Precautions in the Handling of MPU/MCU Products
The following usage notes are applicable to all MPU/MCU products from Renesas. For detailed usage notes on the products covered by this manual, refer to the relevant sections of the manual. If the descriptions under General Precautions in the Handling of MPU/MCU Products and in the body of the manual differ from each other, the description in the body of the manual takes precedence. 1. Handling of Unused Pins Handle unused pins in accord with the directions given under Handling of Unused Pins in the manual. The input pins of CMOS products are generally in the high-impedance state. In operation with an unused pin in the open-circuit state, extra electromagnetic noise is induced in the vicinity of LSI, an associated shoot-through current flows internally, and malfunctions occur due to the false recognition of the pin state as an input signal become possible. Unused pins should be handled as described under Handling of Unused Pins in the manual. 2. Processing at Power-on The state of the product is undefined at the moment when power is supplied. The states of internal circuits in the LSI are indeterminate and the states of register settings and pins are undefined at the moment when power is supplied. In a finished product where the reset signal is applied to the external reset pin, the states of pins are not guaranteed from the moment when power is supplied until the reset process is completed. In a similar way, the states of pins in a product that is reset by an on-chip power-on reset function are not guaranteed from the moment when power is supplied until the power reaches the level at which resetting has been specified. 3. Prohibition of Access to Reserved Addresses Access to reserved addresses is prohibited. The reserved addresses are provided for the possible future expansion of functions. Do not access these addresses; the correct operation of LSI is not guaranteed if they are accessed. 4. Clock Signals After applying a reset, only release the reset line after the operating clock signal has become stable. When switching the clock signal during program execution, wait until the target clock signal has stabilized. When the clock signal is generated with an external resonator (or from an external oscillator) during a reset, ensure that the reset line is only released after full stabilization of the clock signal. Moreover, when switching to a clock signal produced with an external resonator (or by an external oscillator) while program execution is in progress, wait until the target clock signal is stable. 5. Differences between Products Before changing from one product to another, i.e. to one with a different part number, confirm that the change will not lead to problems. The characteristics of MPU/MCU in the same group but having different part numbers may differ because of the differences in internal memory capacity and layout pattern. When changing to products of different part numbers, implement a system-evaluation test for each of the products.
How to Use This Manual
1. Purpose and Target Readers
This manual is designed to provide the user with an understanding of the hardware functions and electrical characteristics of the MCU. It is intended for users designing application systems incorporating the MCU. A basic knowledge of electric circuits, logical circuits, and MCUs is necessary in order to use this manual. The manual comprises an overview of the product; descriptions of the CPU, system control functions, peripheral functions, and electrical characteristics; and usage notes. Particular attention should be paid to the precautionary notes when using the manual. These notes occur within the body of the text, at the end of each section, and in the Usage Notes section.
The revision history summarizes the locations of revisions and additions. It does not list all revisions. Refer to the text of the manual for details. The following documents apply to the R8C/22 Group and R8C/23 Group. Make sure to refer to the latest versions of these documents. The newest versions of the documents listed may be obtained from the Renesas Technology Web site. Document Type Datasheet Description Document Title Document No. REJ03B0097 Hardware overview and electrical characteristics R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Datasheet R8C/22 Group, This hardware Hardware manual Hardware specifications (pin assignments, R8C/23 Group manual memory maps, peripheral function Hardware Manual specifications, electrical characteristics, timing charts) and operation description Note: Refer to the application notes for details on using peripheral functions. Software manual Description of CPU instruction set R8C/Tiny Series REJ09B0001 Software Manual Available from Renesas Application note Information on using peripheral functions and Technology Web site. application examples Sample programs Information on writing programs in assembly language and C Renesas Product specifications, updates on documents, technical update etc.
2.
Notation of Numbers and Symbols
The notation conventions for register names, bit names, numbers, and symbols used in this manual are described below. (1) Register Names, Bit Names, and Pin Names Registers, bits, and pins are referred to in the text by symbols. The symbol is accompanied by the word "register," "bit," or "pin" to distinguish the three categories. Examples the PM03 bit in the PM0 register P3_5 pin, VCC pin Notation of Numbers The indication "b" is appended to numeric values given in binary format. However, nothing is appended to the values of single bits. The indication "h" is appended to numeric values given in hexadecimal format. Nothing is appended to numeric values given in decimal format. Examples Binary: 11b Hexadecimal: EFA0h Decimal: 1234
(2)
3.
Register Notation
The symbols and terms used in register diagrams are described below.
XXX Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
*1
Symbol XXX Address XXX After Reset 00h
0
Bit Symbol
XXX0
Bit Name
XXX bits
b1 b0
Function
1 0: XXX 0 1: XXX 1 0: Do not set. 1 1: XXX
RW RW
*2
XXX1
RW
(b2)
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is undefined.
*3
RW
(b3)
Reserved bits
Set to 0.
*4
XXX4
XXX bits
Function varies according to the operating mode.
RW
XXX5
WO
XXX6 0: XXX 1: XXX
RW
XXX7
XXX bit
RO
*1 Blank: Set to 0 or 1 according to the application. 0: Set to 0. 1: Set to 1. X: Nothing is assigned. *2 RW: Read and write. RO: Read only. WO: Write only. -: Nothing is assigned. *3 * Reserved bit Reserved bit. Set to specified value. *4 * Nothing is assigned Nothing is assigned to the bit. As the bit may be used for future functions, if necessary, set to 0. * Do not set to a value Operation is not guaranteed when a value is set. * Function varies according to the operating mode. The function of the bit varies with the peripheral function mode. Refer to the register diagram for information on the individual modes.
4.
List of Abbreviations and Acronyms
Abbreviation ACIA bps CRC DMA DMAC GSM Hi-Z IEBus I/O IrDA LSB MSB NC PLL PWM SIM UART VCO Full Form Asynchronous Communication Interface Adapter bits per second Cyclic Redundancy Check Direct Memory Access Direct Memory Access Controller Global System for Mobile Communications High Impedance Inter Equipment Bus Input / Output Infrared Data Association Least Significant Bit Most Significant Bit Non-Connect Phase Locked Loop Pulse Width Modulation Subscriber Identity Module Universal Asynchronous Receiver / Transmitter Voltage Controlled Oscillator
All trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Table of Contents
SFR Page Reference ........................................................................................................................... B - 1 1. 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 2. Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 1 Applications ............................................................................................................................................... Performance Overview .............................................................................................................................. Block Diagram .......................................................................................................................................... Product Information .................................................................................................................................. Pin Assignments ........................................................................................................................................ Pin Functions ............................................................................................................................................. 1 2 4 5 7 8
Central Processing Unit (CPU) ..................................................................................................... 10 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.8.1 2.8.2 2.8.3 2.8.4 2.8.5 2.8.6 2.8.7 2.8.8 2.8.9 2.8.10 Data Registers (R0, R1, R2 and R3) ....................................................................................................... Address Registers (A0 and A1) ............................................................................................................... Frame Base Register (FB) ....................................................................................................................... Interrupt Table Register (INTB) .............................................................................................................. Program Counter (PC) ............................................................................................................................. User Stack Pointer (USP) and Interrupt Stack Pointer (ISP) .................................................................. Static Base Register (SB) ........................................................................................................................ Flag Register (FLG) ................................................................................................................................ Carry Flag (C) ..................................................................................................................................... Debug Flag (D) ................................................................................................................................... Zero Flag (Z) ....................................................................................................................................... Sign Flag (S) ....................................................................................................................................... Register Bank Select Flag (B) ............................................................................................................ Overflow Flag (O) .............................................................................................................................. Interrupt Enable Flag (I) ..................................................................................................................... Stack Pointer Select Flag (U) .............................................................................................................. Processor Interrupt Priority Level (IPL) ............................................................................................. Reserved Bit ........................................................................................................................................ 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12
3. 3.1 3.2 4. 5.
Memory ......................................................................................................................................... 13 R8C/22 Group ......................................................................................................................................... 13 R8C/23 Group ......................................................................................................................................... 14 Special Function Registers (SFRs) ............................................................................................... 15 Resets ........................................................................................................................................... 28 5.1 5.1.1 5.1.2 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 Hardware Reset ....................................................................................................................................... When Power Supply is Stable ............................................................................................................. Power On ............................................................................................................................................ Power-On Reset Function ....................................................................................................................... Voltage Monitor 1 Reset ......................................................................................................................... Voltage Monitor 2 Reset ......................................................................................................................... Watchdog Timer Reset ............................................................................................................................ Software Reset ......................................................................................................................................... 31 31 31 33 34 34 34 34
6.
Voltage Detection Circuit .............................................................................................................. 35 6.1 VCC Input Voltage .................................................................................................................................. 41 6.1.1 Monitoring Vdet1 ............................................................................................................................... 41 A-1
6.1.2 Monitoring Vdet2 ............................................................................................................................... 41 6.2 Voltage Monitor 1 Reset ......................................................................................................................... 42 6.3 Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt and Voltage Monitor 2 Reset ..................................................................... 43 7. 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 8. 8.1 9. 10. Programmable I/O Ports ............................................................................................................... 45 Functions of Programmable I/O Ports ..................................................................................................... Effect on Peripheral Functions ................................................................................................................ Pins Other than Programmable I/O Ports ................................................................................................ Port Settings ............................................................................................................................................ Unassigned Pin Handling ........................................................................................................................ 45 46 46 57 68
Processor Mode ............................................................................................................................ 69 Processor Modes ...................................................................................................................................... 69 Bus ................................................................................................................................................ 70 Clock Generation Circuit ............................................................................................................... 71 XIN Clock ............................................................................................................................................... On-Chip Oscillator Clocks ...................................................................................................................... Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Clock ................................................................................................ High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Clock ............................................................................................... CPU Clock and Peripheral Function Clock ............................................................................................. System Clock ...................................................................................................................................... CPU Clock .......................................................................................................................................... Peripheral Function Clock (f1, f2, f4, f8, f32, and fCAN0) ............................................................... fOCO ................................................................................................................................................... fOCO40M ........................................................................................................................................... fOCO-F ............................................................................................................................................... fOCO-S ............................................................................................................................................... fOCO128 ............................................................................................................................................. Power Control .......................................................................................................................................... Standard Operating Mode ................................................................................................................... Wait Mode .......................................................................................................................................... Stop Mode ........................................................................................................................................... Oscillation Stop Detection Function ....................................................................................................... How to Use Oscillation Stop Detection Function ............................................................................... Notes on Clock Generation Circuit ......................................................................................................... Stop Mode ........................................................................................................................................... Wait Mode .......................................................................................................................................... Oscillation Stop Detection Function ................................................................................................... Oscillation Circuit Constants .............................................................................................................. 79 80 80 80 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 82 83 83 84 88 91 91 94 94 94 94 94
10.1 10.2 10.2.1 10.2.2 10.3 10.3.1 10.3.2 10.3.3 10.3.4 10.3.5 10.3.6 10.3.7 10.3.8 10.4 10.4.1 10.4.2 10.4.3 10.5 10.5.1 10.6 10.6.1 10.6.2 10.6.3 10.6.4 11. 12.
Protection ...................................................................................................................................... 95 Interrupts ....................................................................................................................................... 96 96 96 97 98
12.1 Interrupt Overview .................................................................................................................................. 12.1.1 Types of Interrupts .............................................................................................................................. 12.1.2 Software Interrupts ............................................................................................................................. 12.1.3 Special Interrupts ................................................................................................................................ A-2
12.1.4 12.1.5 12.1.6 12.2 12.2.1 12.2.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 12.6 12.7 12.7.1 12.7.2 12.7.3 12.7.4 12.7.5 13. 13.1 13.2 14.
Peripheral Function Interrupt .............................................................................................................. 98 Interrupts and Interrupt Vector ........................................................................................................... 99 Interrupt Control ............................................................................................................................... 101 INT Interrupt ......................................................................................................................................... 110 INTi Interrupt (i = 0 to 3) .................................................................................................................. 110 INTi Input Filter (i = 0 to 3) .............................................................................................................. 112 Key Input Interrupt ................................................................................................................................ 113 CAN0 Wake-Up Interrupt ..................................................................................................................... 115 Address Match Interrupt ........................................................................................................................ 116 Timer RD Interrupt, Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select Interrupts and I2C bus Interface Interrupts (Interrupts with Multiple Interrupt Request Sources) ........................................................... 118 Notes on Interrupts ................................................................................................................................ 120 Reading Address 00000h .................................................................................................................. 120 SP Setting .......................................................................................................................................... 120 External Interrupt and Key Input Interrupt ....................................................................................... 120 Changing Interrupt Sources .............................................................................................................. 121 Changing Interrupt Control Register Contents ................................................................................. 122
Watchdog Timer .......................................................................................................................... 123 Count Source Protection Mode Disabled .............................................................................................. 126 Count Source Protection Mode Enabled ............................................................................................... 127 Timers ......................................................................................................................................... 128 130 134 136 138 140 143 146 147 151 154 157 161 165 169 174 175 177 178 180 194 210 223 233 247 259 261
14.1 Timer RA ............................................................................................................................................... 14.1.1 Timer Mode ...................................................................................................................................... 14.1.2 Pulse Output Mode ........................................................................................................................... 14.1.3 Event Counter Mode ......................................................................................................................... 14.1.4 Pulse Width Measurement Mode ...................................................................................................... 14.1.5 Pulse Period Measurement Mode ..................................................................................................... 14.1.6 Notes on Timer RA ........................................................................................................................... 14.2 Timer RB ............................................................................................................................................... 14.2.1 Timer Mode ...................................................................................................................................... 14.2.2 Programmable Waveform Generation Mode .................................................................................... 14.2.3 Programmable One-shot Generation Mode ...................................................................................... 14.2.4 Programmable Wait One-shot Generation Mode ............................................................................. 14.2.5 Notes on Timer RB ........................................................................................................................... 14.3 Timer RD ............................................................................................................................................... 14.3.1 Count Source ..................................................................................................................................... 14.3.2 Buffer Operation ............................................................................................................................... 14.3.3 Synchronous Operation ..................................................................................................................... 14.3.4 Pulse Output Forced Cutoff .............................................................................................................. 14.3.5 Input Capture Function ..................................................................................................................... 14.3.6 Output Compare Function ................................................................................................................ 14.3.7 PWM Mode ....................................................................................................................................... 14.3.8 Reset Synchronous PWM Mode ....................................................................................................... 14.3.9 Complementary PWM Mode ............................................................................................................ 14.3.10 PWM3 Mode ..................................................................................................................................... 14.3.11 Timer RD Interrupt ........................................................................................................................... 14.3.12 Notes on Timer RD ........................................................................................................................... A-3
14.4 Timer RE ............................................................................................................................................... 267 14.4.1 Output Compare Mode ..................................................................................................................... 268 14.4.2 Notes on Timer RE ........................................................................................................................... 274 15. Serial Interface ............................................................................................................................ 275 281 284 284 285 286 290 291
15.1 Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode ..................................................................................................... 15.1.1 Polarity Select Function .................................................................................................................... 15.1.2 LSB First/MSB First Select Function ............................................................................................... 15.1.3 Continuous Receive Mode ................................................................................................................ 15.2 Clock Asynchronous Serial I/O (UART) Mode .................................................................................... 15.2.1 Bit Rate ............................................................................................................................................. 15.3 Notes on Serial Interface ....................................................................................................................... 16.
Clock Synchronous Serial Interface ............................................................................................ 292 292 293 302 304 305 306 307 314 320 321 322 332 333 334 345 348 349 350 354
16.1 Mode Selection ...................................................................................................................................... 16.2 Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU) ........................................................................ 16.2.1 Transfer Clock .................................................................................................................................. 16.2.2 SS Shift Register (SSTRSR) ............................................................................................................. 16.2.3 Interrupt Requests ............................................................................................................................. 16.2.4 Communication Modes and Pin Functions ....................................................................................... 16.2.5 Clock Synchronous Communication Mode ...................................................................................... 16.2.6 Operation in 4-Wire Bus Communication Mode .............................................................................. 16.2.7 SCS Pin Control and Arbitration ...................................................................................................... 16.2.8 Notes on Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select ............................................................... 16.3 I2C Bus Interface ................................................................................................................................... 16.3.1 Transfer Clock .................................................................................................................................. 16.3.2 Interrupt Requests ............................................................................................................................. 16.3.3 I2C Bus Interface Mode .................................................................................................................... 16.3.4 Clock Synchronous Serial Mode ...................................................................................................... 16.3.5 Noise Canceller ................................................................................................................................. 16.3.6 Bit Synchronization Circuit .............................................................................................................. 16.3.7 Examples of Register Setting ............................................................................................................ 16.3.8 Notes on I2C Bus Interface ............................................................................................................... 17.
Hardware LIN .............................................................................................................................. 355 Features ................................................................................................................................................. Input/Output Pins .................................................................................................................................. Register Configuration .......................................................................................................................... Functional Description .......................................................................................................................... Master Mode ..................................................................................................................................... Slave Mode ....................................................................................................................................... Bus Collision Detection Function ..................................................................................................... Hardware LIN End Processing ......................................................................................................... Interrupt Requests .................................................................................................................................. Notes on Hardware LIN ........................................................................................................................ 355 356 357 359 359 362 366 367 368 369
17.1 17.2 17.3 17.4 17.4.1 17.4.2 17.4.3 17.4.4 17.5 17.6 18. 18.1 18.2
CAN Module ............................................................................................................................... 370 CAN Module-Related Registers ............................................................................................................ 371 CAN0 Message Box .............................................................................................................................. 372 A-4
18.3 Acceptance Mask Registers ................................................................................................................... 18.4 CAN SFR Registers ............................................................................................................................... 18.4.1 C0MCTLi Register (i = 0 to 15) ....................................................................................................... 18.4.2 C0CTLR Register ............................................................................................................................. 18.4.3 C0STR Register ................................................................................................................................ 18.4.4 C0SSTR Register .............................................................................................................................. 18.4.5 C0ICR Register ................................................................................................................................. 18.4.6 C0IDR Register ................................................................................................................................. 18.4.7 C0CONR Register ............................................................................................................................ 18.4.8 C0RECR Register ............................................................................................................................. 18.4.9 C0TECR Register ............................................................................................................................. 18.4.10 C0AFS Register ................................................................................................................................ 18.5 Operational Modes ................................................................................................................................ 18.5.1 CAN Reset/Initialization Mode ........................................................................................................ 18.5.2 CAN Operation Mode ....................................................................................................................... 18.5.3 CAN Sleep Mode .............................................................................................................................. 18.5.4 CAN Interface Sleep Mode ............................................................................................................... 18.5.5 Bus-Off State .................................................................................................................................... 18.6 Configuration of the CAN Module System Clock ................................................................................ 18.6.1 Bit Timing Configuration ................................................................................................................. 18.6.2 Baud Rate .......................................................................................................................................... 18.7 Acceptance Filtering Function and Masking Function ......................................................................... 18.8 Acceptance Filter Support Unit (ASU) ................................................................................................. 18.9 Basic CAN Mode .................................................................................................................................. 18.10 Return from Bus off Function ............................................................................................................... 18.11 Listen-Only Mode ................................................................................................................................. 18.12 Reception and Transmission ................................................................................................................. 18.12.1 Reception .......................................................................................................................................... 18.12.2 Transmission ..................................................................................................................................... 18.13 CAN Interrupts ...................................................................................................................................... 18.14 Notes on CAN Module .......................................................................................................................... 18.14.1 Reading C0STR Register .................................................................................................................. 18.14.2 Performing CAN Configuration ....................................................................................................... 18.14.3 Suggestions to Reduce Power Consumption .................................................................................... 19. 19.1 19.2 19.3 19.4 19.5 19.6 19.7 20.
374 375 375 376 377 378 379 379 380 381 381 382 383 383 384 384 384 385 386 386 387 388 389 390 390 390 391 392 393 394 395 395 397 398
A/D Converter ............................................................................................................................. 399 One-Shot Mode ..................................................................................................................................... Repeat Mode .......................................................................................................................................... Sample and Hold ................................................................................................................................... A/D Conversion Cycles ......................................................................................................................... Internal Equivalent Circuit of Analog Input .......................................................................................... Output Impedance of Sensor Under A/D Conversion ........................................................................... Notes on A/D Converter ........................................................................................................................ 403 406 409 410 411 412 413
Flash Memory ............................................................................................................................. 414 414 416 419 419
20.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................................... 20.2 Memory Map ......................................................................................................................................... 20.3 Functions to Prevent Rewriting of Flash Memory ................................................................................ 20.3.1 ID Code Check Function .................................................................................................................. A-5
20.3.2 20.4 20.4.1 20.4.2 20.4.3 20.4.4 20.4.5 20.5 20.5.1 20.6 20.6.1 20.7 20.7.1 21. 22.
ROM Code Protect Function ............................................................................................................ CPU Rewrite Mode ............................................................................................................................... EW0 Mode ........................................................................................................................................ EW1 Mode ........................................................................................................................................ Software Commands ......................................................................................................................... Status Registers ................................................................................................................................. Full Status Check .............................................................................................................................. Standard Serial I/O Mode ...................................................................................................................... ID Code Check Function .................................................................................................................. Parallel I/O Mode .................................................................................................................................. ROM Code Protect Function ............................................................................................................ Notes on Flash Memory ........................................................................................................................ CPU Rewrite Mode ...........................................................................................................................
420 421 422 422 431 436 437 439 439 443 443 444 444
Electrical Characteristics ............................................................................................................ 447 Usage Notes ............................................................................................................................... 467
22.1 Notes on Clock Generation Circuit ....................................................................................................... 467 22.1.1 Stop Mode ......................................................................................................................................... 467 22.1.2 Wait Mode ........................................................................................................................................ 467 22.1.3 Oscillation Stop Detection Function ................................................................................................. 467 22.1.4 Oscillation Circuit Constants ............................................................................................................ 467 22.2 Notes on Interrupts ................................................................................................................................ 468 22.2.1 Reading Address 00000h .................................................................................................................. 468 22.2.2 SP Setting .......................................................................................................................................... 468 22.2.3 External Interrupt and Key Input Interrupt ....................................................................................... 468 22.2.4 Changing Interrupt Sources .............................................................................................................. 469 22.2.5 Changing Interrupt Control Register Contents ................................................................................. 470 22.3 Notes on Timers .................................................................................................................................... 471 22.3.1 Notes on Timer RA ........................................................................................................................... 471 22.3.2 Notes on Timer RB ........................................................................................................................... 472 22.3.3 Notes on Timer RD ........................................................................................................................... 476 22.3.4 Notes on Timer RE ........................................................................................................................... 482 22.4 Notes on Serial Interface ....................................................................................................................... 483 22.5 Clock Synchronous Serial Interface ...................................................................................................... 484 22.5.1 Notes on Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select ............................................................... 484 22.5.2 Notes on I2C Bus Interface ............................................................................................................... 484 22.6 Notes on Hardware LIN ........................................................................................................................ 485 22.7 Notes on CAN Module .......................................................................................................................... 486 22.7.1 Reading C0STR Register .................................................................................................................. 486 22.7.2 Performing CAN Configuration ....................................................................................................... 488 22.7.3 Suggestions to Reduce Power Consumption .................................................................................... 489 22.8 Notes on A/D Converter ....................................................................................................................... 490 22.9 Notes on Flash Memory ........................................................................................................................ 491 22.9.1 CPU Rewrite Mode ........................................................................................................................... 491 22.10 Notes on Noise ..................................................................................................................................... 494 22.10.1 Inserting a Bypass Capacitor between VCC and VSS Pins as a Countermeasure against Noise and Latch-up ............................................................................................................................................ 494 22.10.2 Countermeasures against Noise Error of Port Control Registers ..................................................... 494 A-6
23. 24.
Notes on On-Chip Debugger ...................................................................................................... 495 Notes on Emulator Debugger ..................................................................................................... 496
Appendix 1. Package Dimensions ........................................................................................................ 497 Appendix 2. Connection Examples between Serial Writer and On-Chip Debugging Emulator ............ 498 Appendix 3. Example of Oscillation Evaluation Circuit ......................................................................... 499 Index ..................................................................................................................................................... 500
A-7
SFR Page Reference
Address 0000h 0001h 0002h 0003h 0004h 0005h 0006h 0007h 0008h 0009h 000Ah 000Bh 000Ch 000Dh 000Eh 000Fh 0010h 0011h 0012h 0013h 0014h 0015h 0016h 0017h 0018h 0019h 001Ah 001Bh 001Ch 001Dh 001Eh 001Fh 0020h 0021h 0022h 0023h 0024h 0025h 0026h 0027h 0028h 0029h 002Ah 002Bh 002Ch 002Dh 002Eh 002Fh 0030h 0031h 0032h 0033h 0034h 0035h 0036h 0037h 0038h 0039h 003Ah 003Bh 003Ch 003Dh 003Eh 003Fh Voltage Monitor 1 Circuit Control Register Voltage Monitor 2 Circuit Control Register VW1C VW2C 39 40 Voltage Detection Register 1 Voltage Detection Register 2 VCA1 VCA2 38 38, 77 High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Control Register 0 High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Control Register 1 High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Control Register 2 FRA0 FRA1 FRA2 76 76 77 Count Source Protect Mode Register CSPR 125 Address Match Interrupt Enable Register Address Match Interrupt Register 1 AIER RMAD1 117 117 Oscillation Stop Detection Register Watchdog Timer Reset Register Watchdog Timer Start Register Watchdog Timer Control Register Address Match Interrupt Register 0 OCD WDTR WDTS WDC RMAD0 75 125 125 124 117 Protect Register PRCR 95 Processor Mode Register 0 Processor Mode Register 1 System Clock Control Register 0 System Clock Control Register 1 PM0 PM1 CM0 CM1 69 69 73 74 0046h 0047h 0048h 0049h 004Ah 004Bh 004Ch 004Dh 004Eh 004Fh 0050h 0051h 0052h 0053h 0054h 0055h 0056h 0057h 0058h 0059h 005Ah 005Bh 005Ch 005Dh 005Eh 005Fh 0060h 0061h 0062h 0063h 0064h 0065h 0066h 0067h 0068h 0069h 006Ah 006Bh 006Ch 006Dh 006Eh 006Fh 0070h 0071h 0072h 0073h 0074h 0075h 0076h 0077h 0078h 0079h 007Ah 007Bh 007Ch 007Dh 007Eh 007Fh INT0 Interrupt Control Register INT0IC 103 Timer RB Interrupt Control Register INT1 Interrupt Control Register INT3 Interrupt Control Register TRBIC INT1IC INT3IC 101 103 103 UART0 Transmit Interrupt Control Register UART0 Receive Interrupt Control Register UART1 Transmit Interrupt Control Register UART1 Receive Interrupt Control Register INT2 Interrupt Control Register Timer RA Interrupt Control Register S0TIC S0RIC S1TIC S1RIC INT2IC TRAIC 101 101 101 101 103 101 Key Input Interrupt Control Register A/D Conversion Interrupt Control Register SSU Interrupt Control Register/IIC Bus Interrupt Control Register KUPIC ADIC SSUIC/IICIC 101 101 102 Timer RD0 Interrupt Control Register Timer RD1 Interrupt Control Register Timer RE Interrupt Control Register TRD0IC TRD1IC TREIC 102 102 101 Register Symbol Page Address 0040h 0041h 0042h 0043h 0044h 0045h CAN0 Wake Up Interrupt Control Register CAN0 Successful Reception Interrupt Control Register CAN0 Successful Transmission Interrupt Control Register CAN0 State/Error Interrupt Control Register C01WKIC C0RECIC C0TRMIC C01ERRIC 101 101 101 101 Register Symbol Page
NOTE: 1. Blank columns are all reserved space. No access is allowed.
B-1
Address 0080h 0081h 0082h 0083h 0084h 0085h 0086h 0087h 0088h 0089h 008Ah 008Bh 008Ch 008Dh 008Eh 008Fh 0090h 0091h 0092h 0093h 0094h 0095h 0096h 0097h 0098h 0099h 009Ah 009Bh 009Ch 009Dh 009Eh 009Fh 00A0h 00A1h 00A2h 00A3h 00A4h 00A5h 00A6h 00A7h 00A8h 00A9h 00AAh 00ABh 00ACh 00ADh 00AEh 00AFh 00B0h 00B1h 00B2h 00B3h 00B4h 00B5h 00B6h 00B7h 00B8h 00B9h 00BAh 00BBh 00BCh 00BDh 00BEh 00BFh
Register
Symbol
Page
Address 00C0h 00C1h 00C2h 00C3h 00C4h 00C5h 00C6h 00C7h 00C8h 00C9h 00CAh 00CBh 00CCh 00CDh 00CEh 00CFh 00D0h 00D1h 00D2h 00D3h 00D4h 00D5h 00D6h 00D7h 00D8h 00D9h 00DAh 00DBh 00DCh 00DDh 00DEh 00DFh 00E0h 00E1h 00E2h 00E3h 00E4h 00E5h 00E6h 00E7h 00E8h 00E9h 00EAh 00EBh 00ECh 00EDh 00EEh 00EFh 00F0h 00F1h 00F2h 00F3h 00F4h 00F5h 00F6h 00F7h A/D Register
Register
Symbol AD
Page 402
A/D Control Register 2 A/D Control Register 0 A/D Control Register 1
ADCON2 ADCON0 ADCON1
402 401, 404, 407 402, 405, 408
UART0 Transmit/Receive Mode Register UART0 Bit Rate Register UART0 Transmit Buffer Register UART0 Transmit/Receive Control Register 0 UART0 Transmit/Receive Control Register 1 UART0 Receive Buffer Register UART1 Transmit/Receive Mode Register UART1 Bit Rate Register UART1 Transmit Buffer Register UART1 Transmit/Receive Control Register 0 UART1 Transmit/Receive Control Register 1 UART1 Receive Buffer Register
U0MR U0BRG U0TB U0C0 U0C1 U0RB U1MR U1BRG U1TB U1C0 U1C1 U1RB
278 277 277 279 279 277 278 277 277 279 279 277
Port P0 Register Port P1 Register Port P0 Direction Register Port P1 Direction Register Port P2 Register Port P3 Register Port P2 Direction Register Port P3 Direction Register Port P4 Register Port P4 Direction Register Port P6 Register Port P6 Direction Register
P0 P1 PD0 PD1 P2 P3 PD2 PD3 P4 PD4 P6 PD6
55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55
UART1 Function Select Register
U1SR
280
SS Control Register H/IIC Bus Control Register 1 SSCRH/ICCR1 SS Control Register L/IIC Bus Control Register 2 SS Mode Register/IIC Bus Mode Register 1 SS Enable Register/IIC Bus Interrupt Enable Register SS Status Register/IIC Bus Status Register SS Mode Register 2/Slave Address Register SS Transmit Data Register/IIC Bus Transmit Data Register SS Receive Data Register/IIC Bus Receive Data Register SSCRL/ICCR2 SSMR/ICMR SSER/ICIER SSSR/ICSR SSMR2/SAR SSTDR/ICDRT SSRDR/ ICDRR
295, 325 296, 326 297, 327 298, 328 299, 329 300, 330 301, 330 301, 331
00F8h 00F9h 00FAh 00FBh 00FCh 00FDh 00FEh 00FFh
Port Mode Register External Input Enable Register INT Input Filter Select Register Key Input Enable Register Pull-Up Control Register 0 Pull-Up Control Register 1
PMR INTEN INTF KIEN PUR0 PUR1
56, 280, 301, 331 110 111 114 56 56
NOTE: 1. Blank columns are all reserved space. No access is allowed.
B-2
Address 0100h 0101h 0102h 0103h 0104h 0105h 0106h 0107h 0108h 0109h 010Ah 010Bh 010Ch 010Dh 010Eh 010Fh 0110h 0111h 0112h 0113h 0114h 0115h 0116h 0117h 0118h 0119h 011Ah 011Bh 011Ch 011Dh 011Eh 011Fh 0120h 0121h 0122h 0123h 0124h 0125h 0126h 0127h 0128h 0129h 012Ah 012Bh 012Ch 012Dh 012Eh 012Fh
Register Timer RA Control Register Timer RA I/O Control Register Timer RA Mode Register Timer RA Prescaler Register Timer RA Register LIN Control Register LIN Status Register Timer RB Control Register Timer RB One-Shot Control Register Timer RB I/O Control Register Timer RB Mode Register Timer RB Prescaler Register Timer RB Secondary Register Timer RB Primary
Symbol TRACR TRAIOC TRAMR TRAPRE TRA LINCR LINST TRBCR TRBOCR TRBIOC TRBMR TRBPRE TRBSC TRBPR
Page 131 131, 134, 137, 139, 141, 144 132 132 133 357 358 148 148 149, 151, 155, 158, 163 149 150 150 150
Address 0130h 0131h 0132h 0133h 0134h 0135h 0136h 0137h 0138h 0139h 013Ah 013Bh 013Ch 013Dh 013Eh 013Fh 0140h 0141h 0142h 0143h
Register
Symbol
Page
Timer RD Start Register Timer RD Mode Register Timer RD PWM Mode Register Timer RD Function Control Register Timer RD Output Master Enable Register 1 Timer RD Output Master Enable Register 2 Timer RD Output Control Register Timer RD Digital Filter Function Select Register 0 Timer RD Digital Filter Function Select Register 1 Timer RD Control Register 0 Timer RD I/O Control Register A0 Timer RD I/O Control Register C0 Timer RD Status Register 0 Timer RD Interrupt Enable Register 0 Timer RD PWM Mode Output Level Control Register 0 Timer RD Counter 0 Timer RD General Register A0 Timer RD General Register B0 Timer RD General Register C0 Timer RD General Register D0 Timer RD Control Register 1 Timer RD I/O Control Register A1 Timer RD I/O Control Register C1 Timer RD Status Register 1 Timer RD Interrupt Enable Register 1 Timer RD PWM Mode Output Level Control Register 1 Timer RD Counter 1 Timer RD General Register A1 Timer RD General Register B1 Timer RD General Register C1 Timer RD General Register D1
TRDSTR TRDMR TRDPMR TRDFCR TRDOER1 TRDOER2 TRDOCR TRDDF0 TRDDF1 TRDCR0 TRDIORA0 TRDIORC0 TRDSR0 TRDIER0 TRDPOCR0 TRD0 TRDGRA0 TRDGRB0 TRDGRC0 TRDGRD0 TRDCR1 TRDIORA1 TRDIORC1 TRDSR1 TRDIER1 TRDPOCR1 TRD1 TRDGRA1 TRDGRB1 TRDGRC1 TRDGRD1
182, 196, 212, 225, 235, 249 182, 196, 213, 226, 236, 250 183, 197, 213 184, 198, 214, 226, 237, 250 199, 215, 227, 238, 251 199, 215, 227, 238, 251 200, 216, 252 185 185 186, 201, 216, 228, 239, 253 187, 202 188, 203 189, 204, 217, 229, 240, 254 190, 205, 218, 230, 241, 255 219 190, 205, 219, 230, 242, 255 191, 206, 220, 231, 242, 256 191, 206, 220, 231, 242, 256 191, 206, 220, 231, 256 191, 206, 220, 231, 242, 256 186, 201, 216, 239 187, 202 188, 203 189, 204, 217, 229, 240, 254 190, 205, 218, 230, 241, 255 219 190, 205, 219, 242 191, 206, 220, 231, 242, 256 191, 206, 220, 231, 242, 256 191, 206, 220, 231, 242, 256 191, 206, 220, 231, 242, 256
Timer RE Counter Data Register Timer RE Compare Data Register
TRESEC TREMIN
270 270
0144h 0145h
Timer RE Control Register 1 Timer RE Control Register 2 Timer RE Count Source Select Register
TRECR1 TRECR2 TRECSR
271 271 272
0146h 0147h 0148h 0149h 014Ah 014Bh 014Ch 014Dh 014Eh 014Fh 0150h 0151h 0152h 0153h 0154h 0155h 0156h 0157h 0158h 0159h 015Ah 015Bh 015Ch 015Dh 015Eh 015Fh 019Fh
NOTE: 1. Blank columns are all reserved space. No access is allowed.
B-3
Address 01A0h 01A1h 01A2h 01A3h 01A4h 01A5h 01A6h 01A7h 01A8h 01A9h 01AAh 01ABh 01ACh 01ADh 01AEh 01AFh 01B0h 01B1h 01B2h 01B3h 01B4h 01B5h 01B6h 01B7h 01B8h 01B9h 01BAh 01BBh 01FFh 1300h 1301h 1302h 1303h 1304h 1305h 1306h 1307h 1308h 1309h 130Ah 130Bh 130Ch 130Dh 130Eh 130Fh 1310h 1311h 1312h 1313h 1314h 1315h 1316h 1317h 1318h 1319h 131Ah 131Bh 131Ch 131Dh 131Eh 131Fh 133Fh
Register
Symbol
Page
Address 1340h 1341h 1342h 1343h 1344h 1345h 1346h 1347h 1348h 1349h 134Ah 134Bh 134Ch 134Dh 134Eh 134Fh 1350h 1351h 1352h
Register
Symbol
Page
CAN0 Acceptance Filter Support Register
C0AFS
382
Flash Memory Control Register 4 Flash Memory Control Register 1 Flash Memory Control Register 0
FMR4 FMR1 FMR0
427 426 425
1353h 1354h 1355h 1356h 1357h 1358h 1359h 135Ah 135Bh 135Ch 135Dh 135Eh
CAN0 Message Control Register 0 CAN0 Message Control Register 1 CAN0 Message Control Register 2 CAN0 Message Control Register 3 CAN0 Message Control Register 4 CAN0 Message Control Register 5 CAN0 Message Control Register 6 CAN0 Message Control Register 7 CAN0 Message Control Register 8 CAN0 Message Control Register 9 CAN0 Message Control Register 10 CAN0 Message Control Register 11 CAN0 Message Control Register 12 CAN0 Message Control Register 13 CAN0 Message Control Register 14 CAN0 Message Control Register 15 CAN0 Control Register CAN0 Status Register CAN0 Slot Status Register CAN0 Interrupt Control Register CAN0 Extended ID Register CAN0 Configuration Register CAN0 Receive Error Count Register CAN0 Transmit Error Count Register
C0MCTL0 C0MCTL1 C0MCTL2 C0MCTL3 C0MCTL4 C0MCTL5 C0MCTL6 C0MCTL7 C0MCTL8 C0MCTL9 C0MCTL10 C0MCTL11 C0MCTL12 C0MCTL13 C0MCTL14 C0MCTL15 C0CTLR C0STR C0SSTR C0ICR C0IDR C0CONR C0RECR C0TECR
375 375 375 375 375 375 375 375 375 375 375 375 375 375 375 375 376 377 378 379 379 380 381 381
135Fh 1360h 1361h 1362h 1363h 1364h 1365h 1366h 1367h 1368h 1369h 136Ah 136Bh 136Ch 136Dh 136Eh 136Fh 1370h 1371h 1372h 1373h 1374h 1375h 1376h 1377h 1378h 1379h 137Ah 137Bh 137Ch 137Dh 137Eh 137Fh
CAN0 Clock Select Register CAN0 Slot 0: Identifier/DLC
CCLKR
78
CAN0 Slot 0: Data Field
CAN0 Slot 0: Time Stamp CAN0 Slot 1: Identifier/DLC 372, 373
CAN0 Slot 1: Data Field
CAN0 Slot 1: Time Stamp
NOTE: 1. Blank columns are all reserved space. No access is allowed.
B-4
Address 1380h 1381h 1382h 1383h 1384h 1385h 1386h 1387h 1388h 1389h 138Ah 138Bh 138Ch 138Dh 138Eh 138Fh 1390h 1391h 1392h 1393h 1394h 1395h 1396h 1397h 1398h 1399h 139Ah 139Bh 139Ch 139Dh 139Eh 139Fh 13A0h 13A1h 13A2h 13A3h 13A4h 13A5h 13A6h 13A7h 13A8h 13A9h 13AAh 13ABh 13ACh 13ADh 13AEh 13AFh 13B0h 13B1h 13B2h 13B3h 13B4h 13B5h 13B6h 13B7h 13B8h 13B9h 13BAh 13BBh 13BCh 13BDh 13BEh 13BFh
Register CAN0 Slot 2: Identifier/DLC
Symbol
Page
Address 13C0h 13C1h 13C2h 13C3h 13C4h 13C5h
Register CAN0 Slot 6: Identifier/DLC
Symbol
Page
CAN0 Slot 2: Data Field
13C6h 13C7h 13C8h 13C9h 13CAh 13CBh 13CCh 13CDh
CAN0 Slot 6: Data Field
CAN0 Slot 2: Time Stamp CAN0 Slot 3: Identifier/DLC
13CEh 13CFh 13D0h 13D1h 13D2h 13D3h 13D4h 13D5h
CAN0 Slot 6: Time Stamp CAN0 Slot 7: Identifier/DLC
CAN0 Slot 3: Data Field
13D6h 13D7h 13D8h 13D9h 13DAh 13DBh 13DCh 13DDh
CAN0 Slot 7: Data Field
CAN0 Slot 3: Time Stamp CAN0 Slot 4: Identifier/DLC 372, 373
13DEh 13DFh 13E0h 13E1h 13E2h 13E3h 13E4h 13E5h
CAN0 Slot 7: Time Stamp CAN0 Slot 8: Identifier/DLC 372, 373
CAN0 Slot 4: Data Field
13E6h 13E7h 13E8h 13E9h 13EAh 13EBh 13ECh 13EDh
CAN0 Slot 8: Data Field
CAN0 Slot 4: Time Stamp CAN0 Slot 5: Identifier/DLC
13EEh 13EFh 13F0h 13F1h 13F2h 13F3h 13F4h 13F5h
CAN0 Slot 8: Time Stamp CAN0 Slot 9: Identifier/DLC
CAN0 Slot 5: Data Field
13F6h 13F7h 13F8h 13F9h 13FAh 13FBh 13FCh 13FDh
CAN0 Slot 9: Data Field
CAN0 Slot 5: Time Stamp
13FEh 13FFh
CAN0 Slot 9: Time Stamp
NOTE: 1. Blank columns are all reserved space. No access is allowed.
B-5
Address 1400h 1401h 1402h 1403h 1404h 1405h 1406h 1407h 1408h 1409h 140Ah 140Bh 140Ch 140Dh 140Eh 140Fh 1410h 1411h 1412h 1413h 1414h 1415h 1416h 1417h 1418h 1419h 141Ah 141Bh 141Ch 141Dh 141Eh 141Fh 1420h 1421h 1422h 1423h 1424h 1425h 1426h 1427h 1428h 1429h 142Ah 142Bh 142Ch 142Dh 142Eh 142Fh 1430h 1431h 1432h 1433h 1434h 1435h 1436h 1437h 1438h 1439h 143Ah 143Bh 143Ch 143Dh 143Eh 143Fh
Register CAN0 Slot 10: Identifier/DLC
Symbol
Page
Address 1440h 1441h 1442h 1443h 1444h 1445h
Register CAN0 Slot 14: Identifier/DLC
Symbol
Page
CAN0 Slot 10: Data Field
1446h 1447h 1448h 1449h 144Ah 144Bh 144Ch 144Dh
CAN0 Slot 14: Data Field
CAN0 Slot 10: Time Stamp CAN0 Slot 11: Identifier/DLC
144Eh 144Fh 1450h 1451h 1452h 1453h 1454h 1455h
CAN0 Slot 14: Time Stamp CAN0 Slot 15: Identifier/DLC 372, 373
CAN0 Slot 11: Data Field
1456h 1457h 1458h 1459h 145Ah 145Bh 145Ch 145Dh
CAN0 Slot 15: Data Field
CAN0 Slot 11: Time Stamp CAN0 Slot 12: Identifier/DLC 372, 373
145Eh 145Fh 1460h 1461h 1462h 1463h 1464h 1465h
CAN0 Slot 15: Time Stamp CAN0 Global Mask Register C0GMR
CAN0 Slot 12: Data Field
1466h 1467h 1468h 1469h 146Ah 146Bh 146Ch 146Dh
CAN0 Local Mask A Register
C0LMAR
374
CAN0 Local Mask B Register
C0LMBR
CAN0 Slot 12: Time Stamp CAN0 Slot 13: Identifier/DLC
146Eh 146Fh 1470h 1471h 1472h 1473h 1474h 1475h
CAN0 Slot 13: Data Field FFFFh Option Function Select Register OFS 30, 124, 420
CAN0 Slot 13: Time Stamp
NOTE: 1. Blank columns are all reserved space. No access is allowed.
B-6
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
RENESAS MCU
REJ09B0251-0200 Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008
1.
Overview
This MCU is built using the high-performance silicon gate CMOS process using the R8C CPU core and is packaged in a 48-pin plastic molded LQFP. This MCU operates using sophisticated instructions featuring a high level of instruction efficiency. With 1 Mbyte of address space, it is capable of executing instructions at high speed. This MCU is equipped with one CAN module and suited to in-vehicle or FA networking. Furthermore, the data flash (1 KB x 2 blocks) is embedded in the R8C/23 Group. The difference between R8C/22 and R8C/23 Groups is only the existence of the data flash. Their peripheral functions are the same.
1.1
Applications
Automotive, etc.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 1 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
1. Overview
1.2
Performance Overview
Table 1.1 outlines the Functions and Specifications for R8C/22 Group and Table 1.2 outlines the Functions and Specifications for R8C/23 Group. Table 1.1
CPU
Functions and Specifications for R8C/22 Group
Item Specification Number of fundamental instructions 89 instructions Minimum instruction execution time 50 ns (f(XIN) = 20 MHz, VCC = 3.0 to 5.5 V) 100 ns (f(XIN) = 10 MHz, VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V) Operating mode Single-chip Address space 1 Mbyte Memory capacity Refer to Table 1.3 Product Information for R8C/22 Group Peripheral Ports I/O ports: 41 pins, Input port: 3 pins Function Timers Timer RA: 8 bits x 1 channel, Timer RB: 8 bits x 1 channel (Each timer equipped with 8-bit prescaler) Timer RD: 16 bits x 2 channel (Circuits of input capture and output compare) Timer RE: With compare match function Serial interface 1 channel (UART0) Clock synchronous I/O, UART 1 channel (UART1) UART Clock synchronous serial interface 1 channel I2C bus interface(2), Clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select LIN module Hardware LIN: 1 channel (timer RA, UART0) CAN module 1 channel with 2.0B specification: 16 slots A/D converter 10-bit A/D converter: 1 circuit, 12 channels Watchdog timer 15 bits x 1 channel (with prescaler) Reset start selectable Interrupt Internal: 14 sources, External: 6 sources, Software: 4 sources, Priority level: 7 levels Clock generation circuits 2 circuits XIN clock generation circuit (with on-chip feedback resistor) On-chip oscillator (high speed, low speed) High-speed on-chip oscillator has frequency adjustment function. Oscillation stop detection Stop detection of XIN clock oscillation function Voltage detection circuit On-chip Power-on reset circuit include On-chip Electric Supply voltage VCC = 3.0 to 5.5 V (f(XIN) = 20 MHz)(D, J version) Characteristics VCC = 3.0 to 5.5 V (f(XIN) = 16 MHz)(K version) VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V (f(XIN) = 10 MHz) Current consumption Typ. 12.5 mA (VCC = 5 V, f(XIN) = 20 MHz, High-speed onchip oscillator stopping) Typ. 6.0 mA (VCC = 5 V, f(XIN) = 10 MHz, High-speed on-chip oscillator stopping) Flash Memory Programming and erasure voltage VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V Programming and erasure 100 times endurance Operating Ambient Temperature -40 to 85C -40 to 125C (option(1)) Package 48-pin mold-plastic LQFP
NOTES: 1. When using options, be sure to inquire about the specification. 2. I2C bus is a registered trademark of Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 2 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
1. Overview
Table 1.2
CPU
Functions and Specifications for R8C/23 Group
Item Specification Number of fundamental instructions 89 instructions Minimum instruction execution time 50 ns (f(XIN) = 20 MHz, VCC = 3.0 to 5.5 V) 100 ns (f(XIN) = 10 MHz, VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V) Operating mode Single-chip Address space 1 Mbyte Memory capacity Refer to Table 1.4 Product Information for R8C/23 Group Peripheral Ports I/O ports: 41 pins, Input port: 3 pins Function Timers Timer RA: 8 bits x 1 channel, Timer RB: 8 bits x 1 channel (Each timer equipped with 8-bit prescaler) Timer RD: 16 bits x 2 channel (Circuits of input capture and output compare) Timer RE: With compare match function Serial interface 1 channel (UART0) Clock synchronous I/O, UART 1 channel (UART1) UART Clock synchronous serial interface 1 channel I2C bus interface(2), Clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select LIN module Hardware LIN: 1 channel (Timer RA, UART0) CAN module 1 channel with 2.0B specification: 16 slots A/D converter 10-bit A/D converter: 1 circuit, 12 channels Watchdog timer 15 bits x 1 channel (with prescaler) Reset start selectable Interrupts Internal: 14 sources, External: 6 sources, Software: 4 sources, Priority level: 7 levels Clock generation circuits 2 circuits XIN clock generation circuit (with on-chip feedback resistor) On-chip oscillator (high speed, low speed) High-speed on-chip oscillator has frequency adjustment function. Oscillation stop detection Stop detection of XIN clock oscillation function Voltage detection circuit On-chip Power-on reset circuit include On-chip Electric Supply voltage VCC = 3.0 to 5.5 V (f(XIN) = 20 MHz)(D, J version) Characteristics VCC = 3.0 to 5.5 V (f(XIN) = 16 MHz)(K version) VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V (f(XIN) = 10 MHz) Current consumption Typ. 12.5 mA (VCC = 5 V, f(XIN) = 20 MHz, High-speed onchip oscillator stopping) Typ. 6.0 mA (VCC = 5 V, f(XIN) = 10 MHz, High-speed on-chip oscillator stopping) Flash Memory Programming and erasure voltage VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V Programming and erasure 10,000 times (data flash) endurance 1,000 times (program ROM) Operating Ambient Temperature -40 to 85C -40 to 125C (option(1)) Package 48-pin mold-plastic LQFP
NOTES: 1. When using options, be sure to inquire about the specification. 2. I2C bus is a registered trademark of Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 3 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
1. Overview
1.3
Block Diagram
Figure 1.1 shows a Block Diagram.
8
8
8
6
3
3
8
I/O port
Port P0
Port P1
Port P2
Port P3
Port P4
Port P6
Timer
A/D converter (10 bits x 12 channels)
UART or clock synchronous serial I/O (8 bits x 1 channel)
System clock generation circuit XIN-XOUT High-speed on-chip oscillator Low-speed on-chip oscillator
Timer RA (8 bits) Timer RB (8 bits) Timer RD (16 bits x 2 channels) Timer RE (8 bits)
UART (8 bits x 1 channel)
I2C bus interface or clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select (8 bits x 1 channel)
CAN module (1 channel)
LIN module (1 channel) Watchdog timer (15 bits)
R8C CPU core
R0H R1H R2 R3 A0 A1 FB R0L R1L SB USP ISP INTB PC FLG
Memory
ROM(1)
RAM(2)
Multiplier
NOTES: 1. ROM size depends on MCU type. 2. RAM size depends on MCU type.
Figure 1.1
Block Diagram
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 4 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
1. Overview
1.4
Product Information
Table 1.3 lists Product Information for R8C/22 Group and Table 1.4 lists Product Information for R8C/23 Group. Table 1.3 Product Information for R8C/22 Group ROM Capacity 32 Kbytes 48 Kbytes 64 Kbytes 32 Kbytes 48 Kbytes 64 Kbytes 96 Kbytes 128 Kbytes(1) 32 Kbytes 48 Kbytes 64 Kbytes 96 Kbytes 128 Kbytes(1) RAM Capacity 2 Kbytes 2.5 Kbytes 3 Kbytes 2 Kbytes 2.5 Kbytes 3 Kbytes 5 Kbytes 6 Kbytes 2 Kbytes 2.5 Kbytes 3 Kbytes 5 Kbytes 6 Kbytes Package Type PLQP0048KB-A PLQP0048KB-A PLQP0048KB-A PLQP0048KB-A PLQP0048KB-A PLQP0048KB-A PLQP0048KB-A PLQP0048KB-A PLQP0048KB-A PLQP0048KB-A PLQP0048KB-A PLQP0048KB-A PLQP0048KB-A Current of Aug. 2008 Remarks D version Flash memory version J version
Type No. R5F21226DFP R5F21227DFP R5F21228DFP R5F21226JFP R5F21227JFP R5F21228JFP R5F2122AJFP R5F2122CJFP R5F21226KFP R5F21227KFP R5F21228KFP R5F2122AKFP R5F2122CKFP
K version
NOTE: 1. Do not use addresses 20000h to 23FFFh because these areas are used for the emulator debugger. Refer to 24. Notes on Emulator Debugger.
Part number
R 5 F 21 22 6 J XXX FP
Package type: FP: PLQP0048KB-A (0.5 mm pin-pitch, 7 mm square body) ROM number Classification D: Operating ambient temperature -40C to 85C (D version) J: Operating ambient temperature -40C to 85C (J version) K: Operating ambient temperature -40C to 125C (K version) ROM capacity 6: 32 KB 7: 48 KB 8: 64 KB A: 96 KB C: 128 KB R8C/22 Group R8C/2x Series Memory type F: Flash memory version Renesas MCU Renesas semiconductors
Figure 1.2
Type Number, Memory Size, and Package of R8C/22 Group
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 5 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
1. Overview
Table 1.4
Product Information for R8C/23 Group ROM Capacity Program ROM Data Flash 32 Kbytes 1 Kbyte X 2 48 Kbytes 1 Kbyte X 2 64 Kbytes 1 Kbyte X 2 32 Kbytes 1 Kbyte X 2 48 Kbytes 1 Kbyte X 2 64 Kbytes 1 Kbyte X 2 96 Kbytes 1 Kbyte X 2 (1) 1 Kbyte X 2 128 Kbytes 32 Kbytes 48 Kbytes 64 Kbytes 96 Kbytes 1 Kbyte X 2 1 Kbyte X 2 1 Kbyte X 2 1 Kbyte X 2 (1) 1 Kbyte X 2 128 Kbytes RAM Capacity 2 Kbytes 2.5 Kbytes 3 Kbytes 2 Kbytes 2.5 Kbytes 3 Kbytes 5 Kbytes 6 Kbytes 2 Kbytes 2.5 Kbytes 3 Kbytes 5 Kbytes 6 Kbytes Package Type PLQP0048KB-A PLQP0048KB-A PLQP0048KB-A PLQP0048KB-A PLQP0048KB-A PLQP0048KB-A PLQP0048KB-A PLQP0048KB-A PLQP0048KB-A PLQP0048KB-A PLQP0048KB-A PLQP0048KB-A PLQP0048KB-A
Current of Aug. 2008 Remarks D version Flash memory version J version
Type No. R5F21236DFP R5F21237DFP R5F21238DFP R5F21236JFP R5F21237JFP R5F21238JFP R5F2123AJFP R5F2123CJFP R5F21236KFP R5F21237KFP R5F21238KFP R5F2123AKFP R5F2123CKFP
K version
NOTE: 1. Do not use addresses 20000h to 23FFFh because these areas are used for the emulator debugger. Refer to 24. Notes on Emulator Debugger.
Part number
R 5 F 21 23 6 J XXX FP
Package type: FP: PLQP0048KB-A (0.5 mm pin-pitch, 7 mm square body) ROM number Classification D: Operating ambient temperature -40C to 85C (D version) J: Operating ambient temperature -40C to 85C (J version) K: Operating ambient temperature -40C to 125C (K version) ROM capacity 6: 32 KB 7: 48 KB 8: 64 KB A: 96 KB C: 128 KB R8C/23 Group R8C/2x Series Memory type F: Flash memory version Renesas MCU Renesas semiconductors
Figure 1.3
Type Number, Memory Size, and Package of R8C/23 Group
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 6 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
1. Overview
1.5
Pin Assignments
Figure 1.4 shows Pin Assignments (Top View).
P6_7/INT3/RXD1
P1_2/KI2/AN10
Pin assignments (top view)
P1_0/KI0/AN8 P1_1/KI1/AN9 P3_0/TRAO P3_1/TRBO P0_7/AN0
P6_6/INT2/TXD1 26
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
P0_6/AN1 P0_5/AN2 P0_4/AN3 P4_2/VREF P6_0/TREO P6_2/CRX0 P6_1/CTX0 P0_3/AN4 P0_2/AN5 P0_1/AN6 P0_0/AN7 P3_7/SSO
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
25
P4_5/INT0
P6_3
P6_4
P6_5
24 23 22 21 20
P1_3/KI3/AN11 P1_4/TXD0 P1_5/RXD0/(TRAIO)/(INT1)(2) P1_6/CLK0 P1_7/TRAIO/INT1 P2_0/TRDIOA0/TRDCLK P2_1/TRDIOB0 P2_2/TRDIOC0 P2_3/TRDIOD0 P2_4/TRDIOA1 P2_5/TRDIOB1 P2_6/TRDIOC1
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
19 18 17 16 15 14 13
P3_3/SSI
P4_3
P4_4
P3_5/SCL/SSCK
P3_4/SDA/SCS
NOTES: 1. P4_7 is an input-only port. 2. Can be assigned to the pin in parentheses by a program. 3. Confirm the pin 1 position on the package by referring to the package dimensions.
Package: PLQP0048KB-A 0.5 mm pin pitch, 7 mm square body
Figure 1.4
Pin Assignments (Top View)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 7 of 501
P2_7/TRDIOD1
P4_7/XOUT
VSS/AVSS
MODE
RESET
P4_6/XIN
(1)
VCC/AVCC
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
1. Overview
1.6
Pin Functions
Table 1.5 lists the Pin Functions and Table 1.6 lists the Pin Name Information by Pin Number. Table 1.5
Type Power Supply Input Analog Power Supply Input Reset Input MODE XIN Clock Input XIN Clock Output VCC VSS AVCC, AVSS RESET MODE XIN XOUT
Pin Functions
Symbol I/O Type I I I I I O Description Apply 2.7 V to 5.5 V to the VCC pin. Apply 0 V to the VSS pin. Applies the power supply for the A/D converter. Connect a capacitor between AVCC and AVSS. Input "L" on this pin resets the MCU. Connect this pin to VCC via a resistor. These pins are provided for the XIN clock generation circuit I/O. Connect a ceramic resonator or a crystal oscillator between the XIN and XOUT pins. To use an externally derived clock, input it to the XIN pin and leave the XOUT pin open. INT interrupt input pins. INT0 Timer RD input pins. INT1 Timer RA input pins. Key input interrupt input pins. Timer RA I/O pin. Timer RA output pin. Timer RB output pin. Timer RD I/O ports.
INT Interrupt Input
INT0 to INT3
I
Key Input Interrupt Timer RA Timer RB Timer RD
KI0 to KI3 TRAIO TRAO TRBO TRDIOA0, TRDIOA1, TRDIOB0, TRDIOB1, TRDIOC0, TRDIOC1, TRDIOD0, TRDIOD1 TRDCLK TREO CLK0 RXD0, RXD1 TXD0, TXD1
I I/O O O I/O
I O I/O I O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I O I I I/O
External clock input pin. Divided clock output pin. Transfer clock I/O pin. Serial data input pins. Serial data output pins. Clock I/O pin. Data I/O pin. Data I/O pin. Chip-select signal I/O pin. Clock I/O pin. Data I/O pin. CAN data input pin. CAN data output pin. Reference voltage input pin to A/D converter. Analog input pins to A/D converter. CMOS I/O ports. Each port contains an input/output select direction register, allowing each pin in that port to be directed for input or output individually. Any port set to input can select whether to use a pull-up resistor or not by a program.
Timer RE Serial Interface
I2C Bus Interface Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select
SCL SDA SSI SCS SSCK SSO CRX0 CTX0
CAN Module
Reference Voltage Input VREF A/D Converter I/O Port AN0 to AN11 P0_0 to P0_7, P1_0 to P1_7, P2_0 to P2_7, P3_0, P3_1, P3_3 to P3_5, P3_7, P4_3 to P4_5, P6_0 to P6_7 P4_2, P4_6, P4_7
Input Port
I
Input only ports.
I: Input
O: Output
I/O: Input and output Page 8 of 501
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
1. Overview
Table 1.6
Pin Name Information by Pin Number
I/O Pin Functions for of Peripheral Modules Clock Serial Synchronous I2C Bus CAN A/D Timer Interface Serial I/O with Interface Module Converter Chip Select SSCK SCL SSI SDA SCS
Pin Control Pin Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 MODE
Port
Interrupt
P3_5 P3_3 P3_4 P4_3 P4_4 RESET XOUT P4_7 VSS/AVSS XIN P4_6 VCC/AVCC P2_7 P2_6 P2_5 P2_4 P2_3 P2_2 P2_1 P2_0 P1_7 P1_6 P1_5 P1_4 P1_3 P4_5 P6_6 P6_7 P1_2 P1_1 P1_0 P3_1 P3_0 P6_5 P6_4 P6_3 P0_7 P0_6 P0_5 P0_4 P4_2 P6_0 P6_2 P6_1 P0_3 P0_2 P0_1 P0_0 P3_7
INT1 (INT1)(1) KI3 INT0 INT2 INT3 KI2 KI1 KI0
TRDIOD1 TRDIOC1 TRDIOB1 TRDIOA1 TRDIOD0 TRDIOC0 TRDIOB0 TRDIOA0/TRDCLK TRAIO (TRAIO)(1) CLK0 RXD0 TXD0 AN11 INT0 TXD1 RXD1 AN10 AN9 AN8 TRBO TRAO
AN0 AN1 AN2 AN3 TREO CRX0 CTX0 AN4 AN5 AN6 AN7 SSO
VREF
NOTE: 1. Can be assigned to the pin in parentheses by a program.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 9 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
2. Central Processing Unit (CPU)
2.
Central Processing Unit (CPU)
Figure 2.1 shows the CPU Registers. The CPU contains 13 registers. Of these, R0, R1, R2, R3, A0, A1, and FB comprise a register bank. Two sets of register banks are provided.
b31
b15
b8b7
b0
R2 R3
R0H (high-order of R0) R0L (low-order of R0) R1H (high-order of R1) R1L (low-order of R1)
Data registers(1)
R2 R3 A0 A1 FB
b19 b15 b0
Address registers(1) Frame base registers(1)
INTBH
INTBL
Interrupt table register
The 4-high order bits of INTB are INTBH and the 16-low order bits of INTB are INTBL.
b19 b0
PC
Program counter
b15
b0
USP ISP SB
b15 b0
User stack pointer Interrupt stack pointer Static base register
FLG
b15 b8 b7 b0
Flag register
IPL
U I OBSZDC
Carry flag Debug flag Zero flag Sign flag Register bank select flag Overflow flag Interrupt enable flag Stack pointer select flag Reserved area Processor interrupt priority level Reserved area
NOTE: 1. A register bank comprises these registers. Two sets of register banks are provided.
Figure 2.1
CPU Registers
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 10 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
2. Central Processing Unit (CPU)
2.1
Data Registers (R0, R1, R2 and R3)
R0 is a 16-bit register for transfer, arithmetic, and logic operations. The same applies to R1 to R3. R0 can be split into high-order bit (R0H) and low-order bit (R0L) to be used separately as 8-bit data registers. The same applies to R1H and R1L as R0H and R0L. R2 can be combined with R0 to be used as a 32-bit data register (R2R0). The same applies R3R1 as R2R0.
2.2
Address Registers (A0 and A1)
A0 is a 16-bit register for address register indirect addressing and address register relative addressing. They also are used for transfer, arithmetic and logic operations. The same applies to A1 as A0. A1 can be combined with A0 to be used a 32-bit address register (A1A0).
2.3
Frame Base Register (FB)
FB is a 16-bit register for FB relative addressing.
2.4
Interrupt Table Register (INTB)
INTB, a 20-bit register, indicates the start address of an interrupt vector table.
2.5
Program Counter (PC)
PC, 20 bits wide, indicates the address of an instruction to be executed.
2.6
User Stack Pointer (USP) and Interrupt Stack Pointer (ISP)
The stack pointer (SP), USP and ISP, are 16 bits wide each. The U flag of FLG is used to switch between USP and ISP.
2.7
Static Base Register (SB)
SB is a 16-bit register for SB relative addressing.
2.8
Flag Register (FLG)
FLG is a 11-bit register indicating the CPU status.
2.8.1
Carry Flag (C)
The C flag retains a carry, borrow, or shift-out bit that has occurred in the arithmetic and logic unit.
2.8.2
Debug Flag (D)
The D flag is for debug only. Set to 0.
2.8.3
Zero Flag (Z)
The Z flag is set to 1 when an arithmetic operation resulted in 0; otherwise, 0.
2.8.4
Sign Flag (S)
The S flag is set to 1 when an arithmetic operation resulted in a negative value; otherwise, 0.
2.8.5
Register Bank Select Flag (B)
The register bank 0 is selected when the B flag is 0. The register bank 1 is selected when this flag is set to 1.
2.8.6
Overflow Flag (O)
The O flag is set to 1 when the operation resulted in an overflow; otherwise, 0.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 11 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
2. Central Processing Unit (CPU)
2.8.7
Interrupt Enable Flag (I)
The I flag enables a maskable interrupt. An interrupt is disabled when the I flag is set to 0, and are enabled when the I flag is set to 1. The I flag is set to 0 when an interrupt request is acknowledged.
2.8.8
Stack Pointer Select Flag (U)
ISP is selected when the U flag is set to 0; USP is selected when the U flag is set to 1. The U flag is set to 0 when a hardware interrupt request is acknowledged or the INT instruction of software interrupt numbers. 0 to 31 is executed.
2.8.9
Processor Interrupt Priority Level (IPL)
IPL, 3 bits wide, assigns processor interrupt priority levels from level 0 to level 7. If a requested interrupt has greater priority than IPL, the interrupt is enabled.
2.8.10
Reserved Bit
If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is undefined.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 12 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
3. Memory
3.
3.1
Memory
R8C/22 Group
Figure 3.1 shows a Memory Map of R8C/22 Group. The R8C/22 Group has 1 Mbyte of address space from address 00000h to FFFFFh. The internal ROM is allocated lower addresses, beginning with address 0FFFFh. For example, a 48-Kbyte internal ROM is allocated addresses 04000h to 0FFFFh. The fixed interrupt vector table is allocated addresses 0FFDCh to 0FFFFh. They store the starting address of each interrupt routine. The internal RAM is allocated higher addresses, beginning with address 00400h. For example, a 2.5-Kbyte internal RAM is allocated addresses 00400h to 00DFFh. The internal RAM is used not only for storing data but also for calling subroutines and as stacks when interrupt requests are acknowledged. Special function registers (SFR) are allocated addresses 00000h to 002FFh and 01300h to 0147Fh (SFR area for CAN). The peripheral function control registers are allocated here. All addresses within the SFR, which have nothing allocated are reserved for future user and cannot be accessed by users.
00000h
SFR
(Refer to 4. Special Function Registers (SFRs))
002FFh
00400h
Internal RAM
0XXXXh 01300h 02000h 03000h
Reserved area(1)
0FFDCh
Internal RAM
0SSSSh 0YYYYh
Undefined instruction Overflow BRK instruction Address match Single step
Watchdog timer*oscillation stop detection*voltage detection
Internal ROM (program ROM)
0FFFFh ZZZZZh FFFFFh
Internal ROM(3) (program ROM)
0FFFFh
Address break (Reserved) Reset
NOTES: 1. SFR area for CAN is allocated addresses 01300h to 0147Fh. 2. The blank regions are reserved. Do not access locations in these regions. 3. Do not use addresses 20000h to 23FFFh because these areas are used for the emulator debugger. Refer to 24. Notes on Emulator Debugger. Internal ROM Size Address 0YYYYh Address ZZZZZh R5F21226DFP, R5F21226JFP, R5F21226KFP 32 Kbytes 08000h R5F21227DFP, R5F21227JFP, R5F21227KFP 48 Kbytes R5F21228DFP, R5F21228JFP, R5F21228KFP 64 Kbytes R5F2122AJFP, R5F2122AKFP 96 Kbytes R5F2122CJFP, R5F2122CKFP 128 Kbytes 04000h 04000h 04000h 04000h 13FFFh 1BFFFh 23FFFh Part Number Internal RAM Address 0XXXXh Address 0SSSSh Size 2 Kbytes 00BFFh 2.5 Kbytes 3 Kbytes 5 Kbytes 6 Kbytes 00DFFh 00FFFh 00FFFh 00FFFh 037FFh 03BFFh
Figure 3.1
Memory Map of R8C/22 Group
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 13 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
3. Memory
3.2
R8C/23 Group
Figure 3.2 shows a Memory Map of R8C/23 Group. The R8C/23 Group has 1 Mbyte of address space from address 00000h to FFFFFh. The internal ROM (program ROM) is allocated lower addresses, beginning with address 0FFFFh. For example, a 48-Kbyte internal ROM is allocated addresses 04000h to 0FFFFh. The fixed interrupt vector table is allocated addresses 0FFDCh to 0FFFFh. They store the starting address of each interrupt routine. The internal ROM (data flash) is allocated addresses 02400h to 02BFFh. The internal RAM is allocated higher addresses, beginning with address 00400h. For example, a 2.5-Kbyte internal RAM is allocated addresses 00400h to 00DFFh. The internal RAM is used not only for storing data but also for calling subroutines and as stacks when interrupt requests are acknowledged. Special function registers (SFR) are allocated addresses 00000h to 002FFh and 01300h to 0147Fh (SFR area for CAN). The peripheral function control registers are allocated them. All addresses within the SFR, which have nothing allocated are reserved for future use and cannot be accessed by users.
00000h
SFR
(Refer to 4. Special Function Registers (SFRs))
002FFh
00400h
Internal RAM
0XXXXh 01300h 02000h 02400h
Reserved area(2)
0FFDCh
Internal ROM (data flash)(1)
02BFFh 03000h 0SSSSh 0YYYYh
Internal RAM Internal ROM (program ROM)
Undefined instruction Overflow BRK instruction Address match Single step
Watchdog timer*oscillation stop detection*voltage detection
0FFFFh ZZZZZh FFFFFh
Internal ROM(4) (program ROM)
0FFFFh
Address break (Reserved) Reset
NOTES: 1. Data flash block A (1 Kbyte) and B (1 Kbyte) are shown. 2. SFR area for CAN is allocated addresses 01300h to 0147Fh. 3. The blank regions are reserved. Do not access locations in these regions. 4. Do not use addresses 20000h to 23FFFh because these areas are used for the emulator debugger. Refer to 24. Notes on Emulator Debugger. Internal ROM Size Address 0YYYYh Address ZZZZZh R5F21236DFP, R5F21236JFP, R5F21236KFP 32 Kbytes 08000h R5F21237DFP, R5F21237JFP, R5F21237KFP 48 Kbytes R5F21238DFP, R5F21238JFP, R5F21238KFP 64 Kbytes R5F2123AJFP, R5F2123AKFP R5F2123CJFP, R5F2123CKFP 96 Kbytes 128 Kbytes 04000h 04000h 04000h 04000h 13FFFh 1BFFFh 23FFFh Part Number Internal RAM Address 0XXXXh Address 0SSSSh Size 00BFFh 2 Kbytes 2.5 Kbytes 3 Kbytes 5 Kbytes 6 Kbytes 00DFFh 00FFFh 00FFFh 00FFFh 037FFh 03BFFh
Figure 3.2
Memory Map of R8C/23 Group
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 14 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
4. Special Function Registers (SFRs)
4.
Special Function Registers (SFRs)
An SFR (special function register) is a control register for a peripheral function. Table 4.1 to Table 4.13 list the SFR Information. Table 4.1
Address 0000h 0001h 0002h 0003h 0004h 0005h 0006h 0007h 0008h 0009h 000Ah 000Bh 000Ch 000Dh 000Eh 000Fh 0010h 0011h 0012h 0013h 0014h 0015h 0016h 0017h 0018h 0019h 001Ah 001Bh 001Ch 001Dh 001Eh 001Fh 0020h 0021h 0022h 0023h 0024h 0025h 0026h 0030h 0031h 0032h 0033h 0034h 0035h 0036h 0037h 0038h 0039h 003Fh
SFR Information (1)(1)
Register Symbol After reset
Processor Mode Register 0 Processor Mode Register 1 System Clock Control Register 0 System Clock Control Register 1
PM0 PM1 CM0 CM1
00h 00h 01101000b 00100000b
Protect Register Oscillation Stop Detection Register Watchdog Timer Reset Register Watchdog Timer Start Register Watchdog Timer Control Register Address Match Interrupt Register 0
PRCR OCD WDTR WDTS WDC RMAD0
00h 00000100b XXh XXh 00X11111b 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h
Address Match Interrupt Enable Register Address Match Interrupt Register 1
AIER RMAD1
Count Source Protect Mode Register
CSPR
00h 10000000b(8)
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Control Register 0 High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Control Register 1 High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Control Register 2
FRA0 FRA1 FRA2
00h When shipping 00h
Voltage Detection Register 1(2) Voltage Detection Register 2(6)
VCA1 VCA2
00001000b 00h(3) 01000000b(4)
Voltage Monitor 1 Circuit Control Register(7) Voltage Monitor 2 Circuit Control Register(5)
VW1C VW2C
0000X000b(3) 0100X001b(4) 00h
X: Undefined NOTES: 1. The blank regions are reserved. Do not access locations in these regions. 2. Software reset, watchdog timer reset, and voltage monitor 2 reset do not affect this register. 3. The LVD0ON bit in the OFS register is set to 1. 4. Power-on reset, voltage monitor 1 reset or the LVD0ON bit in the OFS register is set to 0. 5. Software reset, watchdog timer reset, and voltage monitor 2 reset do not affect b2 and b3. 6. Software reset, watchdog timer reset, and voltage monitor 2 reset do not affect b7. 7. Software reset, the watchdog timer rest, and the voltage monitor 2 reset do not affect other than the b0 and b6. 8. The CSPROINI bit in the OFS register is 0.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 15 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Table 4.2
Address 0040h 0041h 0042h 0043h 0044h 0045h 0046h 0047h 0048h 0049h 004Ah 004Bh 004Ch 004Dh 004Eh 004Fh 0050h 0051h 0052h 0053h 0054h 0055h 0056h 0057h 0058h 0059h 005Ah 005Bh 005Ch 005Dh 005Eh 005Fh 0060h 0061h 0062h 0063h 0064h 0065h 0066h 0067h 0068h 0069h 006Ah 006Bh 006Ch 006Dh 006Eh 006Fh 0070h 0071h 0072h 0073h 0074h 0075h 0076h 0077h 0078h 0079h 007Ah 007Bh 007Ch 007Dh 007Eh 007Fh
4. Special Function Registers (SFRs)
SFR Information (2)(1)
Register Symbol After reset
CAN0 Wake Up Interrupt Control Register CAN0 Successful Reception Interrupt Control Register CAN0 Successful Transmission Interrupt Control Register CAN0 State/Error Interrupt Control Register Timer RD0 Interrupt Control Register Timer RD1 Interrupt Control Register Timer RE Interrupt Control Register
C01WKIC C0RECIC C0TRMIC C01ERRIC TRD0IC TRD1IC TREIC
XXXXX000b XXXXX000b XXXXX000b XXXXX000b XXXXX000b XXXXX000b XXXXX000b
Key Input Interrupt Control Register A/D Conversion Interrupt Control Register SSU Interrupt Control Register/IIC Bus Interrupt Control Register(2) UART0 Transmit Interrupt Control Register UART0 Receive Interrupt Control Register UART1 Transmit Interrupt Control Register UART1 Receive Interrupt Control Register INT2 Interrupt Control Register Timer RA Interrupt Control Register Timer RB Interrupt Control Register INT1 Interrupt Control Register INT3 Interrupt Control Register
KUPIC ADIC SSUIC/IICIC S0TIC S0RIC S1TIC S1RIC INT2IC TRAIC TRBIC INT1IC INT3IC
XXXXX000b XXXXX000b XXXXX000b XXXXX000b XXXXX000b XXXXX000b XXXXX000b XX00X000b XXXXX000b XXXXX000b XX00X000b XX00X000b
INT0 Interrupt Control Register
INT0IC
XX00X000b
X: Undefined NOTES: 1. The blank regions are reserved. Do not access locations in these regions. 2. Selected by the IICSEL bit in the PMR register.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 16 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Table 4.3
Address 0080h 0081h 0082h 0083h 0084h 0085h 0086h 0087h 0088h 0089h 008Ah 008Bh 008Ch 008Dh 008Eh 008Fh 0090h 0091h 0092h 0093h 0094h 0095h 0096h 0097h 0098h 0099h 009Ah 009Bh 009Ch 009Dh 009Eh 009Fh 00A0h 00A1h 00A2h 00A3h 00A4h 00A5h 00A6h 00A7h 00A8h 00A9h 00AAh 00ABh 00ACh 00ADh 00AEh 00AFh 00B0h 00B1h 00B2h 00B3h 00B4h 00B5h 00B6h 00B7h 00B8h 00B9h 00BAh 00BBh 00BCh 00BDh 00BEh 00BFh
4. Special Function Registers (SFRs)
SFR Information (3)(1)
Register Symbol After reset
UART0 Transmit/Receive Mode Register UART0 Bit Rate Register UART0 Transmit Buffer Register UART0 Transmit/Receive Control Register 0 UART0 Transmit/Receive Control Register 1 UART0 Receive Buffer Register UART1 Transmit/Receive Mode Register UART1 Bit Rate Register UART1 Transmit Buffer Register UART1 Transmit/Receive Control Register 0 UART1 Transmit/Receive Control Register 1 UART1 Receive Buffer Register
U0MR U0BRG U0TB U0C0 U0C1 U0RB U1MR U1BRG U1TB U1C0 U1C1 U1RB
00h XXh XXh XXh 00001000b 00000010b XXh XXh 00h XXh XXh XXh 00001000b 00000010b XXh XXh
SS Control Register H/IIC Bus Control Register 1(2) SS Control Register L/IIC Bus Control Register 2(2) SS Mode Register/IIC Bus Mode Register 1(2) SS Enable Register/IIC Bus Interrupt Enable Register(2) SS Status Register/IIC Bus Status Register(2) SS Mode Register 2/Slave Address Register(2) SS Transmit Data Register/IIC Bus Transmit Data Register(2) SS Receive Data Register/IIC Bus Receive Data Register(2)
SSCRH/ICCR1 SSCRL/ICCR2 SSMR/ICMR SSER/ICIER SSSR/ICSR SSMR2/SAR SSTDR/ICDRT SSRDR/ICDRR
00h 01111101b 00011000b 00h 00h/0000X000b 00h FFh FFh
X: Undefined NOTES: 1. The blank regions are reserved. Do not access locations in these regions. 2. Selected by the IICSEL bit in the PMR register.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 17 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Table 4.4
Address 00C0h 00C1h 00C2h 00C3h 00C4h 00C5h 00C6h 00C7h 00C8h 00C9h 00CAh 00CBh 00CCh 00CDh 00CEh 00CFh 00D0h 00D1h 00D2h 00D3h 00D4h 00D5h 00D6h 00D7h 00D8h 00D9h 00DAh 00DBh 00DCh 00DDh 00DEh 00DFh 00E0h 00E1h 00E2h 00E3h 00E4h 00E5h 00E6h 00E7h 00E8h 00E9h 00EAh 00EBh 00ECh 00EDh 00EEh 00EFh 00F0h 00F1h 00F2h 00F3h 00F4h 00F5h 00F6h 00F7h 00F8h 00F9h 00FAh 00FBh 00FCh 00FDh 00FEh 00FFh
4. Special Function Registers (SFRs)
SFR Information (4)(1)
Register A/D Register AD Symbol XXh XXh After reset
A/D Control Register 2 A/D Control Register 0 A/D Control Register 1
ADCON2 ADCON0 ADCON1
00h 00h 00h
Port P0 Register Port P1 Register Port P0 Direction Register Port P1 Direction Register Port P2 Register Port P3 Register Port P2 Direction Register Port P3 Direction Register Port P4 Register Port P4 Direction Register Port P6 Register Port P6 Direction Register
P0 P1 PD0 PD1 P2 P3 PD2 PD3 P4 PD4 P6 PD6
XXh XXh 00h 00h XXh XXh 00h 00h XXh 00h XXh 00h
UART1 Function Select Register
U1SR
XXh
Port Mode Register External Input Enable Register INT Input Filter Select Register Key Input Enable Register Pull-Up Control Register 0 Pull-Up Control Register 1
PMR INTEN INTF KIEN PUR0 PUR1
00h 00h 00h 00h 00h XX00XX00b
X: Undefined NOTE: 1. The blank regions are reserved. Do not access locations in these regions.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 18 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Table 4.5
Address 0100h 0101h 0102h 0103h 0104h 0105h 0106h 0107h 0108h 0109h 010Ah 010Bh 010Ch 010Dh 010Eh 010Fh 0110h 0111h 0112h 0113h 0114h 0115h 0116h 0117h 0118h 0119h 011Ah 011Bh 011Ch 011Dh 011Eh 011Fh 0120h 0121h 0122h 0123h 0124h 0125h 0126h 0127h 0128h 0129h 012Ah 012Bh 012Ch 012Dh 012Eh 012Fh 0130h 0131h 0132h 0133h 0134h 0135h 0136h 0137h 0138h 0139h 013Ah 013Bh 013Ch 013Dh 013Eh 013Fh
4. Special Function Registers (SFRs)
SFR Information (5)(1)
Register Timer RA Control Register Timer RA I/O Control Register Timer RA Mode Register Timer RA Prescaler Register Timer RA Register LIN Control Register LIN Status Register Timer RB Control Register Timer RB One-Shot Control Register Timer RB I/O Control Register Timer RB Mode Register Timer RB Prescaler Register Timer RB Secondary Register Timer RB Primary Symbol TRACR TRAIOC TRAMR TRAPRE TRA LINCR LINST TRBCR TRBOCR TRBIOC TRBMR TRBPRE TRBSC TRBPR After reset 00h 00h 00h FFh FFh 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h FFh FFh FFh
Timer RE Counter Data Register Timer RE Compare Data Register
TRESEC TREMIN
00h 00h
Timer RE Control Register 1 Timer RE Control Register 2 Timer RE Count Source Select Register
TRECR1 TRECR2 TRECSR
00h 00h 00001000b
Timer RD Start Register Timer RD Mode Register Timer RD PWM Mode Register Timer RD Function Control Register Timer RD Output Master Enable Register 1 Timer RD Output Master Enable Register 2 Timer RD Output Control Register Timer RD Digital Filter Function Select Register 0 Timer RD Digital Filter Function Select Register 1
TRDSTR TRDMR TRDPMR TRDFCR TRDOER1 TRDOER2 TRDOCR TRDDF0 TRDDF1
11111100b 00001110b 10001000b 10000000b FFh 01111111b 00h 00h 00h
X: Undefined NOTE: 1. The blank regions are reserved. Do not access locations in these regions.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 19 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Table 4.6
Address 0140h 0141h 0142h 0143h 0144h 0145h 0146h 0147h 0148h 0149h 014Ah 014Bh 014Ch 014Dh 014Eh 014Fh 0150h 0151h 0152h 0153h 0154h 0155h 0156h 0157h 0158h 0159h 015Ah 015Bh 015Ch 015Dh 015Eh 015Fh 0160h 0161h 0162h 0163h 0164h 0165h 0166h 0167h 0168h 0169h 016Ah 016Bh 016Ch 016Dh 016Eh 016Fh 0170h 0171h 0172h 0173h 0174h 0175h 0176h 0177h 0178h 0179h 017Ah 017Bh 017Ch 017Dh 017Eh 017Fh
4. Special Function Registers (SFRs)
SFR Information (6)(1)
Register Timer RD Control Register 0 Timer RD I/O Control Register A0 Timer RD I/O Control Register C0 Timer RD Status Register 0 Timer RD Interrupt Enable Register 0 Timer RD PWM Mode Output Level Control Register 0 Timer RD Counter 0 Timer RD General Register A0 Timer RD General Register B0 Timer RD General Register C0 Timer RD General Register D0 Timer RD Control Register 1 Timer RD I/O Control Register A1 Timer RD I/O Control Register C1 Timer RD Status Register 1 Timer RD Interrupt Enable Register 1 Timer RD PWM Mode Output Level Control Register 1 Timer RD Counter 1 Timer RD General Register A1 Timer RD General Register B1 Timer RD General Register C1 Timer RD General Register D1 Symbol TRDCR0 TRDIORA0 TRDIORC0 TRDSR0 TRDIER0 TRDPOCR0 TRD0 TRDGRA0 TRDGRB0 TRDGRC0 TRDGRD0 TRDCR1 TRDIORA1 TRDIORC1 TRDSR1 TRDIER1 TRDPOCR1 TRD1 TRDGRA1 TRDGRB1 TRDGRC1 TRDGRD1 After reset 00h 10001000b 10001000b 11100000b 11100000b 11111000b 00h 00h FFh FFh FFh FFh FFh FFh FFh FFh 00h 10001000b 10001000b 11000000b 11100000b 11111000b 00h 00h FFh FFh FFh FFh FFh FFh FFh FFh
X: Undefined NOTE: 1. The blank regions are reserved. Do not access locations in these regions.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 20 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Table 4.7
Address 0180h 0181h 0182h 0183h 0184h 0185h 0186h 0187h 0188h 0189h 018Ah 018Bh 018Ch 018Dh 018Eh 018Fh 0190h 0191h 0192h 0193h 0194h 0195h 0196h 0197h 0198h 0199h 019Ah 019Bh 019Ch 019Dh 019Eh 019Fh 01A0h 01A1h 01A2h 01A3h 01A4h 01A5h 01A6h 01A7h 01A8h 01A9h 01AAh 01ABh 01ACh 01ADh 01AEh 01AFh 01B0h 01B1h 01B2h 01B3h 01B4h 01B5h 01B6h 01B7h 01B8h 01B9h 01BAh 01BBh 01FDh 01FEh 01FFh
4. Special Function Registers (SFRs)
SFR Information (7)(1)
Register Symbol After reset
Flash Memory Control Register 4 Flash Memory Control Register 1 Flash Memory Control Register 0
FMR4 FMR1 FMR0
01000000b 1000000Xb 00000001b
X: Undefined NOTE: 1. The blank regions are reserved. Do not access locations in these regions.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 21 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Table 4.8
Address 1300h 1301h 1302h 1303h 1304h 1305h 1306h 1307h 1308h 1309h 130Ah 130Bh 130Ch 130Dh 130Eh 130Fh 1310h 1311h 1312h 1313h 1314h 1315h 1316h 1317h 1318h 1319h 131Ah 131Bh 131Ch 131Dh 131Eh 131Fh 1320h 1321h 1322h 1323h 1324h 1325h 1326h 1327h 1328h 1329h 132Ah 132Bh 132Ch 132Dh 132Eh 132Fh 1330h 1331h 1332h 1333h 1334h 1335h 1336h 1337h 1338h 1339h 133Ah 133Bh 133Ch 133Dh 133Eh 133Fh
4. Special Function Registers (SFRs)
SFR Information (8)(1)
Register CAN0 Message Control Register 0 CAN0 Message Control Register 1 CAN0 Message Control Register 2 CAN0 Message Control Register 3 CAN0 Message Control Register 4 CAN0 Message Control Register 5 CAN0 Message Control Register 6 CAN0 Message Control Register 7 CAN0 Message Control Register 8 CAN0 Message Control Register 9 CAN0 Message Control Register 10 CAN0 Message Control Register 11 CAN0 Message Control Register 12 CAN0 Message Control Register 13 CAN0 Message Control Register 14 CAN0 Message Control Register 15 CAN0 Control Register CAN0 Status Register CAN0 Slot Status Register CAN0 Interrupt Control Register CAN0 Extended ID Register CAN0 Configuration Register CAN0 Receive Error Count Register CAN0 Transmit Error Count Register Symbol C0MCTL0 C0MCTL1 C0MCTL2 C0MCTL3 C0MCTL4 C0MCTL5 C0MCTL6 C0MCTL7 C0MCTL8 C0MCTL9 C0MCTL10 C0MCTL11 C0MCTL12 C0MCTL13 C0MCTL14 C0MCTL15 C0CTLR C0STR C0SSTR C0ICR C0IDR C0CONR C0RECR C0TECR After reset 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h X0000001b XX0X0000b 00h X0000001b 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h XXh XXh 00h 00h
X: Undefined NOTE: 1. The blank regions are reserved. Do not access locations in these regions.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 22 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Table 4.9
Address 1340h 1341h 1342h 1343h 1344h 1345h 1346h 1347h 1348h 1349h 134Ah 134Bh 134Ch 134Dh 134Eh 134Fh 1350h 1351h 1352h 1353h 1354h 1355h 1356h 1357h 1358h 1359h 135Ah 135Bh 135Ch 135Dh 135Eh 135Fh 1360h 1361h 1362h 1363h 1364h 1365h 1366h 1367h 1368h 1369h 136Ah 136Bh 136Ch 136Dh 136Eh 136Fh 1370h 1371h 1372h 1373h 1374h 1375h 1376h 1377h 1378h 1379h 137Ah 137Bh 137Ch 137Dh 137Eh 137Fh
4. Special Function Registers (SFRs)
SFR Information (9)(1)
Register Symbol After reset
CAN0 Acceptance Filter Support Register
C0AFS
XXh XXh
CAN0 Clock Select Register CAN0 Slot 0: Identifier/DLC
CCLKR
CAN0 Slot 0: Data Field
CAN0 Slot 0: Time Stamp CAN0 Slot 1: Identifier/DLC
CAN0 Slot 1: Data Field
CAN0 Slot 1: Time Stamp
00h XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh
X: Undefined NOTE: 1. The blank regions are reserved. Do not access locations in these regions.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 23 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Table 4.10
Address 1380h 1381h 1382h 1383h 1384h 1385h 1386h 1387h 1388h 1389h 138Ah 138Bh 138Ch 138Dh 138Eh 138Fh 1390h 1391h 1392h 1393h 1394h 1395h 1396h 1397h 1398h 1399h 139Ah 139Bh 139Ch 139Dh 139Eh 139Fh 13A0h 13A1h 13A2h 13A3h 13A4h 13A5h 13A6h 13A7h 13A8h 13A9h 13AAh 13ABh 13ACh 13ADh 13AEh 13AFh 13B0h 13B1h 13B2h 13B3h 13B4h 13B5h 13B6h 13B7h 13B8h 13B9h 13BAh 13BBh 13BCh 13BDh 13BEh 13BFh
4. Special Function Registers (SFRs)
SFR Information (10)(1)
Register CAN0 Slot 2: Identifier/DLC Symbol XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh After reset
CAN0 Slot 2: Data Field
CAN0 Slot 2: Time Stamp CAN0 Slot 3: Identifier/DLC
CAN0 Slot 3: Data Field
CAN0 Slot 3: Time Stamp CAN0 Slot 4: Identifier/DLC
CAN0 Slot 4: Data Field
CAN0 Slot 4: Time Stamp CAN0 Slot 5: Identifier/DLC
CAN0 Slot 5: Data Field
CAN0 Slot 5: Time Stamp
X: Undefined NOTE: 1. The blank regions are reserved. Do not access locations in these regions.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 24 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Table 4.11
Address 13C0h 13C1h 13C2h 13C3h 13C4h 13C5h 13C6h 13C7h 13C8h 13C9h 13CAh 13CBh 13CCh 13CDh 13CEh 13CFh 13D0h 13D1h 13D2h 13D3h 13D4h 13D5h 13D6h 13D7h 13D8h 13D9h 13DAh 13DBh 13DCh 13DDh 13DEh 13DFh 13E0h 13E1h 13E2h 13E3h 13E4h 13E5h 13E6h 13E7h 13E8h 13E9h 13EAh 13EBh 13ECh 13EDh 13EEh 13EFh 13F0h 13F1h 13F2h 13F3h 13F4h 13F5h 13F6h 13F7h 13F8h 13F9h 13FAh 13FBh 13FCh 13FDh 13FEh 13FFh
4. Special Function Registers (SFRs)
SFR Information (11)(1)
Register CAN0 Slot 6: Identifier/DLC Symbol XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh After reset
CAN0 Slot 6: Data Field
CAN0 Slot 6: Time Stamp CAN0 Slot 7: Identifier/DLC
CAN0 Slot 7: Data Field
CAN0 Slot 7: Time Stamp CAN0 Slot 8: Identifier/DLC
CAN0 Slot 8: Data Field
CAN0 Slot 8: Time Stamp CAN0 Slot 9: Identifier/DLC
CAN0 Slot 9: Data Field
CAN0 Slot 9: Time Stamp
X: Undefined NOTE: 1. The blank regions are reserved. Do not access locations in these regions.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 25 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Table 4.12
Address 1400h 1401h 1402h 1403h 1404h 1405h 1406h 1407h 1408h 1409h 140Ah 140Bh 140Ch 140Dh 140Eh 140Fh 1410h 1411h 1412h 1413h 1414h 1415h 1416h 1417h 1418h 1419h 141Ah 141Bh 141Ch 141Dh 141Eh 141Fh 1420h 1421h 1422h 1423h 1424h 1425h 1426h 1427h 1428h 1429h 142Ah 142Bh 142Ch 142Dh 142Eh 142Fh 1430h 1431h 1432h 1433h 1434h 1435h 1436h 1437h 1438h 1439h 143Ah 143Bh 143Ch 143Dh 143Eh 143Fh
4. Special Function Registers (SFRs)
SFR Information (12)(1)
Register CAN0 Slot 10: Identifier/DLC Symbol XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh After reset
CAN0 Slot 10: Data Field
CAN0 Slot 10: Time Stamp CAN0 Slot 11: Identifier/DLC
CAN0 Slot 11: Data Field
CAN0 Slot 11: Time Stamp CAN0 Slot 12: Identifier/DLC
CAN0 Slot 12: Data Field
CAN0 Slot 12: Time Stamp CAN0 Slot 13: Identifier/DLC
CAN0 Slot 13: Data Field
CAN0 Slot 13: Time Stamp
X: Undefined NOTE: 1. The blank regions are reserved. Do not access locations in these regions.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 26 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Table 4.13
Address 1440h 1441h 1442h 1443h 1444h 1445h 1446h 1447h 1448h 1449h 144Ah 144Bh 144Ch 144Dh 144Eh 144Fh 1450h 1451h 1452h 1453h 1454h 1455h 1456h 1457h 1458h 1459h 145Ah 145Bh 145Ch 145Dh 145Eh 145Fh 1460h 1461h 1462h 1463h 1464h 1465h 1466h 1467h 1468h 1469h 146Ah 146Bh 146Ch 146Dh 146Eh 146Fh 1470h 1471h 1472h 1473h 1474h 1475h FFFFh
4. Special Function Registers (SFRs)
SFR Information (13)(1)
Register CAN0 Slot 14: Identifier/DLC Symbol XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh XXh After reset
CAN0 Slot 14: Data Field
CAN0 Slot 14: Time Stamp CAN0 Slot 15: Identifier/DLC
CAN0 Slot 15: Data Field
CAN0 Slot 15: Time Stamp CAN0 Global Mask Register C0GMR
CAN0 Local Mask A Register
C0LMAR
CAN0 Local Mask B Register
C0LMBR
Option Function Select Register
OFS
(Note 2)
X: Undefined NOTES: 1. The blank regions are reserved. Do not access locations in these regions. 2. The OFS register cannot be changed by a program. Use a flash programmer to write to it.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 27 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
5. Resets
5.
Resets
There are resets: hardware reset, power-on reset, voltage monitor 1 reset, voltage monitor 2 reset, watchdog timer reset, and software reset. Table 5.1 lists the Reset Names and Sources. Table 5.1 Reset Names and Sources Reset Name Hardware reset Power-on reset(1) Voltage monitor 1 reset(1) Voltage monitor 2 reset(1) Watchdog timer reset Software reset Source Input voltage of RESET pin is held "L" VCC rises VCC falls (monitor voltage: Vdet1) VCC falls (monitor voltage: Vdet2) Underflow of watchdog timer Write 1 to PM03 bit in PM0 register
NOTE: 1. Because this product is under development, specifications may be changed.
RESET
Hardware reset
VCC
Power-on reset circuit
Power-on reset
SFR
VCA26, VW1C0 and VW1C6 bits
Voltage detection circuit
Voltage monitor 1 reset Voltage monitor 2 reset
SFR
VCA13, VCA27, VW1C1, VW1F0, VW1F1, VW1C7, VW2C2 and VW2C3 bits
Watchdog timer
Watchdog timer reset
CPU
Software reset
Pin, CPU and SFR bits other than those listed above
VCA13: Bit in VCA1 register VCA26, VCA27: Bits in VCA2 register VW1C0, VW1C1, VW1F0, VW1F1, VW1C6, VW1C7: Bits in VW1C register VW2C2, VW2C3 bits: Bits in VW2C register
Figure 5.1
Block Diagram of Reset Circuit
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 28 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
5. Resets
Table 5.2 lists the Pin Functions after Reset, Figure 5.2 shows CPU Register Status after Reset, Figure 5.3 shows Reset Sequence, and Figure 5.4 shows the OFS Register. Table 5.2 Pin Functions after Reset Pin Functions Input port Input port Input port Input port
Pin Name P0, P1, P2 P3_0, P3_1, P3_3 to P3_5, P3_7 P4_2 to P4_7 P6
b15
b0
0000h 0000h 0000h 0000h 0000h 0000h 0000h
b19 b0
Data register (R0) Data register (R1) Data register (R2) Data register (R3) Address register (A0) Address register (A1) Frame base register (FB)
00000h Content of addresses 0FFFEh to 0FFFCh
b15 b0
Interrupt table register (INTB) Program counter (PC)
0000h 0000h 0000h
b15 b0
User stack pointer (USP) Interrupt stack pointer (ISP) Static base register (SB)
0000h
b15 b8 b7 b0
Flag register (FLG)
IPL
U I OBSZDC
Figure 5.2
CPU Register Status after Reset
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 29 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
5. Resets
fOCO-S
RESET pin 10 cycles or more are needed(1) fOCO-S clock x 32 cycles(2) Internal reset signal Start time of flash memory (CPU clock x 14 cycles) CPU clock x 28 cycles
CPU clock 0FFFCh Address (internal address signal) 0FFFDh Content of reset vector 0FFFEh
NOTES: 1. Hardware reset. 2. When the "L" input width to the RESET pin is set to fOCO-S clock x 32 cycles or more, setting the RESET pin to "H" also sets the internal reset signal to "H" at the same.
Figure 5.3
Reset Sequence
Option Function Select Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
11
1
Symbol OFS Bit Symbol WDTON -- (b1) ROMCR ROMCP1 -- (b5-b4) LVD1ON
Address 0FFFFh Bit Name Watchdog timer start select bit Reserved bit ROM code protect disabled bit ROM code protect bit Reserved bits
Before Shipment FFh(3) Function 0 : Starts w atchdog timer automatically after reset 1 : Watchdog timer is inactive after reset Set to 1 0 : ROM code protect disabled 1 : ROMCP1 enabled 0 : ROM code protect enabled 1 : ROM code protect disabled Set to 1
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
Voltage detection circuit 0 : Voltage monitor 1 reset enabled after reset 1 : Voltage monitor 1 reset disabled after reset start bit(2) 0 : Count source protect mode enabled after reset 1 : Count source protect mode disabled after reset
Count source protect CSPROINI mode after reset select bit
RW
NOTES: 1. The OFS register is on the flash memory. Write to the OFS register w ith a program. After w riting is completed, do not w rite additions to the OFS register. 2. To use the pow er-on reset, set the LVD1ON bit to 0 (voltage monitor 1 reset enabled after reset). 3. If the block including the OFS register is erased, FFh is set to the OFS register.
Figure 5.4
OFS Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 30 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
5. Resets
5.1
Hardware Reset
A reset is applied using the RESET pin. When an "L" signal is applied to the RESET pin while the power supply voltage meets the recommended performance condition, the pins, CPU, and SFR are reset (refer to Table 5.2 Pin Functions after Reset). When the input level applied to the RESET pin changes "L" to "H", the program is executed beginning with the address indicated by the reset vector. After reset, the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock divided-by-8 is automatically selected for the CPU clock. Refer to 4. Special Function Registers (SFRs) for the status of the SFR after reset. The internal RAM is not reset. If the RESET pin is pulled "L" during writing to the internal RAM, the internal RAM will be in indeterminate state. Figure 5.5 shows the Example of Hardware Reset Circuit and Operation and Figure 5.6 shows the Example of Hardware Reset Circuit (Usage Example of External Supply Voltage Detection Circuit) and Operation.
5.1.1
When Power Supply is Stable
(1) Apply "L" to the RESET pin. (2) Wait for 10s or more. (3) Apply "H" to the RESET pin.
5.1.2
Power On
(1) Apply "L" to the RESET pin. (2) Let the power supply voltage increase until it meets the recommended performance condition. (3) Wait for td(P-R) or more to allow the internal power supply to stabilize (refer to 21. Electrical Characteristics). (4) Wait for 10s or more. (5) Apply "H" to the RESET pin.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 31 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
5. Resets
VCC VCC 0V RESET RESET
2.7 V
0.2 VCC or below 0V td(P-R) + 10 s or more NOTE: 1. Refer to 21. Electrical Characteristics.
Figure 5.5
Example of Hardware Reset Circuit and Operation
Power supply voltage detection circuit
5V VCC 2.7 V
RESET
VCC 0V 5V RESET
0V td(P-R) + 10 s or more Example when VCC = 5 V NOTE: 1. Refer to 21. Electrical Characteristics.
Figure 5.6
Example of Hardware Reset Circuit (Usage Example of External Supply Voltage Detection Circuit) and Operation
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 32 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
5. Resets
5.2
Power-On Reset Function(1)
When the RESET pin is connected to the VCC pin via a pull-up resistor, and the VCC pin voltage level rises, the power-on reset function is enabled and the MCU resets its pins, CPU, and SFR. When a capacitor is connected to the RESET pin, too, always keep the voltage to the RESET pin 0.8VCC or more. When the input voltage to the VCC pin reaches to the Vdet0 level or above, the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock starts counting. When the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock count reaches 32, the internal reset signal is held "H" and the MCU enters the reset sequence (refer to Figure 5.3). The low-speed on-chip oscillator clock divide-by-8 is automatically selected for the CPU after reset. Refer to 4. Special Function Registers (SFRs) for the status of the SFR after power-on reset. The voltage monitor 0 reset is enabled after power-on reset. Figure 5.7 shows the Example of Power-On Reset Circuit and Operation. NOTE: 1. When using power-on reset function, set the LVD1ON bit to 0 (voltage monitor 1 reset enabled after reset).
VCC 4.7 k (reference) RESET
Vdet1(3) External power Vcc Vpor1 tw(por1)
Sampling time(1, 2)
Vdet1(3) trth td(Vdet1-A) Vpor2 2.0 V trth
Internal reset signal ("L" valid) 1 x 32 fOCO-S 1 x 32 fOCO-S
NOTES: 1. When using the voltage monitor 1 digital filter, ensure VCC is 2.0 V or higher during the sampling time. 2. The sampling clock can be selected. Refer to 6. Voltage Detection Circuit for details. 3. Vdet1 indicates the voltage detection level of the voltage detection 1 circuit. Refer to 6. Voltage Detection Circuit for details. 4. Refer to 21. Electrical Characteristics. 5. To use the power-on reset function, enable voltage monitor 1 reset by setting the LVD1ON bit in the OFS register to 0 (voltage monitor 1 reset enabled after reset), bits VW1C0 and VW1C6 in the VW1C register to 1 (enable) and the VCA26 bit in the VCA2 register to 1 (voltage detection 1 circuit enabled).
Figure 5.7
Example of Power-On Reset Circuit and Operation
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 33 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
5. Resets
5.3
Voltage Monitor 1 Reset
A reset is applied using the on-chip voltage detection 1 circuit. The voltage detection 1 circuit monitors the input voltage to the VCC pin. The voltage to monitor is Vdet1. When the input voltage to the VCC pin reaches to the Vdet1 level or below, the pins, CPU, and SFR are reset. And when the input voltage to the VCC pin reaches to the Vdet1 level or above, count operation of the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock starts. When the operation counts the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock for 32 times, the internal reset signal is held "H" and the MCU enters the reset sequence (refer to Figure 5.3). The low-speed onchip oscillator clock divide-by-8 is automatically selected for the CPU after reset. The LVD1ON bit in the OFS register can select to enable or disable voltage monitor 1 reset after a reset. To use the power-on reset function, enable voltage monitor 1 reset by setting the LVD1ON bit in the OFS register to 0, bits VW1C0 and VW1C6 in the VW1C register to 1, the VCA bit in the VCA2 register to 1. The LVD1ON bit cannot be changed by a program. When setting the LVD1ON bit, write 0 (voltage monitor 1 reset enabled after reset) or 1 (voltage monitor 1 reset disabled after reset) to the bit 6 of address 0FFFFh using a flash programmer. Refer to Figure 5.4 OFS Register for details of the OFS register. Refer to 4. Special Function Registers (SFRs) for the status of the SFR after voltage monitor 1 reset. The internal RAM is not reset. When the input voltage to the VCC pin reaches to the Vdet1 level or below during writing to the internal RAM, the internal RAM is in indeterminate state. Refer to 6. Voltage Detection Circuit for details of voltage monitor 1 reset.
5.4
Voltage Monitor 2 Reset
A reset is applied using the on-chip voltage detection 2 circuit. The voltage detection 2 circuit monitors the input voltage to the VCC pin. The voltage to monitor is Vdet2. When the input voltage to the VCC pin drops to the Vdet2 level or below, the pins, CPU, and SFR are reset and the program is executed beginning with the address indicated by the reset vector. After reset, the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock divide-by-8 is automatically selected for the CPU clock. The voltage monitor 2 does not reset some SFRs. Refer to 4. Special Function Registers (SFRs) for details. The internal RAM is not reset. When the input voltage to the VCC pin reaches to the Vdet2 level or below during writing to the internal RAM, the internal RAM is in indeterminate state. Refer to 6. Voltage Detection Circuit for details of voltage monitor 2 reset.
5.5
Watchdog Timer Reset
When the PM12 bit in the PM1 register is set to 1 (reset when watchdog timer underflows), the MCU resets its pins, CPU, and SFR if the watchdog timer underflows. Then the program is executed beginning with the address indicated by the reset vector. After reset, the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock divide-by-8 is automatically selected for the CPU clock. The watchdog timer reset does not reset some SFRs. Refer to 4. Special Function Registers (SFRs) for details. The internal RAM is not reset. When the watchdog timer underflows, the internal RAM is in indeterminate state. Refer to 13. Watchdog Timer for watchdog timer.
5.6
Software Reset
When the PM03 bit in the PM0 register is set to 1 (MCU reset), the MCU resets its pins, CPU, and SFR. The program is executed beginning with the address indicated by the reset vector. After reset, the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock divide-by-8 is automatically selected for the CPU clock. The software reset does not reset some SFRs. Refer to 4. Special Function Registers (SFRs) for details. The internal RAM is not reset.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 34 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
6.
Voltage Detection Circuit
The voltage detection circuit is a circuit to monitor the input voltage to the VCC pin. This circuit monitors the VCC input voltage by the program. And the voltage monitor 1 reset, voltage monitor 2 interrupt and voltage monitor 2 reset can be used. Table 6.1 lists the Specifications of Voltage Detection Circuit and Figures 6.1 to 6.3 show the Block Diagrams. Figures 6.4 to 6.6 show the Associated Registers.
Table 6.1 VCC Monitor
Specifications of Voltage Detection Circuit Item Voltage to monitor Detection target Voltage Detection 1 Vdet1 Whether passing through Vdet1 by rising or falling None Voltage Detection 2 Vdet2 Whether passing through Vdet2 by rising or falling VCA13 bit in VCA1 register Whether VCC is higher or lower than Vdet2 Voltage monitor 1 reset Voltage monitor 2 reset Reset at Vdet1 > VCC; Reset at Vdet2 > VCC Restart CPU operation at Restart CPU operation VCC > Vdet1 after a specified time None Voltage monitor 2 interrupt Interrupt request at Vdet2 > VCC and VCC > Vdet2 when digital filter is enabled; Interrupt request at Vdet2 > VCC or VCC > Vdet2 when digital filter is disabled Available Available (Divide-by-n of fOCO-S) x4 n: 1, 2, 4 and 8
Monitor
Process When Voltage Is Reset Detected
Interrupt
Digital Filter
Switch enabled/disabled Sampling time
(Divide-by-n of fOCO-S) x4 n: 1, 2, 4 and 8
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 35 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
VCC
VCA27
+
Internal reference voltage
Noise filter
Vdet2
Voltage detection 2 signal VCA1 register
b3
-
VCA26
VCA13 bit
+ -
Voltage detection 1 signal
Vdet1
Figure 6.1
Block Diagram of Voltage Detection Circuit
Voltage monitor 1 reset generation circuit
VW1F1 to VW1F0 = 00b = 01b
Voltage detection 1 circuit
fOCO-S VCA26
= 10b
1/2
1/2
1/2
= 11b
VW1C1 VCC Internal reference voltage + Voltage detection 1 signal Voltage detection 1 signal is held "H" when VCA26 bit is set to "0" (disabled) Digital filter
VW1C1 VW1C0 VW1C6 VW1C7
Voltage monitor 1 reset signal
VW1C0 to VW1C1, VW1F0 to VW1F1, VW1C6, VW1C7: Bits in VW1C register VCA26: Bit in VCA2 register
Figure 6.2
Block Diagram of Voltage Monitor 1 Reset Generation Circuit
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 36 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
Voltage monitor 2 interrupt/reset generation circuit
VW2F1 to VW2F0 = 00b = 01b
Voltage detection 2 circuit
fOCO-S VCA27 VCA13 VCC Internal reference voltage + Noise filter (Filter width: 200ns) Voltage detection 2 signal
= 10b
1/2
1/2
1/2
= 11b
VW2C2 bit is set to 0 (not detected) by writing 0 by program. When VCA27 bit is set to 0 (voltage detection 2 circuit disabled), VW2C2 bit is set to 0 VW2C1 Digital filter Watchdog timer interrupt signal VW2C2
Voltage detection 2 signal is held "H" when VCA27 bit is set to 0 (disabled) VW2C1
Voltage monitor 2 interrupt signal Non-maskable interrupt signal Oscillation stop detection interrupt signal VW2C3 VW2C7 VW2C0 VW2C6
Watchdog timer block
Watchdog timer underflow signal
This bit is set to 0 (not detected) by writing "0" by program.
Voltage monitor 2 reset signal
VW2C0 to VW2C3, VW2F2, VW2F1, VW2C6, VW2C7: Bits in VW2C register VCA13: Bit in VCA1 register VCA27: Bit in VCA2 register
Figure 6.3
Block Diagram of Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt/Reset Generation Circuit
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 37 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
Voltage Detection Register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0000
000
Symbol Address 0031h VCA1 Bit Symbol Bit Name -- Reserved bits (b2-b0) VCA13 -- (b7-b4) Voltage detection 2 signal monitor flag(1) Reserved bits
After Reset(2) 00001000b Function Set to 0 0 : VCC < Vdet2 1 : VCC Vdet2 or voltage detection 2 circuit disabled Set to 0
RW RW
RO
RW
NOTES: 1. The VCA13 bit is enabled w hen the VCA27 bit in the VCA2 register is set to 1 (voltage detection 2 circuit enabled). The VCA13 bit is set to 1 (VCC Vdet 2) w hen the VCA27 bit in the VCA2 register is set to 0 (voltage detection 2 circuit disabled). 2. The softw are reset, w atchdog timer reset and voltage monitor 2 reset do not affect the VCA1 register.
Voltage Detection Register 2(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00000
Symbol VCA2
Address 0032h
After Reset(4)
The LVD1ON bit in the OFS register is set to 1: 00h Power-on reset, v oltage monitor 1 reset or the LVD1ON bit in the OFS register is set to 0: 01000000b
Bit Symbol VCA20 -- (b5-b1) VCA26 VCA27
Bit Name Internal pow er low consumption enable bit(5) Reserved bits Voltage detection 1 enable bit Voltage detection 2 enable bit
(2)
Function 0 : Disables low consumption 1 : Enables low consumption Set to 0 0 : Voltage detection 1 circuit disabled 1 : Voltage detection 1 circuit enabled 0 : Voltage detection 2 circuit disabled 1 : Voltage detection 2 circuit enabled
RW RW RW RW RW
(3)
NOTES: 1. Set the PRC3 bit in the PRCR register to 1 (enables w riting) before w riting to the VCA2 register. 2. When using the voltage monitor 1 reset, set the VCA26 bit to 1. After the VCA26 bit is set from 0 to 1, the voltage detection circuit elapses for td(E-A) before starting operation. 3. When using the voltage monitor 2 interrupt/reset or the VCA13 bit in the VCA1 register, set the VCA27 bit to 1. After the VCA27 bit is from 0 to 1, the voltage detection circuit elapses for td(E-A) before starting operation. 4. The VCA27 bit remains unchanged after softw are reset, w atchdog timer reset, and voltage monitor 2 reset. 5. Use the VCA20 bit only w hen entering to w ait mode. To set the VCA20 bit, follow the procedure show n in Figure 10.11 Procedure for Enabling Reduced Internal Pow er Consum ption Using VCA20 bit.
Figure 6.4
Registers VCA1 and VCA2
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 38 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
Voltage Monitor 1 Circuit Control Register (1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol VW1C
Address 0036h
After Reset(2)
The LVD1ON bit in the OFS register is set to 1: 0000X000b Power-on reset, v oltage monitor 1 reset or the LVD1ON bit in the OFS register is set to 0: 0100X001b
Bit Symbol VW1C0
Bit Name Voltage monitor 1 reset enable bit(3) Voltage monitor 1 digital filter disable mode select bit
Function 0 : Disable 1 : Enable 0 : Digital filter enabled mode (digital filter circuit enabled) 1 : Digital filter disabled mode (digital filter circuit disabled) Set to 0 When read, the content is undefined.
b5 b4
RW RW
VW1C1
RW
VW1C2 -- (b3) VW1F0
Reserved bit Reserved bit Sampling clock select bits
RW RO
VW1F1 Voltage monitor 1 circuit mode select bit
0 0 : fOCO-S divide-by-1 0 1 : fOCO-S divide-by-2 1 0 : fOCO-S divide-by-4 1 1 : fOCO-S divide-by-8 When the VW1C0 bit is set to 1 (enables voltage monitor 1 reset), set to 1.
RW
RW
VW1C6 VW1C7
RW RW
Voltage monitor 1 reset generation When the VW1C1 bit is set to 1 (digital filter disabled mode), set to 1. condition select bit(4)
NOTES: 1. Set the PRC3 bit in the PRCR register to 1 (w rite enable) before w riting to the VW1C register. 2. The value other than the VW1CO and VW1C6 bits remains unchanged after softw are reset, w atchdog timer reset, and voltage monitor 2 reset. 3. The VW1C0 bit is enabled w hen the VCA26 bit in the VCA2 register is set to 1 (voltage detection 1 circuit enabled). Set the VW1C0 bit to 0 (disable), w hen the VCA26 bit is set to 0 (voltage detection 1 circuit disabled). 4. The VW1C7 bit is enabled w hen the VW1C1 bit is set to 1 (digital filter disabled mode).
Figure 6.5
VW1C Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 39 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
Voltage Monitor 2 Circuit Control Register (1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol VW2C Bit Symbol VW2C0
Address 0037h Bit Name Voltage monitor 2 interrupt/reset 0 : Disable 1 : Enable enable bit(6) Voltage monitor 2 digital filter disabled mode select bit(2)
After Reset(8) 00h Function
RW RW
VW2C1
0 : Digital filter enabled mode (digital filter circuit enabled) 1 : Digital filter disabled mode (digital filter circuit disabled) 0 : Not detected 1 : Vdet2 pass detected 0 : Not detected 1 : Detected
b5 b4
RW
VW2C2 VW2C3
Voltage change detection flag(3,4,8) WDT detection flag(4,8) Sampling clock select bits
RW RW
VW2F0
VW2F1 Voltage monitor 2 circuit mode select bit(5)
0 0 : fOCO-S divide-by-1 0 1 : fOCO-S divide-by-2 1 0 : fOCO-S divide-by-4 1 1 : fOCO-S divide-by-8 0 : Voltage monitor 2 interrupt mode 1 : Voltage monitor 2 reset mode
RW
RW
VW2C6
RW
VW2C7
Voltage monitor 2 interrupt/reset 0 : When VCC reaches Vdet2 or above 1 : When VCC reaches Vdet2 or below generation condition select bit(7,9)
RW
NOTES: 1. Set the PRC3 bit in the PRCR register to 1 (enables w riting) before w riting to the VW2C register. When w riting the VW2C register, the VW2C2 bit may be set to 1. Set the VW2C2 bit to 0 after w riting the VW2C register. 2. When the voltage monitor 2 interrupt is used to exit stop mode and to return again, w rite 0 to the VW2C1 bit before w riting 1. 3. This bit is enabled w hen the VCA27 bit in the VCA2 register is set to 1 (voltage detection 2 circuit enabled). 4. Set this bit to 0 by a program. When w riting 0 by a program, it is set to 0 (it remains unchanged even if it is set to 1). 5. This bit is enabled w hen the VW2C0 bit is set to 1 (voltage monitor 2 interrupt/enables reset). 6. The VW2C0 bit is enabled w hen the VCA27 bit in the VCA2 register is set to 1 (voltage detection 2 circuit enabled). Set the VW2C0 bit to 0 (disable) w hen the VCA27 bit is set to 0 (voltage detection 2 circuit disabled). 7. The VW2C7 bit is enabled w hen the VW2C1 bit is set to 1 (digital filter disabled mode). 8. The VW2C2 and VW2C3 bits remain unchanged in the softw are reset, w atchdog timer reset and voltage monitor 2 reset. 9. When the VW2C6 bit is set to 1 (voltage monitor 2 reset mode), set the VW2C7 bit to 1 (w hen VCC reaches to Vdet2 or below ) (do not set to 0).
Figure 6.6
VW2C Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 40 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
6.1 6.1.1
VCC Input Voltage Monitoring Vdet1
Vdet1 cannot be monitored.
6.1.2
Monitoring Vdet2
Set the VCA27 bit in the VCA2 register to 1 (voltage detection 2 circuit enabled). After td(E-A) has elapsed (refer to 21. Electrical Characteristics), Vdet2 can be monitored by the VCA13 bit in the VCA1 register.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 41 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
6.2
Voltage Monitor 1 Reset
Table 6.2 lists the Procedure for Setting Bits Associated with Voltage Monitor 1 Reset and Figure 6.7 shows an Example of Voltage Monitor 1 Reset Operation. To use the voltage monitor 1 reset to exit stop mode, set the VW1C1 bit in the VW1C register to 1 (digital filter disabled). Table 6.2 Step 1 2 3 4(1) 5(1) 6 7 8 9 Procedure for Setting Bits Associated with Voltage Monitor 1 Reset When Using Digital Filter When Not Using Digital Filter Set the VCA26 bit in the VCA2 register to 1 (voltage detection 1 circuit enabled) Wait for td(E-A) Select the sampling clock of the digital filter Set the VW1C7 bit in the VW1C register to by the VW1F0 to VW1F1 bits in the VW1C 1 register Set the VW1C1 bit in the VW1C register to Set the VW1C1 bit in the VW1C register to "0" (digital filter enabled) 1 (digital filter disabled) Set the VW1C6 bit in the VW1C register to 1 (voltage monitor 1 reset mode) Set the VW1C2 bit in the VW1C register to 0 Set the CM14 bit in the CM1 register to 0 - (low-speed on-chip oscillator on) Wait for the sampling clock of the digital - (no wait time) filter x 4 cycles Set the VW1C0 bit in the VW1C register to 1 (enables voltage monitor 1 reset)
NOTE: 1. When the VW1C0 bit is set to 0, procedures 3, 4 and 5 can be executed simultaneously (with 1 instruction).
VCC Vdet1
Sampling clock of digital filter x 4 cycles When the VW1C1 bit is set to 0 (digital filter enabled) Internal reset signal
1 x 32 fOCO-S
1 x 32 fOCO-S
When the VW1C1 bit is set to 1 (digital filter disabled) and the VW1C7 bit is set to 1
Internal reset signal
VW1C1 and VW1C7: Bits in VW1C register The above applies to the following conditions. * VCA26 bit in VCA2 register = 1 (voltage detection 1 circuit enabled) * VW1C0 bit in VW1C register = 1 (enables voltage monitor 1 reset ) * VW1C6 bit in VW1C register = 1 (voltage monitor 1 reset mode) When the internal reset signal is held "L", the pins, CPU and SFR are reset. The internal reset signal is changed from "L" to "H", the program is executed beginning with the address indicated by the reset vector. Refer to 4. Special Function Registers (SFRs) for the SFR status after reset.
Figure 6.7
Example of Voltage Monitor 1 Reset Operation
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 42 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
6.3
Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt and Voltage Monitor 2 Reset
Table 6.3 lists the Procedure for Setting Bits Associated with Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt and Reset. Figure 6.8 shows an Example of Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt and Voltage Monitor 2 Reset Operation. To use the voltage monitor 2 interrupt or voltage monitor 2 reset to exit stop mode, set the VW2C1 bit in the VW2C register to 1 (digital filter disabled). Table 6.3 Step 1 2 3 4(2) 5(2) Procedure for Setting Bits Associated with Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt and Reset When Using Digital Filter When Not Using Digital Filter Voltage Monitor 2 Voltage Monitor 2 Voltage Monitor 2 Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt Reset Interrupt Reset Set the VCA27 bit in the VCA2 register to 1 (voltage detection 2 circuit enabled) Wait for td(E-A) Select the sampling clock of the digital filter Select the timing of the interrupt and reset request by the VW2C7 bit in the VW2C by the VW2F0 to VW2F1 bits in the VW2C register register(1) Set the VW2C1 bit in the VW2C register to 0 Set the VW2C1 bit in the VW2C register to 1 (digital filter enabled) (digital filter disabled) Set the VW2C6 bit in Set the VW2C6 bit in Set the VW2C6 bit in Set the VW2C6 bit in the VW2C register to the VW2C register to the VW2C register to the VW2C register to 0 (voltage monitor 2 1 (voltage monitor 2 0 (voltage monitor 2 1 (voltage monitor 2 reset mode) interrupt mode) reset mode) interrupt mode) Set the VW2C2 bit in the VW2C register to 0 (passing of Vdet2 is not detected) Set the CM14 bit in the CM1 register to 0 - (low-speed on-chip oscillator on) Wait for the sampling clock of the digital filter - (no wait time) x 4 cycles Set the VW2C0 bit in the VW2C register to 1 (enables voltage monitor 2 interrupt/reset)
6 7 8 9
NOTES: 1. Set the VW2C7 bit to 1 (when VCC reaches Vdet2 or below) for the voltage monitor 2 reset. 2. When the VW2C0 bit is set to 0, steps 3, 4, and 5 can be executed simultaneously (with 1 instruction).
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 43 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
VCC Vdet2
2.7 V(1)
1 VCA13 bit 0 Sampling clock of digital filter x 4 cycles 1 VW2C2 bit 0 Set to 0 by a program When the VW2C1 bit is set to 0 (digital filter enabled) Set to 0 by interrupt request acknowledgement Sampling clock of digital filter x 4 cycles
Voltage monitor 2 interrupt request (VW2C6 = 0) Internal reset signal (VW2C6 = 1)
Set to 0 by a program 1 When the VW2C1 bit is set to 1 (digital filter disabled) and the VW2C7 bit is set to 0 (Vdet2 or above) VW2C2 bit 0 Voltage monitor 2 interrupt request (VW2C6 = 0) Set to 0 by interrupt request acknowledgement
Set to 0 by a program 1 VW2C2 bit 0 When the VW2C1 bit is set to 1 (digital filter disabled) and the VW2C7 bit is set to 1 (Vdet2 or below) Voltage monitor 2 interrupt request (VW2C6 = 0) Internal reset signal (VW2C6 = 1) Set to 0 by interrupt request acknowledgement
VCA13 : Bit in VCA1 register VW2C1, VW2C2, VW2C6, VW2C7 : Bit in VW2C register The above applies to the following conditions. * VCA27 bit in VCA2 register = 1 (voltage detection 2 circuit enabled) * VW2C0 bit in VW2C register = 1 (enables voltage monitor 2 interrupt and voltage monitor 2 reset) NOTE: 1. When the voltage monitor 1 reset is not used, set the power supply to VCC 2.7.
Figure 6.8
Example of Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt and Voltage Monitor 2 Reset Operation
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 44 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
7. Programmable I/O Ports
7.
Programmable I/O Ports
There are 41 programmable Input/Output ports (I/O ports) P0 to P2, P3_0, P3_1, P3_3 to P3_5, P3_7, P4_3 to P4_5, and P6. Also, P4_6 and P4_7 can be used as input-only ports if the XIN clock oscillation circuit is not used, and the P4_2 can be used as an input-only port if the A/D converter is not used. Table 7.1 Ports P0 to P2, P6 P3_0, P3_1, P3_3 to P3_5, P3_7 P4_3 P4_4, P4_5 P4_2(2) P4_6, P4_7(3) Overview of Programmable I/O Ports I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I Type of Output CMOS3 state CMOS3 state CMOS3 state CMOS3 state (No output function) I/O Setting Set every bit Set every bit Set every bit Set every bit None Internal Pull-Up Resister Set every 4 bits(1) Set every 3 bits(1) Set every bit(1) Set every 2 bits(1) None
NOTES: 1. In input mode, whether the internal pull-up resistor is connected or not can be selected by the PUR0 and PUR1 registers. 2. When the A/D converter is not used, these ports can be used as the input port only. 3. When the XIN clock oscillation circuit is not used, these ports can be used as the input port only.
7.1
Functions of Programmable I/O Ports
The PDi_j (i = 0 to 4, 6, j = 0 to 7) bit in the PDi register controls I/O of the ports P0 to P2, P3_0, P3_1, P3_3 to P3_5, P3_7, P4_3 to P4_5, and P6. The Pi register consists of a port latch to hold output data and a circuit to read pin state. Figures 7.1 to 7.7 show the Configurations of Programmable I/O Ports. Table 7.2 lists the Functions of Programmable I/O Ports. Also, Figure 7.9 shows the PDi (i = 0 to 4 and 6) Registers. Figure 7.10 shows the Pi (i = 0 to 4 and 6) Registers, Figure 7.11 shows the Registers PUR0 and PUR1 and Figure 7.12 shows the PMR Register. Table 7.2 Functions of Programmable I/O Ports
Operation When Value of PDi_j Bit in PDi Register(1) Accessing When PDi_j bit is set to 0 (input mode) When PDi_j bit is set to 1 (output mode) Pi Register Reading Read pin input level Read the port latch Writing Write to the port latch Write to the port latch. The value written in the port latch, it is output from the pin. i = 0 to 4, 6, j = 0 to 7 NOTE: 1. Nothing is assigned to bits PD3_2, PD3_6, PD4_0 to PD4_2, PD4_6, and PD4_7.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 45 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
7. Programmable I/O Ports
7.2
Effect on Peripheral Functions
Programmable I/O ports function as I/O of peripheral functions (refer to Table 1.6 Pin Name Information by Pin Number). Table 7.3 lists the Setting of PDi_j Bit when Functioning as I/O Ports for Peripheral Functions (i = 0 to 4, 6 j = 0 to 7). Refer to descriptions of each function for how to set peripheral functions. Table 7.3 Setting of PDi_j Bit when Functioning as I/O Ports for Peripheral Functions (i = 0 to 4, 6 j = 0 to 7)
I/O of Peripheral Functions PDi_j Bit Setting of Port shared with Pin Input Set this bit to 0 (input mode). Output This bit can be set to both 0 or 1 (output regardless of the port setting)
7.3
Pins Other than Programmable I/O Ports
Figure 7.8 shows the Configuration of I/O Pins.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 46 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
7. Programmable I/O Ports
P0
Direction register
Pull-up selection
(1)
Data bus
Port latch
(1)
Analog input
P1_0 to P1_3
Direction register
Pull-up selection
1
(1)
Output from each peripheral function
Data bus
Port latch
(1)
Input to each peripheral function Analog input
P1_4
Direction register
Pull-up selection
1
(1)
Output from each peripheral function
Data bus
Port latch
(1)
NOTE: 1. symbolizes a parasitic diode. Ensure the input voltage on each port will not exceed VCC.
Figure 7.1
Configuration of Programmable I/O Ports (1)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 47 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
7. Programmable I/O Ports
P1_5 and P1_7
Direction register
Pull-up selection
1
(1)
Output from each peripheral function
Data bus
Port latch
(1)
INT1 input Input to each peripheral function
Digital filter
P1_6 and P2
Direction register
Pull-up selection
1
(1)
Output from each peripheral function
Data bus
Port latch
(1)
Input to each peripheral function
NOTE: 1. symbolizes a parasitic diode. Ensure the input voltage on each port will not exceed VCC.
Figure 7.2
Configuration of Programmable I/O Ports (2)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 48 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
7. Programmable I/O Ports
P3_0 and P3_1
Direction register
Pull-up selection
1
(1)
Output from each peripheral function
Data bus
Port latch
(1)
P3_3 to P3_5 and P3_7
Direction register
Pull-up selection
1
(1)
Output from each peripheral function
Data bus
Port latch
(1)
Input to each peripheral function
NOTE: 1. symbolizes a parasitic diode. Ensure the input voltage on each port will not exceed VCC.
Figure 7.3
Configuration of Programmable I/O Ports (3)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 49 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
7. Programmable I/O Ports
P4_2/VREF
Data bus
(1)
(1)
P4_3 and P4_4
Direction register
Pull-up selection
(1)
Data bus
Port latch
(1)
NOTE: 1. symbolizes a parasitic diode. Ensure the input voltage on each port will not exceed VCC.
Figure 7.4
Configuration of Programmable I/O Ports (4)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 50 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
7. Programmable I/O Ports
P4_5
Direction register
Pull-up selection
(1)
Data bus
Port latch
(1)
INT0 and input to each peripheral function
Digital filter
P4_6/XIN
Data bus
(1)
(1)
Clocked inverter(2)
(3)
P4_7/XOUT
(4)
(1)
Data bus
(1)
NOTES: 1. symbolizes a parasitic diode. Ensure the input voltage on each port will not exceed VCC. 2. When CM05 = 1, CM10 = 1, or CM13 = 0, the clocked inverter is cutoff. 3. When CM10 = 1 or CM13 = 0, the feedback resistor is unconnected. 4. When CM05 = CM13 = 1 or CM10 = CM13 = 1, this pin is pulled up.
Figure 7.5
Configuration of Programmable I/O Ports (5)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 51 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
7. Programmable I/O Ports
P6_0 and P6_1
Direction register
Pull-up selection
1
(1)
Output from each peripheral function
Data bus
Port latch
(1)
P6_2
Direction register
Pull-up selection
1
(1)
Output from each peripheral function
Data bus
Port latch
(1)
Input to each peripheral function
P6_3 to P6_5
Direction register
Pull-up selection
(1)
Data bus
Port latch
(1)
NOTE: 1. symbolizes a parasitic diode. Ensure the input voltage on each port will not exceed VCC.
Figure 7.6
Configuration of Programmable I/O Ports (6)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 52 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
7. Programmable I/O Ports
P6_6
Direction register
Pull-up selection
1
(1)
Output from each peripheral function
Data bus
Port latch
(1)
INT2 input
Digital filter
P6_7
Direction register
Pull-up selection
(1)
Data bus
Port latch
(1)
INT3 input Input to each peripheral function
Digital filter
NOTE: 1. symbolizes a parasitic diode. Ensure the input voltage on each port will not exceed VCC.
Figure 7.7
Configuration of Programmable I/O Ports (7)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 53 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
7. Programmable I/O Ports
MODE
MODE signal input
(1)
RESET
RESET signal input
(1)
NOTE: 1. symbolizes a parasitic diode. Ensure the input voltage on each port will not exceed VCC.
Figure 7.8
Configuration of I/O Pins
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 54 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
7. Programmable I/O Ports
Port Pi Direction Register (i = 0 to 4, 6)(1,2)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol PD0(3) PD1 PD2 PD3 PD4 PD6 Bit Symbol PDi_0 PDi_1 PDi_2 PDi_3 PDi_4 PDi_5 PDi_6 PDi_7
Address 00E2h 00E3h 00E6h 00E7h 00EAh 00EEh Bit Name Port Pi_0 direction bit Port Pi_1 direction bit Port Pi_2 direction bit Port Pi_3 direction bit Port Pi_4 direction bit Port Pi_5 direction bit Port Pi_6 direction bit Port Pi_7 direction bit
After Reset 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h 00h Function 0 : Input mode (functions as an input port) 1 : Output mode (functions as an output port)
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
NOTES: 1. Nothing is assigned to the PD3_2 and PD3_6 bits in the PD3 register. When w riting to the PD3_2 and PD3_6 bits , w rite 0 (input mode). When read, its content is 0. 2. Nothing is assigned to the PD4_0 to PD4_2, PD4_6 and PD4_7 bits in the PD4 register. When w riting to the PD4_0 to PD4_2, PD4_6 and PD4_7 bits in the PD4 register, w rite 0 (input mode). When read, its content is 0. 3. Write to the PD0 register w ith the next instruction after that used to set the PRC2 bit in the PRCR register to 1 (w rite enabled).
Figure 7.9
PDi (i = 0 to 4 and 6) Registers
Port Pi Register (i = 0 to 4, 6)(1,2)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol P0 P1 P2 P3 P4 P6 Bit Symbol Pi_0 Pi_1 Pi_2 Pi_3 Pi_4 Pi_5 Pi_6 Pi_7
Address 00E0h 00E1h 00E4h 00E5h 00E8h 00ECh Bit Name Port Pi_0 bit Port Pi_1 bit Port Pi_2 bit Port Pi_3 bit Port Pi_4 bit Port Pi_5 bit Port Pi_6 bit Port Pi_7 bit
After Reset Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate Function The pin level on any I/O port w hich is set for input mode can be read by reading the corresponding bit in this register. The pin level on any I/O port w hich is set for output mode can be controlled by w riting to the corresponding bit in this register. 0 : "L" level 1 : "H" level
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
NOTES: 1. Nothing is assigned to the P3_2 and P3_6 bits in the P3 register. When w riting to the P3_2 and P3_6 bits, w rite 0 ("L" level). When read, its content is 0. 2. Nothing is assigned to the P4_0 and P4_1 bits in the P4 register. When w rite to the P4_0 and P4_1 bits, w rite 0 ("L" level). When read, its content is 0.
Figure 7.10
Pi (i = 0 to 4 and 6) Registers Page 55 of 501
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
7. Programmable I/O Ports
Pull-Up Control Register 0
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol PUR0 Bit Symbol PU00 PU01 PU02 PU03 PU04 PU05 PU06 PU07
Address 00FCh Bit Name P0_0 to P0_3 pull-up(1) P0_4 to P0_7 pull-up(1) P1_0 to P1_3 pull-up(1) P1_4 to P1_7 pull-up(1) P2_0 to P2_3 pull-up(1) P2_4 to P2_7 pull-up(1) P3_0, P3_1, and P3_3 pull-up(1) P3_4 to P3_5, and P3_7 pull-up(1)
After Reset 00h Function 0 : Not pulled up 1 : Pulled up 0 : Not pulled up 1 : Pulled up 0 : Not pulled up 1 : Pulled up 0 : Not pulled up 1 : Pulled up
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
NOTE: 1. When this bit is set to 1 (pulled up), the pin w hose direct bit is set to 0 (input mode) is pulled up.
Pull-Up Control Register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00
Symbol PUR1 Bit Symbol PU10 PU11 -- (b3-b2) PU14 PU15 -- (b7-b6) P4_3 pull-up(1)
Address 00FDh Bit Name
After Reset XX00XX00b Function 0 : Not pulled up 1 : Pulled up 0 : Not pulled up 1 : Pulled up Set to 0
RW RW RW RW RW RW --
P4_4 and P4_5 pull-up(1) Reserved bits
0 : Not pulled up P6_0 to P6_3 pull-up(1) 1 : Pulled up P6_4 to P6_7 pull-up(1) Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0.
NOTE: 1. When this bit is set to 1 (pulled up) and the pin w hose direct bit is set to 0 (input mode), the pin is pulled up.
Figure 7.11
Registers PUR0 and PUR1
Port Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00
0000
Symbol Address 00F8h PMR Bit Symbol Bit Name Reserved bits -- (b3-b0) U1PINSEL -- (b6-b5) IICSEL Port TXD1/RXD1 sw itch bit Reserved bits SSU/I C bus sw itch bit
2
After Reset 00h Function Set to 0 0 : I/O port P6_6, P6_7 1 : TXD1, RXD1 Set to 0 0 : SSU function selects 1 : I2C bus function selects
RW -- RW -- RW
Figure 7.12
PMR Register Page 56 of 501
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
7. Programmable I/O Ports
7.4
Port Settings
Table 7.4 to Table 7.47 list the port settings. Table 7.4
Register Bit Setting value
Port P0_0/AN7
PD0 PD0_0 0 1 0 CH2 X X 1 X X 1 ADCON0 CH1 CH0 X X 1 ADGSEL0 X X 0 Input port(1) Output port A/D converter input (AN7) Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU00 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.5
Register Bit Setting value
Port P0_1/AN6
PD0 PD0_1 0 1 0 CH2 X X 1 X X 1 ADCON0 CH1 CH0 X X 0 ADGSEL0 X X 0 Input port(1) Output port A/D converter input (AN6) Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU00 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.6
Register Bit Setting value
Port P0_2/AN5
PD0 PD0_2 0 1 0 CH2 X X 1 X X 0 ADCON0 CH1 CH0 X X 1 ADGSEL0 X X 0 Input port(1) Output port A/D converter input (AN5) Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU00 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.7
Register Bit Setting value
Port P0_3/AN4
PD0 PD0_3 0 1 0 CH2 X X 1 X X 0 ADCON0 CH1 CH0 X X 0 ADGSEL0 X X 0 Input port(1) Output port A/D converter input (AN4) Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU00 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.8
Register Bit Setting value
Port P0_4/AN3
PD0 PD0_4 0 1 0 CH2 X X 0 X X 1 ADCON0 CH1 CH0 X X 1 ADGSEL0 X X 0 Input port(1) Output port A/D converter input (AN3) Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU01 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 57 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
7. Programmable I/O Ports
Table 7.9
Register Bit Setting value
Port P0_5/AN2
PD0 PD0_5 0 1 0 CH2 X X 0 X X 1 ADCON0 CH1 CH0 X X 0 ADGSEL0 X X 0 Input port(1) Output port A/D converter input (AN2) Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU01 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.10
Register Bit Setting value
Port P0_6/AN1
PD0 PD0_6 0 1 0 CH2 X X 0 X X 0 ADCON0 CH1 CH0 X X 1 ADGSEL0 X X 0 Input port(1) Output port A/D converter input (AN1) Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU01 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.11
Register Bit Setting value
Port P0_7/AN0
PD0 PD0_7 0 1 0 CH2 X X 0 X X 0 ADCON0 CH1 CH0 X X 0 ADGSEL0 X X 0 Input port(1) Output port A/D converter input (AN0) Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU01 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.12
Register Bit Setting value
Port P1_0/KI0/AN8
PD1 PD1_0 0 1 0 0 KIEN KI0EN X X 1 X CH2 X X X 1 X X X 0 ADCON0 CH1 CH0 X X X 0 ADGSEL0 X X X 1 Input port(1) Output port KI0 input A/D converter input (AN8) Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU02 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.13
Register Bit Setting value
Port P1_1/KI1/AN9
PD1 PD1_1 0 1 0 0 KIEN KI1EN X X 1 X CH2 X X X 1 X X X 0 ADCON0 CH1 CH0 X X X 1 ADGSEL0 X X X 1 Input port(1) Output port KI1 input A/D converter input (AN9) Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU02 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 58 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
7. Programmable I/O Ports
Table 7.14
Register Bit Setting value
Port P1_2/KI2/AN10
PD1 PD1_2 0 1 0 0 KIEN KI2EN X X 1 X CH2 X X X 1 X X X 1 ADCON0 CH1 CH0 X X X 0 ADGSEL0 X X X 1 Input port(1) Output port KI2 input A/D converter input (AN10) Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU02 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.15
Register Bit Setting value
Port P1_3/KI3/AN11
PD1 PD1_3 0 1 0 0 KIEN KI3EN X X 1 X CH2 X X X 1 X X X 1 ADCON0 CH1 CH0 X X X 1 ADGSEL0 X X X 1 Input port(1) Output port KI3 input A/D converter input (AN11) Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU02 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.16
Register Bit
Port P1_4/TXD0
PD1 PD1_4 0 1 SMD2 0 0 0 X 1 1 1 U0MR SMD1 0 0 0 0 0 1 SMD0 0 0 1 0 1 0 TXD0 output(2) Input port(1) Output port Function
Setting value
X: 0 or 1 NOTES: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU03 bit in the PUR0 register to 1. 2. N-channel open drain output by setting the NCH bit in the U0C0 register to 1.
Table 7.17
Register Bit
Port P1_5/RXD0/(TRAIO)/(INT1)
PD1 PD1_5 0 0 X X 0 1 X X 0 0 0 X X 0 1 1 1 TRAIOC TIOSEL TOPCR X 1 X X 1 X X X X X 0 0 0 X X TMOD2 X X TRAMR TMOD1 X X Other than 001b X X Other than 001b Other than 001b 0 Other than 001b Other than 001b 0 1 1 X X 1 X RXD0 input TRAIO input TRAIO/INT1 input TRAIO pulse output X X X Output port TMOD0 X X X Input port(1) INTEN INT1EN Function
Setting value
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU03 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 59 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
7. Programmable I/O Ports
Table 7.18
Register Bit
Port P1_6/CLK0
PD1 PD1_6 0 SMD2 X X 0 SMD1 Other than 001b X Other than 001b X 0 X 1 X U0MR SMD0 CKDIR X 1 X 1 0 Input port(1) Output port CLK0 (external clock) input CLK0 (internal clock) output Function
Setting value
1 0 X
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU03 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.19
Register Bit
Port P1_7/TRAIO/INT1
PD1 PD1_7 0 0 X X 1 TRAIOC TIOSEL TOPCR X 1 X X 1 X X X 0 0 X X TMOD2 X X TRAMR TMOD1 X X Other than 001b X X Other than 001b Other than 001b Other than 001b 0 1 X 1 X TRAIO input TRAIO/INT1 input TRAIO pulse output X X X Output port TMOD0 X X X Input port(1) INTEN INT1EN Function
Setting value
1 0 0 X
X X 0 0 0
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU03 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.20
Register Bit PD2 PD2_0 0 1 Setting value 0 0 X X
Port P2_0/TRDIOA0/TRDCLK
TRDOER1 EA0 1 1 X X 0 0 CMD1 X X 0 X 0 0 TRDFCR CMD0 X X 0 X 0 0 STCLK PWM3 X X 0 1 0 0 X X 1 1 0 1 IOA2 X X 1 0 X 0 0 TRDIORA0 IOA1 X X X 0 X 0 1 IOA0 X X X 0 X 1 X Input port(1) Output port Timer mode (input capture function) External clock input (TRDCLK) PWM3 mode waveform output Timer mode waveform output (output compare function)
Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU04 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.21
Register Bit PD2 PD2_1 0 1 0 Setting value X X X X X
Port P2_1/TRDIOB0
TRDOER1 EB0 1 1 X 0 0 0 0 0 X X 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 TRDFCR CMD1 CMD0 PWM3 X X 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 X X 1 X X 0 1 1 TRDPMR PWMB0 X X 0 X X X 1 0 X X 1 X X X X 0 0 TRDIORA0 IOB2 IOB1 IOB0 X X X X X X X 0 1 X X X X X X X 1 X Input port(1) Output port Timer mode (input capture function) Complementary PWM mode waveform output Reset synchronous PWM mode waveform output PWM3 mode waveform output PWM mode waveform output Timer mode waveform output (output compare function) Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU04 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 60 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
7. Programmable I/O Ports
Table 7.22
Register Bit PD2 PD2_2 0 1 0 Setting value X X X X
Port P2_2/TRDIOC0
TRDOER1 EC0 1 1 X 0 0 0 0 CMD1 X X 0 1 1 0 0 0 TRDFCR CMD0 X X 0 0 1 1 0 0 PWM3 X X 1 X X 1 1 TRDPMR PWMC0 X X 0 X X 1 0 X X 1 X X X 0 0 TRDIORC0 IOC2 IOC1 IOC0 X X X X X X 0 1 X X X X X X 1 X Input port(1) Output port Timer mode (input capture function) Complementary PWM mode waveform output Reset synchronous PWM mode waveform output PWM mode waveform output Timer mode waveform output (output compare function) Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU04 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.23
Register Bit PD2 PD2_3 0 1 0 Setting value X X X X
Port P2_3/TRDIOD0
TRDOER1 ED0 1 1 X 0 0 0 0 CMD1 X X 0 1 1 0 0 0 TRDFCR CMD0 PWM3 X X 0 0 1 1 0 0 X X 1 X X 1 1 TRDPMR PWMD0 X X 0 X X 1 0 X X 1 X X X 0 0 TRDIORC0 IOD2 IOD1 IOD0 X X X X X X 0 1 X X X X X X 1 X Input port(1) Output port Timer mode (input capture function) Complementary PWM mode waveform output Reset synchronous PWM mode waveform output PWM mode waveform output Timer mode waveform output (output compare function) Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU04 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.24
Register Bit PD2 PD2_4 0 1 0 Setting value X X X
Port P2_4/TRDIOA1
TRDOER1 EA1 1 1 X 0 0 0 CMD1 X X 0 1 1 0 0 TRDFCR X X 0 0 1 1 0 X X 1 X X 1 X X 1 X X 0 0 TRDIORA1 IOA1 IOA0 X X X X X 0 1 X X X X X 1 X Input port(1) Output port Timer mode (input capture function) Complementary PWM mode waveform output Reset synchronous PWM mode waveform output Timer mode waveform output (output compare function) CMD0 PWM3 IOA2 Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU05 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 61 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
7. Programmable I/O Ports
Table 7.25
Register Bit PD2 PD2_5 0 1 0 Setting value X X X X
Port P2_5/TRDIOB1
TRDOER1 EB1 1 1 X 0 0 0 0 CMD1 X X 0 1 1 0 0 0 TRDFCR CMD0 PWM3 X X 0 0 1 1 0 0 X X 1 X X 1 1 TRDPMR PWMB1 X X 0 X X 1 0 X X 1 X X X 0 0 TRDIORA1 IOB2 IOB1 IOB0 X X X X X X 0 1 X X X X X X 1 X Input port(1) Output port Timer mode (input capture function) Complementary PWM mode waveform output Reset synchronous PWM mode waveform output PWM mode waveform output Timer mode waveform output (output compare function) Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU05 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.26
Register Bit PD2 PD2_6 0 1 0 Setting value X X X X
Port P2_6/TRDIOC1
TRDOER1 EC1 1 1 X 0 0 0 0 CMD1 X X 0 1 1 0 0 0 TRDFCR CMD0 PWM3 X X 0 0 1 1 0 0 X X 1 X X 1 1 TRDPMR PWMC1 X X 0 X X 1 0 X X 1 X X X 0 0 TRDIORC1 IOC2 IOC1 IOC0 X X X X X X 0 1 X X X X X X 1 X Input port(1) Output port Timer mode (input capture function) Complementary PWM mode waveform output Reset synchronous PWM mode waveform output PWM mode waveform output Timer mode waveform output (output compare function) Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU05 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.27
Register Bit PD2 PD2_7 0 1 0 Setting value X X X X
Port P2_7/TRDIOD1
TRDOER1 ED1 1 1 X 0 0 0 0 CMD1 X X 0 1 1 0 0 0 TRDFCR CMD0 PWM3 X X 0 0 1 1 0 0 X X 1 X X 1 1 TRDPMR PWMD1 X X 0 X X 1 0 X X 1 X X X 0 0 TRDIORC1 IOD2 IOD1 IOD0 X X X X X X 0 1 X X X X X X 1 X Input port(1) Output port Timer mode (input capture function) Complementary PWM mode waveform output Reset synchronous PWM mode waveform output PWM mode waveform output Timer mode waveform output (output compare function) Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU05 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 62 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
7. Programmable I/O Ports
Table 7.28
Register Bit Setting value
Port P3_0/TRAO
PD3 PD3_0 0 1 X TRAIOC TOENA 0 0 1 Input port(1) Output port TRAO output Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU06 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.29
Register Bit Setting value
Port P3_1/TRBO
PD3 PD3_1 0 1 X X TMOD1 0 0 01b Other than 00b TRBMR TMOD0 0 0 TRBIOC TOCNT X X 1 0 Input port(1) Output port TRBO output Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU06 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.30
Register Bit
Port P3_3/SSI
PD3 PD3_3 0 0 Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (Refer to Table 16.4 Association between Communication Modes and I/O Pins.) SSI output control 0 X 0 X 0 1 SSI input control 0 X 0 X 1 0 PMR IICSEL 0 1 0 1 0 0 Input port(1) Output port(2) SSI input SSI output(2) Function
Setting value
1 1 X X
X: 0 or 1 NOTES: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU06 bit in the PUR0 register to 1. 2. N-channel open drain output by setting the SOOS bit in the SSMR2 register to 1 when this pin functions as output.
Table 7.31
Register Bit
Port P3_4/SDA/SCS
PD3 PD3_4 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 X SSMR2 CSS1 CSS0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 X PMR IICSEL 0 X 0 X 0 0 1 ICCR1 ICE X 0 X 0 X X 1 Input port(1) Output port(2) SCS input SCS output(2) SDA input/output Function
Setting value
1 X X X
X: 0 or 1 NOTES: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU07 bit in the PUR0 register to 1. 2. N-channel open drain output by setting the CSOS bit in the SSMR2 register to 1 when this pin functions as output.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 63 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
7. Programmable I/O Ports
Table 7.32
Register Bit
Port P3_5/SCL/SSCK
PD3 PD3_5 0 0 1 1 X X X Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (Refer to Table 16.4 Association between Communication Modes and I/O Pins.) SSCK output control 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 SSCK input control 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 PMR IICSEL 0 X 0 X 0 0 1 ICCR1 ICE X 0 X 0 0 0 1 Input port(1) Output port(2) SSCK input SSCK output(2) SCL input/output Function
Setting value
X: 0 or 1 NOTES: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU07 bit in the PUR0 register to 1. 2. N-channel open drain output by setting the CSOS bit in the SSMR2 register to 1 when this pin functions as output.
Table 7.33
Register Bit
Port P3_7/SSO
PD3 PD3_7 0 0 1 Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (Refer to Table 16.4 Association between Communication Modes and I/O Pins.) SSO output control 0 X 0 X 0 1 1 SSO input control 0 X 0 X 1 0 0 SSMR2 SOOS X X 0 0 0 0 1 PMR IICSEL 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 Input port(1) Output port SSO input SSO output (CMOS output) SSO output (N-channel open-drain output) Function
Setting value
1 X X X
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU07 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.34
Register Bit Setting value
Port P4_2/VREF
ADCON1 VCUT 0 1 Input port Input port/VREF input Function
Table 7.35
Register Bit Setting value
Port P4_3
PD4 PD4_3 0 1 Input port(1) Output port Function
NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU10 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.36
Register Bit Setting value
Port P4_4
PD4 PD4_4 0 1 Input port(1) Output port Function
NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU11 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 64 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
7. Programmable I/O Ports
Table 7.37
Register Bit Setting value
Port P4_5/INT0
PD4 PD4_5 0 1 0 INTEN INT0EN X X 1 Input port(1) Output port INT0 input Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU11 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.38
Register Bit
Port P4_6/XIN
CM1 CM13 0 CM10 X 0 0 1 1 CM0 CM05 X 0 1 0 1 Circuit specifications Oscillation buffer OFF ON OFF OFF OFF Feedback resistor OFF ON ON OFF OFF Input port XIN-XOUT oscillation External XIN input XIN-XOUT oscillation stop XIN-XOUT oscillation stop Function
Setting value
1 1 1 1
X: 0 or 1
Table 7.39
Register Bit
Port P4_7/XOUT
CM1 CM13 0 CM10 X 0 0 1 1 CM0 CM05 X 0 1 0 1 Circuit specifications Oscillation buffer OFF ON OFF OFF OFF Feedback resistor OFF ON ON OFF OFF Input port XIN-XOUT oscillation XOUT is "H" pull-up XIN-XOUT oscillation stop XIN-XOUT oscillation stop Function
Setting value
1 1 1 1
X: 0 or 1
Table 7.40
Register Bit Setting value
Port P6_0/TREO
PD6 PD6_0 0 1 X TRECR1 TOENA 0 0 1 Input port(1) Output port TREO output Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU14 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.41
Register Bit Setting value
Port P6_1/CTX0
PD6 PD6_1 0 1 X C0CTLR PortEn 0 0 1 Input port(1) Output port CTX0 output Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU14 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 65 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
7. Programmable I/O Ports
Table 7.42
Register Bit Setting value
Port P6_2/CRX0
PD6 PD6_2 0 1 X C0CTLR PortEn 0 0 1 Input port(1) Output port CRX0 input Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU14 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.43
Register Bit Setting value
Port P6_3
PD6 PD6_3 0 1 Input port(1) Output port Function
NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU14 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.44
Register Bit Setting value
Port P6_4
PD6 PD6_4 0 1 Input port(1) Output port Function
NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU15 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.45
Register Bit Setting value
Port P6_5
PD6 PD6_5 0 1 Input port(1) Output port Function
NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU15 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Table 7.46
Register Bit
Port P6_6/INT2/TXD1
PD6 PD6_6 0 1 0 PMR U1PINSEL X 0 X 0 X SMD2 0 X 0 X X 0 X 1 1 1 1 0 X 1 1 1 1 U1MR SMD1 0 X 0 X X 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 SMD0 0 X 0 X X 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 X TXD1 output (N-channel open-drain output) 0 X TXD1 output (CMOS output) U1C0 NCH X X X INTEN INT2EN X X 1 Input port(1) Output port INT2 input Function
Setting value
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU15 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 66 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
7. Programmable I/O Ports
Table 7.47
Register Bit Setting value
Port P6_7/INT3/RXD1
PD6 PD6_7 0 1 0 0 PMR U1PINSEL X X X 1 INTEN INT3EN X X 1 X Input port(1) Output port INT3 input RXD1 input Function
X: 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. Pulled up by setting the PU15 bit in the PUR0 register to 1.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 67 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
7. Programmable I/O Ports
7.5
Unassigned Pin Handling
Table 7.48 lists Unassigned Pin Handling. Table 7.48 Unassigned Pin Handling Connection * After setting to input mode, connect every pin to VSS via a resistor (pulldown) or connect every pin to VCC via a resistor (pull-up).(2) * After setting to output mode, leave these pins open.(1,2) Connect to VCC via a resistor (pull-up)(2) Connect to VCC Connect to VCC via a resistor (pull-up)(2)
Pin Name Ports P0 to P2, P3_0, P3_1, P3_3 to P3_7, P4_3 to P4_5, P6 Ports P4_6, P4_7 Port P4_2/VREF RESET(3)
NOTES: 1. If these ports are set to output mode and left open, they remain input mode until they are switched to output mode by a program. The voltage level of these pins may be undefined and the power current may increase while the ports remain input mode. The content of the direction registers may change due to noise or program runaway caused by noise. In order to enhance program reliability, the program should periodically repeat the setting of the direction registers. 2. Connect these unassigned pins to the MCU using the shortest wire length (2 cm or less) as possible. 3. When power-on reset function is in use.
MCU Port P0 to P2, P3_0, (Input mode ) : P3_1, P3_3 to P3_7, : P4_3 to P4_5, P6 (Input mode) (Output mode)
: : Open
Port P4_6, P4_7 RESET(1)
Port P4_2/VREF
NOTE: 1. When power-on reset function is in use.
Figure 7.13
Unassigned Pin Handling
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 68 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
8. Processor Mode
8.
8.1
Processor Mode
Processor Modes
Single-chip mode can be selected as processor mode. Table 8.1 lists Features of Processor Mode. Figure 8.1 shows the PM0 Register and Figure 8.2 shows the PM1 Register. Table 8.1 Features of Processor Mode Accessible Areas Pins Assignable as I/O Port Pins SFR, internal RAM, internal ROM All pins are I/O ports or peripheral function I/O pins
Processor Mode Single-chip mode
Processor Mode Register 0(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
000
Symbol Address PM0 0004h Bit Symbol Bit Name -- Reserved bits (b2-b0) PM03 -- (b7-b4) Softw are reset bit
After Reset 00h Function Set to 0 The MCU is reset w hen this bit is set to 1. When read, its content is 0.
RW RW RW --
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0.
NOTE: 1. Set the PRC1 bit in the PRCR register to 1 (enables w riting) before rew riting to the PM0 register.
Figure 8.1
PM0 Register
Processor Mode Register 1(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
00
Symbol Address PM1 0005h Bit Symbol Bit Name -- Reserved bits (b1-b0) PM12 -- (b6-b3) -- (b7) WDT interrupt/reset sw itch bit
After Reset 00h Function Set to 0 0 : Watchdog timer interrupt 1 : Watchdog timer reset(2)
RW RW RW -- RW
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0. Reserved bit Set to 0
NOTES : 1. Set the PRC1 bit in the PRCR register to 1 (enables w riting) before rew riting to the PM1 register. 2. The PM12 bit is set to 1 by a program (it remains unchanged even if it is set to 0). When the CSPRO bit in the CSPR register is set to 1 (selects count source protect mode), the PM12 bit is automatically set to 1.
Figure 8.2
PM1 Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 69 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
9. Bus
9.
Bus
The bus cycles differ when accessing ROM/RAM, and when accessing SFR. Table 9.1 lists Bus Cycles by Access Space of the R8C/22 Group and Table 9.2 lists Bus Cycles by Access Space of the R8C/23 Group. The ROM/RAM and SFR are connected to the CPU through an 8-bit bus. When accessing in word-(16 bits) unit, these area are accessed twice in 8-bit unit. Table 9.3 lists Access Unit and Bus Operations. Table 9.1 Bus Cycles by Access Space of the R8C/22 Group Bus Cycle 2 cycles of CPU clock 1 cycle of CPU clock
Access Area SFR ROM/RAM Table 9.2
Bus Cycles by Access Space of the R8C/23 Group Bus Cycle 2 cycles of CPU clock 1 cycle of CPU clock
Access Area SFR/Data flash Program ROM/RAM Table 9.3
Area Even address byte access
Access Unit and Bus Operations
SFR, data flash CPU clock Address Data Even Data ROM (program ROM), RAM CPU clock Address Data CPU clock Odd Data Address Data CPU clock Even Data Even + 1 Data Address Data CPU clock Odd Data Odd + 1 Data Address Data Odd Data Odd + 1 Data Even Data Even + 1 Data Odd Data Even Data
Odd address byte access
CPU clock Address Data
Even address word access
CPU clock Address Data
Odd address word access
CPU clock Address Data
However, only following SFRs are connected with the 16-bit bus: Timer RD: registers TRDi (i = 0, 1), TRDGRAi, TRDGRBi, TRDGRCi, and TRDGRDi Therefore, they are accessed once in 16-bit units. The bus operation is the same as "Area: SFR, data flash, even address byte access" in Table 9.3 Access Unit and Bus Operations, and 16-bit data is accessed at a time.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 70 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
10. Clock Generation Circuit
10. Clock Generation Circuit
The clock generation circuit has: * XIN clock oscillation circuit * Low-speed on-chip oscillator * High-speed on-chip oscillator Table 10.1 lists Specifications of Clock Generation Circuit. Figure 10.1 shows a Clock Generation Circuit. Figures 10.2 to 10.8 show clock-associated registers. Table 10.1 Item Use of Clock Specifications of Clock Generation Circuit XIN Clock Oscillation Circuit * CPU clock source * Peripheral function clock source On-Chip Oscillator High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator * CPU clock source * CPU clock source * Peripheral function clock * Peripheral function clock source source * CPU and peripheral function * CPU and peripheral function clock sources when XIN clock clock sources when XIN clock stops oscillating stops oscillating (3) Approx. 125 kHz Approx. 40 MHz - -
Clock Frequency 0 to 20 MHz Connectable Oscillator Oscillator Connect Pins Oscillation Stop, Restart Function Oscillator Status After Reset Others * Ceramic resonator * Crystal oscillator XIN, XOUT(1) Usable Stop Externally generated clock can be input(2)
-(1) Usable Stop -
-(1) Usable Oscillate -
NOTES: 1. These pins can be used as P4_6 and P4_7 when using the on-chip oscillator clock as the CPU clock while the XIN clock oscillation circuit is not used. 2. Set the CM05 bit in the CM0 register to 1 (main clock stops) and the CM13 bit in the CM1 register to 1 (XIN-XOUT pin) when the external clock is input. 3. The clock frequency is automatically set to up to 20 MHz by a driver when using the high-speed onchip oscillator as the CPU clock source.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 71 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
10. Clock Generation Circuit
FRA1 register Frequency adjustable FRA00 High-speed on-chip oscillator fOCO40M FRA2 register Divider fOCO-F FRA01 = 1 FRA01 = 0 fOCO On-chip oscillator clock INT0 Divider (1/128) fOCO128 Watchdog timer A/D Timer RB Timer RD Timer RE converter UART0 SSU/IIC
Timer RA
UART1
CM14
Low-speed on-chip oscillator
fOCO-S
Power-on reset Voltage detection circuit b f1 c f2 d e k f4 f8 f16 g a h f32
CM10 = 1 (stop mode) RESET Power-on reset Software reset Interrupt request WAIT instruction CM13
SQ R
Oscillation stop detection XIN clock
SQ R
OCD2 = 1
Divider
CPU clock fCAN0 By CCLK0, CCLK1, CCLK2
XIN
XOUT
OCD2 = 0
CM13 CM05 System clock CM02
b a 1/2
c 1/2
d 1/2
e 1/2
k 1/2
g
CM06 = 0 CM17 to CM16 = 11b CM06 = 1
CM06 = 0 CM17 to CM16 = 10b CM02, CM05, CM06: Bits in CM0 register CM10, CM13, CM14, CM16, CM17: Bits in CM1 register OCD0, OCD1, OCD2: Bits in OCD register FRA00, FRA01: Bits in FRA0 register CCLK0, CCLK1, CCLK2: Bits in CCLKR register CM06 = 0 CM17 to CM16 = 01b CM06 = 0 CM17 to CM16 = 00b
h
Details of divider Oscillation stop detection circuit
Forcible discharge when OCD0 = 0
XIN clock
Pulse generation circuit for clock edge detection and charge, discharge control circuit
Charge, discharge circuit OCD1
Oscillation stop detection interrupt generation circuit detection Watchdog timer interrupt Voltage watch 2 interrupt OCD2 bit switch signal CM14 bit switch signal
Oscillation stop detection, watchdog timer, voltage monitor 2 interrupt
Figure 10.1
Clock Generation Circuit
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 72 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
10. Clock Generation Circuit
System Clock Control Register 0(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
01
00
Symbol Address 0006h CM0 Bit Symbol Bit Name -- Reserved bits (b1-b0) WAIT peripheral function clock stop bit
After Reset 01101000b Function Set to 0 0 : Peripheral function clock does not stop in w ait mode 1 : Peripheral function clock stops in w ait mode Set to 1 Set to 0 0 : XIN clock oscillates 1 : XIN clock stops (3) 0 : Enables CM16, CM17 1 : Divide-by-8 mode Set to 0
RW RW
CM02
RW
-- (b3) -- (b4) CM05 CM06 -- (b7)
Reserved bit Reserved bit XIN clock (XIN-XOUT) stop bit(2,4) System clock division select bit 0(5) Reserved bit
RW RW RW RW RW
NOTES: 1. Set the PRC0 bit in the PRCR register to 1 (enables w riting) before rew riting to the CM0 register. 2. The CM05 bit is to stop the XIN clock w hen the high-speed on-chip oscillator mode, low -speed on-chip oscillator mode is selected. Do not use this bit for w hether the XIN clock is stopped. To stop the XIN clock, set the bits in the follow ing orders: (a) Set the OCD0 and OCD1 bits in the OCD register to 00b. (b) Set the OCD2 bit to 1 (selects on-chip oscillator clock). 3. During external clock input, only the clock oscillation buffer is turned off and clock input is acknow ledged. 4. P4_6 and P4_7 can be used as input ports w hen the CM05 bit is set to 1 (XIN clock stops) and the CM13 bit in the CM1 register is set to 0 (P4_6, P4_7). 5. When entering stop mode, the CM06 bit is set to 1 (divide-by-8 mode).
Figure 10.2
CM0 Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 73 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
10. Clock Generation Circuit
System Clock Control Register 1(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00
Symbol CM1 Bit Symbol CM10 -- (b2-b1) CM13 CM14 CM15
Address 0007h Bit Name All clock stop control bit(4,7,8) Reserved bits Port XIN-XOUT sw itch bit(7,9) Low -speed on-chip oscillation stop bit(5,6,8) XIN-XOUT drive capacity select bit(2) System clock division select bits 1(3)
After Reset 00100000b Function 0 : Oscillates clock 1 : Stops all clocks (stop mode) Set to 0 0 : Input ports P4_6, P4_7 1 : XIN-XOUT pin 0 : Low -speed on-chip oscillator on 1 : Low -speed on-chip oscillator off 0 : Low 1 : High
b7 b6
RW RW RW RW RW RW
CM16
CM17
0 0 : No division mode 0 1 : Divide-by-2 mode 1 0 : Divide-by-4 mode 1 1 : Divide-by-16 mode
RW
RW
NOTES: 1. Set the PRC0 bit in the PRCR register to 1 (enables w riting) before rew riting to the CM1 register. 2. When entering stop mode, the CM15 bit is set to 1 (drive capacity high). 3. When the CM06 bit is set to 0 (CM16, CM17 bits enabled), the CM16 to CM17 bits become enabled. 4. If the CM10 bit is 1 (stop mode), the internal feedback resistor becomes disabled. 5. When the OCD2 bit is set to 0 (selects XIN clock), the CM14 bit is set to 1 (stops low -speed on-chip oscillator). When the OCD2 bit is set to 1 (selects on-chip oscillator clock), the CM14 bit is set to 0 (low -speed on-chip oscillator on). It remains unchanged even if it is set to 1. 6. When using the low voltage 2 detection interrupt (w hen using the digital filter), set the CM14 bit to 0 (low -speed onchip oscillator on). 7. When the CM10 bit is set to 1 (stop mode) and the CM13 bit is set to 1 (XIN-XOUT pin), the XOUT (P4_7) pin becomes "H". When the CM13 bit is set to 0 (input ports, P4_6, P4_7), the P4_7 (XOUT) enters input mode. 8. In count source protect mode (Refer to 13.2 Count Source Protection Mode Enabled), the value remains unchanged even if the CM10 and CM14 bits are set. 9. Once the CM13 bit is set to 1, it can not to 0 in a program.
Figure 10.3
CM1 Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 74 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
10. Clock Generation Circuit
Oscillation Stop Detection Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0000
Symbol OCD Bit Symbol OCD0
Address After Reset 000Ch 00000100b Bit Name Function Oscillation stop detection enable 0 : Oscillation stop detection function disabled(2) bit(7) 1 : Oscillation stop detection function enabled Oscillation stop detection interrupt enable bit System clock select bit(4) Clock monitor bit(5,6) Reserved bits 0 : Disable(2) 1 : Enable 0 : Selects XIN clock(7) 1 : Selects on-chip oscillator clock(3) 0 : XIN clock oscillates 1 : XIN clock stops Set to 0
RW RW
OCD1 OCD2 OCD3 -- (b7-b4)
RW RW RO RW
NOTES: 1. Set the PRC0 bit in the PRCR register to 1 (enables w riting) before rew riting to the OCD register. 2. Set the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to 00b before entering stop and high-speed on-chip oscillator mode, low -speed on-chip oscillator mode (XIN clock stops). Set the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to 00b w hen the FRA01 bit in the FRA0 register is set to 1 (selects high-speed on-chip oscillator). 3. The CM14 bit is set to 0 (low -speed on-chip oscillator on) if the OCD2 bit is set to 1 (selects on-chip oscillator clock). 4. The OCD2 bit is automatically set to 1 (selects on-chip oscillator clock) if a XIN clock oscillation stop is detected w hile the OCD1 to OCD0 bits are set to 11b. If the OCD3 bit is set to 1 (XIN clock stops), the OCD2 bit remains unchanged w hen w riting 0 (selects XIN clock). 5. The OCD3 bit is enabled w hen the OCD0 bit is set to 1 (oscillation stop detection function enabled). 6. The OCD3 bit remains 0 (XIN clock oscillates) if the OCD1 to OCD0 bits are set to 00b. 7. Refer to Figure 10.14 Procedure for Sw itching Clock Source from Low -Speed On-Chip Oscillator to XIN Clock for the sw itching procedure w hen the XIN clock re-oscillates after detecting an oscillation stop.
Figure 10.4
OCD Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 75 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
10. Clock Generation Circuit
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Control Register 0(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
000000
Symbol FRA0 Bit Symbol FRA00 FRA01 -- (b7-b2)
Address After Reset 0023h 00h Bit Name Function High-speed on-chip oscillator enable 0 : High-speed on-chip oscillator off bit 1 : High-speed on-chip oscillator on High-speed on-chip oscillator select bit(2) Reserved bits 0 : Selects low -speed on-chip oscillator (3) 1 : Selects high-speed on-chip oscillator Set to 0
RW RW RW RW
NOTES: 1. Set the PRC0 bit in the PRCR register to 1 (enables w riting) before rew riting to the FRA0 register. 2. Change the FRA01 bit under the follow ing conditions. * FRA00 = 1 (high-speed on-chip oscillation) * The CM14 bit in the CM1 register = 0 (low -speed on-chip oscillator on) * Bits FRA22 to FRA20 in the FRA2 register All divide ratio mode settings are supported w hen VCC = 3.0 V to 5.5 V (D, J version) 000b to 111b Divide ratio of 4 or more w hen VCC = 2.7 V to 5.5 V and K version 010b to 111b 3. When setting the FRA01 bit to 0 (selects low -speed on-chip oscillator), do not set the FRA00 bit to 0 (40MHz on-chip oscillator off) at the same time. Set the FRA00 bit to 0 after setting the FRA01 bit to 0.
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Control Register 1(1)
b7 b0
Symbol FRA1
Address 0024h
After Reset When Shipping RW
Function The frequency of high-speed on-chip oscillator is adjusted w ith bits 0 to 7. High-speed on-chip oscillator frequency = 40 MHz (FRA1 register = value w hen shipping) Set the value of the FRA1 register to smaller, the frequency w ill be higher Set the value of the FRA1 register to larger, the frequency w ill be low er (2)
RW
NOTES: 1. Set the PRC0 bit in the PRCR register to 1 (w rite enable) before rew riting to the FRA1 register. When adjusting the FRA1 register, set the value of the FRA1 register to 40 MHz and below . 2. When changing the values of the FRA1 register, adjust the FRA1 register so that the frequency of the high-speed on-chip oscillator clock w ill be 40 MHz or less.
Figure 10.5
Registers FRA0 and FRA1
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 76 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
10. Clock Generation Circuit
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Control Register 2(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00000
Symbol FRA2 Bit Symbol
FRA20
Address 0025h Bit Name High-speed on-chip oscillator frequency sw itching bits (2)
After Reset 00h Function The division of high-speed on-chip oscillator clock can be selected.
b2 b1 b0
RW
RW
FRA21
FRA22
0 0 0 : Divide-by-2 mode 0 0 1 : Divide-by-3 mode(3) 0 1 0 : Divide-by-4 mode 0 1 1 : Divide-by-5 mode 1 0 0 : Divide-by-6 mode 1 0 1 : Divide-by-7 mode 1 1 0 : Divide-by-8 mode 1 1 1 : Divide-by-9 mode
(3)
RW
RW
-- (b7-b3)
Reserved bits
Set to 0
RW
NOTES: 1. Set the PRC0 bit in the PRCR register to 1 (enables w riting) before rew riting to the FRA2 register. 2. Since the value after reset is 000b, set 010b to 111b on the K version products. 3. Do not set on the K version products.
Figure 10.6
FRA2 Register
Voltage Detection Register 2(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00000
Symbol VCA2
Address 0032h
After Reset(4)
The LVD1ON bit in the OFS register is set to 1: 00h Power-on reset, v oltage monitor 1 reset or the LVD1ON bit in the OFS register is set to 0: 01000000b
Bit Symbol VCA20 -- (b5-b1) VCA26 VCA27
Bit Name Internal pow er low consumption enable bit(5) Reserved bits Voltage detection 1 enable bit(2) Voltage detection 2 enable bit(3)
Function 0 : Disables low consumption 1 : Enables low consumption Set to 0 0 : Voltage detection 1 circuit disabled 1 : Voltage detection 1 circuit enabled 0 : Voltage detection 2 circuit disabled 1 : Voltage detection 2 circuit enabled
RW RW RW RW RW
NOTES: 1. Set the PRC3 bit in the PRCR register to 1 (enables w riting) before w riting to the VCA2 register. 2. When using the voltage monitor 1 reset, set the VCA26 bit to 1. After the VCA26 bit is set from 0 to 1, the voltage detection circuit elapses for td(E-A) before starting operation. 3. When using the voltage monitor 2 interrupt/reset or the VCA13 bit in the VCA1 register, set the VCA27 bit to 1. After the VCA27 bit is from 0 to 1, the voltage detection circuit elapses for td(E-A) before starting operation. 4. The VCA27 bit remains unchanged after softw are reset, w atchdog timer reset, and voltage monitor 2 reset. 5. Use the VCA20 bit only w hen entering to w ait mode. To set the VCA20 bit, follow the procedure show n in Figure 10.11 Procedure for Enabling Reduced Internal Pow er Consum ption Using VCA20 bit.
Figure 10.7
VCA2 Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 77 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
10. Clock Generation Circuit
CAN0 Clock Select Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol CCLKR Bit Symbol CCLK0
Address 135Fh Bit Name CAN0 clock select bits (2)
After Reset 00h Function
b2 b1 b0
RW RW
CCLK1
CCLK2 CAN0 CPU interface sleep bit(3)
0 0 0 : No division 0 0 1 : Divide-by-2 mode 0 1 0 : Divide-by-4 mode 0 1 1 : Divide-by-8 mode 1 0 0 : Divide-by-16 mode 101: 110: Do not set 111: 0 : CAN0 CPU interface operating 1 : CAN0 CPU interface in sleep
RW
RW
CCLK3 -- (b7-b4)
RW --
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0.
NOTES: 1. Set the PRC0 bit in the PRCR register to 1 (enables w riting) before rew riting to the CCLKR register. 2. Set to the CCLK2, CCLK1, CCLK0 bits, only w hen the Reset bit in the C0CTLR register is 1 (reset/initialization mode). 3. When set the CCLK3 bit to 1 (CAN0 CPU interface operating), set to the Sleep bit in the C0CTLR register to 1 before setting the CCLK3 bit.
Figure 10.8
CCLKR Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 78 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group The following describes the clocks generated by the clock generation circuit.
10. Clock Generation Circuit
10.1
XIN Clock
This clock is supplied by a XIN clock oscillation circuit. This clock is used as the clock source for the CPU and peripheral function clocks. The XIN clock oscillation circuit is configured by connecting a resonator between the XIN and XOUT pins. The XIN clock oscillation circuit contains a feedback resistor, which is disconnected from the oscillation circuit in stop mode in order to reduce the amount of power consumed in the chip. The XIN clock oscillation circuit may also be configured by feeding an externally generated clock to the XIN pin. Figure 10.9 shows Examples of XIN Clock Connection Circuit. During or after reset, the XIN clock stops. The XIN clock starts oscillating when the CM05 bit in the CM0 register is set to 0 (XIN clock on) after setting the CM13 bit in the CM1 register to 1 (XIN- XOUT pin). To use the XIN clock for the CPU clock source, set the OCD2 bit in the OCD register to 0 (select XIN clock) after the XIN clock is oscillating stably. The power consumption can be reduced by setting the CM05 bit in the CM0 register to 1 (stop XIN clock) if the OCD2 bit is set to 1 (select on-chip oscillator clock). When the clocks externally generated to the XIN pin are input, a XIN clock does not stop if setting the CM05 bit to 1. If necessary, use an external circuit to stop the clock. In stop mode, all clocks including the XIN clock stop. Refer to 10.4 Power Control for details.
MCU (built-in feedback resistor) XIN Rf(1) XOUT Rd
(1)
MCU (built-in feedback resistor) XIN XOUT Open Externally derived clock
CIN
COUT
VCC VSS
Ceramic resonator external circuit
External clock input clock
NOTE: 1. Insert a damping resistor if required. The resistance will vary depending on the oscillator and the oscillation drive capacity setting. Use the value recommended by the maker of the oscillator. Use high drive when oscillation starts and, if it is necessary to switch the oscillation drive capacity, do so after oscillation stabilizes. When the oscillation drive capacity is set to low, check that oscillation is stable. Also, if the oscillator manufacturer's data sheet specifies that a feedback resistor be added external to the chip, insert a feedback resistor between XIN and XOUT following the instruction.
Figure 10.9
Examples of XIN Clock Connection Circuit
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 79 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
10. Clock Generation Circuit
10.2
On-Chip Oscillator Clocks
This clock is supplied by an on-chip oscillator. The on-chip oscillator contains a high-speed on-chip oscillator and a low-speed on-chip oscillator. Either an on-chip oscillator clock is selected by the FRA01 bit in the FRA0 register.
10.2.1
Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Clock
The clock generated by the low-speed on-chip oscillator is used as the clock source for the CPU clock, peripheral function clock, fOCO, and fOCO-S. After reset, the on-chip oscillator clock generated by the low-speed on-chip oscillator by divide-by-8 is selected for the CPU clock. If the XIN clock stops oscillating when the OCD1 to OCD0 bits in the OCD register are set to 11b, the lowspeed on-chip oscillator automatically starts operating, supplying the necessary clock for the MCU. The frequency of the low-speed on-chip oscillator varies depending on the supply voltage and the operating ambient temperature. The application products must be designed with sufficient margin to accommodate the frequency range.
10.2.2
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Clock
The clock generated by the high-speed on-chip oscillator is used as the clock source for the CPU clock, peripheral function clock, fOCO, fOCO-F and fOCO40M. To use the high-speed on-chip oscillator clock as the clock source of the CPU clock, peripheral clock, fOCO, and fOCO-F, set bits FRA20 to FRA22 in the FRA2 register as follows; All divide ratio mode settings are supported when VCC = 3.0 V to 5.5 V (D, J version)000b to 111b Divide ratio of 4 or more when VCC = 2.7 V to 5.5 V and K version 010b to 111b After reset, the on-chip oscillator clock generated by the high-speed on-chip oscillator stops. The oscillation starts by setting the FRA00 bit in the FRA0 register to 1 (high-speed on-chip oscillator on). The frequency can be adjusted by the FRA1 and FRA2 registers. Since there are differences in the amount of frequency adjustment among the bits in the FRA1 register, make adjustments by changing the settings of individual bits. Adjust the amount of high-speed on-chip oscillator frequency to 40 MHz and below by setting the FRA1 register.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 80 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
10. Clock Generation Circuit
10.3
CPU Clock and Peripheral Function Clock
There are two type clocks: a CPU clock to operate the CPU and a peripheral function clock to operate the peripheral functions. Refer to Figure 10.1 Clock Generation Circuit.
10.3.1
System Clock
The system clock is a clock source for the CPU and peripheral function clocks. The XIN clock or on-chip oscillator clock can be selected.
10.3.2
CPU Clock
The CPU clock is an operating clock for the CPU and watchdog timer. The system clock can be the divide-by-1 (no division), 2, 4, 8 or 16 to produce the CPU clock. Use the CM06 bit in the CM0 register and the CM16 to CM17 bits in the CM1 register to select the value of the division. After reset, the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock divided-by-8 provides the CPU clock. When entering stop mode, the CM06 bit is set to 1 (divide-by-8 mode).
10.3.3
Peripheral Function Clock (f1, f2, f4, f8, f32, and fCAN0)
The peripheral function clock is operating clock for the peripheral functions. The clock fi (i = 1, 2, 4, 8, 32) is generated by the system clock divided-by-i. The clock fi is used for timers RA, RB, RD, RE, serial interface, A/D converter and CAN module. The clock fCAN0 is generated by the f1 clock divided-by-1(no-division), -2, -4, -8, or -16, and is used for CAN module. When the WAIT instruction is executed after setting the CM02 bit in the CM0 register to 1 (peripheral function clock stops in wait mode), the clock fi and fCAN0 stop.(1) NOTE: 1. fCAN0 clock stops at high level in CAN0 sleep mode.
10.3.4
fOCO
fOCO is operating clocks for the peripheral functions. The fOCO run at the same frequency as the on-chip oscillator clock and can be used as the source for the timer RA. When the WAIT instruction is executed, the clocks fOCO does not stop.
10.3.5
fOCO40M
fOCO40M is used as the count source for the timer RD. The fOCO40M is generated by the high-speed on-chip oscillator and provided by setting the FRA00 bit to 1. When the WAIT instruction is executed, the clock fOCO40M does not stop. fOCO40M can be used with supply voltage VCC = 3.0 to 5.5V.
10.3.6
fOCO-F
fOCO-F is used as the count source for the AD converter. The fOCO-F is generated by the high-speed on-chip oscillator and provided by setting the FRA00 bit to 1. When the WAIT instruction is executed, the clock fOCO-F does not stop.
10.3.7
fOCO-S
fOCO-S is an operating clock for the watchdog timer and voltage detection circuit. When setting the CM14 bit to 0 (low-speed on-chip oscillator on) using the clock generated by the low-speed on-chip oscillator, the fOCOS can be provided. When the WAIT instruction is executed or in count source protect mode of the watchdog timer, the clock fOCO-S does not stop.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 81 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
10. Clock Generation Circuit
10.3.8
fOCO128
fOCO128 is generated by fOCO divided-by-128. The clock fOCO128 is used for capture signal of timer RD (channel 0).
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 82 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
10. Clock Generation Circuit
10.4
Power Control
There are three power control modes. All modes other than wait and stop modes are referred to as standard operating mode.
10.4.1
Standard Operating Mode
Standard operating mode is further separated into three modes. In standard operating mode, the CPU clock and the peripheral function clock are supplied to operate the CPU and the peripheral function clocks. Power consumption control is enabled by controlling the CPU clock frequency. The higher the CPU clock frequency, the more processing power increases. The lower the CPU clock frequency, the more power consumption decreases. When unnecessary oscillator circuits stop, power consumption is further reduced. Before the clock sources for the CPU clock can be switched over, the new clock source after switching needs to be stabilized and oscillated. If the new clock source is the XIN clock, allow sufficient wait time in a program until an oscillation is stabilized before exiting. Table 10.2 Settings and Modes of Clock Associated Bits
OCD Register CM1 Register OCD2 CM17, CM16 CM14 CM13 No division 0 00b - 1 Divide-by-2 0 01b - 1 Divide-by-4 0 10b - 1 Divide-by-8 0 - - 1 Divide-by-16 0 11b - 1 No division 1 00b - - Divide-by-2 1 01b - - - - Divide-by-4 1 10b - - - Divide-by-8 1 Divide-by-16 1 11b - - - No division 1 00b 0 Divide-by-2 1 01b 0 - Divide-by-4 1 10b 0 - Divide-by-8 1 - 0 - Divide-by-16 1 11b 0 - CM0 Register CM06 CM05 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 0 - FRA0 Register FRA01 FRA00 - - - - - - - - - - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 -
Modes High-speed clock mode
High-speed on-chip oscillator mode
Low-speed on-chip oscillator mode
-: can be 0 or 1, no change in outcome.
10.4.1.1
High-Speed Clock Mode
The XIN clock divided-by-1 (no division), -2, -4, -8, or -16 provides the CPU clock. Set the CM06 bit to 1 (divide-by-8 mode) when transiting to high-speed on-chip oscillator mode, low-speed on-chip oscillator mode. If the CM14 bit is set to 0 (low-speed on-chip oscillator on) or the FRA00 bit in the FRA0 register is set to 1 (high-speed on-chip oscillator on), the fOCO can be used for timers RA. When the FRA00 bit is set to 1, fOCO40M can be used for timer RD. When the CM14 bit is set to 0 (low-speed on-chip oscillator on), fOCO-S can be used for the watchdog timer and voltage detection circuit.
10.4.1.2
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Mode
The high-speed on-chip oscillator is used as the on-chip oscillator clock when the FRA00 bit in the FRA0 register is set to 1 (high-speed on-chip oscillator on) and the FRA01 bit in the FRA0 register is set to 1. The onchip oscillator divided-by-1 (no division), -2, -4, -8 or -16 provides the CPU clock. Set the CM06 bit to 1 (divide-by-8) when transiting to high-speed clock mode. If the FRA00 bit is set to 1, fOCO40M can be used for timer RD. When the CM14 bit is set to 0 (low-speed on-chip oscillator on), fOCO-S can be used for the watchdog timer and voltage detection circuit.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 83 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
10. Clock Generation Circuit
10.4.1.3
Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Mode
If the CM14 bit in the CM1 register is set to 0 (low-speed on-chip oscillator on) or the FRA01bit in the FRA0 register is set to 0, the low-speed on-chip oscillator provides the on-chip oscillator clock. The on-chip oscillator clock divided-by-1 (no division), -2, -4, -8 or -16 provides the CPU clock. The on-chip oscillator clock is also the clock source for the peripheral function clocks. Set the CM06 bit to 1 (divide-by-8 mode) when transiting to high-speed clock mode. When the FRA00 bit is set to 1, fOCO40M can be used for timer RD. When the CM14 bit is set to 0 (low-speed on-chip oscillator on), fOCO-S can be used for the watchdog timer and voltage detection circuit. In this mode, stopping the XIN clock and high-speed on-chip oscillator, and setting the FMR47 bit in the FMR4 register to 1 (flash memory low consumption current read mode enabled) enables low consumption operation. To enter wait mode from low-speed on-chip oscillator mode, setting the VCA20 bit in the VCA2 register to 1 (internal power low consumption enabled) enables lower consumption current in wait mode. When enabling reduced internal power consumption using the VCA20 bit, follow Figure 10.11 Procedure for Enabling Reduced Internal Power Consumption Using VCA20 bit.
10.4.2
Wait Mode
Since the CPU clock stops in wait mode, the CPU operated in the CPU clock and the watchdog timer when count source protection mode is disabled stops. The XIN clock and on-chip oscillator clock do not stop and the peripheral functions using these clocks maintain operating.
10.4.2.1
Peripheral Function Clock Stop Function
If the CM02 bit is set to 1 (peripheral function clock stops in wait mode), the f1, f2, f4, f8, f32, and fCAN0 clocks stop in wait mode. The power consumption can be reduced.
10.4.2.2
Entering Wait Mode
The MCU enters wait mode when the WAIT instruction is executed. When the OCD2 bit in the OCD register is set to 1 (on-chip oscillator selected as system clock), set the OCD1bit in the OCD register to 0 (oscillation stop detection interrupt disabled) before executing the WAIT instruction. If the MCU enters wait mode while the OCD1 bit is set to 1 (oscillation stop detection interrupt enabled), current consumption is not reduced because the CPU clock does not stop.
10.4.2.3
Pin Status in Wait Mode
The I/O port is the status before wait mode was entered is maintained.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 84 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
10. Clock Generation Circuit
10.4.2.4
Exiting Wait Mode
The MCU exits wait mode by a hardware reset or peripheral function interrupt. When using a hardware reset to exit wait mode, set the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits for the peripheral function interrupts to 000b (interrupts disabled) before executing the WAIT instruction. The peripheral function interrupts are affected by the CM02 bit. When the CM02 bit is set to 0 (peripheral function clock does not stop in wait mode), all peripheral function interrupts can be used to exit wait mode. When the CM02 bit is set to 1 (peripheral function clock stops in wait mode), the peripheral functions using the peripheral function clock stop operating and the peripheral functions operated by external signals can be used to exit wait mode. Table 10.3 lists Interrupts to Exit Wait Mode and Usage Conditions. Table 10.3 Interrupts to Exit Wait Mode and Usage Conditions CM02 = 1 Usable when operating with external clock - (Do not use)
CM02 = 0 Usable when operating with internal or external clock Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Usable in all modes with Chip Select Interrupt / I2C Bus Interface Interrupt Key Input Interrupt Usable A/D Conversion Interrupt Usable in one-shot mode Timer RA Interrupt Usable in all modes
Interrupt Serial Interface Interrupt
Timer RB Interrupt Timer RD Interrupt Timer RE Interrupt INT Interrupt Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt Oscillation Stop Detection Interrupt CAN0 Wake-Up Interrupt
Usable in all modes Usable in all modes Usable in all modes Usable Usable Usable Usable in CAN sleep mode
Usable - (Do not use) Can be used if there is no filter in event counter mode. Usable by selecting fOCO as count source. - (Do not use) Usable by selecting fOCO40M as count source - (Do not use) Usable (INT0 to INT3 can be used if there is no filter.) Usable - (Do not use) Usable in CAN sleep mode
Figure 10.10 shows the Time from Wait Mode to Interrupt Routine Execution. When using a peripheral function interrupt to exit wait mode, set up the following before executing the WAIT instruction. (1) Set the interrupt priority level to the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits in the interrupt control register of the peripheral function interrupts to use for exiting wait mode. Set the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits of the peripheral function interrupts not to use for exiting wait mode to 000b (disables interrupt). (2) Set the I flag to 1. (3) Operate the peripheral function to use for exiting wait mode. When exiting by a peripheral function interrupt, the time (number of cycles) between interrupt request generation and interrupt routine execution is determined by the settings of the FMSTP bit in the FMR0 register as described in Figure 10.10. The CPU clock, when exiting wait mode by a peripheral function interrupt, is the same clock as the CPU clock when the WAIT instruction is executed.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 85 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
10. Clock Generation Circuit
FMR0 Register FMSTP Bit 0 (flash memory operates) 1 (flash memory stops)
Time until Flash Memory is Activated (T1) Period of system clock x 12 cycles + 30 s (max.) Period of system clock x 12 cycles
Time until CPU Clock is Supplied (T2) Period of CPU clock x 6 cycles Same as above
Time for Interrupt Sequence (T3) Period of CPU clock x 20 cycles Same as above
Remarks Following total time is the time from wait mode until an interrupt routine is executed.
T1 Wait mode Flash memory activation sequence Interrupt request generated
T2 CPU clock restart sequence
T3 Interrupt sequence
Figure 10.10
Time from Wait Mode to Interrupt Routine Execution
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 86 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
10. Clock Generation Circuit
10.4.2.5
Reducing Internal Power Consumption
Internal power consumption can be reduced by using low-speed on-chip oscillator mode. Figure 10.11 shows the Procedure for Enabling Reduced Internal Power Consumption Using VCA20 bit. When enabling reduced internal power consumption using the VCA20 bit, follow Figure 10.11 Procedure for Enabling Reduced Internal Power Consumption Using VCA20 bit.
Exit wait mode by interrupt Handling procedure of internal power low consumption enabled by VCA20 bit
(Note 1) In interrupt handling routine
Step (1)
Enter low-speed on-chip oscillator mode
Step (5)
VCA20 0 (internal power low consumption disabled)(2)
Step (2)
Stop XIN clock and high-speed on-chip oscillator clock
Step (6)
Start XIN clock or high-speed on-chip oscillator clock
Step (3)
VCA20 1 (internal power low consumption enabled)(2)
Step (7)
(Wait until XIN clock oscillation stabilizes)
If it is necessary to start the high-speed clock or the high-speed on-chip oscillator in the interrupt handling routine, execute steps (5) to (7) in the interrupt routine.
Step (4)
Enter wait mode(4)
Step (8)
Enter high-speed clock mode or high-speed on-chip oscillator mode
Step (5)
VCA20 0 (internal power low consumption disabled)(2)
Interrupt handling
Step (6)
Start XIN clock or high-speed on-chip oscillator clock
Step (1)
Enter low-speed on-chip oscillator mode If the high-speed clock or high-speed on-chip oscillator is started in the interrupt handling routine, execute steps (1) to (3) at the last of the interrupt routine.
Step (2) Step (7) (Wait until XIN clock oscillation stabilizes)
Stop XIN clock and high-speed on-chip oscillator clock
Step (8)
Enter high-speed clock mode or high-speed on-chip oscillator mode
Step (3)
VCA20 1 (internal power low consumption enabled)(2,3)
Interrupt handling completed
NOTES: 1. Execute this handling to all interrupt handlings generated around the WAIT instruction. If it is not necessary to start the high-speed clock or the high-speed on-chip oscillator in the interrupt handling, it does not need to be started. 2. Do not set the VCA20 bit to 0 with the instruction immediately after setting the VCA20 bit to 1. Also, do not do the opposite. 3. When the VCA20 bit is set to 1, do not set the CM10 bit to 1 (stop mode). 4. When entering wait mode, follow 10.6.2 Wait Mode. VCA20: Bit in VCA2 register
Figure 10.11
Procedure for Enabling Reduced Internal Power Consumption Using VCA20 bit
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 87 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
10. Clock Generation Circuit
10.4.3
Stop Mode
Since the oscillator circuits stop in wait mode, the CPU clock and peripheral function clock stop and the CPU and peripheral functions clocked by these clocks stop operating. The least power required to operate the MCU is in stop mode. If the voltage applied to the VCC pin is VRAM or more, the internal RAM is maintained. The peripheral functions clocked by external signals maintain operating. Table 10.4 lists Interrupts to Exit Stop Mode and Usage Conditions. Table 10.4 Interrupts to Exit Stop Mode and Usage Conditions Usage Conditions - Can be used if there is no filter When there is no filter and external pulse is counted in event counter mode When external clock is selected Usable in digital filter disabled mode (VW2C1 bit in VW2C register is set to 1) Usable in CAN sleep mode
Interrupt Key Input Interrupt INT0 to INT3 Interrupt Timer RA Interrupt Serial Interface Interrupt Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt CAN0 Wake-Up Interrupt
10.4.3.1
Entering Stop Mode
The MCU enters stop mode by setting the CM10 bit in the CM1 register to 1 (all clocks stop). At the same time, the CM06 bit in the CM0 register is set to 1 (divide-by-8 mode) and the CM15 bit in the CM10 register is set to 1 (drive capability HIGH of XIN clock oscillator circuit). When using stop mode, set the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to 00b before entering stop mode.
10.4.3.2
Pin Status in Stop Mode
The status before entering wait mode is maintained. However, when the CM13 bit in the CM1 register is set to 1 (XIN-XOUT pins), the XOUT(P4_7) pin is held "H". When the CM13 bit is set to 0 (input port P4_6 and P4_7), the P4_7(XOUT) is held in input status.
10.4.3.3
Exiting Stop Mode
The MCU exits stop mode by a reset or peripheral function interrupt. When using a reset to exit stop mode, set the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits for the peripheral function interrupts to 000b (disables interrupts) before setting the CM10 bit to 1. Figure 10.12 shows the Time from Stop Mode to Interrupt Routine Execution. When using a peripheral function interrupt to exit stop mode, set up the following before setting the CM10 bit to 1. (1) Set the interrupt priority level to the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits of the peripheral function interrupts to use for exiting stop mode. Set the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits of the peripheral function interrupts not to use for exiting stop mode to 000b (disables interrupt). (2) Set the I flag to 1. (3) Operates the peripheral function to use for exiting stop mode. When exiting by a peripheral function interrupt, the interrupt sequence is executed when an interrupt request is generated and the CPU clock supply is started. If the clock used immediately before stop mode is a system clock and stop mode is exited by a peripheral function interrupt, the CPU clock becomes the previous system clock divided by 8.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 88 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
10. Clock Generation Circuit
FMR0 Register FMSTP Bit 0 (flash memory operates) 1 (flash memory stops)
Time until Flash Memory is Activated (T2) Period of system clock x 12 cycles + 30 s (max.) Period of system clock x 12 cycles
Time until CPU Clock is Supplied (T3) Period of CPU clock x 6 cycles Same as above
Time for Interrupt Sequence (T4) Period of CPU clock x 20 cycles Same as above
Remarks Following total time of T0 to T4 is the time from wait mode until an interrupt routine is executed.
T0 Stop mode
Internal power stability time
T1
Oscillation period of the CPU clock source used immediately before stop mode
T2 Flash memory activation sequence
T3 CPU clock restart sequence
T4 Interrupt sequence
150 s Interrupt (max.) request generated
Figure 10.12
Time from Stop Mode to Interrupt Routine Execution
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 89 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Figure 10.13 shows the State Transitions in Power Control Mode.
10. Clock Generation Circuit
State Transition in Power Control Mode
Reset
Standard operating mode
CM14 = 0 OCD2 = 1 FRA01 = 0 CM05 = 0 CM13 = 1 OCD2 = 0
Low-speed on-chip oscillator mode CM14 = 0 OCD2 = 1 FRA01 = 0
High-speed clock mode CM05 = 0 CM13 = 1 OCD2 = 0
CM14 = 0 FRA01 = 0
FRA00 = 1 FRA01 = 1
OCD2 = 1 FRA00 = 1 FRA01 = 1 CM05 = 0 CM13 = 1 OCD2 = 0
High-speed on-chip oscillator mode OCD2 = 1 FRA00 = 1 FRA01 = 1
Interrupt
WAIT instruction
Interrupt
CM10 = 1
Wait mode CPU operation stops CM05 CM13, CM14 OCD2 FRA00, FRA01 : CM0 register : CM1 register : OCD register : FRA0 register
Stop mode All oscillators stop
Figure 10.13
State Transitions in Power Control Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 90 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
10. Clock Generation Circuit
10.5
Oscillation Stop Detection Function
The oscillation stop detection function is a function to detect the stop of the XIN clock oscillating circuit. The oscillation stop detection function can be enabled and disabled by the OCD0 bit in the OCD register. Table 10.5 lists the Specifications of Oscillation Stop Detection Function. When the XIN clock is the CPU clock source and the OCD1 to OCD0 bits are set to 11b, the system is placed in the following state if the XIN clock stops. * OCD2 bit in OCD register = 1 (on-chip oscillator clock selected) * OCD3 bit in OCD register = 1 (XIN clock stops) * CM14 bit in CM1 register = 0 (low-speed on-chip oscillator oscillates) * Oscillation stop detection interrupt request is generated Table 10.5 Specifications of Oscillation Stop Detection Function Specification f(XIN) 2 MHz Set OCD1 to OCD0 bits to 11b Oscillation stop detection interrupt is generated
Item Oscillation Stop Detection Clock and Frequency Bandwidth Enabled Condition for Oscillation Stop Detection Function Operation at Oscillation Stop Detection
10.5.1
How to Use Oscillation Stop Detection Function
* The oscillation stop detection interrupt shares the vector with the voltage monitor 2 interrupt and the
watchdog timer interrupt. When using the oscillation stop detection interrupt and watchdog timer interrupt, the interrupt cause needs to be determined. Table 10.6 lists the Determining Interrupt Source for Oscillation Stop Detection, Watchdog Timer, Voltage Monitor 1, and Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupts. Figure 10.15 shows an Example of Determining Interrupt Source for Oscillation Stop Detection, Watchdog Timer, Voltage Monitor 1, or Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt. When the XIN clock is re-oscillated after oscillation stop, switch the XIN clock to the clock source of the CPU clock and peripheral functions by a program. Figure 10.14 shows the Procedure for Switching Clock Source from Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator to XIN Clock. To enter wait mode while using the oscillation stop detection function, set the CM02 bit to 0 (peripheral function clock does not stop in wait mode). Since the oscillation stop detection function is a function preparing to stop the XIN clock by the external cause, set the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to 00b when the XIN clock stops or oscillates in the program, that is stop mode is selected or the CM05 bit is changed. This function cannot be used when the XIN clock frequency is less than 2 MHz. Set the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to 00b. When using the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock for the CPU clock and clock sources of peripheral functions after detecting the oscillation stop, set the FRA01 bit in the FRA0 register to 0 (low-speed onchip oscillator selected) and the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to 11b. When using the high-speed on-chip oscillator clock for the CPU clock and clock sources of peripheral functions after detecting the oscillation stop, set the FRA00 bit to 1 (high-speed on-chip oscillator on) and the FRA01 bit to 1 (high-speed on-chip oscillator selected) and the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to 11b.
*
* *
* *
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 91 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
10. Clock Generation Circuit
Table 10.6
Determining Interrupt Source for Oscillation Stop Detection, Watchdog Timer, Voltage Monitor 1, and Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupts
Generated Interrupt Source Bit Showing Interrupt Cause Oscillation Stop Detection (a) OCD3 bit in OCD register = 1 ((a) or (b)) (b) OCD1 to OCD0 bits in OCD register = 11b and the OCD2 bit = 1 Watchdog Timer VW2C3 bit in VW2C register = 1 Voltage Monitor 2 VW2C2 bit in VW2C register = 1
Switch to XIN clock
No
Determine several times that the OCD bit is 0 (XIN clock oscillates)
Yes Set OCD1 to OCD0 bits to 00b
Set OCD2 bit to 0 (select XIN Clock)
End OCD3 to OCD0 bits: Bits in OCD register
Figure 10.14
Procedure for Switching Clock Source from Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator to XIN Clock
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 92 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
10. Clock Generation Circuit
Interrupt sources judgment
OCD3 = 1? (XIN clock stops)
NO
YES OCD1 = 1 (Oscillation stop detection interrupt enable), and OCD2 = 1 (Selects on-chip oscillator clock)? YES VW2C3 = 1? (Watchdog time underflows) NO NO
YES OCD1 = 0 (Oscillation stop detection interrupt disable) (1)
Jump to oscillation stop detection interrupt process routine.
Jump to watchdog timer interrupt process routine.
Jump to voltage monitor 2 Interrupt process routine.
NOTE: 1. This disables multiple oscillation stop detection interrupts. OCD1 to OCD3: Bits in OCD register VW2C3: Bit in VW2C register
Figure 10.15
Example of Determining Interrupt Source for Oscillation Stop Detection, Watchdog Timer, Voltage Monitor 1, or Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 93 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
10. Clock Generation Circuit
10.6 10.6.1
Notes on Clock Generation Circuit Stop Mode
When entering stop mode, set the FMR01 bit to "0" (CPU rewrite mode disabled) and the CM10 bit to "1" (stop mode). An instruction queue pre-reads 4 bytes from the instruction which sets the CM10 bit in the CM1 register to "1" (stop mode) and the program stops. Insert at least 4 NOP instructions following the JMP.B instruction after the instruction which sets the CM10 bit to "1". * Example to enter stop mode BCLR BSET FSET BSET JMP.B LABEL_001: NOP NOP NOP NOP
1,FMR0 0,PRCR I 0,CM1 LABEL_001
; CPU rewrite mode disabled ; Protect disabled ; Enable interrupt ; Stop mode
10.6.2
Wait Mode
When entering wait mode, set the FMR01 bit to "0" (CPU rewrite mode disabled) and execute the WAIT instruction. An instruction queue pre-reads 4 bytes from the WAIT instruction and the program stops. Insert at least 4 NOP instructions after the WAIT instruction. * Example to execute the WAIT instruction BCLR 1,FMR0 FSET I WAIT NOP NOP NOP NOP
; CPU rewrite mode disabled ; Enable interrupt ; Wait mode
10.6.3
Oscillation Stop Detection Function
Since the oscillation stop detection function cannot be used if the XIN clock frequency is less than 2 MHz, set the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to 00b.
10.6.4
Oscillation Circuit Constants
Ask the maker of the oscillator to specify the beat oscillation circuit constants on your system.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 94 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
11. Protection
11. Protection
Protection function protects important registers from being easily overwritten when a program runs out of control. Figure 11.1 shows the PRCR Register. The following lists the registers protected by the PRCR register. * Registers protected by PRC0 bit: CM0, CM1, OCD, FRA0, FRA1, FRA2, and CCLKR registers * Registers protected by PRC1 bit: PM0 and PM1 registers * Registers protected by PRC2 bit: PD0 register * Registers protected by PRC3 bit: VCA2, VW1C and VW2C registers
Protect Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00
Symbol PRCR Bit Symbol
Address 000Ah Bit Name Protect bit 0
PRC0
After Reset 00h Function Writing to the CM0, CM, OCD, FRA0, FRA1, FRA2, and CCLKR registers is enabled 0 : Disables w riting 1 : Enables w riting Writing to the PM0 and PM1 registers is enabled 0 : Disables w riting 1 : Enables w riting Writing to the PD0 register is enabled 0 : Disables w riting 1 : Enables w riting(1) Writing to the VCA2, VW1C and VW2C registers is enabled 0 : Disables w riting 1 : Enables w riting Set to 0 When read, the content is 0.
RW
RW
Protect bit 1 PRC1 Protect bit 2 PRC2 Protect bit 3 PRC3
RW
RW
RW
-- (b5-b4) -- (b7-b6)
Reserved bits Reserved bits
RW RO
NOTE: 1. This bit is set to 0 after w riting 1 to the PRC2 bit and executing w riting to any address. Since the other bits are not set to 0, set to 0 by a program.
Figure 11.1
PRCR Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 95 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
12. Interrupts
12.1 12.1.1 Interrupt Overview Types of Interrupts
Figure 12.1 shows the Interrupts.
Software (non-maskable interrupt)
Undefined instruction (UND instruction) Overflow (INTO instruction) BRK instruction INT instruction
Interrupt Special (non-maskable interrupt) Hardware Peripheral function(1) (maskable interrupt)
Watchdog timer Oscillation stop detection Voltage monitor 2 Single step(2) Address break(2) Address match
NOTES: 1. Peripheral function interrupts in the MCU are used to generate the peripheral interrupt. 2. Do not use this interrupt. This is for use with development tools only.
Figure 12.1
Interrupts
* Maskable interrupt:
The interrupt enable flag (I flag) enables or disables these interrupt. The interrupt priority order can be changed based on the interrupt priority level. * Non-maskable interrupt: The interrupt enable flag (I flag) does not enable or disable an interrupt. The interrupt priority order based on interrupt priority level cannot be changed.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 96 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
12.1.2
Software Interrupts
A software interrupt is generated when an instruction is executed. The software interrupts are non-maskable interrupts.
12.1.2.1
Undefined Instruction Interrupt
The undefined instruction interrupt is generated when the UND instruction is executed.
12.1.2.2
Overflow Interrupt
The overflow interrupt is generated when the O flag is set to 1 (arithmetic operation overflow) and the INTO instruction is executed. Instructions to set the O flag are: ABS, ADC, ADCF, ADD, CMP, DIV, DIVU, DIVX, NEG, RMPA, SBB, SHA, SUB
12.1.2.3
BRK Interrupt
A BRK interrupt is generated when the BRK instruction is executed.
12.1.2.4
INT Instruction Interrupt
An INT instruction interrupt is generated when the INT instruction is executed. The INT instruction can select software interrupt numbers 0 to 63. Software interrupt numbers 3 to 31 are assigned to the peripheral function interrupt. Therefore, the MCU executes the same interrupt routine when the INT instruction is executed as when a peripheral function interrupt is generated. In software interrupt numbers 0 to 31, the U flag is saved to the stack during instruction execution and set the U flag to 0 (ISP selected) before executing an interrupt sequence. The U flag is restored from the stack when returning from the interrupt routine. In software interrupt numbers 32 to 63, the U flag does not change state during instruction execution, and the selected SP is used.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 97 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
12.1.3
Special Interrupts
Special interrupts are non-maskable interrupts.
12.1.3.1
Watchdog Timer Interrupt
The watchdog timer interrupt is generated by the watchdog timer. For details, refer to 13. Watchdog Timer.
12.1.3.2
Oscillation Stop Detection Interrupt
Oscillation Stop Detection Interrupt is generated by the oscillation stop detection function. For details of the oscillation stop detection function, refer to 10. Clock Generation Circuit.
12.1.3.3
Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt
The voltage monitor 2 interrupt is generated by the voltage detection circuit. For details of the voltage detection circuit, refer to 6. Voltage Detection Circuit.
12.1.3.4
Single-Step Interrupt, and Address Break Interrupt
Do not use the single-step interrupt. For development tools only.
12.1.3.5
Address Match Interrupt
The address match interrupt is generated immediately before executing an instruction that is stored into an address indicated by the RMAD0 to RMAD1 registers when the AIER0 or AIER1 bit in the AIER register which is set to 1 (address match interrupt enable). For details of the address match interrupt, refer to 12.5 Address Match Interrupt.
12.1.4
Peripheral Function Interrupt
The peripheral function interrupt is generated by the internal peripheral function of the MCU and a maskable interrupt. Refer to Table 12.2 Relocatable Vector Tables for sources of the peripheral function interrupt. For details of the peripheral function, refer to the description of each peripheral function.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 98 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
12.1.5
Interrupts and Interrupt Vector
There are 4 bytes in one vector. Set the starting address of interrupt routine in each vector table. When an interrupt request is acknowledged, the CPU branches to the address set in the corresponding interrupt vector. Figure 12.2 shows the Interrupt Vector.
MSB
LSB
Vector address (L)
Low address Mid address 0000 High address 0000
Vector address (H)
0000
Figure 12.2
Interrupt Vector
12.1.5.1
Fixed Vector Tables
The fixed vector tables are allocated addresses 0FFDCh to 0FFFFh. Table 12.1 lists the Fixed Vector Tables. The vector addresses (H) of fixed vectors are used by the ID code check function. For details, refer to 20.3 Functions to Prevent Rewriting of Flash Memory. Table 12.1 Fixed Vector Tables Remarks Interrupt on UND instruction Interrupt on INTO instruction If the content of address 0FFE7h is FFh, program execution starts from the address shown by the vector in the relocatable vector table. Reference R8C/Tiny Series software manual
Vector Addresses Address (L) to (H) Undefined Instruction 0FFDCh to 0FFDFh Interrupt Source Overflow BRK Instruction 0FFE0h to 0FFE3h 0FFE4h to 0FFE7h
Address Match Single Step(1) Watchdog Timer Oscillation Stop Detection Voltage Monitor 2 Address Break(1) (Reserved) Reset
0FFE8h to 0FFEBh 0FFECh to 0FFEFh 0FFF0h to 0FFF3h
12.5 Address Match Interrupt 13. Watchdog Timer 10. Clock Generation Circuit 6. Voltage Detection Circuit
0FFF4h to 0FFF7h 0FFF8h to 0FFFBh 0FFFCh to 0FFFFh 5. Resets
NOTE: 1. Do not use the single-step interrupt. For development tools only.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 99 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
12.1.5.2
Relocatable Vector Tables
The relocatable vector tables occupy 256 bytes from the starting address set in the INTB register. Table 12.2 lists the Relocatable Vector Tables. Table 12.2 Relocatable Vector Tables
Vector Address(1) Address (L) to Address (H) +0 to +3 (0000h to 0003h)
Software Interrupt Control Reference Interrupt Number Register 0 - R8C/Tiny Series Software Manual 1 to 2 - 3 C01WKIC 18. CAN Module 4 C0RECIC
Interrupt Source BRK Instruction(3)
- (Reserved) CAN0 Wake-up CAN0 Successful receive CAN0 Successful transmit CAN0 Error - (Reserved) Timer RD (Channel 0) Timer RD (Channel 1) Timer RE - (Reserved) Key Input A/D Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select/I2C bus Interface(2) - (Reserved) UART0 Transmit UART0 Receive UART1 Transmit UART1 Receive
+12 to +15 (000Ch to 000Fh) +16 to +19 (0010h to 0013h) +20 to +23 (0014h to 0017h) +24 to +27 (0018h to 001Bh) +32 to +35 (0020h to 0023h) +36 to +39 (0024h to 0027h) +40 to +43 (0028h to 002Bh) +52 to +55 (0034h to 0037h) +56 to +59 (0038h to 003Bh) +60 to +63 (003Ch to 003Fh)
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 to 12 13 14 15
C0TRMIC C01ERRIC - - TRD0IC 14.3 Timer RD TRD1IC TREIC - KUPIC ADIC SSUIC/IICIC 14.4 Timer RE - 12.3 Key Input Interrupt 19. A/D Converter 16.2 Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU), 16.3 I2C Bus Interface
- 15. Serial Interface
INT2 Timer RA - (Reserved) Timer RB INT1 INT3 - (Reserved) - (Reserved) INT0 - (Reserved) - (Reserved)
+68 to +71 (0044h to 0047h) +72 to +75 (0048h to 004Bh) +76 to +79 (004Ch to 004Fh) +80 to +83 (0050h to 0053h) +84 to +87 (0054h to 0057h) +88 to +91 (0058h to 005Bh) +96 to +99 (0060h to 0063h) +100 to +103 (0064h to 0067h) +104 to +107 (0068h to 006Bh)
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 to 63
- S0TIC S0RIC S1TIC S1RIC INT2IC
TRAIC - TRBIC INT1IC INT3IC
- - INT0IC - - -
12.2 INT Interrupt 14.1 Timer RA - 14.2 Timer RB 12.2 INT Interrupt
- -
+116 to +119 (0074h to 0077h)
Software Interrupt(3) +128 to +131 (0080h to 0083h) to +252 to +255 (00FCh to 00FFh)
12.2 INT Interrupt - - R8C/Tiny Series Software Manual
NOTES: 1. These addresses are relative to those in the INTB register. 2. The IICSEL bit in the PMR register switches functions. 3. The I flag does not disable these interrupts.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 100 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
12.1.6
Interrupt Control
The following describes enable/disable the maskable interrupts and set the priority order to acknowledge. The contents explained does not apply to the nonmaskable interrupts. Use the I flag in the FLG register, IPL and the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits in each interrupt control register to enable/ disable the maskable interrupts. Whether an interrupt is requested is indicated by the IR bit in each interrupt control register. Figure 12.3 shows the Interrupt Control Register, Figure 12.4 shows Registers TRD0IC, TRD1IC, SSUIC, and IICIC and Figure 12.5 shows the Registers INT0IC to INT3IC.
Interrupt Control Register(2)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol C01WKIC C0RECIC C0TRMIC C01ERRIC TREIC KUPIC ADIC S0TIC S0RIC S1TIC S1RIC TRAIC TRBIC Bit Symbol ILVL0
Address 0043h 0044h 0045h 0046h 004Ah 004Dh 004Eh 0051h 0052h 0053h 0054h 0056h 0058h Bit Name Interrupt priority level select bits
After Reset XXXXX000b XXXXX000b XXXXX000b XXXXX000b XXXXX000b XXXXX000b XXXXX000b XXXXX000b XXXXX000b XXXXX000b XXXXX000b XXXXX000b XXXXX000b Function
b2 b1 b0
RW RW
ILVL1
ILVL2 Interrupt request bit
0 0 0 : Level 0 (interrupt disable) 0 0 1 : Level 1 0 1 0 : Level 2 0 1 1 : Level 3 1 0 0 : Level 4 1 0 1 : Level 5 1 1 0 : Level 6 1 1 1 : Level 7 0 : Requests no interrupt 1 : Requests interrupt
RW
RW
IR -- (b7-b4)
RW(1) --
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is indeterminate.
NOTES: 1. Only 0 can be w ritten to the IR bit. Do not w rite 1. 2. Rew rite the interrupt control register, rew rite it w hen the interrupt request w hich is applicable for its register is not generated. Refer to 12.7.5 Changing Interrupt Control Register Contents.
Figure 12.3
Interrupt Control Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 101 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
Interrupt Control Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRD0IC TRD1IC SSUIC/IICIC(2) Bit Symbol ILVL0
Address 0048h 0049h 004Fh Bit Name Interrupt priority level select bits
After Reset XXXXX000b XXXXX000b XXXXX000b Function
b2 b1 b0
RW RW
ILVL1
ILVL2 Interrupt request bit
0 0 0 : Level 0 (interrupt disable) 0 0 1 : Level 1 0 1 0 : Level 2 0 1 1 : Level 3 1 0 0 : Level 4 1 0 1 : Level 5 1 1 0 : Level 6 1 1 1 : Level 7 0 : Requests no interrupt 1 : Requests interrupt
RW
RW
IR -- (b7-b4)
RO --
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is undefined.
NOTES: 1. To rew rite the interrupt control register, rew rite it w hen the interrupt request w hich is applicable for its register is not generated. Refer to 12.7.5 Changing Interrupt Control Register Contents. 2. The IICSEL bit in the PMR register sw itches functions.
Figure 12.4
Registers TRD0IC, TRD1IC, SSUIC, and IICIC
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 102 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
INTi Interrupt Control Register (i = 0 to 3)(2)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol INT2IC INT1IC INT3IC INT0IC Bit Symbol ILVL0
Address 0055h 0059h 005Ah 005Dh Bit Name Interrupt priority level select bits
After Reset XX00X000b XX00X000b XX00X000b XX00X000b Function
b2 b1 b0
RW RW
ILVL1
ILVL2 Interrupt request bit Polarity sw itch bit(4) Reserved bit
0 0 0 : Level 0 (interrupt disable) 0 0 1 : Level 1 0 1 0 : Level 2 0 1 1 : Level 3 1 0 0 : Level 4 1 0 1 : Level 5 1 1 0 : Level 6 1 1 1 : Level 7 0 : Requests no interrupt 1 : Requests interrupt 0 : Selects falling edge 1 : Selects rising edge(3) Set to 0
RW
RW
IR POL -- (b5) -- (b7-b6)
RW(1) RW RW --
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is undefined.
NOTES: 1. Only 0 can be w ritten to the IR bit. (Do not w rite 1.) 2. Rew rite the interrupt control register, rew rite it w hen the interrupt request w hich is applicable for its register is not generated. Refer to 12.7.5 Changing Interrupt Control Register Contents. 3. If the INTiPL bit in the INTEN register is set to 1 (both edges), set the POL bit to 0 (selects falling edge). 4. The IR bit may be set to 1 (requests interrupt) w hen the POL bit is rew ritten. Refer to 12.7.4 Changing Interrupt Sources.
Figure 12.5
Registers INT0IC to INT3IC
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 103 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
12.1.6.1
I Flag
The I flag enables or disables the maskable interrupt. Setting the I flag to 1 (enabled) enables the maskable interrupt. Setting the I flag to 0 (disabled) disables all maskable interrupts.
12.1.6.2
IR Bit
The IR bit is set to 1 (interrupt requested) when an interrupt request is generated. Then, when the interrupt request is acknowledged and the CPU branches to the corresponding interrupt vector, the IR bit is set to 0 (= interrupt not requested). The IR bit can be set to 0 by a program. Do not write 1 to this bit. Operations of the IR bit vary by Timer RD interrupt, clock synchronous serial I/O interrupt with chip select or I2C bus interface interrupt. For details, refer to 12.6 Timer RD Interrupt, Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select Interrupts and I2C bus Interface Interrupts (Interrupts with Multiple Interrupt Request Sources).
12.1.6.3
Bits ILVL2 to ILVL0 and IPL
Interrupt priority levels can be set using the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits. Table 12.3 lists the Settings of Interrupt Priority Levels and Table 12.4 lists the Interrupt Priority Levels Enabled by IPL. The following are conditions under which an interrupt is acknowledged: * I flag = 1 * IR bit = 1 * Interrupt priority level > IPL The I flag, IR bit, ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits and IPL are independent of each other. They do not affect one another.
Table 12.3
Settings of Interrupt Priority Levels
Interrupt Priority Level Priority Order - Level 0 (interrupt disabled) Level 1 Low Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Level 6 Level 7 High
Table 12.4
IPL 000b 001b 010b 011b 100b 101b 110b 111b
Interrupt Priority Levels Enabled by IPL
Enabled Interrupt Priority Levels Interrupt level 1 and above Interrupt level 2 and above Interrupt level 3 and above Interrupt level 4 and above Interrupt level 5 and above Interrupt level 6 and above Interrupt level 7 and above All maskable interrupts are disabled
ILVL2 to ILVL0 Bits 000b 001b 010b 011b 100b 101b 110b 111b
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 104 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
12.1.6.4
Interrupt Sequence
An interrupt sequence is performed between an interrupt request acknowledgement and interrupt routine execution. When an interrupt request is generated while an instruction is executed, the CPU determines its interrupt priority level after the instruction is completed. The CPU starts the interrupt sequence from the following cycle. However, in regards to the SMOVB, SMOVF, SSTR or RMPA instruction, if an interrupt request is generated while executing the instruction, the MCU suspends the instruction to start the interrupt sequence. The interrupt sequence is performed as follows. Figure 12.6 shows the Time Required for Executing Interrupt Sequence. (1) The CPU gets interrupt information (interrupt number and interrupt request level) by reading the address 00000h. The IR bit for the corresponding interrupt is set to 0 (interrupt not requested)(2). (2) The FLG register immediately before entering the interrupt sequence is saved to the CPU internal temporary register(1). (3) The I, D and U flags in the FLG register are set as follows: The I flag is set to 0 (disables interrupts). The D flag is set to 0 (disables single-step interrupt). The U flag is set to 0 (ISP selected). However, the U flag does not change state if an INT instruction for software interrupt number 32 to 63 is executed. (4) The CPU's internal temporary register(1) is saved to the stack. (5) The PC is saved to the stack. (6) The interrupt priority level of the acknowledged interrupt is set in the IPL. (7) The starting address of the interrupt routine set in the interrupt vector is stored in the PC. After the interrupt sequence is completed, the instructions are NOTES: 1. This register cannot be used by user.
1 CPU clock Address bus Data bus RD WR
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Address 0000h Interrupt information
Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate
SP-2 SP-1
SP-4
SP-3
SP-3 contents
VEC
VEC contents
VEC+1
VEC+1 contents
VEC+2
VEC+2 contents
PC
SP-2 SP-1 SP-4 contents contents contents
NOTE: 1. The indeterminate state depends on the instruction queue buffer. A read cycle occurs when the instruction queue buffer is ready to acknowledge instructions.
Figure 12.6
Time Required for Executing Interrupt Sequence
2. For operations of the IR bit, refer to 12.6 Timer RD Interrupt, Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select Interrupts and I2C bus Interface Interrupts (Interrupts with Multiple Interrupt Request Sources).
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 105 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
12.1.6.5
Interrupt Response Time
Figure 12.7 shows an Interrupt Response Time. The interrupt response time is the period between an interrupt request generation and the execution of the first instruction in an interrupt routine. An interrupt response time includes the period between an interrupt request generation and the completed execution of an instruction (refer to (a) in Figure 12.7) and the period required to perform an interrupt sequence (20 cycles, refer to (b) in Figure 12.7).
Interrupt request is generated Interrupt request is acknowledged
Time
Instruction
(a)
Interrupt sequence
20 Cycles (b)
Instruction in interrupt routine
Interrupt response time
(a) Period between an interrupt request generation and the completed execution of an instruction. The length of this time varies depending on the instruction being executed. The DIVX instruction requires the longest time; 30 cycles (no wait and when the register is set as the divisor) (b) 21 cycles for address match and single-step interrupts.
Figure 12.7
Interrupt Response Time
12.1.6.6
IPL Change when Interrupt Request is Acknowledged
When an interrupt request of a maskable interrupt is acknowledged, the interrupt priority level of the acknowledged interrupt is set in the IPL. When a software interrupt and special interrupt request are acknowledged, the level listed in Table 12.5 is set to the IPL. Table 12.5 lists the IPL Value When Software or Special Interrupt Is Acknowledged. Table 12.5 IPL Value When Software or Special Interrupt Is Acknowledged Value Set to IPL 7 Not changed
Interrupt Sources Watchdog Timer, Oscillation Stop Detection, Voltage Monitor 2, Address Break Software, Address Match, Single-Step
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 106 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
12.1.6.7
Saving a Register
In the interrupt sequence, the FLG register and PC are saved to the stack. After 4 high-order bits in the PC and 4 high-order (IPL) and 8 low-order bits in the FLG register, extended to 16 bits, are saved to the stack, the 16 low-order bits in the PC are saved. Figure 12.8 shows the Stack State Before and After Acknowledgement of Interrupt Request. The other necessary registers are saved by a program at the beginning of the interrupt routine. The PUSHM instruction can save several registers in the register bank being currently used(1) with 1 instruction. NOTE: 1. Selectable from the R0, R1, R2, R3, A0, A1, SB and FB registers.
Address
MSB
Stack
LSB
Address
MSB
Stack
LSB
m-4 m-3
m-4 m-3
PCL PCM FLGL FLGH PCH
[SP] New SP value
m-2 m-1 m
m-2 m-1
Content of previous stack Content of previous stack
[SP] SP value before interrupt is generated
m
Content of previous stack Content of previous stack
m+1
m+1
PCH PCM PCL FLGH FLGL
: High-order 4 bits of PC : Middle-order 8 bits of PC : Low-order 8 bits of PC : High-order 4 bits of FLG : Low-order 8 bits of FLG
Stack state before interrupt request is acknowledged
Stack state after interrupt request is acknowledged
NOTE: 1. When executing the software number 32 to 63 INT instructions, this SP is specified by the U flag. Otherwise it is ISP.
Figure 12.8
Stack State Before and After Acknowledgement of Interrupt Request
The register saving operation which is performed in the interrupt sequence is saved in 8 bits every 4 steps. Figure 12.9 shows the Register Saving Operation.
Address
Stack
Sequence in which order registers are saved
[SP]-5 [SP]-4 [SP]-3
PCL PCM FLGL FLGH PCH
(3) (4)
Saved, 8 bits at a time
[SP]-2 [SP]-1 (1) (2)
[SP]
Completed saving registers in four operations.
PCH PCM PCL FLGH FLGL
: High-order 4 bits of PC : Middle-order 8 bits of PC : Low-order 8 bits of PC : High-order 4 bits of FLG : Low-order 8 bits of FLG
NOTE: 1. [SP] indicates the initial value of the SP when interrupt request is acknowledged. After registers are saved, the SP content is [SP] minus 4. When executing the
software number 32 to 63 INT instructions, this SP is specified by the U flag. Otherwise it is ISP.
Figure 12.9
Register Saving Operation
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 107 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
12.1.6.8
Returning from an Interrupt Routine
When the REIT instruction is executed at the end of an interrupt routine, the FLG register and PC, which have been saved to the stack, are automatically returned. The program, executed before the interrupt request has been acknowledged, starts running again. Return the register saved by a program in an interrupt routine using the POPM instruction or others before the REIT instruction.
12.1.6.9
Interrupt Priority
If two or more interrupt requests are generated while executing one instruction, the interrupt with the higher priority is acknowledged. Set the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits to select the desired priority level for maskable interrupts (peripheral functions). However, if two or more maskable interrupts have the same priority level, their interrupt priority is resolved by hardware, with the higher priority interrupt acknowledged in hardware. The priority levels of special interrupts such as reset (reset has the highest priority) and watchdog timer are set by hardware. Figure 12.10 shows the Priority Levels of Hardware Interrupts. The interrupt priority does not affect software interrupts. The MCU jumps to the interrupt routine when the instruction is executed.
Reset Address break Watchdog timer Oscillation stop detection Voltage monitor 2 Peripheral function Single step Address match
Figure 12.10 Priority Levels of Hardware Interrupts
High
Low
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 108 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
12.1.6.10 Interrupt Priority Judgement Circuit
The interrupt priority judgement circuit selects the highest priority interrupt. Figure 12.11 shows the Interrupt Priority Level Judgement Circuit.
Priority level of each interrupt
Highest
Level 0 (default value)
INT3 Timer RB Timer RA CAN0 error CAN0 successful receive INT0 INT1 CAN0 successful transmit CAN0 wake-up UART1 receive UART0 receive A/D conversion Timer RE Timer RD0 INT2 UART1 transmit UART0 transmit SSU/I2C bus(1) Key Input Timer RD1 IPL Lowest Interrupt request level judgment output signal I flag Address match Watchdog timer Oscillation stop detection Voltage monitor 2 NOTE: 1. The IICSEL bit in the PMR register switches functions. Interrupt request acknowledged
Priority of peripheral function interrupts (if priority levels are same)
Figure 12.11
Interrupt Priority Level Judgement Circuit
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 109 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
12.2 12.2.1
INT Interrupt INTi Interrupt (i = 0 to 3)
The INTi interrupt is generated by an INTi input. When using the INTi interrupt, the INTiEN bit in the INTEN register is set to 1 (enable). The edge polarity is selected using the INTiPL bit in the INTEN register and the POL bit in the INTiIC register. Inputs can be passed through a digital filter with three different sampling clocks. The INT0 pin is shared with the pulse output forced cutoff of timer RD and shared with the external trigger input of timer RB. Figure 12.12 shows the INTEN Register. Figure 12.13 shows the INTF Register.
External Input Enable Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol INTEN Bit Symbol INT0EN INT0PL INT1EN INT1PL INT2EN INT2PL INT3EN INT3PL
Address 00F9h Bit Name _____ INT0 input enable bit INT0 input polarity select bit(1,2)
_____ _____
After Reset 00h Function 0 : Disable 1 : Enable 0 : One edge 1 : Both edges 0 : Disable 1 : Enable 0 : One edge 1 : Both edges 0 : Disable 1 : Enable 0 : One edge 1 : Both edges 0 : Disable 1 : Enable 0 : One edge 1 : Both edges
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
INT1 input enable bit INT1 input polarity select bit(1,2)
_____ _____
INT2 input enable bit INT2 input polarity select bit(1,2)
_____ _____
INT3 input enable bit INT3 input polarity select bit(1,2)
_____
NOTES: 1. When setting the INTiPL bit (i = 0 to 3) to 1 (both edges), set the POL bit in the INTiIC register to 0 (selects falling edge). 2. The IR bit in the INTiIC register may be set to 1 (requests interrupt) w hen the INTiPL bit is rew ritten. Refer to 12.7.4 Changing Interrupt Sources.
Figure 12.12
INTEN Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 110 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
_____
INT Input Filter Select Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol INTF Bit Symbol
_____
Address 00FAh Bit Name INT0 input filter select bits
b1 b0
After Reset 00h Function 0 0 : No filter 0 1 : Filter w ith f1 sampling 1 0 : Filter w ith f8 sampling 1 1 : Filter w ith f32 sampling
RW RW
INT0F0
INT0F1
_____
RW
INT1F0
INT1 input filter select bits
b3 b2
INT1F1
_____
0 0 : No filter 0 1 : Filter w ith f1 sampling 1 0 : Filter w ith f8 sampling 1 1 : Filter w ith f32 sampling
RW
RW
INT2F0
INT2 input filter select bits
b5 b4
INT2F1
_____
0 0 : No filter 0 1 : Filter w ith f1 sampling 1 0 : Filter w ith f8 sampling 1 1 : Filter w ith f32 sampling
RW
RW
INT3F0
INT3 input filter select bits
b7 b6
INT3F1
0 0 : No filter 0 1 : Filter w ith f1 sampling 1 0 : Filter w ith f8 sampling 1 1 : Filter w ith f32 sampling
RW
RW
Figure 12.13
INTF Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 111 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
12.2.2
INTi Input Filter (i = 0 to 3)
The INTi input contains a digital filter. The sampling clock is selected by the INTiF1 to INTiF0 bits in the INTF register. The IR bit in the INTiIC register is set to 1 (interrupt requested) when the INTi level is sampled for every sampling clock and the sampled input level matches three times. Figure 12.14 shows the Configuration of INTi Input Filter. Figure 12.15 shows Operating Example of INTi Input Filter.
INTiF1 to INTiF0
f1 f8 f32
= 01b = 10b = 11b Sampling clock INTiEN
Other than INTiF1 to INTiF0 = 00b
INTi Port direction register(1)
Digital filter (input level matches 3x)
INTi interrupt
INTiPL = 0
=00b
i = 0 to 3 INTiF0, INTiF1: Bits in INTF register INTiEN, INTiPL: Bits in INTEN register NOTE: 1. INT0: Port P4_5 direction register INT1: Port P1_5 direction register when using P1_5 pin P1_7 direction register when using P1_7 pin INT2: Port P6_6 direction register INT3: Port P6_7 direction register
Both Edges Detection INTiPL = 1 Circuit
Figure 12.14
Configuration of INTi Input Filter
INTi input Sampling timing
IR bit in INTiIC register
Set to 0 in program NOTE: 1. This is an operation example when the INTiF1 to INTiF0 bits in the INTiF register is set to 01b, 10b, or 11b (passing digital filter). i = 0 to 3
Figure 12.15
Operating Example of INTi Input Filter
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 112 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
12.3
Key Input Interrupt
A key input interrupt request is generated by one of the input edges of the K10 to K13 pins. The key input interrupt can be used as a key-on wake-up function to exit wait or stop mode. The KIiEN (i = 0 to 3) bit in the KIEN register can select whether the pins are used as KIi input. The KIiPL bit in the KIEN register can select the input polarity. When inputting "L" to the KIi pin which sets the KIiPL bit to 0 (falling edge), the input of the other K10 to K13 pins are not detected as interrupts. Also, when inputting "H" to the KIi pin which sets the KIiPL bit to 1 (rising edge), the input of the other K10 to K13 pins are not detected as interrupts. Figure 12.16 shows a Block Diagram of Key Input Interrupt.
PU02 bit in PUR0 register Pull-up transistor KUPIC register PD1_3 bit in PD1 register KI3EN bit PD1_3 bit KI3PL = 0 KI3 KI3PL = 1 Pull-up transistor KI2 KI2PL = 1 Pull-up transistor KI1 KI1PL = 1 Pull-up transistor KI0 KI0PL = 1 KI0EN bit PD1_0 bit KI0PL = 0 KI0EN, KI1EN, KI2EN, KI3EN, KI0PL, KI1PL, KI2PL, KI3PL: Bits in KIEN register PD1_0, PD1_1, PD1_2, PD1_3: Bits in PD1 register KI1EN bit PD1_1 bit KI1PL = 0 KI2EN bit PD1_2 bit KI2PL = 0 Interrupt control circuit Key input interrupt request
Figure 12.16
Block Diagram of Key Input Interrupt
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 113 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
Key Input Enable Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol KIEN Bit Symbol KI0EN KI0PL KI1EN KI1PL KI2EN KI2PL KI3EN KI3PL
Address 00FBh Bit Name KI0 input enable bit KI0 input polarity select bit KI1 input enable bit KI1 input polarity select bit KI2 input enable bit KI2 input polarity select bit KI3 input enable bit KI3 input polarity select bit
After Reset 00h Function 0 : Disable 1 : Enable 0 : Falling edge 1 : Rising edge 0 : Disable 1 : Enable 0 : Falling edge 1 : Rising edge 0 : Disable 1 : Enable 0 : Falling edge 1 : Rising edge 0 : Disable 1 : Enable 0 : Falling edge 1 : Rising edge
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
NOTE: 1. The IR bit in the KUPIC register may be set to 1 (requests interrupt) w hen the KIEN register is rew ritten. Refer to 12.7.4 Changing Interrupt Sources.
Figure 12.17
KIEN Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 114 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
12.4
CAN0 Wake-Up Interrupt
A CAN0 wake-up interrupt request is generated by a falling edge of the CRX pin. The CAN0 wake-up interrupt is enabled when the PortEn bit is 1 (CTX/CRX function) and Sleep bit is 1 (Sleep mode enabled) in the C0CTLR register. Figure 12.18 shows the Block Diagram of CAN0 Wake-Up Interrupt.
C01WKIC register Sleep bit in C0CTLR register PortEn bit in C0CTLR register CRX Interrupt control circuit CAN0 wake-up interrupt request
Figure 12.18
Block Diagram of CAN0 Wake-Up Interrupt
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 115 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
12.5
Address Match Interrupt
An address match interrupt request is generated immediately before executing the instruction at the address indicated by the RMADi register (i = 0 or 1). This interrupt is used for a break function of the debugger. When using the on-chip debugger, do not set an address match interrupt (the AIER, RMAD0 to RMAD1 registers, and relocatable vector tables) in a user system. Set the starting address of any instruction in the RMADi register. The AIER0 and AIER1 bits in the AIER0 register can select to enable or disable the interrupt. The I flag and IPL do not affect the address match interrupt. The value of the PC (refer to 12.1.6.7 Saving a Register for the value of the PC) which is saved to the stack when an address match interrupt is acknowledged varies depending on the instruction at the address indicated by the RMADi register (the appropriate return address is not pushed on the stack). When returning from the address match interrupt, return by one of the following: * Change the content of the stack and use the REIT instruction. * Use an instruction such as POP to restore the stack as it was before an interrupt request was acknowledged. And then use a jump instruction. Table 12.6 lists the Value of PC Saved to Stack when Address Match Interrupt is Acknowledged. Figure 12.19 shows the Registers AIER and RMAD0 to RMAD1. Table 12.6 Value of PC Saved to Stack when Address Match Interrupt is Acknowledged Address Indicated by RMADi Register (i = 0 or 1) * Instruction with 2-byte operation code(2) * Instruction with 1-byte operation code(2) ADD.B:S #IMM8,dest SUB.B:S #IMM8,dest AND.B:S OR.B:S #IMM8,dest MOV.B:S #IMM8,dest STZ STNZ #IMM8,dest STZX #IMM81,#IMM82,dest CMP.B:S #IMM8,dest PUSHM src POPM JMPS #IMM8 JSRS #IMM8 MOV.B:S #IMM,dest (However, dest = A0 or A1) Instructions other than the above PC Value Saved(1) Address indicated by RMADi register + 2 #IMM8,dest #IMM8,dest dest
Address indicated by RMADi register + 1
NOTES: 1. Refer to the 12.1.6.7 Saving a Register for the PC value saved. 2. Operation code: Refer to the R8C/Tiny Series Software Manual (REJ09B0001). Chapter 4. Instruction Code/Number of Cycles contains diagrams showing operation code below each syntax. Operation code is shown in the bold frame in the diagrams. Table 12.7 Correspondence Between Address Match Interrupt Sources and Associated Registers
Address Match Interrupt Source Address Match Interrupt Enable Bit Address Match Interrupt Register Address Match Interrupt 0 AIER0 RMAD0 Address Match Interrupt 1 AIER1 RMAD1
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 116 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
Address Match Interrupt Enable Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol AIER Bit Symbol AIER0 AIER1 -- (b7-b2)
Address 0013h Bit Name Address match interrupt 0 enable bit 0 : Disable 1 : Enable Address match interrupt 1 enable bit 0 : Disable 1 : Enable Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0.
After Reset 00h Function
RW RW RW --
Address Match Interrupt Register i (i = 0 or 1)
(b23) b7 (b19) b3 (b16) (b15) b0 b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
Symbol Address 0012h-0010h RMAD0 0016h-0014h RMAD1 Function Address setting register for address match interrupt -- Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. (b7-b4) When read, the content is 0.
After Reset 000000h 000000h Setting Range 00000h to FFFFFh
RW RW --
Figure 12.19
Registers AIER and RMAD0 to RMAD1
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 117 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
12.6
Timer RD Interrupt, Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select Interrupts and I2C bus Interface Interrupts (Interrupts with Multiple Interrupt Request Sources)
Timer RD (channel 0), timer RD (channel 1), clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select and I2C bus interface have several interrupt request sources and an interrupt request is generated by the logical OR of several interrupt request sources and the logical OR is reflected in the IR bit in the interrupt control register. Therefore, these peripheral functions which have the status register of its own interrupt request sources (status register) and the enable register of the interrupt request sources (enable register) control the generations of the interrupt request (change of the IR bit in the interrupt control register). Table 12.8 lists the Registers Associated with Timer RD Interrupt, Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select Interrupt, and I2C bus Interface Interrupt and Figure 12.20 shows the Block Diagram of Timer RD Interrupt. Table 12.8 Registers Associated with Timer RD Interrupt, Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select Interrupt, and I2C bus Interface Interrupt Status Register of Interrupt Request Source TRDSR0 TRDSR1 SSSR Enable Register of Interrupt Control Interrupt Request Source Register TRDIER0 TRD0IC TRDIER1 TRD1IC SSER SSUIC
Channel 0 Channel 1 Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select I2C Bus Interface
Timer RD
ICSR
ICIER
IICIC
Channel i
IMFA bit IMIEA bit IMFB bit IMIEB bit IMFC bit IMIEC bit IMFD bit IMIED bit UDF bit OVF bit OVIE bit Timer RD (channel i) Interrupt request (IR bit in TRDiIC register)
i = 0 or 1 IMFA, IMFB, IMFC, IMFD, OVF, UDF: Bits in TRDSRi register IMIEA, IMIEB, IMIEC, IMIED, OVIE: Bits in TRDIER register
Figure 12.20
Block Diagram of Timer RD Interrupt
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 118 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
Controlling an interrupt with the I flag, IR bit, ILVL0 to ILVL2 bits and IPL by Timer RD (channel 0), Timer RD (channel 1), clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select and I2C bus interface is the same as that by other maskable interrupts. However, since an interrupt source is generated based on multiple interrupt request sources, there are the following differences from other maskable interrupts: * When bits in the enable register corresponding to set bits in the status register to 1 are set to 1 (enable interrupt), the IR bit in the interrupt control register is set to 1 (interrupt requested). * When either bits in the status register or bits in the enable register corresponding to bits in the status register, or both of them are set to 0, the IR bit is set to 0 (interrupt not requested). Basically, even though the interrupt is not acknowledged after the IR bit is set to 1, the interrupt request will not be maintained. Also, the IR bit is not set to 0 although 0 is written to the IR bit. * Since each bit in the status register is not automatically set to 0 even if the interrupt is acknowledged. Therefore, the IR bit is not also automatically set to 0 when the interrupt is acknowledged. Set each bit in the status register to 0 in the interrupt routine. Refer to the status register figure how to set each bit in the status register to 0. * When multiple bits in the enable register are set to 1 and other request sources are generated after the IR bit is set to 1, the IR bit remains 1. * When multiple bits in the enable register are set to 1, determine by the status register which request source causes an interrupt. Refer to chapters of each peripheral function (14.3 Timer RD, 16.2 Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU) and 16.3 I2C Bus Interface) for the status register and enable register. Refer to 12.1.6 Interrupt Control for the interrupt control register.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 119 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
12.7 12.7.1
Notes on Interrupts Reading Address 00000h
Do not read the address 00000h by a program. When a maskable interrupt request is acknowledged, the CPU reads interrupt information (interrupt number and interrupt request level) from 00000h in the interrupt sequence. At this time, the acknowledged interrupt IR bit is set to 0. If the address 00000h is read in a program, the IR bit for the interrupt which has the highest priority among the enabled interrupts is set to 0. This may cause a problem that the interrupt is canceled, or an unexpected interrupt is generated.
12.7.2
SP Setting
Set any value in the SP before an interrupt is acknowledged. The SP is set to 0000h after reset. Therefore, if an interrupt is acknowledged before setting any value in the SP, the program may run out of control.
12.7.3
External Interrupt and Key Input Interrupt
Either an "L" level or an "H" level of width shown in the Electrical Characteristics is necessary for the signal input to the INT0 to INT3 pins and KI0 to KI3 pins regardless of the CPU clocks. For details, refer to Table 21.19 External Interrupt INTi (i = 0 to 3) Input, Table 21.25 External Interrupt INTi (i = 0 to 3) Input.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 120 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
12.7.4
Changing Interrupt Sources
The IR bit in the interrupt control register may be set to 1 (interrupt requested) when the interrupt source changes. When using an interrupt, set the IR bit to 0 (no interrupt requested) after changing the interrupt source. In addition, the changes of interrupt sources include all sources that change the interrupt sources assigned to individual software interrupt numbers, polarities, and timing. Therefore, when a mode change of the peripheral functions involves interrupt sources, edge polarities, and timing, Set the IR bit to 0 (no interrupt requested) after the change. Refer to each peripheral function for the interrupts caused by the peripheral functions. Figure 12.21 shows an Example of Procedure for Changing Interrupt Sources.
Interrupt source change
Disable interrupts(2, 3)
Change interrupt source (including mode of peripheral function)
Set the IR bit to 0 (interrupt not requested) using the MOV instruction(3)
Enable interrupts (2, 3)
Change completed
IR bit:
The interrupt control register bit of an interrupt whose source is changed.
NOTES: 1. Execute the above settings individually. Do not execute two or more settings at once (by one instruction). 2. To prevent interrupt requests from being generated, disable the peripheral function before changing the interrupt source. In this case, use the I flag if all maskable interrupts can be disabled. If all maskable interrupts cannot be disabled, use bits ILVL0 to ILVL2 of the interrupt whose source is changed. 3. Refer to 12.6.5 Changing Interrupt Control Register Contents for the instructions to be used and usage notes.
Figure 12.21
Example of Procedure for Changing Interrupt Sources
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 121 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
12. Interrupts
12.7.5
Changing Interrupt Control Register Contents
(a) Each interrupt control register can only be changed while interrupt requests corresponding to that register are not generated. If interrupt requests may be generated, disable the interrupts before changing the interrupt control register. (b) When changing any interrupt control register after disabling interrupts, be careful with the instructions to be used. When changing any bit other than IR bit If an interrupt request corresponding to that register is generated while executing the instruction, the IR bit may not be set to 1 (interrupt requested), and the interrupt request may be ignored. If this causes a problem, use the following instructions to change the register. Instructions to use: AND, OR, BCLR, BSET When changing IR bit If the IR bit is set to 0 (interrupt not requested), it may not be set to 0 depending on the instruction to be used. Therefore, use the MOV instruction to set the IR bit to 0. (c) When disabling interrupts using the I flag, set the I flag according to the following sample programs. Refer to (b) for the change of interrupt control registers in the sample programs.
Sample programs 1 to 3 are preventing the I flag from being set to 1 (interrupt enables) before changing the interrupt control register for reasons of the internal bus or the instruction queue buffer. Example 1: Use NOP instructions to prevent I flag being set to 1 before interrupt control register is changed INT_SWITCH1: FCLR I ; Disable interrupts AND.B #00H,0056H ; Set TRAIC register to 00h NOP ; NOP FSET I ; Enable interrupts Example 2: Use dummy read to have FSET instruction wait INT_SWITCH2: FCLR I ; Disable interrupts AND.B #00H,0056H ; Set TRAIC register to 00h MOV.W MEM,R0 ; Dummy read FSET I ; Enable interrupts Example 3: Use POPC instruction to change I flag INT_SWITCH3: PUSHC FLG FCLR I ; Disable interrupts AND.B #00H,0056H ; Set TRAIC register to 00h POPC FLG ; Enable interrupts
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 122 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
13. Watchdog Timer
13. Watchdog Timer
The watchdog timer is a function to detect when the program is out of control. To use the watchdog timer is recommend for improving reliability of a system. The watchdog timer contains a 15-bit counter and can select count source protection mode is enabled or disabled. Table 13.1 lists the Count Source Protection Mode Refer to 5.5 Watchdog Timer Reset for details of the watchdog timer reset. Figure 13.1 shows the Block Diagram of Watchdog Timer, Figure 13.2 shows Registers OFS and WDC and Figure 13.3 shows Registers WDTR, WDTS, and CSPR. Table 13.1 Count Source Protection Mode Item Count Source Count Operation Count Start Condition Count Source Protection Mode Disabled CPU clock Count Source Protection Mode Enabled Low-speed on-chip oscillator clock
Count Stop Condition Reset Condition of Watchdog Timer Operation at the Time of Underflow
Decrement Either of following can be selected * After reset, count starts automatically * Count starts by writing to WDTS register Stop mode, wait mode None * Reset * Write 00h to the WDTR register before writing FFh * Underflow Watchdog timer interrupt or Watchdog timer reset watchdog timer reset
Prescaler
1/16 CPU clock 1/128
WDC7 = 0 CSPRO = 0 PM12 = 0 Watchdog timer interrupt request
WDC7 = 1
Watchdog timer
PM12 = 1 Watchdog timer reset
fOCO-S
CSPRO = 1 Set to 7FFFh(1)
Write to WDTR register Internal reset signal ("L" active)
CSPRO: Bit in CSPR register WDC7: Bit in WDC register PM12: Bit in PM1 register
NOTE: 1. When the CSPRO bit is set to 1 (count source protection mode enabled), 0FFFh is set.
Figure 13.1
Block Diagram of Watchdog Timer
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 123 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
13. Watchdog Timer
Option Function Select Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
11
1
Symbol OFS Bit Symbol WDTON -- (b1) ROMCR ROMCP1 -- (b5-b4) LVD1ON
Address 0FFFFh Bit Name Watchdog timer start select bit Reserved bit ROM code protect disabled bit ROM code protect bit Reserved bits
Before Shipment FFh(3) Function 0 : Starts w atchdog timer automatically after reset 1 : Watchdog timer is inactive after reset Set to 1 0 : ROM code protect disabled 1 : ROMCP1 enabled 0 : ROM code protect enabled 1 : ROM code protect disabled Set to 1
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
Voltage detection circuit 0 : Voltage monitor 1 reset enabled after reset start bit(2) 1 : Voltage monitor 1 reset disabled after reset 0 : Count source protect mode enabled after reset 1 : Count source protect mode disabled after reset
Count source protect CSPROINI mode after reset select bit
RW
NOTES: 1. The OFS register is on the flash memory. Write to the OFS register w ith a program. After w riting is completed, do not w rite additions to the OFS register. 2. To use the pow er-on reset, set the LVD1ON bit to 0 (voltage monitor 1 reset enabled after reset). 3. If the block including the OFS register is erased, FFh is set to the OFS register.
Watchdog Timer Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00
Symbol Address 000Fh WDC Bit Symbol Bit Name High-order bits of w atchdog timer -- (b4-b0) -- (b5) -- (b6) WDC7 Reserved bits Reserved bits Prescaler select bit
After Reset 00X11111b Function
RW RO RW RW RW
Set to 0. When read, the content is undefined. Set to 0 0 : Divide-by-16 1 : Divide-by-128
Figure 13.2
Registers OFS and WDC
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 124 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
13. Watchdog Timer
Watchdog Timer Reset Register
b7 b0
Symbol WDTR
Address 000Dh
After Reset Indeterminate RW WO
Function When w riting 00h before w riting FFh, the w atchdog timer is reset.(1) The default value of the w atchdog timer is set to 7FFFh w hen count source protection mode is disabled and 0FFFh w hen count source protection mode is enabled.(2) NOTES: 1. Do not generate an interrupt betw een 00h and the FFh w ritings. 2. When the CSPRO bit in the CSPR register is set to 1 (count source protection mode enabled), 0FFFh is set to the w atchdog timer.
Watchdog Timer Start Register
b7 b0
Symbol WDTS
Address 000Eh
After Reset Indeterminate RW WO
Function The w atchdog timer starts counting after a w rite instruction to this register.
Count Source Protection Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0000000
Symbol Address 001Ch CSPR Bit Symbol Bit Name Reserved bits -- (b6-b0) CSPRO
After Reset(1) 00h Function Set to 0
RW RW RW
Count source protection mode 0 : Count source protection mode disabled select bit(2) 1 : Count source protection mode enabled
NOTES: 1. When w riting 0 to the CSPROINI bit in the OFS register, the value after reset is set to 10000000b. 2. Write 0 before w riting 1 to set the CSPRO bit to 1. 0 cannot be set by a program.
Figure 13.3
Registers WDTR, WDTS, and CSPR
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 125 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
13. Watchdog Timer
13.1
Count Source Protection Mode Disabled
The count source of the watchdog timer is the CPU clock when count source protection mode is disabled. Table 13.2 lists the Watchdog Timer Specifications (with Count Source Protection Mode Disabled). Table 13.2 Watchdog Timer Specifications (with Count Source Protection Mode Disabled) Item Count Source Count Operation Period CPU clock Decrement Division ratio of prescaler(n) x count value of watchdog timer(32768)(1) CPU clock n: 16 or 128 (selected by WDC7 bit in WDC register) e.g.When the CPU clock is 16 MHz and prescaler is divided by 16, the period is approximately 32.8 ms The WDTON bit(2) in the OFS register (0FFFFh) selects the operation of watchdog timer after reset * When the WDTON bit is set to 1 (watchdog timer is in stop state after reset) The watchdog timer and prescaler stop after reset and the count starts by writing to the WDTS register * When the WDTON bit is set to 0 (watchdog timer starts automatically after exiting) The watchdog timer and prescaler start counting automatically after reset * Reset * Write 00h to the WDTR register before writing FFh * Underflow Stop and wait modes (inherit the count from the held value after exiting modes) * When the PM12 bit in the PM1 register is set to 0 Watchdog timer interrupt * When the PM12 bit in the PM1 register is set to 1 Watchdog timer reset (refer to 5.5 Watchdog Timer Reset) Specification
Count Start Condition
Reset Condition of Watchdog Timer Count Stop Condition Operation at the Time of Underflow
NOTES: 1. The watchdog timer is reset when writing 00h to the WDTR register before writing FFh. The prescaler is reset after the MCU is reset. Some errors occur by the prescaler for the period of the watchdog timer. 2. The WDTON bit cannot be changed by a program. When setting the WDTON bit, write 0 to the bit 0 of the address 0FFFFh using a flash programmer.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 126 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
13. Watchdog Timer
13.2
Count Source Protection Mode Enabled
The count source of the watchdog timer is the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock when count source protection mode is enabled. If the CPU clock stops when the program is out of control, the clock can be supplied to the watchdog timer. Table 13.3 lists the Watchdog Timer Specifications (with Count Source Protection Mode Enabled). Table 13.3 Watchdog Timer Specifications (with Count Source Protection Mode Enabled) Item Count Source Count Operation Period Specification Low-speed on-chip oscillator clock Decrement Count value of watchdog timer (4096) Low-speed on-chip oscillator clock e.g. Period is approximately 32.8 ms when the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock is 125 kHz The WDTON bit(1) in the OFS register (0FFFFh) selects the operation of the watchdog timer after reset. * When the WDTON bit is set to 1 (watchdog timer is in stop state after reset) The watchdog timer and prescaler stop after reset and the count starts by writing to the WDTS register * When the WDTON bit is set to 0 (watchdog timer starts automatically after reset) The watchdog timer and prescaler start counting automatically after reset * Reset * Write 00h to the WDTR register before writing FFh * Underflow None (the count does not stop in wait mode after the count starts. The MCU does not enter stop mode) Watchdog timer reset (refer to 5.5 Watchdog Timer Reset) * When setting the CSPPRO bit in the CSPR register to 1 (count source protection mode is enabled)(2), the following are set automatically - Set 0FFFh to the watchdog timer - Set the CM14 bit in the CM1 register to 0 (low-speed on-chip oscillator on) - Set the PM12 bit in the PM1 register to 1 (The watchdog timer is reset when watchdog timer underflows) * The following states are held in count source protection mode - Writing to the CM10 bit in the CM1 register disables (It remains unchanged even if it is set to 1. The MCU does not enter stop mode) - Writing to the CM14 bit in the CM1 register disables (It remains unchanged even if it is set to 1. The low-speed on-chip oscillator does not stop)
Count Start Condition
Reset Condition of Watchdog Timer Count Stop Condition Operation at the Time of Underflow Register, Bit
NOTES: 1. The WDTON bit cannot be changed by a program. When setting the WDTON bit, write 0 to the bit 0 of the address 0FFFFh using a flash programmer. 2. Even if writing 0 to the CSPROINI bit in the OFS register, the CSPRO bit is set to 1. The CSPROINI bit cannot be changed by a program. When setting the CSPROINI bit, write 0 to the bit 7 of the address 0FFFFh using a flash programmer. Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200 Page 127 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14. Timers
The MCU contains two 8-bit timers with 8-bit prescaler, two 16-bit timers, and a timer with a 4-bit counter, and an 8bit counter. The two 8-bit timers with the 8-bit prescaler contain timer RA and timer RB. These timers contain a reload register to memorize the default value of the counter. The 16-bit timer is timer RD which contains the input capture and output compare. The 4 and 8-bit counters are timer RE which contains the output compare. All these timers operate independently. Table 14.1 lists Functional Comparison of Timers.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 128 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Table 14.1
Configuration
Functional Comparison of Timers
Item Timer RA 8-bit timer with 8-bit prescaler (with reload register) Decrement * f1 * f2 * f8 * fOCO Timer RB 8-bit timer with 8-bit prescaler (with reload register) Decrement * f1 * f2 * f8 * Timer RA underflow Timer RD 16-bit free-run timer X 2 (with input capture and output compare) Increment / Decrement * f1 * f2 * f4 * f8 * f32 * fOCO40M * TRDIOA0 provided (input capture function, output compare function) not provided not provided not provided not provided not provided Timer RE 4-bit counter 8-bit counter
Count Count Sources
Increment * f4 * f8 * f32
Function Timer mode
provided
provided
not provided
Pulse output mode Event counter mode Pulse width measurement mode Pulse period measurement mode Programmable waveform generation mode Programmable oneshot generation mode Programmable wait one-shot generation mode Input capture mode Output compare mode PWM mode Reset synchronized PWM mode Complementary PWM mode PWM3 mode Input Pin
provided provided provided provided not provided
not provided not provided not provided not provided provided
not provided not provided not provided not provided not provided
not provided
provided
not provided
not provided
not provided
provided
not provided
not provided
not provided not provided not provided not provided not provided not provided TRAIO
not provided not provided not provided not provided not provided not provided INT0
provided provided provided provided provided provided INT0, TRDCLK TRDIOA0, TRDIOA1, TRDIOB0, TRDIOB1, TRDIOC0, TRDIOC1, TRDIOD0, TRDIOD1 TRDIOA0, TRDIOA1, TRDIOB0, TRDIOB1, TRDIOC0, TRDIOC1, TRDIOD0, TRDIOD1 Compare match / input capture A0 to D0 int Compare match / input capture A1 to D1 int Overflow int Underflow int(1) INT0 int provided
not provided provided not provided not provided not provided not provided -
Output Pin
TRAO TRAIO
TRBO
TREO
Related Interrupt
Timer RA int INT1 int
Timer RB int INT0 int
Timer RE int
Timer Stop
provided
provided
provided
NOTE: 1. The underflow interrupt can be set to channel 1.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 129 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.1
Timer RA
Timer RA is an 8-bit timer with an 8-bit prescaler. The prescaler and timer consist of the reload register and counter. The reload register and counter are allocated at the same address. When accessing the TRAPRE and TRA registers, the reload register and counter can be accessed (refer to Table 14.2 to 14.6 the Specification of Each Modes). The count source for timer RA is the operating clock that regulates the timing of timer operations such as counting and reloading. Figure 14.1 shows the Block Diagram of Timer RA. Figures 14.2 to 14.4 show the registers associated with Timer RA. Timer RA contains five operation modes listed as follows: * Timer mode: The timer counts an internal count source. * Pulse output mode: The timer counts an internal count source and outputs the pulses which invert the polarity by underflow of the timer. * Event counter mode: The timer counts external pulses. * Pulse width measurement mode: The timer measures the pulse width of an external pulse. * Pulse period measurement mode: The timer measures the pulse period of an external pulse.
Peripheral data bus
TCK2 to TCK0 bit f1 = 001b f8 = 010b fOCO = 011b f2
= 000b
TMOD2 to TMOD0 = Except 010b
TCKCUT TCSTF bit bit
Reload register
Reload register Underflow signal
TIPF1 to TIPF0 bit f1 = 10b f8 = 11b f32
= 00b
TMOD2 to TMOD0 = 010b
Counter TRAPRE register (Prescaler)
Counter TRA register (Timer) Timer RA interrupt
INT1/TRAIO (P1-7) pin INT1/TRAIO (P1-5) pin
TIPF1 to TIPF0 bit TIOSEL = 0 = Except 00b
TMOD2 to TMOD0 = 011b or 100b Digital filter Polarity switching Count control circle Measurement completion signal
TIOSEL = 1
= 00b
TMOD2 to TMOD0 = 001b TEDGSEL = 1 TOPCR bit Q
Toggle flip-flop CK
TOENA bit TRAO pin
Q TEDGSEL = 0
CLR
Write to TRAMR register Write to TSTOP bit 1 TCSTF, TSTOP: TRACR register TEDGSEL, TOPCR, TOENA, TIOSEL, TIPF1, TIPF0: TRAIOC register TMOD2 to TMOD0, TCK2 to TCK0, TCKCUT: TRAMR register
Figure 14.1
Block Diagram of Timer RA
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 130 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RA Control Register(4)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRACR Bit Symbol TSTART TCSTF TSTOP -- (b3) TEDGF
Address 0100h Bit Name Timer RA count start bit(1)
After Reset 00h Function 0 : Stops counting 1 : Starts counting
RW RW RO RW --
Timer RA count status flag(1) 0 : Stops counting 1 : Counting Timer RA count forcible stop When this bit is set to 1, the count is forcibly bit(2) stopped. When read, the content is 0. Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0. Active edge reception flag(3,5) 0 : Active edge not received 1 : Active edge received (end of measurement period)
RW
TUNDF -- (b7-b6)
Timer RA underflow flag(3,5) 0 : No underflow 1 : Underflow Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0.
RW --
NOTES: 1. Refer to 14.1.6 Notes on Tim er RA. 2. When the TSTOP bit is set to 1, bits TSTART and TCSTF and registers TRAPRE and TRA are set to the values after a reset. 3. Bits TEDGF and TUNDF can be set to 0 by w riting 0 to these bits by a program. How ever, their value remains unchanged w hen 1 is w ritten. 4. In pulse w idth measurement mode and pulse period measurement mode, use the MOV instruction to set the TRACR register. If it is necessary to avoid changing the values of bits TEDGF and TUNDF, w rite 1 to them. 5. Set to 0 in timer mode, pulse output mode, and event counter mode.
Timer RA I/O Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRAIOC Bit Symbol TEDGSEL TOPCR TOENA TIOSEL TIPF0 TIPF1 -- (b7-b6)
Address After Reset 0101h 00h Bit Name Function TRAIO polarity sw itch bit Function varies depending on operation mode TRAIO output control bit TRAO output enable bit _____ INT1/TRAIO select bit TRAIO input filter select bits Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0.
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW --
Figure 14.2
Registers TRACR and TRAIOC
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 131 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RA Mode Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRAMR Bit Symbol TMOD0
Address 0102h Bit Name Timer RA operation mode select bits
After Reset 00h Function
b2 b1 b0
RW RW
TMOD1
TMOD2 -- (b3) TCK0
0 0 0 : Timer mode 0 0 1 : Pulse output mode 0 1 0 : Event counter mode 0 1 1 : Pulse w idth measurement mode 1 0 0 : Pulse period measurement mode 101: 110: Do not set 111:
RW
RW
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0. Timer RA count source select bits
b6 b5 b4
--
TCK1
TCK2 Timer RA count source cutoff bit
0 0 0 : f1 0 0 1 : f8 0 1 0 : fOCO 0 1 1 : f2 100: 1 0 1 : Do not set 110: 111: 0 : Provides count source 1 : Cuts off count source
RW
RW
RW
TCKCUT
RW
NOTE: 1. When both the TSTART and TCSTF bits in the TRACR register are set to 0 (count stops), rew rite this register.
Timer RA Prescaler Register
b7 b0
Symbol TRAPRE Mode Timer Mode Pulse Output Mode Event Counter Mode Pulse Width Measurement Mode Pulse Period Measurement Mode
Counts Counts Counts Counts
Address 0103h Function an internal count source an internal count source an external count source an internal count source
After Reset FFh(1) Setting Range 00h to FFh 00h to FFh 00h to FFh 00h to FFh 00h to FFh
RW RW RW RW RW RW
Counts an internal count source
NOTE: 1. When the TSTOP bit in the TRACR register is set to 1, the TRA register is set to FFh.
Figure 14.3
Registers TRAMR and TRAPRE
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 132 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RA Register
b7 b0
Symbol TRA Mode All Modes
Address 0104h Function Counts of an underflow of the TRAPRE register
After Reset FFh(1) Setting Range 00h to FFh
RW RW
NOTE: 1. When the TSTOP bit in the TRACR register is set to 1, the TRA register is set to FFh.
Figure 14.4
TRA Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 133 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.1.1
Timer Mode
In this mode, the timer counts an internally generated count source (see Table 14.2 Timer Mode Specifications). Figure 14.5 shows the TRAIOC Register in Timer Mode. Table 14.2 Timer Mode Specifications
Item Count Sources Count Operations
Specification f1, f2, f8, fOCO * Decrement * When the timer underflows, the contents in the reload register is reloaded and the count is inherited Divide Ratio 1/(n+1)(m+1) n: setting value of TRAPRE register, m: setting value of TRA register Count Start Condition Write 1 (count starts) to the TSTART bit in the TRACR register Count Stop Conditions * Write 0 (count stops) to the TSTART bit in the TRACR register * Write 1 (count forcibly stops) to the TSTOP bit in the TRACR register Interrupt Request When Timer RA underflows [Timer RA interrupt] Generation Timing Programmable I/O port or INT1 interrupt input Programmable I/O port The count value can be read by reading the TRA and TRAPRE registers * When registers TRAPRE and TRA are written while the count is stopped, values are written to both the reload register and counter. * When registers TRAPRE and TRA are written during the count, values are written to the reload register and counter (refer to 14.1.1.1 Timer Write Control during Count Operation).
INT1/TRAIO Pin Function TRAO Pin Function Read from Timer Write to Timer
Timer RA I/O Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00
000
Symbol Address 0101h TRAIOC Bit Symbol Bit Name TEDGSEL TRAIO polarity sw itch bit TOPCR TRAIO output control bit TRAO output enable bit TOENA
_____
After Reset 00h Function Set to 0 in timer mode
_____
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW --
TIOSEL TIPF0 TIPF1 -- (b7-b6)
0 : INT1/TRAIO pin (P1_7) _____ 1 : INT1/TRAIO pin (P1_5) TRAIO input filter select bits Set to 0 in timer mode Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0.
INT1/TRAIO select bit
Figure 14.5
TRAIOC Register in Timer Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 134 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.1.1.1
Timer Write Control during Count Operation
Timer RA has a prescaler and a timer (which counts the prescaler underflows). The prescaler and timer each consist of a reload register and a counter. When writing to the prescaler or timer, values are written to both the reload register and counter. However, values are transferred from the reload register to the counter of the prescaler in synchronization with the count source. In addition, values are transferred from the reload register to the counter of the timer in synchronization with prescaler underflows. Therefore, if the prescaler or timer is written to when count operation is in progress, the counter value is not updated immediately after the WRITE instruction is executed. Figure 14.6 shows an Operating Example of Timer RA when Counter Value is Rewritten during Count Operation.
Set 01h to the TRAPRE register and 25h to the TRA register by a program.
Count source
After writing, the reload register is written to at the first count source. Reloads register of timer RA prescaler Previous value Reload at second count source Counter of timer RA prescaler 06h 05h 04h 01h 00h New value (01h) Reload at underflow 01h 00h 01h 00h 01h 00h
After writing, the reload register is written to at the first underflow. Reloads register of timer RA Previous value New value (25h) Reload at the second underflow Counter of timer RA 03h 02h 25h 24h
IR bit in TRAIC register
0 The IR bit remains unchanged until underflow is generated by a new value.
The above applies under the following conditions. Both bits TSTART and TCSTF in the TRACR register are set to 1 (During count).
Figure 14.6
Operating Example of Timer RA when Counter Value is Rewritten during Count Operation
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 135 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.1.2
Pulse Output Mode
Pulse output mode is mode to count the count source internally generated and outputs the pulse which inverts the polarity from the TRAIO pin each time the timer underflows (see Table 14.3 Pulse Output Mode Specifications). Figure 14.7 shows the TRAIOC Register in Pulse Output Mode. Table 14.3 Pulse Output Mode Specifications Specification f1, f2, f8, fOCO * Decrement * When the timer underflows, the contents in the reload register is reloaded and the count is inherited 1/(n+1)(m+1) n: setting value of TRAPRE register, m: setting value of TRA register Write 1 (count starts) to the TSTART bit in the TRACR register * Write 0 (count stops) to the TSTART bit in the TRACR register * Write 1 (count forcibly stops) to the TSTOP bit in the TRACR register When timer RA underflows [timer RA interrupt] Pulse output, programmable output port, or INT1 interrupt(1) Programmable I/O port or inverted output of TRAIO(1) The count value can be read by reading the TRA and TRAPRE registers * When registers TRAPRE and TRA are written while the count is stopped, values are written to both the reload register and counter. * When registers TRAPRE and TRA are written during the count, values are written to the reload register and counter (refer to 14.1.1.1 Timer Write Control during Count Operation). * TRAIO output polarity switch function The TEDGSEL bit in the TRAIOC register can select the polarity level when the pulse output starts(1) * Inverted pulse output function The pulse which inverts the polarity of the TRAIO output can be output from the TRAO pin (selected by the TOENA bit in the TRAIOC register) * Pulse output stop function The pulse output from the TRAIO pin can be stopped by the TOPCR bit. * INT1/TRAIO pin select function P1_7 or P1_5 is selected by the TIOSEL bit in the TRAIOC register.
Item Count Sources Count Operations
Divide Ratio Count Start Condition Count Stop Conditions Interrupt Request Generation Timing INT1/TRAIO Pin Function TRAO Pin Function Read from Timer Write to Timer
Select Functions
NOTE: 1. The level of output pulse turn into the level when the pulse output starts by writing the TRAMR register.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 136 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RA I/O Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00
Symbol TRAIOC Bit Symbol TEDGSEL TOPCR
Address 0101h Bit Name TRAIO polarity sw itch bit TRAIO output control bit TRAO output enable bit
After Reset 00h Function 0 : TRAIO output starts at "H" 1 : TRAIO output starts at "L" 0 : TRAIO output 1 : Port P1_7 or P1_5 0 : Port P3_0 1 : TRAO output (Inverted TRAIO output from P3_0)
_____
RW RW RW
TOENA
_____
RW
TIOSEL TIPF0 TIPF1 -- (b7-b6)
INT1/TRAIO select bit
0 : INT1/TRAIO pin (P1_7) _____ 1 : INT1/TRAIO pin (P1_5) TRAIO input filter select bits Set to 0 in pulse output mode Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0.
RW RW RW --
Figure 14.7
TRAIOC Register in Pulse Output Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 137 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.1.3
Event Counter Mode
Event counter mode is mode to count an external signal which inputs from the INT1/TRAIO pin (see Table 14.4 Event Counter Mode Specifications). Figure 14.8 shows the TRAIOC Register in Event Counter Mode. Table 14.4 Item Count Source Event Counter Mode Specifications
Specification External signal which is input to TRAIO pin (active edge is selectable by a program) Count Operations * Decrement * When the timer underflows, the contents in the reload register is reloaded and the count is inherited Divide Ratio 1/(n+1)(m+1) n: setting value of TRAPRE register, m: setting value of TRA register Count Start Condition Write 1 (count starts) to the TSTART bit in the TRACR register Count Stop * Write 0 (count stops) to the TSTART bit in the TRACR register * Write 1 (count forcibly stops) to the TSTOP bit in the TRACR register Conditions Interrupt Request When timer RA underflows [timer RA interrupt] Generation Timing INT1/TRAIO Pin Function TRAO Pin Function Read from Timer Write to Timer Count source input (INT1 interrupt input) Programmable I/O port(1) The count value can be read by reading the TRA and TRAPRE registers * When registers TRAPRE and TRA are written while the count is stopped, values are written to both the reload register and counter. * When registers TRAPRE and TRA are written during the count, values are written to the reload register and counter (refer to 14.1.1.1 Timer Write Control during Count Operation). * INT1 input polarity switch function The TEDGSEL bit in the TRAIOC register can select the active edge of the count source. * Count source input pin select function P1_7 or P1_5 is selected by the TIOSEL bit in the TRAIOC register. * Pulse output function The pulse which inverts the polarity can be output from the TRAO pin each time the timer underflows. (selected by the TOENA bit in the TRAIOC register)(1) * Digital filter function Bits TIPF0 and TIPF1 in the TRAIOC register enable or disable the digital filter and select the sampling frequency.
Select Functions
NOTE: 1. The level of output pulse turn into the level when the pulse output starts by writing the TRAMR register.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 138 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RA I/O Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol TRAIOC Bit Symbol
Address 0101h Bit Name TRAIO polarity sw itch bit
TEDGSEL
After Reset 00h Function 0 : Starts counting at rising edge of the TRAIO input or TRAIO starts output at "L" 1 : Starts counting at falling edge of the TRAIO input or TRAIO starts output at "H" Set to 0 in event counter mode 0 : Port P3_0 1 : TRAO output
_____
RW
RW
TOPCR TOENA TIOSEL
TRAIO output control bit TRAO output enable bit
_____
RW RW RW
INT1/TRAIO select bit TRAIO input filter select bits (1)
0 : INT1/TRAIO pin (P1_7) _____ 1 : INT1/TRAIO pin (P1_5)
b5 b4
TIPF0
TIPF1 -- (b7-b6)
0 0 : No filter 0 1 : Filter w ith f1 sampling 1 0 : Filter w ith f8 sampling 1 1 : Filter w ith f32 sampling
RW
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0.
--
NOTE: 1. When the same value from the TRAIO pin is sampled three times continuously, the input is determined.
Figure 14.8
TRAIOC Register in Event Counter Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 139 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.1.4
Pulse Width Measurement Mode
Pulse width measurement mode is mode to measure the pulse width of an external signal which inputs from the INT1/TRAIO pin (see Table 14.5 Pulse Width Measurement Mode Specifications). Figure 14.9 shows the TRAIOC Register in Pulse Width Measurement Mode and Figure 14.10 shows the Operating Example of Pulse Width Measurement Mode. Table 14.5 Pulse Width Measurement Mode Specifications Specification f1, f2, f8, fOCO * Decrement * Continuously counts the selected signal only when measurement pulse is "H" level, or conversely only "L" level. * When the timer underflows, the contents in the reload register is reloaded and the count is inherited Write 1 (count starts) to the TSTART bit in the TRACR register * Write 0 (count stops) to the TSTART bit in the TRACR register * Write 1 (count forcibly stops) to the TSTOP bit in the TRACR register * When timer RA underflows [timer RA interrupt] * Rising or falling of the TRAIO input (end of measurement period) [timer RA interrupt] Measurement pulse input (INT1 interrupt input) Programmable I/O port The count value can be read by reading the TRA and TRAPRE registers. * When registers TRAPRE and TRA are written while the count is stopped, values are written to both the reload register and counter. * When registers TRAPRE and TRA are written during the count, values are written to the reload register and counter (refer to 14.1.1.1 Timer Write Control during Count Operation). * Measurement level select The TEDGSEL bit in the TRAIOC register can select during "H" or "L" level * Measurement pulse input pin select function P1_7 or P1_5 is selected by the TIOSEL bit in the TRAIOC register. * Digital filter function Bits TIPF0 and TIPF1 in the TRAIOC register enable or disable the digital filter and select the sampling frequency.
Item Count Sources Count Operations
Count Start Condition Count Stop Conditions Interrupt Request Generation Timing INT1/TRAIO Pin Function TRAO Pin Function Read from Timer Write to Timer
Select Functions
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 140 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RA I/O Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00
Symbol TRAIOC Bit Symbol TEDGSEL TOPCR TOENA TIOSEL
Address 0101h Bit Name TRAIO polarity sw itch bit TRAIO output control bit TRAO output enable bit
After Reset 00h Function 0 : TRAIO input starts at "L" 1 : TRAIO input starts at "H" Set to 0 in pulse w idth measurement mode
_____
RW RW RW RW RW
_____
INT1/TRAIO select bit TRAIO input filter select bits (1)
0 : INT1/TRAIO pin (P1_7) _____ 1 : INT1/TRAIO pin (P1_5)
b5 b4
TIPF0
TIPF1 -- (b7-b6)
0 0 : No filter 0 1 : Filter w ith f1 sampling 1 0 : Filter w ith f8 sampling 1 1 : Filter w ith f32 sampling
RW
RW
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0.
--
NOTE: 1. When the same value from the TRAIO pin is sampled three times continuously, the input is determined.
Figure 14.9
TRAIOC Register in Pulse Width Measurement Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 141 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
n = high-level: the contents of TRA register, low-level: the contents of TRAPRE register FFFFh n
Content of counter (hex)
Count start
Underflow
Count stop
Count stop
0000h Set to 1 by program TSTART bit in TRACR register 1 0
Count start
Count start Period
Measurement pulse (TRAIO pin input)
1 0 Set to 0 when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by program
IR bit in TRAIC register
1 0 Set to 0 by program
TEDGF bit in TRACR register
1 0 Set to 0 by program
TUNDF bit in TRACR register
1 0
The above applies under the following conditions. * "H" level width of measured pulse is measured. (TEDGSEL = 1) * TRAPRE = FFh
Figure 14.10
Operating Example of Pulse Width Measurement Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 142 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.1.5
Pulse Period Measurement Mode
Pulse period measurement mode is mode to measure the pulse period of an external signal which inputs from the INT1/TRAIO pin (see Table 14.6 Pulse Period Measurement Mode Specifications). Figure 14.11 shows the TRAIOC Register in Pulse Period Measurement Mode and Figure 14.12 shows the Operating Example of Pulse Period Measurement Mode. Table 14.6 Pulse Period Measurement Mode Specifications Specification f1, f2, f8, fOCO * Decrement * After an active edge of measurement pulse is input, contents for the read-out buffer are retained at the first underflow of timer RA prescaler. Then timer RA reloads contents in the reload register at the second underflow of timer RA prescaler and continues counting. Write 1 (count start) to the TSTART bit in the TRACR register * Write 0 (count stop) to TSTART bit in the TRACR register * Write 1 (count forcibly stops) to the TSTOP bit in the TRACR register * When timer RA underflows or reloads [timer RA interrupt] * Rising or falling of the TRAIO input (end of measurement period) [timer RA interrupt] Measurement pulse input(1) (INT1 interrupt input) Programmable I/O port The count value can be read by reading the TRA and TRAPRE registers. * When registers TRAPRE and TRA are written while the count is stopped, values are written to both the reload register and counter. * When registers TRAPRE and TRA are written during the count, values are written to the reload register and counter (refer to 14.1.1.1 Timer Write Control during Count Operation). * Measurement level select The TEDGSEL bit in the TRAIOC register can select the measurement period of input pulse. * Measurement pulse input pin select function P1_7 or P1_5 is selected by the TIOSEL bit in the TRAIOC register. * Digital filter function Bits TIPF0 and TIPF1 in the TRAIOC register enable or disable the digital filter and select the sampling frequency.
Item Count Sources Count Operations
Count Start Condition Count Stop Conditions Interrupt Request Generation Timing INT1/TRAIO Pin Function TRAO Pin Function Read from Timer Write to Timer
Select Functions
NOTE: 1. Input the pulse whose period is longer than twice of the timer RA prescaler period. Input the longer pulse for "H" width and "L" width than the timer RA prescaler period. If the shorter pulse than the period is input to the TRAIO pin, the input may be disabled.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 143 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RA I/O Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00
Symbol TRAIOC Bit Symbol
Address 0101h Bit Name TRAIO polarity sw itch bit
TEDGSEL
After Reset 00h Function 0 : Measures measurement pulse from one rising edge to next rising edge 1 : Measures measurement pulse from one falling edge to next falling edge Set to 0 in pulse period measurement mode
_____
RW
RW
TOPCR TOENA TIOSEL
_____
TRAIO output control bit TRAO output enable bit INT1/TRAIO select bit TRAIO input filter select bits (1)
RW RW RW
0 : INT1/TRAIO pin (P1_7) _____ 1 : INT1/TRAIO pin (P1_5)
b5 b4
TIPF0
TIPF1 -- (b7-b6)
0 0 : No filter 0 1 : Filter w ith f1 sampling 1 0 : Filter w ith f8 sampling 1 1 : Filter w ith f32 sampling
RW
RW
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0.
--
NOTE: 1. When the same value from the TRAIO pin is sampled three times continuously, the input is determined.
Figure 14.11
TRAIOC Register in Pulse Period Measurement Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 144 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Underflow signal of timer RA prescaler
Set to 1 by program
TSTART bit in TRACR register
1 0
Starts counting
Measurement pulse (TRAIO pin input)
1 0
TRA reloads TRA reloads
Contents of TRA
0Fh 0Eh 0Dh 0Fh 0Eh 0Dh 0Ch 0Bh 0Ah 09h 0Fh 0Eh 0Dh
01h 00h 0Fh 0Eh
Retained
Retained
Contents of read-out buffer(1)
0Fh
0Eh
0Dh
0Bh 0Ah
09h
0Dh
01h 00h 0Fh 0 h E
TRA read(3)
(2) (2)
TEDGF bit in TRACR register
1 0
Set to 0 by program
(4) (6)
TUNDF bit in TRACR register
1 0
Set to 0 by program
(5)
IR bit in TRAIC register
1 0
Set to 0 when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by program
Conditions: A period from one rising edge to the next rising edge of measurement pulse is measured (TEDGSEL = 0) with the default value of the TRA register as 0Fh.
NOTES: 1. The contents of the read-out buffer can be read when the TRA register is read in pulse period measurement mode. 2. After an active edge of measurement pulse is input, the TEDGF bit in the TRACR register is set to 1 (active edge found) when the timer RA prescaler underflows for the second time. 3. The TRA register should be read before the next active edge is input after the TEDGF bit is set to 1 (active edge found). The content in the read-out buffer is retained until the TRA register is read. If the TRA register is not read before the next active edge is input, the measured result of the previous period is retained. 4. When set to 0 by a program, use a MOV instruction to write 0 to the TEDGF bit in the TRACR register. At the same time, write 1 to the TUNDF bit in the TRACR register. 5. When set to 0 by a program, use a MOV instruction to write 0 to the TUNDF bit. At the same time, write 1 to the TEDGF bit. 6. The TUNDF and TEDGF bits are both set to 1 if the timer RA underflows and reloads on an active edge simultaneously.
Figure 14.12
Operating Example of Pulse Period Measurement Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 145 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.1.6
Notes on Timer RA
* Timer RA stops counting after reset. Set the value to timer RA and timer RA prescaler before the count * *
starts. Even if the prescaler and timer RA is read out in 16-bit units, these registers are read by 1 byte in the MCU. Consequently, the timer value may be updated during the period these two registers are being read. In pulse width measurement mode and pulse period measurement mode, the TEDGF and TUNDF bits in the TRACR register can be set to 0 by writing 0 to these bits by a program. However, these bits remain unchanged when 1 is written. When using the READ-MODIFY-WRITE instruction for the TRACR register, the TEDGF or TUNDF bit may be set to 0 although these bits are set to 1 while the instruction is executed. At the time, write 1 to the TEDGF or TUNDF bit which is not supposed to be set to 0 with the MOV instruction. When changing to pulse width measurement mode and pulse period measurement mode from other mode, the contents of the TEDGF and TUNDF bits are indeterminate. Write 0 to the TEDGF and TUNDF bits before the count starts. The TEDGF bit may be set to 1 by timer RA prescaler underflow which is generated for the first time since the count starts. When using the pulse period measurement mode, leave two periods or more of timer RA prescaler immediately after count starts, and set the TEDGF bit to 0. The TCSTF bit retains 0 (count stops) for 0 to 1 cycle of the count source after setting the TSTART bit to 1 (count starts) while the count stops. During this time, do not access registers associated with timer RA(1) other than the TCSTF bit. Timer RA starts counting at the first valid edge of the count source after The TCSTF bit is set to 1 (during count). The TCSTF bit retains 1 for 0 to 1 cycle of the count source after setting the TSTART bit to 0 (count stops) while the count is performing. Timer RA counting is stopped when the TCSTF bit is set to 0. During this time, do not access registers associated with timer RA(1) other than the TCSTF bit. NOTE: 1. Registers associated with timer RA: TRACR, TRAIOC, TRAMR, TRAPRE, TRA
*
* * *
* When the TRAPRE register is continuously written during count operation (TCSTF bit is set to 1), allow
three or more cycles of the count source clock for each write interval.
* When the TRA register is continuously written during count operation (TCSTF bit is set to 1), allow three
or more cycles of the prescaler underflow for each write interval.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 146 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.2
Timer RB
Timer RB is an 8-bit timer with an 8-bit prescaler. The prescaler and timer consist of the reload register and counter. (Refer to Table 14.7 to 14.10 the Specification of Each Modes). Timer RB contains the timer RB primary and timer RB secondary as the reload register. The count source for timer RB is the operating clock that regulates the timing of timer operations such as counting and reloading. Figure 14.13 shows the Block Diagram of Timer RB. Figures 14.14 and 14.16 show the registers associated with timer RB. Timer RB contains four operation modes listed as follows: * Timer mode: The timer counts an internal count source (peripheral function clock or timer RA underflows). * Programmable waveform generation mode: The timer outputs pulses of a given width successively. * Programmable one-shot generation mode: The timer outputs one-shot pulse. * Programmable wait one-shot generation mode: The timer outputs delayed one-shot pulse.
Reload register TCK1 to TCK0 bit f1 f8
Timer RA underflow = 00b = 01b = 10b = 11b
Peripheral data bus TRBSC register Reload register
TRBPR register Reload register Timer RB interrupt
TCKCUT bit Counter TRBPRE register (Prescaler) TSTART bit TOSSTF bit INT0 interrupt
Input polarity selected to be one edge or both edges
Counter (timer RB) (Timer) TMOD1 to TMOD0 bit = 10b or 11b
f2
INT0 pin
Digital filter
Polarity select INOSEG bit TOPL = 1
Q Toggle flip-flop CK Q CLR
INT0PL bit TMOD1 to TMOD0 bit = 01b, 10b, 11b TOCNT = 0 TRBO pin P3_1 bit in P3 register TOCNT = 1 TSTART, TCSTF: TRBCR register TOSST: TRBOCR register TOPL, TOCNT, INOSTG, INOSEG: TRBIOC register TMOD1 to TMOD0, TCK1 to TCK0, TCKCUT: TRBMR register INT0EN bit
INOSTG bit
TOPL = 0
TCSTF bit TMOD1 to TMOD0 bit = 01b, 10b, 11b
Figure 14.13
Block Diagram of Timer RB
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 147 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RB Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRBCR Bit Symbol TSTART TCSTF TSTOP -- (b7-b3)
Address 0108h Bit Name Timer RB count start bit(1)
After Reset 00h Function 0 : Stops counting 1 : Starts counting
RW RW RO RW --
Timer RB count status flag(1) 0 : Stops counting 1 : Counting(3) Timer RB count forcible stop When this bit is set to 1, the count is forcibly bit(1,2) stopped. When read, the content is 0. Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0.
NOTES: 1. Refer to 14.2.5 Notes on Tim er RB. 2. When the TSTOP bit is set to 1, registers TRBPRE, TRBSC, TRBPR, and bits TSTART and TCSTF, and the TOSSTF bit in the TRBOCR register are set to values after a reset. 3. Indicates that count operation is in progress in timer mode or programmable w aveform mode. In programmable oneshot generation mode or programmable w ait one-shot generation mode, indicates that a one-shot pulse trigger has been acknow ledged.
Timer RB One-Shot Control Register(2)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRBOCR Bit Symbol TOSST
Address 0109h Bit Name Timer RB one-shot start bit Timer RB one-shot stop bit
After Reset 00h Function When this bit is set to 1, the one-shot trigger generated. When read, the content is 0. When this bit is set to 1, the one-shot pulses (including programmable w ait one-shot pulses) stops. When read, the content is 0. 0 : One-shot stopping 1 : One-shot operating (including w ait period)
RW RW
TOSSP Timer RB one-shot status flag(1)
RW
TOSSTF -- (b7-b3)
RO --
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0.
NOTES: 1. When 1 is set to the TSTOP bit in the TRBCR register, the TOSSTF bit is set to 0. 2. This register is enabled w hen bits TMOD1 to TMOD0 in the TRBMR register is set to 10b (programmable one-shot generation mode) or 10b (programmable w ait one-shot generation mode).
Figure 14.14
Registers TRBCR and TRBOCR
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 148 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RB I/O Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRBIOC Bit Symbol TOPL TOCNT INOSTG INOSEG -- (b7-b4)
Address After Reset 010Ah 00h Bit Name Function Timer RB output level select Function varies depending on operating mode bit Timer RB output sw itch bit One-shot trigger control bit One-shot trigger polarity select bit Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0.
RW RW RW RW RW --
Timer RB Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRBMR Bit Symbol TMOD0
Address 010Bh Bit Name Timer RB operating mode select bits (1)
After Reset 00h Function
b1 b0
RW RW
TMOD1 -- (b2) TWRC
0 0 : Timer mode 0 1 : Programmable w aveform generation mode 1 0 : Programmable one-shot generation mode 1 1 : Programmable w ait one-shot generation mode
RW
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0. Timer RB w rite control bit(2) Timer RB count source select bits (1) 0 : Write to reload register and counter 1 : Write to reload register only
b5 b4
-- RW
TCK0
TCK1 -- (b6) TCKCUT
0 0 : f1 0 1 : f8 1 0 : Timer RA underflow 1 1 : f2
RW
RW
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0. Timer RB count source cutoff bit(1) 0 : Provides count source 1 : Cuts off count source
-- RW
NOTES: 1. Change bits TMOD1 and TMOD0; TCK1 and TCK0; and TCKCUT w hen both the TSTART and TCSTF bits in the TRBCR register set to 0 (count stops). 2. The TWRC bit can be set to either 0 or 1 in timer mode. In programmable w aveform generation mode, programmable one-shot generation mode, or programmable w ait one-shot generation mode, the TWRC bit must be set to 1 (w rite to reload register only).
Figure 14.15
Registers TRBIOC and TRBMR
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 149 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RB Prescaler Register(1)
b7 b0
Symbol TRBPRE Mode Timer mode Programmable w aveform generation mode Programmable one-shot generation mode Programmable w ait one-shot generation mode
Address 010Ch Function Counts an internal count source or a timer RA underflow
After Reset FFh Setting Range 00h to FFh 00h to FFh 00h to FFh 00h to FFh
RW RW RW RW RW
NOTE: 1. When the TSTOP bit in the TRBCR register is set to 1, the TRBPRE register is set to FFh.
Timer RB Secondary Register(3,4)
b7 b0
Symbol TRBSC Mode Timer mode Programmable w aveform generation mode Programmable one-shot generation mode
Address 010Dh Function Disable Counts a timer RB prescaler underflow (1) Disable
After Reset FFh Setting Range 00h to FFh 00h to FFh 00h to FFh 00h to FFh
RW -- WO(2) -- WO(2)
Programmable w ait one-shot Counts a timer RB prescaler underflow generation mode (one-shot w idth is counted)
NOTES: 1. Each value in the TRBPR register and TRBSC register is reloaded to the counter alternately and counted. 2. The count value can be read out by reading the TRBPR register even w hen the secondary period is being counted. 3. When the TSTOP bit in the TRBCR register is set to 1, the TRBSC register is set to FFh. 4. To w rite to the TRBSC register, perform the follow ing steps. (1) Write the value to the TRBSC register. (2) Write the value to the TRBPR register. (If the value does not change, w rite the same value second time.)
Timer RB Primary Register(2)
b7 b0
Symbol TRBPR Mode Timer mode Programmable w aveform generation mode Programmable one-shot generation mode
Address 010Eh Function Counts a timer RB prescaler underflow Counts a timer RB prescaler underflow (1) Counts a timer RB prescaler underflow (one-shot w idth is counted)
After Reset FFh Setting Range 00h to FFh 00h to FFh 00h to FFh 00h to FFh
RW RW RW RW RW
Programmable w ait one-shot Counts a timer RB prescaler underflow generation mode (w ait period w idth is counted)
NOTES: 1. Each value in the TRBPR register and TRBSC register is reloaded to the counter alternately and counted. 2. When the TSTOP bit in the TRBCR register is set to 1, the TRBPR register is set to FFh.
Figure 14.16
Registers TRBPRE, TRBSC, and TRBPR
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 150 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.2.1
Timer Mode
Timer mode is mode to count a count source which is internally generated or timer RA underflow (see Table 14.7 Timer Mode Specifications). The TRBOCR and TRBSC registers are unused in timer mode. Figure 14.17 shows the TRBIOC Register in Timer Mode. Table 14.7 Timer Mode Specifications Specification f1, f2, f8, Timer RA underflow * Decrement * When the timer underflows, it reloads the reload register contents before the count continues (when timer RB underflows, the contents of timer RB primary reload register is reloaded) 1/(n+1)(m+1) n: setting value in TRBPRE register, m: setting value in TRBPR register Write 1 (count starts) to the TSTART bit in the TRBCR register * Write 0 (count stops) to the TSTART bit in the TRBCR register * Write 1 (count forcibly stop) to the TSTOP bit in the TRBCR register When timer RB underflows [timer RB interrupt] Programmable I/O port Programmable I/O port or INT0 interrupt input The count value can be read out by reading the TRBPR and TRBPRE registers * When registers TRBPRE and TRBPR are written while the count is stopped, values are written to both the reload register and counter. * When registers TRBPRE and TRBPR are written to while count operation is in progress: If the TWRC bit in the TRBMR register is set to 0, the value is written to both the reload register and the counter. If the TWRC bit is set to 1, the value is written to the reload register only. (Refer to 14.2.1.1 Timer Write Control during Count Operation.)
Item Count Sources Count Operations
Divide Ratio Count Start Condition Count Stop Conditions Interrupt Request Generation Timing TRBO Pin Function INT0 Pin Function Read from Timer Write to Timer
Timer RB I/O Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0000
Symbol TRBIOC Bit Symbol TOPL TOCNT INOSTG INOSEG -- (b7-b4)
Address After Reset 010Ah 00h Bit Name Function Timer RB output level select Set to 0 in timer mode bit Timer RB output sw itch bit One-shot trigger control bit One-shot trigger polarity select bit Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0.
RW RW RW RW RW --
Figure 14.17
TRBIOC Register in Timer Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 151 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.2.1.1
Timer Write Control during Count Operation
Timer RB has a prescaler and a timer (which counts the prescaler underflows). The prescaler and timer each consist of a reload register and a counter. In timer mode, the TWRC bit in the TRBMR register can be used to select whether writing to the prescaler or timer during count operation is performed to both the reload register and counter or only to the reload register. However, values are transferred from the reload register to the counter of the prescaler in synchronization with the count source. In addition, values are transferred from the reload register to the counter of the timer in synchronization with prescaler underflows. Therefore, even if the TWRC bit is set for writing to both the reload register and counter, the counter value is not updated immediately after the WRITE instruction is executed. In addition, if the TWRC bit is set for writing to the reload register only, the synchronization of the writing will be shifted if the prescaler value changes. Figure 14.18 shows an Operating Example of Timer RB when Counter Value is Rewritten during Count Operation.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 152 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
When the TWRC bit is set to 0 (write to reload register and counter)
Set 01h to the TRBPRE register and 25h to the TRBPR register by a program.
Count source
After writing, the reload register is written with the first count source.
Reloads register of timer RB prescaler
Previous value
Reload with the second count source Reload on underflow
New value (01h)
Counter of timer RB prescaler
06h
05h
04h
01h
00h
01h
00h
01h
00h
01h
00h
After writing, the reload register is written on the first underflow.
Reloads register of timer RB
Previous value
New value (25h)
Reload on the second underflow
Counter of timer RB
03h
02h
25h
24h
IR bit in TRBIC register
0
The IR bit remains unchanged until underflow is generated by a new value.
When the TWRC bit is set to 1 (write to reload register only)
Set 01h to the TRBPRE register and 25h to the TRBPR register by a program.
Count source
After writing, the reload register is written with the first count source.
Reloads register of timer RB prescaler
Previous value
New value (01h)
Reload on underflow
Counter of timer RB prescaler
06h
05h
04h
03h
02h
01h
00h
01h
00h
01h
00h
01h
00h
01h
After writing, the reload register is written on the first underflow.
Reloads register of timer RB
Previous value
New value (25h)
Reload on underflow
Counter of timer RB
03h
02h
01h
00h
25h
IR bit in TRBIC register
0
Only the prescaler values are updated, extending the duration until timer RB underflow.
The above applies under the following conditions. Both bits TSTART and TCSTF in the TRBCR register are set to 1 (During count).
Figure 14.18
Operating Example of Timer RB when Counter Value is Rewritten during Count Operation Page 153 of 501
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.2.2
Programmable Waveform Generation Mode
Programmable waveform generation mode is mode to invert the signal output from the TRBO pin each time the counter underflows, while the values in the TRBPR and TRBSC registers are counted alternately (see Table 14.8 Programmable Waveform Generation Mode Specifications). A counting starts by counting the setting value in the TRBPR register. The TRBOCR register is unused in this mode. Figure 14.19 shows the TRBIOC Register in Programmable Waveform Generation Mode. Figure 14.20 shows the Operation Example of Timer RB in Programmable Waveform Generation Mode. Table 14.8 Programmable Waveform Generation Mode Specifications Specification
f1, f2, f8, timer RA underflow
* Decrement * When the timer underflows, it reloads the contents of the primary reload and secondary reload registers alternately before the count continues. Width and Period of Primary period: (n+1)(m+1)/fi Output Waveform Secondary period: (n+1)(p+1)/fi Period: (n+1){(m+1)+(p+1)}/fi fi: Count source frequency n: Setting value in TRBPRE register m: Setting value in TRBPR register p: Setting value in TRBSC register Count Start Condition Write 1 (count start) to the TSTART bit in the TRBCR register Count Stop * Write 0 (count stop) to the TSTART bit in the TRBCR register * Write 1 (count forcibly stop) to the TSTOP bit in the TRBCR register Conditions In half of count source, after timer RB underflows during secondary period (at the Interrupt Request Generation Timing same time as the TRBO output change) [timer RB interrupt] TRBO Pin Function Programmable output port or pulse output INT0 Pin Function Read from Timer Write to Timer Programmable I/O port or INT0 interrupt input The count value can be read out by reading the TRBPR and TRBPRE registers(1) * When registers TRBPRE, TRBSC, and TRBPR are written while the count is stopped, values are written to both the reload register and counter. * When registers TRBPRE, TRBSC, and TRBPR are written to during count operation, values are written to the reload registers only.(2) * Output level select function The TOPL bit can select the output level during primary and secondary periods. * TRBO pin output switch function Timer RB pulse output or P3_1 latch output is selected by the TOCNT bit in the TRBIOC register.(3)
Item Count Sources Count Operations
Select Functions
NOTES: 1. Even when counting the secondary period, read out the TRBPR register. 2. The set values are reflected to the waveform output beginning with the following primary period after writing to the TRBPR register. 3. The value written to the TOCNT bit is enabled by the following.
* When count starts. * When the timer RB interrupt request is generated.
The contents after the TOCNT bit is changed are reflected from the output of the following primary period.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 154 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RB I/O Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00
Symbol TRBIOC Bit Symbol
TOPL
Address 010Ah Bit Name Timer RB output level select 0 : Outputs bit Outputs Outputs 1 : Outputs Outputs Outputs Timer RB output sw itch bit One-shot trigger control bit One-shot trigger polarity select bit
After Reset 00h Function "H" for primary period "L" for secondary period "L" w hen the timer is stopped "L" for primary period "H" for secondary period "H" w hen the timer is stopped
RW
RW
TOCNT INOSTG INOSEG -- (b7-b4)
0 : Outputs timer RB w aveform 1 : Outputs value in P3_1 port latch Set to 0 in programmable w aveform generation mode
RW RW RW --
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0.
Figure 14.19
TRBIOC Register in Programmable Waveform Generation Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 155 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Set to 1 by program
TSTART bit in TRBCR register
1 0
Count source
Timer RB prescaler underflow signal
Timer RB secondary reloads Timer RB primary reloads
Counter of timer RB
01h
00h
02h
01h
00h
01h
00h
02h
Set to 0 when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by program
IR bit in TRBIC register
1 0
Set to 0 by program
TOPL bit in TRBIO register
1 0
Waveform output starts Waveform output inverts Waveform output starts
1 TRBO pin output 0
Primary period Initial output is the same level as during secondary period. Secondary period Primary period
The above applies to the following conditions. TRBPRE = 01h, TRBPR = 01h, TRBSC = 02h TRBIOC register TOCNT = 0 (timer RB waveform is output from the TRBO pin)
Figure 14.20
Operation Example of Timer RB in Programmable Waveform Generation Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 156 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.2.3
Programmable One-shot Generation Mode
Programmable one-shot generation mode is mode to output the one-shot pulse from the TRBO pin by a program or an external trigger input (input to the INT0 pin) (see Table 14.9 Programmable One-Shot Generation Mode Specifications). When a trigger is generated, the timer starts operating from the point only once for a given period equal to the set value in the TRBPR register. The TRBSC register is unused in this mode. Figure 14.21 shows the TRBIOC Register in Programmable One-Shot Generation Mode. Figure 14.22 shows the Operation Example of Programmable One-Shot Generation Mode. Table 14.9 Programmable One-Shot Generation Mode Specifications Specification f1, f2, f8, timer RA underflow * Decrement the setting value in the TRBPR register * When the timer underflows, it reloads the contents of the reload register before the count completes and the TOSSTF bit is set to 0 (one-shot stops). * When a count stops, the timer reloads the contents of the reload register before it stops. (n+1)(m+1)/fi fi: Count source frequency, n: Setting value in TRBPRE register, m: Setting value in TRBPR register(2) * The TSTART bit in the TRBCR register is set to 1 (count starts) and the next trigger is generated. * Set the TOSST bit in the TRBOCR register to 1 (one-shot starts) * Input trigger to the INT0 pin * When reloading completes after Timer RB underflows during primary period. * When the TOSSP bit in the TRBOCR register is set to 1 (one-shot stops) * When the TSTART bit in the TRBCR register is set to 0 (stops counting) * When the TSTOP bit in the TRBCR register is set to 1 (forcibly stops counting) In half cycles of count source, after the timer underflows (at the same time as the TRBO output ends) [timer RB interrupt] Pulse output * When the INOSTG bit in the TRBIOC register is set to 0 (INT0 one-shot trigger disabled), programmable I/O port or INT0 interrupt input * When the INOSTG bit in the TRBIOC register is set to 1 (INT0 one-shot trigger enabled), external trigger (INT0 interrupt input) The count value can be read out by reading the TRBPR and TRBPRE registers. * When registers TRBPRE and TRBPR are written while the count is stopped, values are written to both the reload register and counter. * When registers TRBPRE and TRBPR are written during the count, values are written to the reload register only (the data is transferred to the counter at the following reload)(1). * Output level select function The TOPL bit in the TRBIOC register can select the output level of the one-shot pulse waveform. * One-shot trigger select function Refer to 14.2.3.1 One-Shot Trigger Selection.
Item Count Sources Count Operations
One-Shot Pulse Output Time Count Start Conditions
Count Stop Conditions
Interrupt Request Generation Timing TRBO Pin Function INT0 Pin Functions
Read from Timer Write to Timer
Select Functions
NOTES: 1. The set value is reflected at the following one-shot pulse after writing to the TRBPR register. 2. Do not set both the TRBPRE and TRBPR registers to 00h.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 157 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RB I/O Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol TRBIOC Bit Symbol
TOPL
Address 010Ah Bit Name Timer RB output level select 0 : Outputs bit Outputs 1 : Outputs Outputs Timer RB output sw itch bit
After Reset 00h Function one-shot pulse "H" "L" w hen the timer is stopped one-shot pulse "L" "H" w hen the timer is stopped
RW
RW
TOCNT INOSTG INOSEG -- (b7-b4)
Set to 0 in programmable one-shot generation mode
_____
RW RW RW --
One-shot trigger control bit(1) 0 : INT0 pin one-shot trigger disabled _____ 1 : INT0 pin one-shot trigger enabled One-shot trigger polarity 0 : Falling edge trigger select bit(1) 1 : Rising edge trigger Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0.
NOTE: 1. Refer to 14.2.3.1 One-shot Trigger Selection.
Figure 14.21
TRBIOC Register in Programmable One-Shot Generation Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 158 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Set to 1 by program
TSTART bit in TRBCR register
1 0
Set to 1 by program Set to 0 when counting ends Set to 1 by INT0 pin input trigger
TOSSTF bit in TRBOCR register
1 0
INT0 pin input
Count source
Timer RB prescaler underflow signal
Count starts Timer RB primary reloads Count starts Timer RB primary reloads
Counter of timer RB
01h
00h
01h
00h
01h
Set to 0 when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by program
IR bit in TRBIC register
1 0
Set to 0 by program
TOPL bit in TRBIOC register
1 0
Waveform output starts Waveform output ends Waveform output starts Waveform output ends
1 TRBIO pin output 0
The above applies to the following conditions. TRBPRE = 01h, TRBPR = 01h TRBIOC register TOPL = 0, TOCNT = 0 INOSTG = 1 (INT0 one-shot trigger enabled) INOSEG = 1 (edge trigger at rising edge)
Figure 14.22
Operation Example of Programmable One-Shot Generation Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 159 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.2.3.1
One-Shot Trigger Selection
In programmable one-shot generation mode and programmable wait one-shot generation mode, operation starts when a one-shot trigger is generated while the TCSTF bit in the TRBCR register is set to 1 (count starts). A one-shot trigger can be generated by either of the following causes: * 1 is written to the TOSST bit in the TRBOCR register by a program. * Trigger input from the INT0 pin. When a one-shot trigger occurs, the TOSSTF bit in the TRBOCR register is set to 1 (one-shot operation in progress) after one or two cycles of the count source have elapsed. Then, in programmable one-shot generation mode, count operation begins and one-shot waveform output starts. (In programmable wait one-shot generation mode, count operation starts for the wait period.) If a one-shot trigger occurs while the TOSSTF bit is set to 1, no retriggering occurs. To use trigger input from the INT0 pin, input the trigger after making the following settings: * Set the PD4_5 bit in the PD4 register to 0 (input port). * Select the INT0 digital filter with bits INT0F1 and INT0F0 in the INTF register. * Select both edges or one edge with the INT0PL bit in INTEN register. If one edge is selected, further select falling or rising edge with the INOSEG bit in TRBIOC register. * Set the INT0EN bit in the INTEN register to 0 (enabled). * After completing the above, set the INOSTG bit in the TRBIOC register to 1 (INT pin one-shot trigger enabled). Note the following points with regard to generating interrupt requests by trigger input from the INT0 pin. * Processing to handle the interrupts is required. Refer to 12. Interrupts for details. * If one edge is selected, use the POL bit in the INT0IC register to select falling or rising edge. (The INOSEG bit in the TRBIOC register does not affect INT0 interrupts). * If a one-shot trigger occurs while the TOSSTF bit is set to 1, timer RB operation is not affected, but the value of the IR bit in the INT0IC register changes.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 160 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.2.4
Programmable Wait One-shot Generation Mode
Programmable wait one-shot generation mode is mode to output the one-shot pulse from the TRBO pin by a program or an external trigger input (input to the INT0 pin) (see Table 14.10 Programmable Wait One-Shot Generation Mode Specifications). When a trigger is generated from this point, the timer starts outputting pulses only once for a given length of time equal to the setting value in the TRBSC register after waiting for a given length of time equal to the setting value in the TRBPR register. Figure 14.23 shows the TRBIOC Register in Programmable Wait One-Shot Generation Mode. Figure 14.24 shows the Operation Example of Programmable Wait One-Shot Generation Mode.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 161 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Table 14.10
Programmable Wait One-Shot Generation Mode Specifications
Item Count Sources Count Operations
Specification f1, f2, f8, timer RA underflow * Decrement the setting value in timer RB primary * When a count of timer RB primary underflows, the timer reloads the contents of the timer RB secondary before the count continues. * When a count of timer RB secondary underflows, the timer reloads the contents of the timer RB primary before the count completes and the TOSSTF bit is set to 0 (one-shot stops). * When a count stops, the timer reloads the contents of the reload register before it stops. Wait Time (n+1)(m+1)/fi fi: Count source frequency n: Setting value in the TRBPRE register, m: Setting value in the TRBPR register(2) One-Shot Pulse Output Time (n+1)(p+1)/fi fi: Count source frequency n: Setting value in the TRBPRE register, p: Setting value in the TRBSC register Count Start Conditions * The TSTART bit in the TRBCR register is set to 1 (count starts) and the next trigger is generated. * Set the TOSST bit in the TRBOCR register to 1 (one-shot starts) * Input trigger to the INT0 pin Count Stop Conditions * When reloading completes after timer RB underflows during secondary period * When the TOSSP bit in the TRBOCR register is set to 1 (one-shot stops) * When the TSTART bit in the TRBCR register is set to 0 (starts counting) * When the TSTOP bit in the TRBCR register is set to 1 (forcibly stops counting) Interrupt Request In half cycles of the count source after timer RB underflows during Generation Timing secondary period (complete at the same time as waveform output from the TRBO pin) [timer RB interrupt] TRBO Pin Function Pulse output INT0 Pin Functions * When the INOSTG bit in the TRBIOC register is set to 0 (INT0 one-shot trigger disabled), programmable I/O port or INT0 interrupt input * When the INOSTG bit in the TRBIOC register is set to 1 (INT0 one-shot trigger enabled), external trigger (INT0 interrupt input) The count value can be read out by reading the TRBPR and TRBPRE registers. * When registers TRBPRE, TRBSC, and TRBPR are written while the count stops, values are written to both the reload register and counter. * When registers TRBPRE, TRBSC, and TRBPR are written to during count operation, values are written to the reload registers only.(1) * Output level select function The TOPL bit in the TRBIO register can select the output level of the one-shot pulse waveform. * One-shot trigger select function Refer to 14.2.3.1 One-Shot Trigger Selection.
Read from Timer Write to Timer
Select Functions
NOTES: 1. The set value is reflected at the following one-shot pulse after writing to registers TRBSC and TRBPR. 2. Do not set both the TRBPRE and TRBPR registers to 00h.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 162 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RB I/O Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol TRBIOC Bit Symbol
TOPL
Address After Reset 010Ah 00h Bit Name Function Timer RB output level select 0 : Outputs one-shot pulse "H" bit Outputs "L" w hen the timer is stopped or during w ait 1 : Outputs one-shot pulse "L" Outputs "H" w hen the timer is stopped or during w ait Timer RB output sw itch bit One-shot trigger control bit One-shot trigger polarity select bit(1)
(1)
RW
RW
TOCNT INOSTG INOSEG -- (b7-b4)
Set to 0 in programmable w ait one-shot generation mode
_____
RW RW RW --
0 : INT0 pin one-shot trigger disabled _____ 1 : INT0 pin one-shot trigger enabled 0 : Falling edge trigger 1 : Rising edge trigger
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0.
NOTE: 1. Refer to 14.2.3.1 One-shot Trigger Selection.
Figure 14.23
TRBIOC Register in Programmable Wait One-Shot Generation Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 163 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Set to 1 by program
TSTART bit in TRBCR register
1 0
Set to 1 by setting 1 to TOSST bit in TRBOCR register, or INT0 pin input trigger Set to 0 when counting ends
TOSSTF bit in TRBOCR register
1 0
INT0 pin input
Count source
Timer RB prescaler underflow signal
Count starts Timer RB secondary reloads Timer RB primary reloads
Counter of timer RB
01h
00h
04h
03h
02h
01h
00h
01h
Set to 0 when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by program
IR bit in TRBIC register
1 0
Set to 0 by program
TOPL bit in TRBIOC register
1 0
Wait starts Waveform output starts Waveform output ends
1 TRBIO pin output 0
Wait (primary period) One-shot pulse (secondary period)
The above applies to the following conditions. TRBPRE = 01h, TRBPR = 01h, TRBSC = 04h INOSTG = 1 (INT0 one-shot trigger enabled) INOSEG = 1 (edge trigger at rising edge)
Figure 14.24
Operation Example of Programmable Wait One-Shot Generation Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 164 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.2.5
Notes on Timer RB
* Timer RB stops counting after reset. Set the value to timer RB and timer RB prescaler before the count
starts. * Even if the prescaler and timer RB is read out in 16-bit units, these registers are read by 1 byte in the MCU. Consequently, the timer value may be updated during the period these two registers are being read. * In programmable one-shot generation mode and programmable wait one-shot generation mode, when setting the TSTART bit in the TRBCR register to 0, 0 (stops counting) or setting the TOSSP bit in the TRBOCR register to 1 (stops one-shot), the timer reloads the value of reload register and stops. Therefore, read the timer count value in programmable one-shot generation mode and programmable wait one-shot generation mode before the timer stops. * The TCSTF bit retains 0 (count stops) for 1 to 2 cycles of the count source after setting the TSTART bit to 1 (count starts) while the count stops. During this time, do not access registers associated with timer RB(1) other than the TCSTF bit. The TCSTF bit retains 1 for 1 to 2 cycles of the count source after setting the TSTART bit to 0 (count stops) while the count is performing. Timer RB counting is stopped when the TCSTF bit is set to 0. During this time, do not access registers associated with timer RB(1) other than the TCSTF bit. NOTE: 1. Registers associated with timer RB: TRBCR, TRBOCR, TRBIOC, TRBMR, TRBPRE, TRBSC, TRBPR
* If the TSTOP bit in the TRBCR register is set to 1 during timer operation, timer RB stops immediately. * If 1 is written to the TOSST or TOSSP bit in the TRBOCR register, the value of the TOSSTF bit changes
after one or two cycles of the count source have elapsed. If the TOSSP bit is written to 1 during the period between when the TOSST bit is written to 1 and when the TOSSTF bit is set to 1, the TOSSTF bit may be set to either 0 or 1 depending on the content state. Likewise, if the TOSST bit is written to 1 during the period between when the TOSSP bit is written to 1 and when the TOSSTF bit is set to 0, the TOSSTF bit may be set to either 0 or 1.
14.2.5.1
Timer mode
The following workaround should be performed in timer mode. To write to registers TRBPRE and TRBPR during count operation (TCSTF bit is set to 1), note the following points: * When the TRBPRE register is written continuously, allow three or more cycles of the count source for each write interval. * When the TRBPR register is written continuously, allow three or more cycles of the prescaler underflow for each write interval.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 165 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.2.5.2
Programmable waveform generation mode
The following three workarounds should be performed in programmable waveform generation mode. (1) To write to registers TRBPRE and TRBPR during count operation (TCSTF bit is set to 1), note the following points: * When the TRBPRE register is written continuously, allow three or more cycles of the count source for each write interval. * When the TRBPR register is written continuously, allow three or more cycles of the prescaler underflow for each write interval. (2) To change registers TRBPRE and TRBPR during count operation (TCSTF bit is set to 1), synchronize the TRBO output cycle using a timer RB interrupt, etc. This operation should be preformed only once in the same output cycle. Also, make sure that writing to the TRBPR register does not occur during period A shown in Figures 14.25 and 14.26. The following shows the detailed workaround examples.
* Workaround example (a):
As shown in Figure 14.25, write to registers TRBSC and TRBPR in the timer RB interrupt routine. These write operations must be completed by the beginning of period A.
Period A
Count source/ prescaler underflow signal
TRBO pin output
Primary period
Secondary period
IR bit in TRBIC register
(a)
Interrupt request is acknowledged (b)
Ensure sufficient time
Interrupt request is generated
Instruction in Interrupt sequence interrupt routine
Set the secondary and then the primary register immediately
(a) Period between interrupt request generation and the completion of execution of an instruction. The length of time varies depending on the instruction being executed. The DIVX instruction requires the longest time, 30 cycles (assuming no wait states and that a register is set as the divisor). (b) 20 cycles. 21 cycles for address match and single-step interrupts.
Figure 14.25
Workaround Example (a) When Timer RB Interrupt is Used
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 166 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
* Workaround example (b):
As shown in Figure 14.26 detect the start of the primary period by the TRBO pin output level and write to registers TRBSC and TRBPR. These write operations must be completed by the beginning of period A. If the port register's bit value is read after the port direction register's bit corresponding to the TRBO pin is set to 0 (input mode), the read value indicates the TRBO pin output value.
Period A
Count source/ prescaler underflow signal
TRBO pin output
Read value of the port register's bit corresponding to the TRBO pin (when the bit in the port direction register is set to 0)
Primary period
Secondary period
(i) (ii) (iii)
Ensure sufficient time
The TRBO output inversion is detected at the end of the secondary period.
Upon detecting (i), set the secondary and then the primary register immediately.
Figure 14.26
Workaround Example (b) When TRBO Pin Output Value is Read
(3) To stop the timer counting in the primary period, use the TSTOP bit in the TRBCR register. In this case, registers TRBPRE and TRBPR are initialized and their values are set to the values after reset.
14.2.5.3
Programmable one-shot generation mode
The following two workarounds should be performed in programmable one-shot generation mode. (1) To write to registers TRBPRE and TRBPR during count operation (TCSTF bit is set to 1), note the following points: * When the TRBPRE register is written continuously during count operation (TCSTF bit is set to 1), allow three or more cycles of the count source for each write interval. * When the TRBPR register is written continuously during count operation (TCSTF bit is set to 1), allow three or more cycles of the prescaler underflow for each write interval. (2) Do not set both the TRBPRE and TRBPR registers to 00h.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 167 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.2.5.4
Programmable wait one-shot generation mode
The following three workarounds should be performed in programmable wait one-shot generation mode. (1) To write to registers TRBPRE and TRBPR during count operation (TCSTF bit is set to 1), note the following points: * When the TRBPRE register is written continuously, allow three or more cycles of the count source for each write interval. * When the TRBPR register is written continuously, allow three or more cycles of the prescaler underflow for each write interval. (2) Do not set both the TRBPRE and TRBPR registers to 00h. (3) Set registers TRBSC and TRBPR using the following procedure. (a) To use "INT0 pin one-shot trigger enabled" as the count start condition Set the TRBSC register and then the TRBPR register. At this time, after writing to the TRBPR register, allow an interval of 0.5 or more cycles of the count source before trigger input from the INT0 pin. (b) To use "writing 1 to TOSST bit" as the start condition Set the TRBSC register, the TRBPR register, and then TOSST bit. At this time, after writing to the TRBPR register, allow an interval of 0.5 or more cycles of the count source before writing to the TOSST bit.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 168 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.3
Timer RD
Timer RD has 2 16-bit timers (channels 0 and 1). Each channel has 4 I/O pins. The operation clock of Timer RD is f1 or fOCO40M. Table 14.11 lists the Timer RD Operation Clocks. Table 14.11 Timer RD Operation Clocks
Operation Clock of Timer RD f1
Condition The count source is f1, f2, f4, f8, f32 and TRDCLK input. (The TCK2 to TCK0 bits in the TRDCR0 and TRDCR1 registers are set to 000b to 101b.) The count source is fOCO40M. (The TCK2 to TCK0 bits in the TRDCR0 and TRDCR1 registers are set to 110b.)
fOCO40M
Figure 14.27 shows the Block Diagram of Timer RD. Timer RD has 5 modes: * Timer mode - Input capture function Transfer the counter value to a register as a trigger of the external signal - Output compare function Detect the register value match with a counter (Pin output can be changed at detection) The following 4 modes using the output compare function. * PWM mode Output any-wide pulse continuously * Reset synchronous PWM mode Output three-phase waveforms (6) without sawtooth wave modulation and dead time * Complementary PWM mode Output three-phase waveforms (6) with triangular wave modulation and dead time * PWM3 mode Output PWM waveform (2) with same period In the input capture function, output compare function and PWM mode, Channels 0 and 1 have the equivalent functions, and functions or modes can be selected every pin. Also, a combination of these functions and modes can be used in 1 channel. In reset synchronous PWM mode, complementary PWM mode and PWM3 mode, a waveform is output with a combination of counters and registers in Channels 0 and 1. Tables 14.12 to 14.20 lists the Pin Functions of timer RD.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 169 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Table 14.12
Bit EA0 0 0 Setting value X
Pin Functions TRDIOA0/TRDCLK(P2_0)
TRDFCR TRDIORA0 PWM3 STCLK CMD1, CMD0 IOA3 IOA2_IOA0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 00b 00b 00b XXb X 1 X X XXXb
001b, 01Xb
Register TRDOER1
Function PWM3 mode waveform output Timer mode waveform output (output compare function) Timer mode trigger input (input capture function)(1) External clock input (TRDCLK)(1) I/O port
1XXb 000b
Other than above
X: can be 0 or 1, no change in outcome NOTE: 1. Set the PD2_0 bit in the PD2 register to 0 (input mode) at timer mode trigger input (input capture function) and external clock input (TRDCLK).
Table 14.13
Bit
Pin Functions TRDIOB0(P2_1)
TRDFCR PWM3 CMD1, CMD0 X X 0 1 1 1
1Xb
Register TRDOER1 EB0 0 0 0 Setting value 0 0 X
TRDPMR PWMB0 X X X 1 0 0
TRDIORA0 IOB2_IOB0 XXXb XXXb XXXb XXXb
001b, 01Xb
Function Complementary PWM mode waveform output Reset synchronous PWM mode waveform output PWM3 mode waveform output PWM mode waveform output Timer mode waveform output (output compare function) Timer mode trigger input (input capture function)(1) I/O port
01b 00b 00b 00b 00b Other than above
1XXb
X: can be 0 or 1, no change in outcome NOTE: 1. Set the PD2_1 bit in the PD2 register to 0 (input mode) at timer mode trigger input (input capture function).
Table 14.14
Register Bit
Pin Functions TRDIOC0(P2_2)
TRDFCR PWM3 CMD1, CMD0 X X 1 1 1
1Xb
TRDOER1
TRDPMR PWMC0 X X 1 0 0
TRDIORC0 IOC2_IOC0
EC0 0 0
Function Complementary PWM mode waveform output Reset synchronous PWM mode waveform output PWM mode waveform output Timer mode waveform output (output compare function) Timer mode trigger input (input capture function)(1) I/O port
XXXb XXXb XXXb
001b, 01Xb
01b 00b 00b 00b Other than above
Setting value
0 0 X
1XXb
X: can be 0 or 1, no change in outcome NOTE: 1. Set the PD2_2 bit in the PD2 register to 0 (input mode) at timer mode trigger input (input capture function).
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 170 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Table 14.15
Register Bit
Pin Functions TRDIOD0(P2_3)
TRDFCR PWM3 CMD1, CMD0 X X 1 1 1
1Xb
TRDOER1
TRDPMR PWMD0 X X 1 0 0
TRDIORC0 IOD2_IOD0
ED0 0 0
Function Complementary PWM mode waveform output Reset synchronous PWM mode waveform output PWM mode waveform output Timer mode waveform output (output compare function) Timer mode trigger input (input capture function)(1) I/O port
XXXb XXXb XXXb
001b, 01Xb
01b 00b 00b 00b Other than above
Setting value
0 0 X
1XXb
X: can be 0 or 1, no change in outcome NOTE: 1. Set the PD2_3 bit in the PD2 register to 0 (input mode) at timer mode trigger input (input capture function).
Table 14.16
Register Bit
Pin Functions TRDIOA1(P2_4)
TRDFCR PWM3 CMD1, CMD0 X X 1 1
1Xb
TRDOER1 EA1 0 0
TRDIORA1 IOA2_IOA0 XXXb XXXb
001b, 01Xb
Function Complementary PWM mode waveform output Reset synchronous PWM mode waveform output Timer mode waveform output (output compare function) Timer mode trigger input (input capture function)(1) I/O port
01b 00b 00b
Setting value
0 X
1XXb
Other than above
X: can be 0 or 1, no change in outcome NOTE: 1. Set the PD2_4 bit in the PD2 register to 0 (input mode) at timer mode trigger input (input capture function).
Table 14.17
Register Bit
Pin Functions TRDIOB1(P2_5)
TRDFCR PWM3 CMD1, CMD0 X X 1 1 1
1Xb
TRDOER1
TRDPMR PWMB1 X X 1 0 0
TRDIORA1 IOB2_IOB0
EB1 0 0
Function Complementary PWM mode waveform output Reset synchronous PWM mode waveform output PWM mode waveform output Timer mode waveform output (output compare function) Timer mode trigger input (input capture function)(1) I/O port
XXXb XXXb XXXb
001b, 01Xb
01b 00b 00b 00b Other than above
Setting value
0 0 X
1XXb
X: can be 0 or 1, no change in outcome NOTE: 1. Set the PD2_5 bit in the PD2 register to 0 (input mode) at timer mode trigger input (input capture function).
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 171 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Table 14.18
Register Bit
Pin Functions TRDIOC1(P2_6)
TRDFCR PWM3 CMD1, CMD0 X X 1 1 1
1Xb
TRDOER1
TRDPMR PWMC1 X X 1 0 0
TRDIORC1 IOC2_IOC0
EC1 0 0
Function Complementary PWM mode waveform output Reset synchronous PWM mode waveform output PWM mode waveform output Timer mode waveform output (output compare function) Timer mode trigger input (input capture function)(1) I/O port
XXXb XXXb XXXb
001b, 01Xb
01b 00b 00b 00b Other than above
Setting value
0 0 X
1XXb
X: can be 0 or 1, no change in outcome NOTE: 1. Set the PD2_6 bit in the PD2 register to 0 (input mode) at timer mode trigger input (input capture function).
Table 14.19
Register Bit
Pin Functions TRDIOD1(P2_7)
TRDFCR PWM3 CMD1, CMD0 X X 1 1 1
1Xb
TRDOER1
TRDPMR PWMD1 X X 1 0 0
TRDIORC1 IOD2_IOD0
ED1 0 0
Function Complementary PWM mode waveform output Reset synchronous PWM mode waveform output PWM mode waveform output Timer mode waveform output (output compare function) Timer mode trigger input (input capture function)(1) I/O port
XXXb XXXb XXXb
001b, 01Xb
01b 00b 00b 00b Other than above
Setting value
0 0 X
1XXb
X: can be 0 or 1, no change in outcome NOTE: 1. Set the PD2_7 bit in the PD2 register to 0 (input mode) at timer mode trigger input (input capture function).
Table 14.20
Register Bit Setting value
Pin Functions INT0(P4_5)
INTEN INT0PL 0 INT0EN
1
TRDOER2 PTO 1
PD4 PD4_5 0
Function Pulse output forced cutoff signal input I/O port or INT0 interrupt input
Other than above
X: can be 0 or 1, no change in outcome
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 172 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
f1, f2, f4, f8, f32, fOCO40M
Channel i
TRDi register TRDGRAi register TRDGRBi register TRDGRCi register TRDGRDi register TRDDFi register TRDCRi register TRDIORAi register TRDIORCi register
Data bus
INT0 Count source select circuit TRDIOA0/TRDCLK TRDIOB0
Timer RD control circuit
TRDIOC0 TRDIOD0 TRDIOA1 TRDIOB1 TRDIOC1 TRDIOD1
TRDSRi register TRDIERi register TRDPOCRi register
TRDSTR register TRDMR register TRDPMR register TRDFCR register TRDOER1 register TRDOER2 register TRDOCR register
Channel 0 interrupt request Channel 1 interrupt request A/D trigger
i = 0 or 1
Figure 14.27
Block Diagram of Timer RD
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 173 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.3.1
Count Source
The count source selection can be used in all modes. However, in PWM3 mode, the external clock cannot be selected. Table 14.21 Count Source Selection
Selection The count source is selected by bits TCK2 to TCK0 in the TRDCRi register. The FRA00 bit in the FRA0 register is set to 1 (high-speed on-chip oscillator fOCO40M(1) frequency). Bits TCK2 to TCK0 in the TRDCRi register is set to 110b (fOCO40M). External Signal Input The STCLK bit in the TRDFCR register is set to 1 (external clock input enabled). to TRDCLK Pin The TCK2 to TCK0 bits in the TRDCRi register are set to 101b (count source: external clock). The valid edge selected by the CKEG1 to CKEG0 bits in the TRDCRi register. The PD2_0 bit in the PD2 register is set to 0 (input mode). i = 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. The count source fOCO40M can be used with VCC = 3.0 to 5.5 V.
Count Source f1, f2, f4, f8, f32
f1 f2 f4 f8 f32 fOCO40M
TCK2 to TCK0 = 000b = 001b = 010b = 011b = 100b = 110b = 101b STCLK = 1 CKEG1 to CKEG0 Valid edge selected Count source TRDi register
TRDCLK/ TRDIOA0 STCLK = 0
TRDIOA0 I/O or programmable I/O port
i = 0 or 1 TCK2 to TCK0, CKEG1 to CKEG0: Bits in TRDCRi register STCLK: Bit in TRDFCR register
Figure 14.28
Block Diagram of Count Source
Set the pulse width of the external clock which inputs to the TRDCLK pin to 3 cycles or above of the operation clock of Timer RD (refer to Table 14.11 Timer RD Operation Clocks). When selecting fOCO40M for the count source, set the FRA00 bit in the FRA0 register to 1 (high-speed onchip oscillator on) before setting the TCK2 to TCK0 bits in the TRDCRi register (i = 0 or 1) to 110b (fOCO40M).
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 174 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.3.2
Buffer Operation
The TRDGRCi register can be used as the buffer register of the TRDGRAi register, and the TRDGRDi register can be used as the buffer register of the TRDGRBi register by the BFCi and BFDi bits in the TRDMR register. * TRDGRAi buffer register: TRDGRCi register * TRDGRBi buffer register: TRDGRDi register Buffer operation depends on modes. Table 14.22 lists the Buffer Operation in Each Mode. Figure 14.29 shows the Buffer Operation in Input Capture Function, and Figure 14.30 shows the Buffer Operation in Output Compare Function. Table 14.22 Buffer Operation in Each Mode Transfer Timing Input capture signal input Compare match with TRDi register and TRDGRAi (TRDGRBi) register Compare match withTRD0 register and TRDGRA0 register * Compare match with TRD0 register and TRDGRA0 register * TRD1 register underflow Compare match with TRD0 register and TRDGRA0 register Transfer Register Transfer content in TRDGRAi (TRDGRBi) register to buffer register Transfer content in buffer register to TRDGRAi (TRDGRBi) register Transfer content in buffer register to TRDGRAi (TRDGRBi) register Transfer content in buffer register to TRDGRB0, TRDGRA1 and TRDGRB1 registers Transfer content in buffer register to TRDGRA0, TRDGRB0, TRDGRA1 and TRDGRB1 registers
Function and Mode Input Capture Function Output Compare Function PWM Mode Reset Synchronous PWM Mode Complementary PWM Mode PWM3 Mode
i = 0 or 1
TRDIOAi input (input capture signal) TRDGRCi register (buffer) TRDGRAi register TRDi
TRDIOAi input
TRDi register
n-1
n Transfer
n+1
TRDGRAi register
m Transfer
n
TRDGRCi register (buffer)
m
i = 0 or 1 The above applies to the following conditions: * The BFCi bit in the TRDMR register is set to 1. (The TRDGRCi register is used as the buffer register of the TRDGRAi register.) * The IOA2 to IOA0 bits in the TRDIORAi register are set to 100b (input capture at the falling edge).
Figure 14.29
Buffer Operation in Input Capture Function
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 175 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Compare match signal
TRDGRCi register (buffer)
TRDGRAi register
Comparator
TRDi
TRDi register
m-1
m
m+1
TRDGRAi register
m Transfer
n
TRDGRCi register (buffer)
n
TRDIOAi output i = 0 or 1 The above applies to the following conditions: * BFCi bit in the TRDMR register is set to 1. (The TRDGRCi register is used as the buffer register of the TRDGRAi register.) * IOA2 to IOA0 bits in the TRDIORAi register are set to 001b ("L" output by the compare match).
Figure 14.30
Buffer Operation in Output Compare Function
Perform the following for the timer mode (input capture and output compare functions). When using the TRDGRCi (i = 0 or 1) register as the buffer register of the TRDGRAi register * Set the IOC3 bit in the TRDIORCi register to 1 (general register or buffer register). * Set the IOC2 bit in the TRDIORCi register to the same as the IOA2 bit in the TRDIORAi register. When using the TRDGRDi register as the buffer register of the TRDGRBi register * Set the IOD3 bit in the TRDIORDi register to 1 (general register or buffer register). * Set the IOD2 bit in the TRDIORCi register to the same value as the IOB2 bit in the TRDIORAi register. Bits IMFC and IMFD in the TRDSRi register are set to 1 at the input edge of the TRDIOCi pin when also using registers TRDGRCi and TRDGRDi as the buffer register in the input capture function. When using the TRDGRCi and TRDGRDi registers for the buffer register in output compare function, reset synchronous PWM mode, complementary PWM mode and PWM3 mode, the IMFC and IMFD bits in the TRDSRi register are set to 1 by the compare match with the TRDi register.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 176 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.3.3
Synchronous Operation
The TRD1 register is synchronized with the TRD0 register. * Synchronous preset When the SYNC bit in the TRDMR register is set to 1 (synchronous operation), the data is written to both the TRD0 and TRD1 registers after writing to the TRDi register. * Synchronous clear When the SYNC bit in the TRDMR register is set to 1 and the CCLR2 to CCLR0 bits in the TRDCRi register are set to 011b (synchronous clear), and the TRD0 register is set to 0000h at the same time as the TRD1 register is set to 0000h. Also, when the SYNC bit in the TRDMR register is set to 1 and the CCLR2 to CCLR0 bits in the TRDCRi register are set to 011b (synchronous clear), and the TRD1 register is set to 0000h at the same time as the TRD0 register is set to 0000h.
TRDIOA0 input Set to 0000h by input capture Value in TRD0 register n writing
n
n is set
Value in TRD1 register
n
n is set
Set to 0000h with TRD0 register The above applies to the following conditions: * The SYNC bit in the TRDMR register is set to 1 (synchronous operation). * The CCLR2 to CCLR0 bits in the TRDCR0 register are set to 001b (set the TRD0 register to 0000h in input capture). The CCLR2 to CCLR0 bits in the TRDCR1 register are set to 011b. (Set the TRD1 register to 0000h synchronizing with the TRD0 register.) * The IOA2 to IOA0 bits in the TRDIORA0 register are set to 100b. * The CMD1 to CMD0 bits in the TRDFCR register are set to 00b. (Input capture at the rising edge of the TRDIOA0 input) The PWM 3 bit in the TRDFCR register is set to 1.
Figure 14.31
Synchronous Operation
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 177 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.3.4
Pulse Output Forced Cutoff
In the output compare function, PWM mode, reset synchronous PWM mode, complementary PWM mode and PWM3 mode, the TRDIOji output pin can be forcibly set to the programmable I/O port by the INT0 pin input, and pulse output can be cut off. The used pins for the output in these functions or modes can function as the output pin of Timer RD when setting the applicable bit in the TRDOER1 register to 0 (enable Timer RD output). When the PTO bit in the TRDOER2 register to 1 (INT0 of pulse output forced cutoff signal input enabled), all bits in the TRDOER1 register are set to 1 (disable Timer RD output, the TRDIOji output pin is used as the programmable I/O port) after "L" is applied to the INT0 pin. The TRDIOji output pin is set to the programmable I/O port after "L" is applied to the INT0 pin and waiting for 1 to 2 cycles of the Timer RD operation clock (refer to Table 14.11 Timer RD Operation Clocks). Set as below when using this function: * Set the pin status (high impedance, "L" or "H" output) with the pulse output forced cutoff by the P2 and PD2 registers. * Set the INT0EN bit in the INTEN register to 1 (enable INT0 input) and the INT0PL bit to 0 (one edge). * Set the PD4_5 bit in the PD4 register to 0 (input mode). * Set the INT0 digital filter by the INT0F1 to INT0F0 bits in the INTF register. * Set the PTO bit in the TRDOER2 register to 1 (enable pulse output forced cutoff signal input INT0). According to the selection of the POL bit in the INT0IC register and change of the INT0 pin input, the IR bit in the INT0IC register is set to 1 (interrupt request). Refer to 12. Interrupts for details of interrupts.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 178 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
EA0 bit writing value
EA0 bit DQ S Timer RD output data Port P2_0 output data Port P2_0 input data
INT0 input
PTO bit
TRDIOA0
EB0 bit writing value
EB0 bit DQ S Timer RD output data Port P2_1 output data Port P2_1 input data
TRDIOB0
EC0 bit writing value
EC0 bit DQ S Timer RD output data Port P2_2 output data Port P2_2 input data
TRDIOC0
ED0 bit writing value
ED0 bit DQ S Timer RD output data Port P2_3 output data Port P2_3 input data
TRDIOD0
EA1 bit writing value
EA1 bit DQ S Timer RD output data Port P2_4 output data Port P2_4 input data
TRDIOA1
EB1 bit writing value
EB1 bit DQ S Timer RD output data Port P2_5 output data Port P2_5 input data
TRDIOB1
EC1 bit writing value
EC1 bit DQ S Timer RD output data Port P2_6 output data Port P2_6 input data
TRDIOC1
ED1 bit writing value
ED1 bit DQ S Timer RD output data Port P2_7 output data Port P2_7 input data
TRDIOD1
PTO: Bit in TRDOER2 register EA0, EB0, EC0, ED0, EA1, EB1, EC1, ED1: Bits in TRDOER1 register
Figure 14.32
Pulse Output Forced Cutoff Page 179 of 501
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.3.5
Input Capture Function
The input capture function is to measure the external signal width and period. The content in the TRDi register (counter) is transferred to the TRDGRji register as a trigger of the TRDIOji (i = 0 or 1, j = either A, B, C or D) pin external signal (input capture). Since this function is enabled with a combination of the TRDIOji pin and TRDGRji register, any of the input capture function, other modes or functions can be selected every pin. The TRDGRA0 register can also select fOCO128 signal as input-capture trigger input. Figure 14.33 shows the Block Diagram of Input Capture Function, Table 14.23 lists the Input Capture Function Specifications. Figures 14.34 to 14.44 show the Registers Associated with Input Capture Function and Figure 14.45 shows the Operating Example of Input Capture Function.
TRDIOAi(3)
Input capture signal
(Note 1)
TRDGRAi register
TRDi register
TRDGRCi register
TRDIOCi
Input capture signal
TRDIOBi
Input capture signal
(Note 2)
TRDGRBi register
fOCO
Divided by 128
fOCO128
IOA3 = 0
Input capture signal
TRDIOA0
TRDGRDi register TRDIODi
IOA3 = 1
Input capture signal
i = 0 or 1 NOTES: 1. When the BFCi bit in the TRDMR register is set to 1 (the TRDGRCi register is used as the buffer register of the TRDGRAi register). 2. When the BFDi bit in the TRDMR register is set to 1 (the TRDGRDi register is used as the buffer register of the TRDGRBi register). 3. The trigger input of the TRDGRA0 register can select the TRDIOA0 pin input or fOCO128 signal.
Figure 14.33
Block Diagram of Input Capture Function
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 180 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Table 14.23
Input Capture Function Specifications Specification f1, f2, f4, f8, f32, fOCO40M External signal input to the TRDCLK pin (valid edge selected by a program) Increment When the CCLR2 to CCLR0 bits in the TRDCRi register are set to 000b (free-running operation). 1/fk x 65536 fk: Frequency of count source Write 1 (count starts) to the TSTARTi bit in the TRDSTR register. Write 0 (count stops) to the TSTARTi bit in the TRDSTR register when the CSELi bit in the TRDSTR register is set to 1. * Input capture (valid edge of TRDIOji input or fOCO128 signal edge) * TRDi register overflows Programmable I/O port, input-capture input, or TRDCLK (external clock) input Programmable I/O port, or input-capture input (Select every pin) Programmable I/O port or INT0 interrupt input The count value can be read by reading the TRDi register. * When the SYNC bit in the TRDMR register is set to 0 (channels 0 and 1 operate independently). Data can be written to the TRDi register. * When the SYNC bit in the TRDMR register is set to 1 (channels 0 and 1 operate synchronously.) Data can be written to both the TRD0 and TRD1 registers by writing to the TRDi register. * Input-capture input pin selected Either 1 pin or multiple pins of the TRDIOAi, TRDIOBi, TRDIOCi or TRDIODi pin. * Input-capture input valid edge selected The rising edge, falling edge or both the rising and falling edges * The timing when the TRDi register is set to 0000h At overflow or input capture * Buffer operation (refer to 14.3.2 Buffer Operation) * Synchronous operation (refer to 14.3.3 Synchronous Operation) * Digital filter The TRDIOji input is sampled, and when the sampled input level match 3 times, its level is assumed as a determination. * Input-capture trigger selected fOCO128 can be selected for input-capture trigger input of the TRDGRA0 register.
Item Count Sources
Count Operations Count Period
Count Start Condition Count Stop Condition Interrupt Request Generation Timing TRDIOA0 Pin Function TRDIOB0, TRDIOC0, TRDIOD0, TRDIOA1 to TRDIOD1 Pin Functions INT0 Pin Function Read from Timer Write to Timer
Selection Functions
i = 0 or 1, j = either A, B, C or D
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 181 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Start Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
11
Symbol TRDSTR Bit Symbol TSTART0 TSTART1 CSEL0 CSEL1 -- (b7 - b4)
Address 0137h Bit Name TRD0 count start flag TRD1 count start flag TRD0 count operation select bit TRD1 count operation select bit
After Reset 11111100b Function 0 : Count stops 1 : Count starts 0 : Count stops 1 : Count starts Set to 1 in the input capture function Set to 1 in the input capture function
RW RW RW RW RW --
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1.
NOTE: 1. Set the TRDSTR register using the MOV instruction (do not use the bit handling instruction). Refer to 14.3.12.1 TRDSTR Register of Notes on Tim er RD.
Timer RD Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDMR Bit Symbol
Address 0138h Bit Name Timer RD synchronous bit
SYNC
After Reset 00001110b Function 0 : TRD0 and TRD1 registers operate independently 1 : TRD0 and TRD1 registers operate synchronously
RW
RW
-- (b3 - b1) BFC0 BFD0 BFC1 BFD1
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1. TRDGRC0 register function selection bit TRDGRD0 register function selection bit TRDGRC1 register function selection bit TRDGRD1 register function selection bit 0 : General register 1 : Buffer register of TRDGRA0 register 0 : General register 1 : Buffer register of TRDGRB0 register 0 : General register 1 : Buffer register of TRDGRA1 register 0 : General register 1 : Buffer register of TRDGRB1 register
-- RW RW RW RW
Figure 14.34
Registers TRDSTR and TRDMR in Input Capture Function
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 182 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD PWM Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
000
000
Symbol TRDPMR Bit Symbol PWMB0 PWMC0 PWMD0 -- (b3) PWMB1 PWMC1 PWMD1 -- (b7)
Address 0139h Bit Name PWM mode of TRDIOB0 selection bit PWM mode of TRDIOC0 selection bit PWM mode of TRDIOD0 selection bit
After Reset 10001000b Function Set to 0 (timer mode) in the input capture function. Set to 0 (timer mode) in the input capture function. Set to 0 (timer mode) in the input capture function.
RW RW RW RW -- RW RW RW --
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1. PWM mode of TRDIOB1 selection bit PWM mode of TRDIOC1 selection bit PWM mode of TRDIOD1 selection bit Set to 0 (timer mode) in the input capture function. Set to 0 (timer mode) in the input capture function. Set to 0 (timer mode) in the input capture function.
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1.
Figure 14.35
TRDPMR Register in Input Capture Function
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 183 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Function Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1
00
Symbol TRDFCR Bit Symbol CMD0 CMD1
Address 013Ah Bit Name Combination mode selection bit(1)
After Reset 10000000b Function Set to 00b (timer mode, PWM mode, or PWM3 mode) in the input capture function.
RW RW RW
OLS0
Normal-phase output level selection This bit is disabled in the input capture bit (in reset synchronous PWM mode function. or complementary PWM mode) Counter-phase output level selection This bit is disabled in the input capture bit (in reset synchronous PWM mode function. or complementary PWM mode) A/D trigger enable bit (in complementary PWM mode) A/D trigger edge selection bit (in complementary PWM mode) External clock input selection bit PWM3 mode selection bit(2) This bit is disabled in the input capture function. This bit is disabled in the input capture function. 0 : External clock input disabled 1 : External clock input enabled Set this bit to 1 (other than PWM3 mode) in the input capture function.
RW
OLS1
RW
ADTRG ADEG STCLK PWM3
RW RW RW RW
NOTES: 1. Set bits CMD1 to CMD0 w hen both the TSTART0 and TSTART1 bits in the TRDSTR register are set to 0 (count stops). 2. When bits CMD1 to CMD0 are set to 00b (timer mode, PWM mode, or PWM3 mode), the setting of the PWM3 bit is enabled.
Figure 14.36
TRDFCR Register in Input Capture Function
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 184 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Digital Filter Function Selection Register i (i = 0 or 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDDF0 TRDDF1 Bit Symbol DFA DFB DFC DFD -- (b5 - b4)
Address 013Eh 013Fh Bit Name TRDIOA pin digital filter function selection bit TRDIOB pin digital filter function selection bit TRDIOC pin digital filter function selection bit TRDIOD pin digital filter function selection bit
After Reset 00h 00h Function 0 : Function is not used 1 : Function is used 0 : Function is not used 1 : Function is used 0 : Function is not used 1 : Function is used 0 : Function is not used 1 : Function is used RW RW RW RW RW --
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0. Clock selection bit for digital filter function
b7 b6
DFCK0
0 0 1 1
DFCK1
0 : f32 1 : f8 0 : f1 1 : Count source (clock selected by the TCK2 to TCK0 bits in the TRDCRi register)
RW
RW
Figure 14.37
Registers TRDDF0 to TRDDF1 in Input Capture Function
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 185 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Control Register i (i = 0 or 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDCR0 TRDCR1 Bit Symbol TCK0
Address 0140h 0150h Bit Name Count source selection bit
b2 b1 b0
After Reset 00h 00h Function 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 : f1 1 : f2 0 : f4 1 : f8 0 : f32 1 : TRDCLK input(1) 0 : fOCO40M 1 : Do not set RW RW
TCK1
RW
TCK2 External clock edge selection bit(2)
RW
b4 b3
CKEG0
CKEG1 TRDi counter clear selection bit CCLR0
0 0 1 1
0 : Count at the rising edge 1 : Count at the falling edge 0 : Count at both edges 1 : Do not set
RW
RW
b7 b6 b5
CCLR1
CCLR2
0 0 0 : Disable clear (free-running operation) 0 0 1 : Clear by the input capture in the TRDGRAi register 0 1 0 : Clear by the input capture in the TRDGRBi register 0 1 1 : Synchronous clear (clear simultaneously w ith other channel counter)(3) 1 0 0 : Do not set 1 0 1 : Clear by the input capture in the TRDGRCi register 1 1 0 : Clear by the input capture in the TRDGRDi register 1 1 1 : Do not set
RW
RW
RW
NOTES: 1. This bit is enabled w hen the STCLK bit in the TRDFCR register is set to 1 (external clock input enabled). 2. This bit is enabled w hen the TCK2 to TCK0 bits are set to 101b (TRDCLK input) and the STCLK bit in the TRDFCR register is set to 1 (external clock input enabled). 3. This bit is enabled w hen the SYNC bit in the TRDMR register is set to 1 (TRD0 and TRD1 registers operate synchronously).
Figure 14.38
Registers TRDCR0 to TRDCR1 in Input Capture Function
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 186 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD I/O Control Register Ai (i = 0 or 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1
1
Symbol TRDIORA0 TRDIORA1 Bit Symbol
Address 0141h 0151h Bit Name TRDGRA control bit
b1 b0
After Reset 10001000b 10001000b Function 0 0 : Input capture to the TRDGRAi register at the rising edge 0 1 : Input capture to the TRDGRAi register at the falling edge 1 0 : Input capture to the TRDGRAi register at both edges 1 1 : Do not set RW
IOA0
RW
IOA1
RW
IOA2 IOA3
TRDGRA mode selection bit(1) Set to 1 (input capture) in the input capture function Input capture input sw itch bit(3,4) TRDGRB control bit 0 : fOCO128 Signal 1 : TRDIOA0 pin
b5 b4
RW RW
IOB0
IOB1
0 0 : Input capture to the TRDGRBi register at the rising edge 0 1 : Input capture to the TRDGRBi register at the falling edge 1 0 : Input capture to the TRDGRBi register at both edges 1 1 : Do not set TRDGRB mode selection bit(2) Set to 1 (input capture) in the input capture function Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1.
RW
RW
IOB2 -- (b7)
RW --
NOTES: 1. When selecting 1 (The TRDGRCi register is used as a buffer register of the TRDGRAi register) for this bit by the BFCi bit in the TRDMR register, set the IOC2 bit in the TRDIORCi register to the same value as the IOA2 bit in the TRDIORAi register. 2. When selecting 1 (The TRDGRDi register is used as a buffer register of TRDGRBi register) for this bit by the BFDi bit in the TRDMR register, set the IOD2 bit in the TRDIORCi register to the same value as the IOB2 bit in the TRDIORAi register. 3. The IOA3 bit in the only TRDIORA0 register is enabled. Set to the IOA3 bit in the TRDIORA1 to 1. 4. The IOA3 bit is enabled w hen the IOA2 bit is set to 1 (input capture function).
Figure 14.39
Registers TRDIORA0 to TRDIORA1 in Input Capture Function
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 187 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD I/O Control Register Ci (i = 0 or 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
11
11
Symbol TRDIORC0 TRDIORC1 Bit Symbol
Address 0142h 0152h Bit Name TRDGRC control bit
b1 b0
After Reset 10001000b 10001000b Function 0 0 : Input capture to the TRDGRCi register at the rising edge 0 1 : Input capture to the TRDGRCi register at the falling edge 1 0 : Input capture to the TRDGRCi register at both edges 1 1 : Do not set RW
IOC0
RW
IOC1
RW
IOC2 IOC3
TRDGRC mode selection bit(1) TRDGRC register function selection bit TRDGRD control bit
Set to 1 (input capture) in the input capture function Set to 1 (general register or buffer register) in the input capture function
b5 b4
RW RW
IOD0
IOD1
0 0 : Input capture to the TRDGRDi register at the rising edge 0 1 : Input capture to the TRDGRDi register at the falling edge 1 0 : Input capture to the TRDGRDi register at both edges 1 1 : Do not set TRDGRD mode selection bit(2) TRDGRD register function selection bit Set to 1 (input capture) in the input capture function Set to 1 (general register or buffer register) in the input capture function
RW
RW
IOD2 IOD3
RW RW
NOTES: 1. When selecting 1 (The TRDGRCi register is used as a buffer register of the TRDGRAi register) for this bit by the BFCi bit in the TRDMR register, set the IOC2 bit in the TRDIORCi register to the same value as the IOA2 bit in the TRDIORAi register. 2. When selecting 1 (The TRDGRDi register is used as a buffer register of TRDGRBi register) for this bit by the BFDi bit in the TRDMR register, set the IOD2 bit in the TRDIORCi register to the same value as the IOB2 bit in the TRDIORAi register.
Figure 14.40
Registers TRDIORC0 to TRDIORC1 in Input Capture Function
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 188 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Status Register i (i = 0 or 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDSR0 TRDSR1 Bit Symbol
Address 0143h 0153h
After Reset 11100000b 11000000b RW
IMFA
Bit Name Function Input capture/compare match flag [Source for setting this bit to 0] A Write 0 after read.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 1] TRDSR0 register: fOCO128 signal edge w hen the IOA3 bit in the TRDIORA0 register is set to 0 (fOCO128 signal) TRDIOA0 pin input edge w hen the IOA3 bit in the TRDIORA0 register is set to 1 (TRDIOA0 input) (3) TRDSR1 register: Input edge of TRDIOA1 pin.(3) Input capture/compare match flag [Source for setting this bit to 0] B Write 0 after read.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 1] Input edge of TRDIOBi pin.(3) Input capture/compare match flag [Source for setting this bit to 0] C Write 0 after read.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 1] Input edge of TRDIOCi pin.(4) Input capture/compare match flag [Source for setting this bit to 0] D Write 0 after read.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 1] Input edge of TRDIODi pin.(4) Overflow flag [Source for setting this bit to 0] Write 0 after read.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the TRDi register overflow s This bit is disabled in the input capture function.
RW
IMFB
RW
IMFC
RW
IMFD
RW
OVF
RW
UDF -- (b7 - b6)
Underflow flag(1)
RW --
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1.
NOTES: 1. Nothing is assigned to the b5 in the TRDSR0 register. When w riting to the b5, w rite 0. When reading, its content is 1. 2. The w riting results are as follow s: * This bit is set to 0 w hen the read result is 1 and w riting 0 to the same bit. * This bit remains unchanged even if the read result is 0 and w riting 0 to the same bit. (This bit remains 1 even if this bit is set to 1 from 0 after reading, and w riting 0.) * This bit remains unchanged w hen w riting 1. 3. Edge selected by bits IOj1 to IOj0 (j = A or B) in the TRDIORAi register. 4. Edge selected by bits IOk1 to IOk0 (k = C or D) in the TRDIORCi register. Including w hen the BFki bit in the TRDMR register is set to 1 (TRDGRki is used as the buffer register).
Figure 14.41
Registers TRDSR0 to TRDSR1 in Input Capture Function
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 189 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Interrupt Enable Register i (i = 0 or 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDIER0 TRDIER1 Bit Symbol
Address 0144h 0154h Bit Name Input capture/compare match interrupt enable bit A
After Reset 11100000b 11100000b Function 0 : Disable an interrupt (IMIA) by the IMFA bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (IMIA) by the IMFA bit 0 : Disable an interrupt (IMIB) by the IMFB bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (IMIB) by the IMFB bit 0 : Disable an interrupt (IMIC) by the IMFC bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (IMIC) by the IMFC bit 0 : Disable an interrupt (IMID) by the IMFD bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (IMID) by the IMFD bit 0 : Disable an interrupt (OVI) by the OVF bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (OVI) by the OVF bit RW
IMIEA
RW
IMIEB
Input capture/compare match interrupt enable bit B
RW
IMIEC
Input capture/compare match interrupt enable bit C
RW
IMIED
Input capture/compare match interrupt enable bit D
RW
OVIE
Overflow /underflow interrupt enable bit
RW
-- (b7 - b5)
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1.
--
Figure 14.42
Registers TRDIER0 to TRDIER1 in Input Capture Function
Timer RD Counter i (i = 0 or 1)(1)
(b15) b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
Symbol TRD0 TRD1
Address 0147h-0146h 0157h-0156h
After Reset 0000h 0000h Setting Range 0000h to FFFFh RW RW
Function Count a count source. Count operation is incremented. When an overflow occurs, the OVF bit in the TRDSRi register is set to 1. NOTE: 1. Access the TRDi register in 16-bit units. Do not access it in 8-bit units.
Figure 14.43
Registers TRD0 to TRD1 in Input Capture Function
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 190 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD General Register Ai, Bi, Ci and Di (i = 0 or 1)(1)
(b15) b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
Symbol TRDGRA0 TRDGRB0 TRDGRC0 TRDGRD0 TRDGRA1 TRDGRB1 TRDGRC1 TRDGRD1
Address 0149h-0148h 014Bh-014Ah 014Dh-014Ch 014Fh-014Eh 0159h-0158h 015Bh-015Ah 015Dh-015Ch 015Fh-015Eh
After Reset FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh RW RW
Function Refer to Table 14.24 TRDGRji Register Functions in Input Capture Function NOTE: 1. Access the TRDGRAi to TRDGRDi registers in 16-bit units. Do not access them in 8-bit units.
Figure 14.44
Registers TRDGRAi, TRDGRBi, TRDGRCi and TRDGRDi in Input Capture Function
The following registers are disabled in the input capture function: TRDOER1, TRDOER2, TRDOCR, TRDPOCR0 and TRDPOCR1 Table 14.24 Register TRDGRAi TRDGRBi TRDGRCi TRDGRDi TRDGRCi TRDGRDi BFCi = 0 BFDi = 0 BFCi = 1 BFDi = 1 TRDGRji Register Functions in Input Capture Function Setting - Register Function General register The value in the TRDi register can be read at the input capture. General register The value in the TRDi register can be read at the input capture. Buffer register The value in the TRDi register can be read at the input capture. (Refer to 14.3.2 Buffer Operation) Input-Capture Input Pin TRDIOAi TRDIOBi TRDIOCi TRDIODi TRDIOAi TRDIOBi
i = 0 or 1, j = either A, B, C or D BFCi, BFDi: Bits in TRDMR Register Set the pulse width of the input capture signal applied to the TRDIOji pin to 3 cycles or more of the Timer RD operation clock (refer to Table 14.11 Timer RD Operation Clocks) for "no digital filter" (the DFj bit in the TRDDFi register is set to 0).
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 191 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
TRDCLK input count source Count value in TRDi register FFFFh 0009h
0006h
0000h TSTARTi bit in TRDSTR register 1 0 65536 TRDIOAi input
TRDGRAi register Transfer TRDGRCi register
0006h
0009h Transfer 0006h
IMFA bit in TRDSRi register OVF bit in TRDSRi register
1 0 1 0 Set to 0 by a program
i = 0 or 1 The above applies to the following conditions: The CCLR2 to CCLR0 bits in the TRDCRi register are set to 001b. (Set the TRDi register to 0000h by the TRDGRAi register input capture.) The TCK2 to TCK0 bits in the TRDCRi register are set to 101b (TRDCLK input for the count source). The CKEG1 to CKEG0 bits in the TRDCRi register are set to 01b (count at the falling edge for the count source). The IOA2 to IOA0 bits in the TRDIORAi register are set to 101b (input capture at the falling edge of the TRDIOAi input). The BFCi bit in the TRDMR register is set to 1. (The TRDGRCi register is used as the buffer register of the TRDGRAi register.)
Figure 14.45
Operating Example of Input Capture Function
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 192 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.3.5.1
Digital Filter
The TRDIOji input is sampled, and when the sampled input level matches 3 times, its level is assumed as a determination. Select the digital filter function and sampling clock by the TRDDFi register.
TCK2 to TCK0 fOCO40M TRDCLK f32 f8 f4 f2 f1 =101b =100b =011b Count source =010b =001b =000b =110b f32 f8 f1
DFCK1 to DFCK0 =00b =01b =10b =11b
IOA2 to IOA0 IOB2 to IOB0 IOC3 to IOC0 IOD3 to IOD0 Sampling clock DFj
C TRDIOji input signal D Latch Timer RD operation clock f1, fOCO40M C D Latch Q Q D
C Q Latch D
C Q Latch D
C Q Latch
1
Match detection circuit Edge detection circuit
0
Clock period selected by the TCK2 to TCK0 bits or DFCK1 to DFCK0 bits
Sampling clock
TRDIOji input signal Recognition of the signal change with 3-time match
Input signal through digital filtering
Signal transmission delayed up to 5-sampling clock Transmission cannot be performed without 3-times match because the input signal is assumed as noise. i = 0 or 1, j = either A, B, C or D TCK0 to TCK2: Bits in TRDCRi register DFCK0 to DFCK1 and DFj: Bits in TRDDF register IOA0 to IOA2 and IOB0 to IOB2: Bits in TRDIORAi register IOC0 to IOC3 and IOD0 to IOD3: Bits in TRDIORCi register
Figure 14.46
Block Diagram of Digital Filter
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 193 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.3.6
Output Compare Function
This function is to detect the match (compare match) of the content in the TRDGRji (j = either A, B, C and D) register with the content in the TRDi (i = 0 or 1) register. When the content matches, any level is output from the TRDIOji pin. Since this function is enabled with a combination of the TRDIOji pin and TRDGRji register, any of the output compare function, other modes or functions can be selected every pin. Figure 14.47 shows the Block Diagram of Output Compare Function, Table 14.25 lists the Output Compare Function Specifications. Figures 14.48 to 14.59 list the Registers Associated with Output Compare Function and Figure 14.60 shows the Operating Example of Output Compare Function.
Channel 0
TRD0 Compare match signal Output control
TRDIOA0
IOC3 = 0 in TRDIORC0 register
Comparator
TRDGRA0
Compare match signal
TRDIOC0
Output control
IOC3 = 1
Comparator Compare match signal
TRDGRC0
TRDIOB0
Output control
IOD3 = 0 in TRDIORD0 register
Comparator
TRDGRB0
Compare match signal
TRDIOD0
Output control
IOD3 = 1
Comparator
TRDGRD0
Channel 1
TRD1 Compare match signal Output control
TRDIOA1
IOC3 = 0 in TRDIORC1 register
Comparator
TRDGRA1
Compare match signal
TRDIOC1
Output control
IOC3 = 1
Comparator Compare match signal
TRDGRC1
TRDIOB1
Output control
IOD3 = 0 in TRDIORD1 register
Comparator
TRDGRB1
Compare match signal
TRDIOD1
Output control
IOD3 = 1
Comparator
TRDGRD1
Figure 14.47
Block Diagram of Output Compare Function
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 194 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Table 14.25
Output Compare Function Specifications
Specification f1, f2, f4, f8, f32, fOCO40M External signal input to the TRDCLK pin (valid edge selected by a program) Increment * When the CCLR2 to CCLR0 bits in the TRDCRi register are set to 000b (freerunning operation) 1/fk x 65536 fk: Frequency of count source * The CCLR1 to CCLR0 bits in the TRDCRi register are set to 01b or 10b (set the TRDi register to 0000h at the compare match in the TRDGRji register.) Frequency of count source x (n + 1) n: Setting value in the TRDGRji register Compare match Write 1 (count starts) to the TSTARTi bit in the TRDSTR register. * Write 0 (count stops) to the TSTARTi bit in the TRDSTR register when the CSELi bit in the TRDSTR register is set to 1. The output compare output pin holds output level before the count stops. * When the CSELi bit in the TRDSTR register is set to 0, the count stops at the compare match in the TRDGRAi register.
Item Count Sources Count Operations Count Period
Waveform Output Timing Count Start Condition Count Stop Conditions
The output compare output pin holds level after output change by the compare match.
Interrupt Request Generation Timing * Compare match (the content in the TRDi register matches with the content in the TRDGRji register.) * TRDi register overflows TRDIOA0 Pin Function Programmable I/O port, output-compare output or TRDCLK (external clock) input TRDIOB0, TRDIOC0, TRDIOD0, Programmable I/O port or output-compare output (select every pin) TRDIOA1 to TRDIOD1 Pin Functions INT0 Pin Function Read from Timer Write to Timer Programmable I/O port, pulse output forced cutoff signal input or INT0 interrupt input The count value can be read by reading the TRDi register. * When the SYNC bit in the TRDMR register is set to 0 (channels 0 and 1 operate independently) Data can be written to the TRDi register. * When the SYNC bit in the TRDMR register is set to 1 (channels 0 and 1 operate synchronously). Data can be written to both the TRD0 and TRD1 registers by writing to the TRDi register. * Output-compare output pin selected Either 1 pin or multiple pins of the TRDIOAi, TRDIOBi, TRDIOCi or TRDIODi pin. * Output level at the compare match selected "L" output, "H" output or output level inversed * Initial output level selected Set the level at period from the count start to the compare match. * Timing to set the TRDi register to 0000h Overflow or compare match in the TRDGRAi register * Buffer operation (refer to 14.3.2 Buffer Operation) * Synchronous operation (refer to 14.3.3 Synchronous Operation) * Output pin in the TRDGRCi and TRDGRDi registers changed The TRDGRCi register can be used as output control of the TRDIOAi pin and the TRDGRDi register can be used as output control of the TRDIOBi pin. * Pulse output forced cutoff signal input (refer to 14.3.4 Pulse Output Forced Cutoff) * Timer RD can be used as the internal timer without output.
Selection Functions
i = 0 or 1, j = either A, B, C or D
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 195 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Start Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDSTR Bit Symbol TSTART0 TSTART1
Address 0137h Bit Name TRD0 count start flag(4) TRD1 count start flag(5)
After Reset 11111100b Function 0 : Count stops (2) 1 : Count starts 0 : Count stops (3) 1 : Count starts
RW RW RW
CSEL0
TRD0 count operation select 0 : Count stops at the compare match w ith bit the TRDGRA0 register after the count clear 1 : Count continues at the compare match w ith the TRDGRA0 register after the count clear TRD1 count operation select 0 : Count stops at the compare match w ith bit the TRDGRA1 register after the count clear 1 : Count continues at the compare match w ith the TRDGRA1 register after the count clear Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1.
RW
CSEL1
RW
-- (b7 - b4)
--
NOTES: 1. Set the TRDSTR register using the MOV instruction (do not use the bit handling instruction). Refer to 14.3.12.1 TRDSTR Register of Notes on Timer RD. 2. When the CSEL0 bit is set to 1, w rite 0 to the TSTART0 bit. 3. When the CSEL1 bit is set to 1, w rite 0 to the TSTART1 bit. 4. When the CSEL0 bit is set to 0 and generating the compare match signal (TRDIOA0), this bit is set to 0 (count stops). 5. When the CSEL1 bit is set to 0 and generating the compare match signal (TRDIOA1), this bit is set to 0 (count stops).
Timer RD Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDMR Bit Symbol
Address 0138h Bit Name Timer RD synchronous bit
SYNC
After Reset 00001110b Function 0 : TRD0 and TRD1 registers operate independently 1 : TRD0 and TRD1 registers operate synchronously
RW
RW
-- (b3 - b1) BFC0 BFD0 BFC1 BFD1
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1. TRDGRC0 register function selection bit(1) TRDGRD0 register function selection bit(1) TRDGRC1 register function selection bit(1) TRDGRD1 register function selection bit(1) 0 : General register 1 : Buffer register of TRDGRA0 register 0 : General register 1 : Buffer register of TRDGRB0 register 0 : General register 1 : Buffer register of TRDGRA1 register 0 : General register 1 : Buffer register of TRDGRB1 register
-- RW RW RW RW
NOTE: 1. When selecting 0 (change the TRDGRji register output pin) by the IOj3 (j = C or D) bit in the TRDIORCi (i = 0 or 1) register, set the BFji bit in the TRDMR register to 0.
Figure 14.48
Registers TRDSTR and TRDMR in Output Compare Function
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 196 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD PWM Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
000
000
Symbol TRDPMR Bit Symbol PWMB0 PWMC0 PWMD0 -- (b3) PWMB1 PWMC1 PWMD1 -- (b7)
Address 0139h Bit Name PWM mode of TRDIOB0 selection bit PWM mode of TRDIOC0 selection bit PWM mode of TRDIOD0 selection bit
After Reset 10001000b Function Set to 0 (timer mode) in the output compare function Set to 0 (timer mode) in the output compare function Set to 0 (timer mode) in the output compare function
RW RW RW RW -- RW RW RW --
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1. PWM mode of TRDIOB1 selection bit PWM mode of TRDIOC1 selection bit PWM mode of TRDIOD1 selection bit Set to 0 (timer mode) in the output compare function Set to 0 (timer mode) in the output compare function Set to 0 (timer mode) in the output compare function
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1.
Figure 14.49
TRDPMR Register in Output Compare Function
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 197 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Function Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1
00
Symbol TRDFCR Bit Symbol CMD0 CMD1
Address 013Ah Bit Name Combination mode selection bit(1)
After Reset 10000000b Function Set to 00b (timer mode, PWM mode, or PWM3 mode) in the output compare function.
RW RW RW
OLS0
Normal-phase output level selection This bit is disabled in the output compare bit (in reset synchronous PWM mode function. or complementary PWM mode) Counter-phase output level selection This bit is disabled in the output compare bit (in reset synchronous PWM mode function. or complementary PWM mode) A/D trigger enable bit (in complementary PWM mode) A/D trigger edge selection bit (in complementary PWM mode) External clock input selection bit PWM3 mode selection bit
(2)
RW
OLS1
RW
ADTRG ADEG STCLK PWM3
This bit is disabled in the output compare function. This bit is disabled in the output compare function. 0 : External clock input disabled 1 : External clock input enabled Set this bit to 1 (other than PWM3 mode) in the output compare function.
RW RW RW RW
NOTES: 1. Set bits CMD1 to CMD0 w hen both the TSTART0 and TSTART1 bits in the TRDSTR register are set to 0 (count stops). 2. When bits CMD1 to CMD0 are set to 00b (timer mode, PWM mode, or PWM3 mode), the setting of the PWM3 bit is enabled.
Figure 14.50
TRDFCR Register in Output Compare Function
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 198 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Output Master Enable Register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDOER1 Bit Symbol EA0
Address 013Bh Bit Name TRDIOA0 output disable bit
After Reset FFh Function 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (The TRDIOA0 pin is used as a programmable I/O port.) 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (The TRDIOB0 pin is used as a programmable I/O port.) 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (The TRDIOC0 pin is used as a programmable I/O port.) 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (The TRDIOD0 pin is used as a programmable I/O port.) 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (The TRDIOA1 pin is used as a programmable I/O port.) 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (The TRDIOB1 pin is used as a programmable I/O port.) 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (The TRDIOC1 pin is used as a programmable I/O port.) 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (The TRDIOD1 pin is used as a programmable I/O port.)
RW RW
TRDIOB0 output disable bit EB0 TRDIOC0 output disable bit EC0 TRDIOD0 output disable bit ED0 TRDIOA1 output disable bit EA1 TRDIOB1 output disable bit EB1 TRDIOC1 output disable bit EC1 TRDIOD1 output disable bit EC1
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
Timer RD Output Master Enable Register 2
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol Address 013Ch TRDOER2 Bit Symbol Bit Name -- Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. (b6 - b0) When read, the content is 1.
_____
After Reset 01111111b Function
RW --
PTO
INT0 of pulse output forced cutoff signal input enabled bit(1)
0 : Pulse output forced cutoff input disabled 1 : Pulse output forced cutoff input enabled (All bits in the TRDOER1 register are set to 1 (disable output) w hen "L" is _____ applied to the INT0 pin)
RW
NOTE: 1. Refer to 14.3.4 Pulse Output Forced Cutoff.
Figure 14.51
Registers TRDOER1 to TRDOER2 in Output Compare Function
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 199 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Output Control Register(1,2)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDOCR Bit Symbol TOA0 TOB0 TOC0 TOD0 TOA1 TOB1 TOC1 TOD1
Address 013Dh Bit Name TRDIOA0 output level selection bit TRDIOB0 output level selection bit TRDIOC0 initial output level selection bit TRDIOD0 initial output level selection bit TRDIOA1 initial output level selection bit TRDIOB1 initial output level selection bit TRDIOC1 initial output level selection bit TRDIOD1 initial output level selection bit
After Reset 00h Function 0 : Initial output "L" 1 : Initial output "H" 0 : Initial output "L" 1 : Initial output "H" 0 : "L" 1 : "H"
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
NOTES: 1. Write to the TRDOCR register w hen both the TSTART0 and TSTART1 bits in the TRDSTR register are set to 0 (count stops). 2. When the pin functions are w aveform output (refer to Table 14.12 to 14.19) and the TRDOCR register is set, the initial output level is output.
Figure 14.52
TRDOCR Register in Output Compare Function
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 200 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Control Register i (i = 0 or 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDCR0 TRDCR1 Bit Symbol TCK0
Address 0140h 0150h Bit Name Count source selection bit
b2 b1 b0
After Reset 00h 00h Function 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 : f1 1 : f2 0 : f4 1 : f8 0 : f32 1 : TRDCLK input(1) 0 : fOCO40M 1 : Do not set RW RW
TCK1
RW
TCK2 External clock edge selection bit(2)
RW
b4 b3
CKEG0
CKEG1
0 0 1 1
0 : Count at the rising edge 1 : Count at the falling edge 0 : Count at both edges 1 : Do not set
RW
RW
CCLR0
CCLR1
CCLR2
TRDi counter clear selection b7 b6 b5 0 0 0 : Disable clear (free-running operation) bit 0 0 1 : Clear by the compare match in the TRDGRAi register 0 1 0 : Clear by the compare match in the TRDGRBi register 0 1 1 : Synchronous clear (clear simultaneously w ith other channel counter)(3) 1 0 0 : Do not set 1 0 1 : Clear by the compare match in the TRDGRCi register 1 1 0 : Clear by the compare match in the TRDGRDi register 1 1 1 : Do not set
RW
RW
RW
NOTES: 1. This bit is enabled w hen the STCLK bit in the TRDFCR register is set to 1 (external clock input enabled). 2. This bit is enabled w hen the TCK2 to TCK0 bits are set to 101b (TRDCLK input) and the STCLK bit in the TRDFCR register is set to 1 (external clock input enabled). 3. This bit is enabled w hen the SYNC bit in the TRDMR register is set to 1 (TRD0 and TRD1 operate synchronously).
Figure 14.53
Registers TRDCR0 to TRDCR1 in Output Compare Function
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 201 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD I/O Control Register Ai (i = 0 or 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
10
Symbol TRDIORA0 TRDIORA1 Bit Symbol
Address 0141h 0151h Bit Name TRDGRA control bit
b1 b0
After Reset 10001000b 10001000b Function 0 0 : Disable pin output by the compare match (TRDIOAi pin functions as programmable I/O port) 0 1 : "L" output by the compare match in the TRDGRAi register 1 0 : "H" output by the compare match in the TRDGRAi register 1 1 : Toggle output by the compare match in the TRDGRAi register RW
IOA0
RW
IOA1
RW
IOA2 IOA3
TRDGRA mode selection bit(1) Input capture input sw itch bit TRDGRB control bit
Set to 0 (output compare) in the output compare function Set to 1
b5 b4
RW RW
IOB0
IOB1
0 0 : Disable pin output by the compare match (TRDIOBi pin functions as programmable I/O port) 0 1 : "L" output by the compare match in the TRDGRBi register 1 0 : "H" output by the compare match in the TRDGRBi 1 1 : Toggle output by the compare match in the TRDGRBi register TRDGRB mode selection bit(2) Set to 0 (output compare) in the output compare function
RW
RW
IOB2 -- (b7)
RW --
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1.
NOTES: 1. When selecting 1 (The TRDGRCi register is used as a buffer register of the TRDGRAi register) for this bit by the BFCi bit in the TRDMR register, set the IOC2 bit in the TRDIORCi register to the same as the IOA2 bit in the TRDIORAi register. 2. When selecting 1 (The TRDGRDi register is used as a buffer register of TRDGRBi register) for this bit by the BFDi bit in the TRDMR register, set the IOD2 bit in the TRDIORCi register to the same as the IOB2 bit in the TRDIORAi register.
Figure 14.54
Registers TRDIORA0 to TRDIORA1 in Output Compare Function
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 202 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD I/O Control Register Ci (i = 0 or 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
0
Symbol TRDIORC0 TRDIORC1 Bit Symbol
Address 0142h 0152h Bit Name TRDGRC control bit
b1 b0
After Reset 10001000b 10001000b Function 0 0 : Disable pin output by the compare match 0 1 : "L" output by the compare match in the TRDGRCi register 1 0 : "H" output by the compare match in the TRDGRCi register 1 1 : Toggle output by the compare match in the TRDGRCi register RW
IOC0
RW
IOC1
RW
IOC2
TRDGRC mode selection bit(1) TRDGRC register function selection bit(1)
Set to 0 (output compare) in the output compare function 0 : TRDIOA output register (Refer to 14.3.6.1 Changing Output Pins in Registers TRDGRCi (i = 0 or 1) and TRDGRDi) 1 : General register or buffer register
b5 b4
RW
IOC3
RW
TRDGRD control bit IOD0
IOD1
0 0 : Disable pin output by the compare match 0 1 : "L" output by the compare match in the TRDGRDi register 1 0 : "H" output by the compare match in the TRDGRDi register 1 1 : Toggle output by the compare match in the TRDGRDi register TRDGRD mode selection bit(2) TRDGRD register function selection bit Set to 0 (output compare) in the output compare function 0 : TRDIOB output register (Refer to 14.3.6.1 Changing Output Pins in Registers TRDGRCi (i = 0 or 1) and TRDGRDi) 1 : General register or buffer register
RW
RW
IOD2
RW
IOD3
RW
NOTES: 1. When selecting 1 (The TRDGRCi register is used as a buffer register of the TRDGRAi register) for this bit by the BFCi bit in the TRDMR register, set the IOC2 bit in the TRDIORCi register to the same as the IOA2 bit in the TRDIORAi register. 2. When selecting 1 (The TRDGRDi register is used as a buffer register of TRDGRBi register) for this bit by the BFDi bit in the TRDMR register, set the IOD2 bit in the TRDIORCi register to the same as the IOB2 bit in the TRDIORAi register.
Figure 14.55
Registers TRDIORC0 to TRDIORC1 in Output Compare Function
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 203 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Status Register i (i = 0 or 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDSR0 TRDSR1 Bit Symbol
Address 0143h 0153h
After Reset 11100000b 11000000b RW
IMFA
Bit Name Function Input capture/compare match [Source for setting this bit to 0] flag A Write 0 after read.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the value in the TRDi register matches w ith the value in the TRDGRAi register. Input capture/compare match [Source for setting this bit to 0] flag B Write 0 after read.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the value in the TRDi register matches w ith the value in the TRDGRBi register. Input capture/compare match [Source for setting this bit to 0] flag C Write 0 after read.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the value in the TRDi register matches w ith the value in the TRDGRCi register.(3) Input capture/compare match [Source for setting this bit to 0] flag D Write 0 after read.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the value in the TRDi register matches w ith the value in the TRDGRDi register.(3) Overflow flag [Source for setting this bit to 0] Write 0 after read.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the TRDi register overflow s. This bit is disabled in the output compare function.
RW
IMFB
RW
IMFC
RW
IMFD
RW
OVF
RW
UDF -- (b7 - b6)
Underflow flag(1)
RW --
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1.
NOTES: 1. Nothing is assigned to the b5 in the TRDSR0 register. When w riting to the b5, w rite 0. When reading, its content is 1. 2. The w riting results are as follow s: * This bit is set to 0 w hen the read result is 1 and w riting 0 to the same bit. * This bit remains unchanged even if the read result is 0 and w riting 0 to the same bit. (This bit remains 1 even if this bit is set to 1 from 0 after reading, and w riting 0.) * This bit remains unchanged w hen w riting 1. 3. Including w hen the BFji bit (j = C or D) in the TRDMR register is set to 1 (TRDGRji is used as the buffer register).
Figure 14.56
Registers TRDSR0 to TRDSR1 in Output Compare Function
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 204 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Interrupt Enable Register i (i = 0 or 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDIER0 TRDIER1 Bit Symbol
Address 0144h 0154h Bit Name Input capture/compare match interrupt enable bit A
After Reset 11100000b 11100000b Function 0 : Disable an interrupt (IMIA) by the IMFA bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (IMIA) by the IMFA bit 0 : Disable an interrupt (IMIB) by the IMFB bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (IMIB) by the IMFB bit 0 : Disable an interrupt (IMIC) by the IMFC bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (IMIC) by the IMFC bit 0 : Disable an interrupt (IMID) by the IMFD bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (IMID) by the IMFD bit RW
IMIEA
RW
IMIEB
Input capture/compare match interrupt enable bit B
RW
IMIEC
Input capture/compare match interrupt enable bit C
RW
IMIED
Input capture/compare match interrupt enable bit D
RW
OVIE
Overflow /underflow interrupt enable 0 : Disable an interrupt (OVI) by the bit OVF bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (OVI) by the OVF bit Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1.
RW
-- (b7 - b5)
--
Figure 14.57
Registers TRDIER0 to TRDIER1 in Output Compare Function
Timer RD Counter i (i = 0 or 1)(1)
(b15) b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
Symbol TRD0 TRD1
Address 0147h-0146h 0157h-0156h
After Reset 0000h 0000h Setting Range 0000h to FFFFh RW RW
Function Count a count source. Count operation is incremented. When an overflow occurs, the OVF bit in the TRDSRi register is set to 1. NOTE: 1. Access the TRDi register in 16-bit units. Do not access it in 8-bit units.
Figure 14.58
Registers TRD0 to TRD1 in Output Compare Function
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 205 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD General Register Ai, Bi, Ci and Di (i = 0 or 1)(1)
(b15) b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
Symbol TRDGRA0 TRDGRB0 TRDGRC0 TRDGRD0 TRDGRA1 TRDGRB1 TRDGRC1 TRDGRD1
Address 0149h-0148h 014Bh-014Ah 014Dh-014Ch 014Fh-014Eh 0159h-0158h 015Bh-015Ah 015Dh-015Ch 015Fh-015Eh
After Reset FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh RW RW
Function Refer to Table 14.26 TRDGRji Register Functions in Output Com pare Function NOTE: 1. Access the TRDGRAi to TRDGRDi registers in 16-bit units. Do not access them in 8-bit units.
Figure 14.59
Registers TRDGRAi, TRDGRBi, TRDGRCi and TRDGRDi in Output Compare Function
The following registers are disabled in the output compare function: TRDDF0, TRDDF1, TRDPOCR0 and TRDPOCR1 Table 14.26 Register TRDGRAi TRDGRBi TRDGRCi TRDGRDi TRDGRCi TRDGRDi TRDGRCi TRDGRDi TRDGRji Register Functions in Output Compare Function Setting BFji IOj3 - - 0 1 0 1 1 0 Output-Compare Output Pin General register. Write the compare value. TRDIOAi TRDIOBi General register. Write the compare value. TRDIOCi TRDIODi Buffer register. Write the next compare value TRDIOAi (refer to 14.3.2 Buffer Operation.) TRDIOBi TRDIOAi output control (refer to 14.3.6.1 Changing TRDIOAi Output Pins in Registers TRDGRCi (i = 0 or 1) and TRDIOBi TRDGRDi.) Register Function IOj3: Bit in TRDIORCi register
i = 0 or 1, j = either A, B, C or D BFji: Bit in TRDMR register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 206 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Count source
Value in TRDi register m
n
p Count restarts Count stop TSTARTi bit in TRDSTR register 1 0 m+1 m+1 Output level held TRDIOAi output Output inversed by compare match Initial output "L" IMFA bit in TRDSRi register 1 0 Set to 0 by a program n+1 TRDIOBi output n+1 Initial output "L" IMFB bit in TRDSRi register 1 0 Set to 0 by a program P+1 "L" output by compare match TRDIOCi output Initial output "H" Output level held "H" output by compare match Output level held
IMFC bit in TRDSRi register
1 0 Set to "0" by a program
i = 0 or 1
m: Setting value in TRDGRAi register n: Setting value in TRDGRBi register p: Setting value in TRDGRCi register
The above applies to the following conditions: The CSELi bit in the TRDSTR register is set to 1. (The TRDi register is not stopped by the compare match.) The BFCi and BFDi bits in the TRDMR register are set to 0. (The TRDGRCi and TRDGRDi registers are not used as the buffer register.) The EAi, EBi and ECi bits in the TRDOER1 register are set to 0. (Enable the TRDIOAi, TRDIOBi and TRDIOCi pin outputs.) The CCLR2 to CCLR0 bits in the TRDCRi register are set to 001b. (Set the TRDi register to 000h by the compare match in the TRDGRAi register.) The TOAi and TOBi bits in the TRDOCR register is set to 0. (initial output "L" to the compare match), the TOCi bit is set to 1. (initial output "H" to the compare match.) The IOA2 to IOA0 bits in the TRDIORAi register are set to 011b. (TRDIOAi output inversed at the TRDGRAi register compare match.) The IOB2 to IOB0 bits in the TRDIORAi register are set to 010b. (TRDIOBi "H" output at the TRDGRBi register compare match.) The IOC3 to IOC0 bits in the TRDIORCi register are set to 1001b. (TRDIOCi "L" output at the TRDGRCi register compare match.) The IOD3 bit in the TRDIORCi register is set to 1. (TRDGRDi register does not control TRDIOBi pin output.)
Figure 14.60
Operating Example of Output Compare Function
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 207 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.3.6.1
Changing Output Pins in Registers TRDGRCi (i = 0 or 1) and TRDGRDi
The TRDGRCi register can be used as output control of the TRDIOAi pin and the TRDGRDi register can be used as output control of the TRDIOBi pin. Therefore, each pin output can be controlled as follows: * TRDIOAi output is controlled by the values in the TRDGRAi and TRDGRCi registers. * TRDIOBi output is controlled by the values in the TRDGRBi and TRDGRDi registers.
Channel 0
TRD0 Compare match signal Output control
TRDIOA0
IOC3 = 0 in TRDIORC0 register
Comparator
TRDGRA0
Compare match signal
TRDIOC0
Output control
IOC3 = 1
Comparator Compare match signal
TRDGRC0
TRDIOB0
Output control
IOD3 = 0 in TRDIORD0 register
Comparator
TRDGRB0
Compare match signal
TRDIOD0
Output control
IOD3 = 1
Comparator
TRDGRD0
Channel 1
TRD1 Compare match signal Output Control
TRDIOA1
IOC3 = 0 in TRDIORC1 register
Comparator
TRDGRA1
Compare match signal
TRDIOC1
Output Control
IOC3 = 1
Comparator Compare match signal
TRDGRC1
TRDIOB1
Output Control
IOD3 = 0 in TRDIORD1 register
Comparator
TRDGRB1
Compare match signal
TRDIOD1
Output Control
IOD3 = 1
Comparator
TRDGRD1
Figure 14.61
Changing Output Pins in Registers TRDGRCi and TRDGRDi
Change output pins in the TRDGRCi and TRDGRDi registers as below: * Select 0 (change TRDGRji register output pin) by the IOj3 (j = C or D) bit in the TRDIORCi register. * Set the BFji bit in the TRDMR register to 0 (general register). * Set the different value in the TRDGRCi register and the TRDGRAi register. Also, set the different value in the TRDGRDi register and the TRDGRBi register.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 208 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Figure 14.62 lists the Operating Example When TRDGRCi Register is Used for Output Control of TRDIOAi Pin and TRDGRDi Register is Used for Output Control of TRDIOBi Pin.
Count source Value in TRDi register FFFFh m
n
p
q
0000h m+1 n+1 p+1 q+1 Initial output "L" TRDIOAi output Output inversed by compare match IMFA bit in TRDSRi register 1 0 Set to 0 by a program IMFC bit in TRDSRi register 1 0 Set to 0 by a program p-q m-n
Initial output "L" TRDIOBi output Output inversed by compare match IMFB bit in TRDSRi register 1 0
Set to 0 by a program IMFD bit in TRDSRi register 1 0
Set to 0 by a program
i = 0 or 1
m: Setting Value in TRDGRAi register n: Setting Value in TRDGRCi register p: Setting Value in TRDGRBi register q: Setting Value in TRDGRDi register
The above applies to the following conditions: The CSELi bit in the TRDSTR register is set to 1. (The TRDi register is not stopped by the compare match.) The BFCi and BFDi bits in the TRDMR register are set to 0. (The TRDGRCi and TRDGRDi registers are not used as the buffer register.) The EAi and EBi bits in the TRDOER1 register are set to 0. (Enable TRDIOAi and TRDIOBi pin outputs.) The CCLR2 to CCLR0 bits in the TRDCRi register are set to 001b. (Set the TRDi register to 0000h by the compare match in the TRDGRAi register.) The TOAi and TOBi bits in the TRDOCR register are set to 0. (initial output "L" to the compare match.) The IOA2 to IOA0 bits in the TRDIORAi register are set to 011b. (TRDIOAi output inversed at the TRDGRAi register compare match.) The IOB2 to IOB0 bits in the TRDIORAi register are set to 011b. (TRDIOBi output inversed at the TRDGRBi register compare match.) The IOC3 to IOC0 bits in the TRDIORCi register are set to 0011b. (TRDIOAi output inversed at the TRDGRCi register compare match.) The IOD3 to IOD0 bits in the TRDIORCi register are set to 0011b. (TRDIOBi output inversed at the TRDGRDi register compare match.)
Figure 14.62
Operating Example When TRDGRCi Register is Used for Output Control of TRDIOAi Pin and TRDGRDi Register is Used for Output Control of TRDIOBi Pin Page 209 of 501
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.3.7
PWM Mode
PWM mode is to output a PWM waveform. Up to 3 PWM waveforms with the same period can be output by 1 channel. Also, Up to 6 PWM waveforms with the same period can be output by synchronizing Channels 0 and 1. Since this mode functions by a combination of the TRDIOji (i = 0 or 1, j = B, C or D) pin and TRDGRji register, any of PWM mode, other modes or functions can be selected every pin. (However, since the TRDGRAi register is used when using any pin for PWM mode, the TRDGRAi register cannot be used for other modes.) Figure 14.63 shows the Block Diagram of PWM Mode, Table 14.27 lists the PWM Mode Specifications. Figures 14.64 to 14.73 show the Registers Associated with PWM Mode and Figures 14.74 to 14.75 show the Operations of PWM Mode.
TRDi Compare match signal
TRDIOBi
Compare match signal
Comparator
TRDGRAi (Note 1)
TRDIOCi
Output control
Comparator Compare match signal
TRDGRBi
TRDIODi
Compare match signal
Comparator
TRDGRCi (Note 2)
Comparator
TRDGRDi
i = 0 or 1 NOTES: 1. When the BFCi bit in the TRDMR register is set to 1 (the TRDGRCi register is used as the buffer register of the TRDGRAi register). 2. When the BFDi bit in the TRDMR register is set to 1 (the TRDGRDi register is used as the buffer register of the TRDGRBi register).
Figure 14.63
Block Diagram of PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 210 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Table 14.27
PWM Mode Specifications Specification f1, f2, f4, f8, f32, fOCO40M External signal input to the TRDCLK pin (valid edge selected by a program) Increment PWM period: 1/fk x (m+1) Active level width: 1/fk x (m-n) Inactive level width: 1/fk x (n+1) fk: Frequency of count source m: Setting value in the TRDGRAi register n: Setting value in the TRDGRji register
m+1
Item Count Sources
Count Operations PWM Waveform
n+1
m-n
(When "L" is selected for the active level)
Write 1 (count starts) to the TSTARTi bit in the TRDSTR register. * Write 0 (count stops) to the TSTARTi bit in the TRDSTR register when the CSELi bit in the TRDSTR register is set to 1. The PWM output pin holds output level before the count stops. * When the CSELi bit in the TRDSTR register is set to 0, the count stops at the compare match in the TRDGRAi register. The PWM output pin holds level after output change by the compare match. * Compare match (the content in the TRDi register matches with the Interrupt Request Generation content in the TRDGRhi register.) Timing * TRDi register overflows TRDIOA0 Pin Function Programmable I/O port or TRDCLK (external clock) input TRDIOA1 Pin Function Programmable I/O port TRDIOB0, TRDIOC0, TRDIOD0, Programmable I/O port or pulse output (select every pin) TRDIOB1, TRDIOC1, TRDIOD1 Pin Functions INT0 Pin Function Read from Timer Write to Timer Selection Functions Programmable I/O port, pulse output forced cutoff signal input or INT0 interrupt input The count value can be read by reading the TRDi register. The value can be written to the TRDi register. * 1 to 3 PWM output pins selected per 1 channel Either 1 pin or multiple pins of the TRDIOBi, TRDIOCi or TRDIODi pin. * The active level selected every pin. * Initial output level selected every pin. * Synchronous operation (refer to 14.3.3 Synchronous Operation.) * Buffer operation (refer to 14.3.2 Buffer Operation.) * Pulse output forced cutoff signal input (refer to 14.3.4 Pulse Output Forced Cutoff.)
Count Start Condition Count Stop Conditions
i = 0 or 1, j = either B, C or D, h = either A, B, C or D
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 211 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Start Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDSTR Bit Symbol TSTART0 TSTART1
Address 0137h Bit Name TRD0 count start flag(4) TRD1 count start flag(5)
After Reset 11111100b Function 0 : Count stops (2) 1 : Count starts 0 : Count stops (3) 1 : Count starts
RW RW RW
CSEL0
TRD0 count operation select bit 0 : Count stops at the compare match w ith the TRDGRA0 register 1 : Count continues at the compare match w ith the TRDGRA0 register TRD1 count operation select bit 0 : Count stops at the compare match w ith the TRDGRA1 register 1 : Count continues at the compare match w ith the TRDGRA1 register Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to 0. When read, its content is 1.
RW
CSEL1
RW
-- (b7 - b4)
--
NOTES: 1. Set the TRDSTR register using the MOV instruction (do not use the bit handling instruction). Refer to 14.3.12.1 TRDSTR Register of Notes on Timer RD. 2. When the CSEL0 bit is set to 1, w rite 0 to the TSTART0 bit. 3. When the CSEL1 bit is set to 1, w rite 0 to the TSTART1 bit. 4. When the CSEL0 bit is set to 0 and generating the compare match signal (TRDIOA0), this bit is set to 0 (count stops). 5. When the CSEL1 bit is set to 0 and generating the compare match signal (TRDIOA1), this bit is set to 0 (count stops).
Figure 14.64
TRDSTR Register in PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 212 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDMR Bit Symbol
Address 0138h Bit Name Timer RD synchronous bit
SYNC
After Reset 00001110b Function 0 : TRD0 and TRD1 registers operate independently 1 : TRD0 and TRD1 registers operate synchronously
RW
RW
-- (b3 - b1) BFC0 BFD0 BFC1 BFD1
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1. TRDGRC0 register function selection bit TRDGRD0 register function selection bit TRDGRC1 register function selection bit TRDGRD1 register function selection bit 0 : General register 1 : Buffer register of TRDGRA0 register 0 : General register 1 : Buffer register of TRDGRB0 register 0 : General register 1 : Buffer register of TRDGRA1 register 0 : General register 1 : Buffer register of TRDGRB1 register
-- RW RW RW RW
Timer RD PWM Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDPMR Bit Symbol PWMB0 PWMC0 PWMD0 -- (b3) PWMB1 PWMC1 PWMD1 -- (b7)
Address 0139h Bit Name PWM mode of TRDIOB0 selection bit PWM mode of TRDIOC0 selection bit PWM mode of TRDIOD0 selection bit
After Reset 10001000b Function 0 : Timer mode 1 : PWM mode 0 : Timer mode 1 : PWM mode 0 : Timer mode 1 : PWM mode
RW RW RW RW -- RW RW RW --
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1. PWM mode of TRDIOB1 selection bit PWM mode of TRDIOC1 selection bit PWM mode of TRDIOD1 selection bit 0 : Timer mode 1 : PWM mode 0 : Timer mode 1 : PWM mode 0 : Timer mode 1 : PWM mode
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1.
Figure 14.65
Registers TRDMR and TRDPMR in PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 213 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Function Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1
00
Symbol TRDFCR Bit Symbol CMD0 CMD1
Address 013Ah Bit Name Combination mode selection bit(1)
After Reset 10000000b Function Set to 00b (timer mode, PWM mode, or PWM3 mode) in PWM mode.
RW RW RW
OLS0
Normal-phase output level selection This bit is disabled in PWM mode. bit (in reset synchronous PWM mode or complementary PWM mode) Counter-phase output level selection This bit is disabled in PWM mode. bit (in reset synchronous PWM mode or complementary PWM mode) A/D trigger enable bit (in complementary PWM mode) A/D trigger edge selection bit (in complementary PWM mode) External clock input selection bit PWM3 mode selection bit(2) This bit is disabled in PWM mode. This bit is disabled in PWM mode. 0 : External clock input disabled 1 : External clock input enabled Set this bit to 1 (other than PWM3 mode) in PWM mode.
RW
OLS1
RW
ADTRG ADEG STCLK PWM3
RW RW RW RW
NOTES: 1. Set bits CMD1 to CMD0 w hen both the TSTART0 and TSTART1 bits in the TRDSTR register are set to 0 (count stops). 2. When bits CMD1 to CMD0 are set to 00b (timer mode, PWM mode, or PWM3 mode), the setting of the PWM3 bit is enabled.
Figure 14.66
TRDFCR Register in PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 214 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Output Master Enable Register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1
1
Symbol TRDOER1 Bit Symbol EA0
Address 013Bh Bit Name TRDIOA0 output disable bit
After Reset FFh Function Set this bit to 1 (The TRDIOA0 pin is used as a programmable I/O mode) in PWM mode. 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (The TRDIOB0 pin is used as a programmable I/O mode.) 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (The TRDIOC0 pin is used as a programmable I/O mode.) 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (The TRDIOD0 pin is used as a programmable I/O mode.) Set this bit to 1 (The TRDIOA0 pin is used as a programmable I/O mode) in PWM mode. 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (The TRDIOB1 pin is used as a programmable I/O mode.) 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (The TRDIOC1 pin is used as a programmable I/O mode.) 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (The TRDIOD1 pin is used as a programmable I/O mode.)
RW RW
TRDIOB0 output disable bit EB0 TRDIOC0 output disable bit EC0 TRDIOD0 output disable bit ED0 TRDIOA1 output disable bit EA1 TRDIOB1 output disable bit EB1 TRDIOC1 output disable bit EC1 TRDIOD1 output disable bit ED1
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
Timer RD Output Master Enable Register 2
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol Address 013Ch TRDOER2 Bit Symbol Bit Name -- Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to 0. (b6 - b0) When read, its content is 1.
_____
After Reset 01111111b Function
RW --
PTO
0 : Pulse output forced cutoff input disabled INT0 of pulse output forced cutoff signal input enabled bit(1) 1 : Pulse output forced cutoff input enabled (All bits in the TRDOER1 register are set to 1 (disable output) w hen "L" is _____ applied to the INT0 pin)
RW
NOTE: 1. Refer to 14.3.4 Pulse Output Forced Cutoff.
Figure 14.67
Registers TRDOER1 to TRDOER2 in PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 215 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Output Control Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
0
Symbol TRDOCR Bit Symbol TOA0 TOB0 TOC0 TOD0 TOA1 TOB1 TOC1 TOD1
Address 013Dh Bit Name TRDIOA0 output level selection bit TRDIOB0 output level selection bit(2) TRDIOC0 initial output level selection bit(2) TRDIOD0 initial output level selection bit(2) TRDIOA1 initial output level selection bit TRDIOB1 initial output level selection bit(2) TRDIOC1 initial output level selection bit(2) TRDIOD1 initial output level selection bit(2)
After Reset 00h Function Set this bit to 0 (enable output) in PWM mode 0 : Initial output is inactive level 1 : Initial output is active level Set this bit to 0 (enable output) in PWM mode 0 : Inactive level 1 : Active level
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
NOTES: 1. Write to the TRDOCR register w hen both the TSTART0 and TSTART1 bits in the TRDSTR register are set to 0 (count stops). 2. When the pin functions are w aveform output (refer to Table 14.13 to 14.15; Table 14.17 to 14.19) and the TRDOCR register is set, the initial output level is output.
Timer RD Control Register i (i = 0 or 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
001
Symbol TRDCR0 TRDCR1 Bit Symbol TCK0
Address 0140h 0150h Bit Name Count source selection bit
b2 b1 b0
After Reset 00h 00h Function 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 : f1 1 : f2 0 : f4 1 : f8 0 : f32 1 : TRDCLK input(1) 0 : fOCO40M 1 : Do not set RW RW
TCK1
RW
TCK2 External clock edge selection bit(2)
RW
b4 b3
CKEG0
CKEG1 CCLR0 CCLR1 CCLR2 TRDi counter clear selection bit
0 0 1 1
0 : Count at the rising edge 1 : Count at the falling edge 0 : Count at both edges 1 : Do not set
RW
RW
Set to 001b (the TRDi register clear at the RW compare match w ith TRDGRAi register) in PWM RW mode. RW
NOTES: 1. This bit is enabled w hen the STCLK bit in the TRDFCR register is set to 1 (external clock input enabled). 2. This bit is enabled w hen the TCK2 to TCK0 bits are set to 101b (TRDCLK input) and the STCLK bit in the TRDFCR register is set to 1 (external clock input enabled).
Figure 14.68
Registers TRDOCR and TRDCR0 to TRDCR1 in PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 216 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Status Register i (i = 0 or 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDSR0 TRDSR1 Bit Symbol
Address 0143h 0153h
After Reset 11100000b 11000000b RW
IMFA
Bit Name Function Input capture/compare match [Source for setting this bit to 0] flag A Write 0 after read.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the value in the TRDi register matches w ith the value in the TRDGRAi register. Input capture/compare match [Source for setting this bit to 0] flag B Write 0 after read.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the value in the TRDi register matches w ith the value in the TRDGRBi register. Input capture/compare match [Source for setting this bit to 0] flag C Write 0 after read.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the value in the TRDi register matches w ith the value in the TRDGRCi register.(3) Input capture/compare match [Source for setting this bit to 0] flag D Write 0 after read.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the value in the TRDi register matches w ith the value in the TRDGRDi register.(3) Overflow flag [Source for setting this bit to 0] Write 0 after read.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the TRDi register overflow s. This bit is disabled in PWM mode.
RW
IMFB
RW
IMFC
RW
IMFD
RW
OVF
RW
UDF -- (b7 - b6)
Underflow flag(1)
RW --
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1.
NOTES: 1. Nothing is assigned to the bit 5 in the TRDSR0 register. When w riting to the bit 5, w rite 0. When reading, its content is 1. 2. The w riting results are as follow s: * This bit is set to 0 w hen the read result is 1 and w riting 0 to the same bit. * This bit remains unchanged even if the read result is 0 and w riting 0 to the same bit. (This bit remains 1 even if this bit is set to 1 from 0 after reading, and w riting 0.) * This bit remains unchanged w hen w riting 1. 3. Including w hen the BFji bit (j = C or D) in the TRDMR register is set to 1 (TRDGRji is used as the buffer register).
Figure 14.69
Registers TRDSR0 to TRDSR1 in PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 217 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Interrupt Enable Register i (i = 0 or 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDIER0 TRDIER1 Bit Symbol
Address 0144h 0154h Bit Name Input capture/compare match interrupt enable bit A
After Reset 11100000b 11100000b Function 0 : Disable an interrupt (IMIA) by the IMFA bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (IMIA) by the IMFA bit 0 : Disable an interrupt (IMIB) by the IMFB bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (IMIB) by the IMFB bit 0 : Disable an interrupt (IMIC) by the IMFC bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (IMIC) by the IMFC bit 0 : Disable an interrupt (IMID) by the IMFD bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (IMID) by the IMFD bit RW
IMIEA
RW
IMIEB
Input capture/compare match interrupt enable bit B
RW
IMIEC
Input capture/compare match interrupt enable bit C
RW
IMIED
Input capture/compare match interrupt enable bit D
RW
OVIE
Overflow /underflow interrupt enable 0 : Disable an interrupt (OVI) by the bit OVF bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (OVI) by the OVF bit Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1.
RW
-- (b7 - b5)
--
Figure 14.70
Registers TRDIER0 to TRDIER1 in PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 218 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD PWM Mode Output Level Control Register i (i = 0 or 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDPOCR0 TRDPOCR1 Bit Symbol
Address 0145h 0155h Bit Name PWM mode output level control bit B
After Reset 11111000b 11111000b Function 0 : "L" active of TRDIOBi output level is selected 1 : "H" active of TRDIOBi output level is selected 0 : "L" active of TRDIOCi output level is selected 1 : "H" active of TRDIOCi output level is selected 0 : "L" active of TRDIODi output level is selected 1 : "H" active of TRDIODi output level is selected RW
POLB
RW
POLC
PWM mode output level control bit C
RW
POLD
PWM mode output level control bit D
RW
-- (b7 - b3)
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1.
--
Figure 14.71
Registers TRDPOCR0 to TRDPOCR1 in PWM Mode
Timer RD Counter i (i = 0 or 1)(1)
(b15) b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
Symbol TRD0 TRD1
Address 0147h-0146h 0157h-0156h
After Reset 0000h 0000h Setting Range 0000h to FFFFh RW RW
Function Count a count source. Count operation is incremented. When an overflow occurs, the OVF bit in the TRDSRi register is set to 1. NOTE: 1. Access the TRDi register in 16-bit units. Do not access it in 8-bit units.
Figure 14.72
Registers TRD0 to TRD1 in PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 219 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD General Register Ai, Bi, Ci and Di (i = 0 or 1)(1)
(b15) b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
Symbol TRDGRA0 TRDGRB0 TRDGRC0 TRDGRD0 TRDGRA1 TRDGRB1 TRDGRC1 TRDGRD1
Address 0149h-0148h 014Bh-014Ah 014Dh-014Ch 014Fh-014Eh 0159h-0158h 015Bh-015Ah 015Dh-015Ch 015Fh-015Eh
After Reset FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh RW RW
Function Refer to Table 14.28 TRDGRji Register Functions in PWM Mode NOTE: 1. Access the TRDGRAi to TRDGRDi registers in 16-bit units. Do not access them in 8-bit units.
Figure 14.73
Registers TRDGRAi, TRDGRBi, TRDGRCi and TRDGRDi in PWM Mode
The following registers are disabled in the PWM mode: TRDDF0, TRDDF1, TRDIORA0, TRDIORC0, TRDIORA1 and TRDIORC1 Table 14.28 Register TRDGRAi TRDGRBi TRDGRCi TRDGRDi TRDGRCi TRDGRDi TRDGRji Register Functions in PWM Mode Setting - - BFCi = 0 BFDi = 0 BFCi = 1 BFDi = 1 Register Function PWM Output Pin General register. Set the PWM period. - General register. Set the changing point of PWM output TRDIOBi General register. Set the changing point of PWM output TRDIOCi TRDIODi Buffer register. Set the next PWM period - (refer to 14.3.2 Buffer Operation.) Buffer register. Set the changing point of the next PWM TRDIOBi output (refer to 14.3.2 Buffer Operation.)
i = 0 or 1 BFCi, BFDi: Bits in TRDMR register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 220 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Count source Value in TRDi register m
n
p
q
m+1 n+1 m-n
TRDIOBi output
Active level "H" Initial output "L" to compare match
Inactive Level "L" p+1 m-p
TRDIOCi output Initial output "H" to compare match
Inactive Level "H" q+1 m-q
TRDIODi output
Active level "L" Initial output "L" to compare match
IMFA bit in TRDSRi register
1 0 Set to 0 by a program Set to 0 by a program
IMFB bit in TRDSRi register
1 0
IMFC bit in TRDSRi register
1 0 Set to 0 by a program Set to 0 by a program
IMFD bit in TRDSRi register
1 0
i = 0 or 1
m: Setting value in TRDGRAi register n: Setting value in TRDGRBi register p: Setting value in TRDGRCi register q: Setting value in TRDGRDi register
The above applies to the following conditions: The BFCi and BFDi bits in the TRDMR register are set to 0. (The TRDGRCi and TRDGRDi registers are not used as the buffer register.) The EBi, ECi and EDi bits in the TRDOER1 register are set to 0. (Enable TRDIOBi, TRDIOCi and TRDIODi pin outputs.) The TOBi and TOCi bits in the TRDOCR register are set to 0 (inactive level), the TODi bit is set to 1. (active level) The POLB bit in the TRDPOCRi register is set to 1 (active level "H"), the POLC and POLD bits are set to 0. (active level "L")
Figure 14.74
Operating Example of PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 221 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Value in TRDi register p m
q n 0000h
TSTARTi bit in TRDSTR register
1 0 Since the compare match in the TRDGRBi register is not generated, "L" is not applied to TRDIOBi output Duty 0 %
TRDIOBi output
TRDGRBi register
n
p (p > m) Rewrite by a program
q
IMFA bit in TRDSRi register
1 0 Set to 0 by a program Set to 0 by a program
IMFB bit in TRDSRi register
1 0
Value in TRDi register m
p n 0000h
TSTARTi bit in TRDSTR register
1 0
When the compare matches in the TRDGRAi and TRDGRBi registers are generated simultaneously, the compare match in the TRDGRBi register has a priority. "L" is applied to TRDIOBi output without any change. Duty 100 % "L" is applied to TRDIOBi output by the compare match in the TRDGRBi register with no change.
TRDIOBi output
TRDGRBi register
n
m Rewrite by a program
p
IMFA bit in TRDSRi register
1 0 Set to 0 by a program Set to 0 by a program
IMFB bit in TRDSRi register
1 0
i = 0 or 1
m: Setting value in TRDGRAi register
The above applies to the following conditions: The EBi bit in the TRDOER1 register is set to 0. (Enable TRDIOBi output.) The POLB bit in the TRDPOCRi register is set to 0. (active level "L")
Figure 14.75
Operating Example of PWM Mode (Duty 0%, Duty 100%)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 222 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.3.8
Reset Synchronous PWM Mode
Output 3 normal-phases and 3 counter-phases of the PWM waveform with the same period (no three-phase, sawtooth wave modulation and dead time). Figure 14.76 shows the Block Diagram of Reset Synchronous PWM Mode, Table 14.29 lists the Reset Synchronous PWM Mode Specifications. Figures 14.77 to 14.84 show the Registers Associated with Reset Synchronous PWM Mode and Figure 14.85 shows the Operating Example of Reset Synchronous PWM Mode. Refer to Figure 14.75 Operating Example of PWM Mode (Duty 0%, Duty 100%) for the operation example in PWM Mode of duty 0% and duty 100%.
Buffer(1) TRDGRC0 register TRDGRA0 register
Waveform control
Period
Normal-phase
TRDIOC0
TRDGRD0 register TRDGRC1 register TRDGRD1 register
TRDGRB0 register TRDGRA1 register TRDGRB1 register
TRDIOB0 PWM1
Counter-phase
TRDIOD0
Normal-phase
TRDIOA1 PWM2
Counter-phase
TRDIOC1
Normal-phase
TRDIOB1 PWM3
Counter-phase
TRDIOD1
NOTE: 1. When the BFC0, BFD0, BFC1 and BFD1 bits in the TRDMR register are set to 1 (buffer register).
Figure 14.76
Block Diagram of Reset Synchronous PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 223 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Table 14.29
Reset Synchronous PWM Mode Specifications Specification f1, f2, f4, f8, f32, fOCO40M External signal input to the TRDCLK pin (valid edge selected by a program) The TRD0 register is incremented (The TRD1 register is not used.) PWM period: 1/fk x (m + 1) Active level width of normal-phase: 1/fk x (m - n) Active level width of counter-phase:1/fk x (n + 1) fk: Frequency of count source m: Setting value in the TRDGRA0 register n: Setting value in the TRDGRB0 register (PWM output 1), Setting value in the TRDGRA1 register (PWM output 2), Setting value in the TRDGRB1 register (PWM output 3)
m+1 Normal-phase m-n Counter-phase n+1 (When "L" is selected for the active level)
Item Count Sources
Count Operations PWM Waveform
Count Start Condition Count Stop Conditions
Interrupt Request Generation Timing TRDIOA0 Pin Function TRDIOB0 Pin Function TRDIOD0 Pin Function TRDIOA1 Pin Function TRDIOC1 Pin Function TRDIOB1 Pin Function TRDIOD1 Pin Function TRDIOC0 Pin Function INT0 Pin Function Read from Timer Write to Timer Selection Functions
Write 1 (count starts) to the TSTART0 bit in the TRDSTR register. * Write 0 (count stops) to the TSTART0 bit in the TRDSTR register when the CSEL0 bit in the TRDSTR register is set to 1. The PWM output pin holds output level before the count stops * When the CSEL0 bit in the TRDSTR register is set to 0, the count stops at the compare match in the TRDGRA0 register. The PWM output pin holds level after output change by the compare match. * Compare match (the content in the TRD0 register matches with the content in the TRDGRj0, TRDGRA1 and TRDGRB1 registers.) * The TRD0 register overflows Programmable I/O port or TRDCLK (external clock) input PWM output 1 normal-phase output PWM output 1 counter-phase output PWM output 2 normal-phase output PWM output 2 counter-phase output PWM output 3 normal-phase output PWM output 3 counter-phase output Output inverted every period of PWM Programmable I/O port, pulse output forced cutoff signal input or INT0 interrupt input The count value can be read by reading the TRD0 register. The value can be written to the TRD0 register. * The active level of normal-phase and counter-phase and initial output level selected individually. * Buffer operation (refer to 14.3.2 Buffer Operation.) * Pulse output forced cutoff signal input (refer to 14.3.4 Pulse Output Forced Cutoff.)
j = either A, B, C or D
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 224 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Start Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDSTR Bit Symbol TSTART0
Address 0137h Bit Name TRD0 count start flag(4) TRD1 count start flag(5) [This bit is not used in reset synchronous PWM mode]
After Reset 11111100b Function 0 : Count stops (2) 1 : Count starts 0 : Count stops (3) 1 : Count starts
RW RW
TSTART1
RW
CSEL0
TRD0 count operation select bit 0 : Count stops at the compare match w ith the TRDGRA0 register 1 : Count continues at the compare match w ith the TRDGRA0 register TRD1 count operation select bit 0 : Count stops at the compare match w ith the TRDGRA1 register 1 : Count continues at the compare match w ith the TRDGRA1 register Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1.
RW
CSEL1
RW
-- (b7 - b4)
--
NOTES: 1. Set the TRDSTR register using the MOV instruction (do not use the bit handling instruction). Refer to 14.3.12.1 TRDSTR Register of Notes on Timer RD. 2. When the CSEL0 bit is set to 1, w rite 0 to the TSTART0 bit. 3. When the CSEL1 bit is set to 1, w rite 0 to the TSTART1 bit. 4. When the CSEL0 bit is set to 0 and generating the compare match signal(TRDIOA0), this bit is set to 0 (count stops). 5. When the CSEL1 bit is set to 0 and generating the compare match signal(TRDIOA1), this bit is set to 0 (count stops).
Figure 14.77
TRDSTR Register in Reset Synchronous PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 225 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol TRDMR Bit Symbol SYNC -- (b3 - b1) BFC0 BFD0 BFC1 BFD1
Address 0138h Bit Name Timer RD synchronous bit
After Reset 00001110b Function Set this bit to 0 (the TRD0 and TRD1 registers operate independently.) in reset synchronous PWM mode.
RW RW
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1. TRDGRC0 register function selection bit TRDGRD0 register function selection bit TRDGRC1 register function selection bit TRDGRD1 register function selection bit 0 : General register 1 : Buffer register of TRDGRA0 register 0 : General register 1 : Buffer register of TRDGRB0 register 0 : General register 1 : Buffer register of TRDGRA1 register 0 : General register 1 : Buffer register of TRDGRB1 register
-- RW RW RW RW
Timer RD Function Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
01
Symbol Address 013Ah TRDFCR Bit Symbol Bit Name CMD0 Combination mode selection bit(1,2) CMD1 Normal-phase output level selection bit (in reset synchronous PWM mode OLS0 or complementary PWM mode)
After Reset 10000000b Function Set to 01b (reset synchronous PWM mode) in reset synchronous PWM mode. 0 : Initial output "H" Active level "L" 1 : Initial output "L" Active level "H"
RW RW RW
RW
OLS1
Counter-phase output level selection 0 : Initial output "H" bit (in reset synchronous PWM mode Active level "L" or complementary PWM mode) 1 : Initial output "L" Active level "H" A/D trigger enable bit (in complementary PWM mode) A/D trigger edge selection bit (in complementary PWM mode) External clock input selection bit PWM3 mode selection bit(3) This bit is disabled in reset synchronous PWM mode. This bit is disabled in reset synchronous PWM mode. 0 : External clock input disabled 1 : External clock input enabled This bit is disabled in reset synchronous PWM mode.
RW
ADTRG ADEG STCLK PWM3
RW RW RW RW
NOTES: 1. When bits CMD1 to CMD0 are set to 01b, 10b, or 11b, the MCU enters reset synchronous PWM mode or complementary PWM mode in spite of the setting of the TRDPMR register. 2. Set bits CMD1 to CMD0 w hen both the TSTART0 and TSTART1 bits in the TRDSTR register are set to 0 (count stops). 3. When bits CMD1 to CMD0 are set to 00b (timer mode, PWM mode, or PWM3 mode), the setting of the PWM3 bit is enabled.
Figure 14.78
Registers TRDMR and TRDFCR in Reset Synchronous PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 226 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Output Master Enable Register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1
Symbol TRDOER1 Bit Symbol EA0
Address 013Bh Bit Name TRDIOA0 output disable bit
After Reset FFh Function Set this bit to 1 (the TRDIOA0 pin is used as a programmable I/O port) in reset synchronous PWM mode. 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (the TRDIOB0 pin is used as a programmable I/O port.) 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (the TRDIOC0 pin is used as a programmable I/O port.) 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (the TRDIOD0 pin is used as a programmable I/O port.) 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (the TRDIOA1 pin is used as a programmable I/O port.) 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (the TRDIOB1 pin is used as a programmable I/O port.) 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (the TRDIOC1 pin is used as a programmable I/O port.) 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (the TRDIOD1 pin is used as a programmable I/O port.)
RW RW
TRDIOB0 output disable bit EB0 TRDIOC0 output disable bit EC0 TRDIOD0 output disable bit ED0 TRDIOA1 output disable bit EA1 TRDIOB1 output disable bit EB1 TRDIOC1 output disable bit EC1 TRDIOD1 output disable bit ED1
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
Timer RD Output Master Enable Register 2
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol Address 013Ch TRDOER2 Bit Symbol Bit Name -- Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. (b6 - b0) When read, the content is 1.
_____
After Reset 01111111b Function
RW --
PTO
INT0 of pulse output forced 0 : Pulse output forced cutoff input disabled cutoff signal input enabled bit(1) 1 : Pulse output forced cutoff input enabled (all bits in the TRDOER1 register are set to 1
_____
(disable output) w hen "L" is applied to the INT0 pin)
RW
NOTE: 1. Refer to 14.3.4 Pulse Output Forced Cutoff.
Figure 14.79
Registers TRDOER1 to TRDOER2 in Reset Synchronous PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 227 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Control Register 0(3)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
001
Symbol TRDCR0 Bit Symbol TCK0
Address 0140h Bit Name Count source selection bit
After Reset 00h Function
b2 b1b0
RW RW
TCK1
TCK2 External clock edge selection bit(2)
0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
0 : f1 1 : f2 0 : f4 1 : f8 0 : f32 1 : TRDCLK input(1) 0 : fOCO40M 1 : Do not set
RW
RW
b4 b3
CKEG0
CKEG1 CCLR0 CCLR1 CCLR2
0 : Count at the rising edge 1 : Count at the falling edge 0 : Count at both edges 1 : Do not set
RW
RW RW RW RW
TRD0 counter clear selection bit Set to 001b (TRD0 register clear at the compare match w ith TRDGRA0 register) in reset synchronous PWM mode.
NOTES: 1. This bit is enabled w hen the STCLK bit in the TRDFCR register is set to 1 (external clock input enabled). 2. This bit is enabled w hen the TCK2 to TCK0 bits are set to "101b" (TRDCLK input) and the STCLK bit in the TRDFCR register is set to 1 (external clock input enabled). 3. The TRDCR1 register is not used in reset synchronous PWM mode.
Figure 14.80
TRDCR0 Register in Reset Synchronous PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 228 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Status Register i (i = 0 or 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDSR0 TRDSR1 Bit Symbol
Address 0143h 0153h
After Reset 11100000b 11000000b RW
IMFA
Bit Name Function Input capture/compare match [Source for setting this bit to 0] flag A Write 0 after read.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the value in the TRDi register matches w ith the value in the TRDGRAi register. Input capture/compare match [Source for setting this bit to 0] flag B Write 0 after read.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the value in the TRDi register matches w ith the value in the TRDGRBi register. Input capture/compare match [Source for setting this bit to 0] flag C Write 0 after read.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the value in the TRDi register matches w ith the value in the TRDGRCi register.(3) Input capture/compare match [Source for setting this bit to 0] flag D Write 0 after read.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the value in the TRDi register matches w ith the value in the TRDGRDi register.(3) Overflow flag [Source for setting this bit to 0] Write 0 after read.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the TRDi register overflow s. This bit is disabled in reset synchronous PWM mode.
RW
IMFB
RW
IMFC
RW
IMFD
RW
OVF
RW
UDF -- (b7 - b6)
Underflow flag(1)
RW --
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1.
NOTES: 1. Nothing is assigned to the b5 in the TRDSR0 register. When w riting to the b5, w rite 0. When reading, its content is 1. 2. The w riting results are as follow s: * This bit is set to 0 w hen the read result is 1 and w riting 0 to the same bit. * This bit remains unchanged even if the read result is 0 and w riting 0 to the same bit. (This bit remains 1 even if this bit is set to 1 from 0 after reading, and w riting 0.) * This bit remains unchanged w hen w riting 1. 3. Including w hen the BFji bit in the TRDMR register is set to 1 (TRDGRji is used as the buffer register).
Figure 14.81
Registers TRDSR0 to TRDSR1 in Reset Synchronous PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 229 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Interrupt Enable Register i (i = 0 or 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDIER0 TRDIER1 Bit Symbol
Address 0144h 0154h Bit Name Input capture/compare match interrupt enable bit A
After Reset 11100000b 11100000b Function 0 : Disable an interrupt (IMIA) by the IMFA bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (IMIA) by the IMFA bit 0 : Disable an interrupt (IMIB) by the IMFB bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (IMIB) by the IMFB bit 0 : Disable an interrupt (IMIC) by the IMFC bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (IMIC) by the IMFC bit 0 : Disable an interrupt (IMID) by the IMFD bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (IMID) by the IMFD bit RW
IMIEA
RW
IMIEB
Input capture/compare match interrupt enable bit B
RW
IMIEC
Input capture/compare match interrupt enable bit C
RW
IMIED
Input capture/compare match interrupt enable bit D
RW
OVIE
Overflow /underflow interrupt enable 0 : Disable an interrupt (OVI) by the bit OVF bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (OVI) by the OVF bit Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1.
RW
-- (b7 - b5)
--
Figure 14.82
Registers TRDIER0 to TRDIER1 in Reset Synchronous PWM Mode
Timer RD Counter 0(1,2)
(b15) b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
Symbol TRD0
Address 0147h-0146h
Function Count a count source. Count operation is incremented. When an overflow occurs, the OVF bit in the TRDSR0 register is set to 1. NOTES: 1. Access the TRD0 register in 16-bit units. Do not access it in 8-bit units. 2. The TRD1 register is not used in reset synchronous PWM mode.
After Reset 0000h Setting Range 0000h to FFFFh
RW RW
Figure 14.83
TRD0 Registrar in Reset Synchronous PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 230 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD General Register Ai, Bi, Ci and Di (i = 0 or 1)(1)
(b15) b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
Symbol TRDGRA0 TRDGRB0 TRDGRC0 TRDGRD0 TRDGRA1 TRDGRB1 TRDGRC1 TRDGRD1
Address 0149h-0148h 014Bh-014Ah 014Dh-014Ch 014Fh-014Eh 0159h-0158h 015Bh-015Ah 015Dh-015Ch 015Fh-015Eh
After Reset FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh RW RW
Function Refer to Table 14.30 TRDGRji Register Functions in Reset Synchronous PWM Mode NOTE: 1. Access the TRDGRAi to TRDGRDi registers in 16-bit units. Do not access them in 8-bit units.
Figure 14.84
Registers TRDGRAi, TRDGRBi, TRDGRCi and TRDGRDi in Reset Synchronous PWM Mode
The following registers are disabled in the reset synchronous PWM mode: TRDPMR, TRDOCR, TRDDF0, TRDDF1, TRDIORA0, TRDIORC0, TRDPOCR0, TRDIORA1, TRDIORC1 and TRDPOCR1 Table 14.30 Register TRDGRA0 TRDGRji Register Functions in Reset Synchronous PWM Mode - Setting Register Function General register. Set the PWM period. PWM Output Pin (Output inverted every period of TRDIOC0 and PWM pins) TRDIOB0 TRDIOD0 - TRDIOA1 TRDIOC1 TRDIOB1 TRDIOD1 - (Output inverted every period of TRDIOC0 and PWM pins) TRDIOB0 TRDIOD0 TRDIOA1 TRDIOC1 TRDIOB1 TRDIOD1
TRDGRB0 TRDGRC0 TRDGRD0 TRDGRA1 TRDGRB1 TRDGRC1 TRDGRD1 TRDGRC0
- BFC0 = 0 BFD0 = 0 - - BFC1 = 0 BFD1 = 0 BFC0 = 1
General register. Set the changing point of PWM1 output. (These registers are not used in reset synchronous PWM mode.) General register. Set the changing point of PWM2 output. General register. Set the changing point of PWM3 output. (These points are not used in reset synchronous PWM mode.) Buffer register. Set the next PWM period. (Refer to 14.3.2 Buffer Operation) Buffer register. Set the changing point of the next PWM1 output. (Refer to 14.3.2 Buffer Operation) Buffer register. Set the changing point of the next PWM2 output. (Refer to 14.3.2 Buffer Operation) Buffer register. Set the changing point of the next PWM3 output. (Refer to 14.3.2 Buffer Operation)
TRDGRD0
BFD0 = 1
TRDGRC1
BFC1 = 1
TRDGRD1
BFD1 = 1
BFC0, BFD0, BFC1, BFD1: Bits in TRDMR Register Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200 Page 231 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Count source Value in TRD0 register m
n
p
q 0000h TSTARTi bit in TRDSTR register 1 0 m+1 m-n TRDIOB0 output n+1 TRDIOD0 output
m-p TRDIOA1 output p+1 TRDIOC1 output m-q TRDIOB1 output Initial output "H" q+1 TRDIOD1 output Active level "L" Active level "L"
TRDIOC0 output Initial output "H"
IMFA bit in TRDSR0 register
1 0 Set to 0 by a program Set to 0 by a program
IMFB bit in TRDSR0 register
1 0
IMFA bit in TRDSR1 register
1 0 Set to 0 by a program Set to 0 by a program
IMFB bit in TRDSR1 register
1 0
Transfer from the buffer register to the general register at the buffer operation
Transfer from the buffer register to the general register at the buffer operation
i = 0 or 1
m: Setting value in TRDGRA0 register n: Setting value in TRDGRB0 register p: Setting value in TRDGRA1 register q: Setting value in TRDGRB1 register
The above applies to the following conditions: The OLS1 and OLS0 bits in the TRDFCR register are set to 0. (initial output level "H", active level "L")
Figure 14.85
Operating Example of Reset Synchronous PWM Mode Page 232 of 501
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.3.9
Complementary PWM Mode
Output 3 normal-phases and 3 counter-phases of the PWM waveform with the same period (with three-phase, triangular wave modulation and dead time). Figure 14.86 shows the Block Diagram of Complementary PWM Mode, Table 14.31 lists the Complementary PWM Mode Specifications. Figures 14.87 to 14.95 show the Registers Associated with Complementary PWM Mode, Figure 14.96 shows the Output Model of Complementary PWM Mode and Figure 14.97 shows the Operating Example of Complementary PWM Mode.
Buffer TRDGRA0 register
Waveform control
Period
TRDIOC0
Normal-phase TRDGRD0 register TRDGRC1 register TRDGRD1 register TRDGRB0 register TRDGRA1 register TRDGRB1 register PWM1 Counter-phase Normal-phase PWM2 Counter-phase Normal-phase PWM3 Counter-phase
TRDIOB0 TRDIOD0 TRDIOA1 TRDIOC1 TRDIOB1 TRDIOD1
Figure 14.86
Block Diagram of Complementary PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 233 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Table 14.31
Complementary PWM Mode Specifications
Specification f1, f2, f4, f8, f32, fOCO40M External signal input to the TRDCLK pin (valid edge selected by a program) Set the TCK2 to TCK0 bits in the TRDCR1 register to the same value (same count source) as the TCK2 to TCK0 bits in the TRDCR0 register. Increment or decrement The TRD0 and TRD1 registers are decremented with the compare match in the TRD0 and TRDGRA0 registers during increment. The TRD1 register is set from 0000h to FFFFh during decrement, the TRD0 and TRD1 registers are incremented. PWM period: 1/fk x (m + 2 - p) x 2(1) Dead time: p Active level width of normal-phase: 1/fk x (m - n - p + 1) x 2 Active level width of counter-phase: 1/fk x (n + 1 - p) x 2 fk: Frequency of count source m: Setting value in the TRDGRA0 register n: Setting value in the TRDGRB0 register (PWM output 1) Setting value in the TRDGRA1 register (PWM output 2) Setting value in the TRDGRB1 register (PWM output 3) p: Setting value in the TRD0 register
m+2-p n+1 Normal-phase
Item Count Sources
Count Operations
PWM Operations
Counter-phase n+1-p p m-p-n+1 (When "L" is selected for the active level)
Count Start Condition Count Stop Conditions
Interrupt Request Generation Timing TRDIOA0 Pin Function TRDIOB0 Pin Function TRDIOD0 Pin Function TRDIOA1 PIn Function TRDIOC1 Pin Function TRDIOB1 Pin Function TRDIOD1 Pin Function TRDIOC0 Pin Function INT0 Pin Function Read from Timer Write to Timer Selection Functions
Write 1 (count starts) to the TSTART0 and TSTART1 bits in the TRDSTR register. Write 0 (count stops) to the TSTART0 and TSTART1 bits in the TRDSTR register when the CSEL0 bit in the TRDSTR register is set to 1. (The PWM output pin holds output level before the count stops.) * Compare match (the content in the TRDi register matches with the content in the TRDGRji register.) * The TRD1 register undeflows Programmable I/O port or TRDCLK (external clock) input PWM output 1 normal-phase output PWM output 1 counter-phase output PWM output 2 normal-phase output PWM output 2 counter-phase output PWM output 3 normal-phase output PWM output 3 counter-phase output Output inversed every 1/2 period of PWM Programmable I/O port, pulse output forced cutoff signal input or INT0 interrupt input The count value can be read by reading the TRDi register. The value can be written to the TRDi register. * Pulse output forced cutoff signal input (refer to 14.3.4 Pulse Output Forced Cutoff) * The active level of normal-phase and counter-phase and initial output level selected individually. * Transfer timing from the buffer register selected * A/D trigger generated
i = 0 or 1, j = either A, B, C or D NOTE: 1. After a count starts, the PWM period is stable.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 234 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Start Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDSTR Bit Symbol TSTART0 TSTART1
Address 0137h Bit Name TRD0 count start flag(4) TRD1 count start flag(5)
After Reset 11111100b Function 0 : Count stops (2) 1 : Count starts 0 : Count stops (3) 1 : Count starts
RW RW RW
CSEL0
TRD0 count operation select bit 0 : Count stops at the compare match w ith the TRDGRA0 register 1 : Count continues at the compare match w ith the TRDGRA0 register TRD1 count operation select bit 0 : Count stops at the compare match w ith the TRDGRA1 register 1 : Count continues at the compare match w ith the TRDGRA1 register Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1.
RW
CSEL1
RW
-- (b7 - b4)
--
NOTES: 1. Set the TRDSTR register using the MOV instruction (do not use the bit handling instruction). Refer to 14.3.12.1 TRDSTR Register of Notes on Timer RD. 2. When the CSEL0 bit is set to 1, w rite 0 to the TSTART0 bit. 3. When the CSEL1 bit is set to 1, w rite 0 to the TSTART1 bit. 4. When the CSEL0 bit is set to 0 and generating the compare match signal(TRDIOA0), this bit is set to 0 (count stops). 5. When the CSEL1 bit is set to 0 and generating the compare match signal(TRDIOA1), this bit is set to 0 (count stops).
Figure 14.87
TRDSTR Register in Complementary PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 235 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
0
Symbol TRDMR Bit Symbol SYNC -- (b3 - b1) BFC0 BFD0 BFC1 BFD1
Address 0138h Bit Name Timer RD synchronous bit
After Reset 00001110b Function Set this bit to 0 (The TRD0 and TRD1 registers operate independently.) in complementary PWM mode.
RW RW
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1. TRDGRC0 register function selection Set this bit to 0 (general register) in bit complementary PWM mode. TRDGRD0 register function selection 0 : General register bit 1 : Buffer register of TRDGRB0 register TRDGRC1 register function selection 0 : General register bit 1 : Buffer register of TRDGRA1 register TRDGRD1 register function selection 0 : General register bit 1 : Buffer register of TRDGRB1 register
-- RW RW RW RW
Figure 14.88
TRDMR Register in Complementary PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 236 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Function Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDFCR Bit Symbol
Address 013Ah Bit Name Combination mode selection bit(1,2)
After Reset 10000000b Function
b1 b0
RW
CMD0
CMD1
1 0 : Complementary PWM mode (transfer from the buffer register to the general register at the underflow in the TRD1 register.) 1 1 : Complementary PWM mode (transfer from the buffer register to the general register at the compare match w ith the TRD0 and TRDGRA0 registers.) Other than above : Do not set Normal-phase output level selection 0 : Initial output "H" bit (in reset synchronous PWM mode Active level "L" or complementary PWM mode) 1 : Initial output "L" Active level "H" Counter-phase output level selection 0 : Initial output "H" bit (in reset synchronous PWM mode Active level "L" or complementary PWM mode) 1 : Initial output "L" Active level "H" A/D trigger enable bit (in complementary PWM mode) A/D trigger edge selection bit (in complementary PWM mode) 0 : Disable A/D trigger 1 : Enable A/D trigger (3) 0 : A/D trigger is generated at the compare match in the TRD0 and TRDGRA0 register 1 : A/D trigger is generated at the underflow in the TRD1 register 0 : External clock input disabled 1 : External clock input enabled This bit is disabled in complementary PWM mode.
RW
RW
OLS0
RW
OLS1
RW
ADTRG
RW
ADEG
RW
STCLK PWM3
External clock input selection bit PWM3 mode selection bit
(4)
RW RW
NOTES: 1. When setting bits CMD1 to CMD0 to 10b or 11b, the MCU enters complementary PWM mode in spite of the setting of the TRDPMR register. 2. Set bits CMD1 to CMD0 w hen both the TSTART0 and TSTART1 bits in the TRDSTR register are set to 0 (count stops). 3. Set the ADCAP bit in the ADC0N0 register to 1 (starts by timer RD). 4. When bits CMD1 to CMD0 are set to 00b (timer mode, PWM mode, or PWM3 mode), the setting of the PWM3 bit is enabled.
Figure 14.89
TRDFCR Register in Complementary PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 237 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Output Master Enable Register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1
Symbol TRDOER1 Bit Symbol EA0
Address 013Bh Bit Name TRDIOA0 output disable bit
After Reset FFh Function Set this bit to 1 (The TRDIOA0 pin is used as a programmable I/O port) in complementary PWM mode. 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (The TRDIOB0 pin is used as a programmable I/O port.) 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (The TRDIOC0 pin is used as a programmable I/O port.) 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (The TRDIOD0 pin is used as a programmable I/O port.) 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (The TRDIOA1 pin is used as a programmable I/O port.) 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (The TRDIOB1 pin is used as a programmable I/O port.) 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (The TRDIOC1 pin is used as a programmable I/O port.) 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (The TRDIOD1 pin is used as a programmable I/O port.)
RW RW
TRDIOB0 output disable bit EB0 TRDIOC0 output disable bit EC0 TRDIOD0 output disable bit ED0 TRDIOA1 output disable bit EA1 TRDIOB1 output disable bit EB1 TRDIOC1 output disable bit EC1 TRDIOD1 output disable bit ED1
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
Timer RD Output Master Enable Register 2
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol Address 013Ch TRDOER2 Bit Symbol Bit Name -- Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. (b6 - b0) When read, the content is 1.
_____
After Reset 01111111b Function
RW --
PTO
INT0 of pulse output forced 0 : Pulse output forced cutoff input disabled cutoff signal input enabled bit(1) 1 : Pulse output forced cutoff input enabled (All bits in the TRDOER1 register are set to 1 (disable output) w hen "L" is _____ applied to the INT0 pin)
RW
NOTE: 1. Refer to 14.3.4 Pulse Output Forced Cutoff.
Figure 14.90
Registers TRDOER1 to TRDOER2 in Complementary PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 238 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Control Register i (i = 0 or 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
000
Symbol TRDCR0 TRDCR1 Bit Symbol TCK0
Address 0140h 0150h Bit Name Count source selection bit(2)
b2 b1 b0
After Reset 00h 00h Function 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 : f1 1 : f2 0 : f4 1 : f8 0 : f32 1 : TRDCLK input(1) 0 : fOCO40M 1 : Do not set RW RW
TCK1
RW
TCK2 External clock edge selection bit(2,3) CKEG0
RW
b4 b3
CKEG1 CCLR0 CCLR1 CCLR2 TRDi counter clear selection bit
0 0 1 1
0 : Count at the rising edge 1 : Count at the falling edge 0 : Count at both edges 1 : Do not set
RW
RW RW RW RW
Set to 000b (disable clear (free-running operation)) in complementary PWM mode.
NOTES: 1. This bit is enabled w hen the STCLK bit in the TRDFCR register is set to 1 (external clock input enabled). 2. Set the TCK2 to TCK0 bits and CKEG1 to CKEG0 bits in the TRDCR0 and TRDCR1 registers to the same values. 3. This bit is enabled w hen the TCK2 to TCK0 bits are set to 101b (TRDCLK input) and the STCLK bit in the TRDFCR register is set to 1 (external clock input enabled).
Figure 14.91
Registers TRDCR0 to TRDCR1 in Complementary PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 239 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Status Register i (i = 0 or 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDSR0 TRDSR1 Bit Symbol
Address 0143h 0153h Bit Name Input capture/compare match flag A
After Reset 11100000b 11000000b Function [Source for setting this bit to 0] Write 0 after read.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the value in the TRDi register matches w ith the value in the TRDGRAi register. [Source for setting this bit to 0] Write 0 after read.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the value in the TRDi register matches w ith the value in the TRDGRBi register. [Source for setting this bit to 0] Write 0 after read.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the value in the TRDi register matches w ith the value in the TRDGRCi register.(3) [Source for setting this bit to 0] Write 0 after read.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the value in the TRDi register matches w ith the value in the TRDGRDi register.(3) [Source for setting this bit to 0] Write 0 after read.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the TRDi register overflow s. [Source for setting this bit to 0] Write 0 after read.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the TRD1 register underflow s. RW
IMFA
RW
Input capture/compare match flag B
IMFB
RW
Input capture/compare match flag C
IMFC
RW
Input capture/compare match flag D
IMFD
RW
Overflow flag OVF
RW
Underflow flag(1) UDF
RW
-- (b7 - b6)
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1.
--
NOTES: 1. Nothing is assigned to the bit 5 in the TRDSR0 register. When w riting to the bit 5, w rite 0. When reading, its content is 1. 2. The w riting results are as follow s: * This bit is set to 0 w hen the read result is 1 and w riting 0 to the same bit. * This bit remains unchanged even if the read result is 0 and w riting 0 to the same bit. (This bit remains 1 even if this bit is set to 1 from 0 after reading, and w riting 0.) * This bit remains unchanged w hen w riting 1. 3. Including w hen the BFji (j = C or D) bit in the TRDMR register is set to 1 (TRDGRji is used as the buffer register).
Figure 14.92
Registers TRDSR0 to TRDSR1 in Complementary PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 240 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Interrupt Enable Register i (i = 0 or 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDIER0 TRDIER1 Bit Symbol
Address 0144h 0154h Bit Name Input capture/compare match interrupt enable bit A
After Reset 11100000b 11100000b Function 0 : Disable an interrupt (IMIA) by the IMFA bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (IMIA) by the IMFA bit 0 : Disable an interrupt (IMIB) by the IMFB bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (IMIB) by the IMFB bit 0 : Disable an interrupt (IMIC) by the IMFC bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (IMIC) by the IMFC bit 0 : Disable an interrupt (IMID) by the IMFD bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (IMID) by the IMFD bit RW
IMIEA
RW
IMIEB
Input capture/compare match interrupt enable bit B
RW
IMIEC
Input capture/compare match interrupt enable bit C
RW
IMIED
Input capture/compare match interrupt enable bit D
RW
OVIE
Overflow /underflow interrupt enable 0 : Disable an interrupt (OVI) by the bit OVF and UDF bits 1 : Enable an interrupt (OVI) by the OVF and UDF bits Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1.
RW
-- (b7 - b5)
--
Figure 14.93
Registers TRDIER0 to TRDIER1 in Complementary PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 241 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Counter 0(1)
(b15) b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
Symbol TRD0
Address 0147h-0146h
Function Set the dead time. Count a count source. Count operation is incremented or decremented. When an overflow occurs, the OVF bit in the TRDSR0 register is set to 1. NOTE: 1. Access the TRD0 register in 16-bit units. Do not access it in 8-bit units.
After Reset 0000h Setting Range 0000h to FFFFh
RW RW
Timer RD Counter 1(1)
(b15) b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
Symbol TRD1
Address 0157h-0156h
Function Select 0000h. Count a count source. Count operation is incremented or decremented. When an underflow occurs, the UDF bit in the TRDSR1 register is set to 1. NOTE: 1. Access the TRD1 register in 16-bit units. Do not access it in 8-bit units.
After Reset 0000h Setting Range 0000h to FFFFh
RW RW
Figure 14.94
Registers TRD0 to TRD1 in Complementary PWM Mode
Timer RD General Register Ai, Bi, C1 and Di (i = 0 or 1)(1,2)
(b15) b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
Symbol TRDGRA0 TRDGRB0 TRDGRD0 TRDGRA1 TRDGRB1 TRDGRC1 TRDGRD1
Address 0149h-0148h 014Bh-014Ah 014Fh-014Eh 0159h-0158h 015Bh-015Ah 015Dh-015Ch 015Fh-015Eh
After Reset FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh RW RW
Function Refer to Table 14.32 TRDGRji Register Functions in Com plem entary PWM Mode NOTES: 1. Access the TRDGRAi to TRDGRDi registers in 16-bit units. Do not access them in 8-bit units. 2. The TRDGRC0 register is not used in complementary PWM mode.
Figure 14.95
Registers TRDGRAi, TRDGRBi, TRDGRC1 and TRDGRDi in Complementary PWM Mode
The following registers are disabled in the complementary PWM mode: TRDPMR, TRDOCR, TRDDF0, TRDDF1, TRDIORA0, TRDIORC0, TRDPOCR0, TRDIORA1, TRDIORC1 and TRDPOCR1
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 242 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Table 14.32
Register TRDGRA0
-
TRDGRji Register Functions in Complementary PWM Mode
Setting Register Function General register. Set the PWM period at initialization. Setting range: Setting value or above in TRD0 register FFFFh - TRD0 register setting value or below Do not write when the TSTART0 and TSTART1 bits in the TRDSTR register are set to 1 (count starts). General register. Set the changing point of PWM1 output at initialization. Setting range: Setting value or above in TRD0 register TRDGRA0 register - TRD0 register setting value or below Do not write when the TSTART0 and TSTART1 bits in the TRDSTR register are set to 1 (count starts). General register. Set the changing point of PWM2 output at initialization. Setting range: Setting value or above in TRD0 register TRDGRA0 register - TRD0 register setting value or below Do not write when the TSTART0 and TSTART1 bits in the TRDSTR register are set to 1 (count starts). General register. Set the changing point of PWM3 output at initialization. Setting range: Setting value or above in TRD0 register TRDGRA0 register - TRD0 register setting value or below Do not write when the TSTART0 and TSTART1 bits in the TRDSTR register are set to 1 (count starts). PWM Output Pin (Output inversed every half period of TRDIOC0 pin)
TRDGRB0
-
TRDIOB0 TRDIOD0
TRDGRA1
-
TRDIOA1 TRDIOC1
TRDGRB1
-
TRDIOB1 TRDIOD1
TRDGRC0 TRDGRD0
-
These registers not used in complementary PWM mode.
Buffer register. Set the changing point of next PWM1 output. (Refer to 14.3.2 Buffer Operation) Setting range: Setting value or above in TRD0 register TRDGRA0 register - TRD0 register setting value or below Set this register to the same value as the TRDGRB0 register for the initialization. Buffer register. Set the changing point of next PWM2 output. (Refer to 14.3.2 Buffer Operation) Setting range: Setting value or above in TRD0 register TRDGRA0 register - TRD0 register setting value or below Set this register to the same value as the TRDGRA1 register for the initialization. Buffer register. Set the changing point of next PWM3 output. (Refer to 14.3.2 Buffer Operation) Setting range: Setting value or above in TRD0 register TRDGRA0 register - TRD0 register setting value or below Set this register to the same value as the TRDGRB1 register for the initialization.
-
BFD0 = 1
TRDIOB0 TRDIOD0
TRDGRC1
BFC1 = 1
TRDIOA1 TRDIOC1
TRDGRD1
BFD1 = 1
TRDIOB1 TRDIOD1
BFC0, BFD0, BFC1, BFD1: Bits in TRDMR register Since values cannot be written to the TRDGRB0, TRDGRA1, or TRDGRB1 register directly after count operation starts (prohibited item), use the TRDGRD0, TRDGRC1, or TRDGRD1 register as a buffer register. However, to write data to the TRDGRD0, TRDGRC1, or TRDGRD1 register, set bits BFD0, BFC1, and BFD1 to 0 (general register). After this, bits BFD0, BFC1, and BFD1 may be set to 1 (buffer register).
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 243 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Value in TRDi register Value in TRDGRA0 register Value in TRD0 register Value in TRD1 register
Value in TRDGRB0 register
Value in TRDGRA1 register
Value in TRDGRB1 register 0000h
TRDIOB0 output
TRDIOD0 output
TRDIOA1 output
TRDIOC1 output
TRDIOB1 output
TRDIOD1 output
TRDIOC0 output
i = 0 or 1
Figure 14.96
Output Model of Complementary PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 244 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Count source Value in TRDi register m+1 m
Value in TRD0 register
n Value in TRD1 register
p
0000h Set to FFFFh TSTART0 and TSTART1 bits in TRDSTR register 1 0
TRDIOB0 output Initial output "H" Active level "L" TRDIOD0 output
TRDIOC0 output Initial output "H" m+2-p n+1 n+1-p p m-p-n+1 p n+1-p
(m - p - n + 1) x 2 Width of normalphase active level UDF bit in TRDSR1 register 1 0 1 0
Dead time
(n + 1 - p) x 2 Width of counter-phase active level
IMFA bit in TRDSR0 register
Set to 0 by a program
TRDGRB0 register
n Transfer (When the CMD1 to CMD0 bits are set to 11b)
n Transfer (When the CMD1 to CMD0 bits are set to 10b) Following data Modify with a program
TRDGRD0 register
n
IMFB bit in TRDSR0 register
1 0
Set to 0 by a program
Set to 0 by a program
CMD0, CMD1: Bits in TRDFCR register i = 0 or 1
m: Setting Value in TRDGRA0 register n: Setting Value in TRDGRB0 register p: Setting Value in TRD0 register
The above applies to the following conditions: The OLS1 and OLS0 bits in the TRDFCR are set to 0 (initial output level "H", active level "L" for normal-phase and counter-phase)
Figure 14.97
Operating Example of Complementary PWM Mode Page 245 of 501
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.3.9.1
Transfer Timing from Buffer Register
* Transfer from the TRDGRD0, TRDGRC1 and TRDGRD1 registers to the TRDGRB0, TRDGRA1 and TRDGRB1 registers When the CMD1 to CMD0 bits in the TRDFCR register are set to 10b, the content is transferred when the TRD1 register underflows. When the CMD1 to CMD0 bits are set to 11b, the content is transferred at the compare match in the TRD0 and TRDGRA0 registers.
14.3.9.2
A/D Trigger Generation
The compare match in the TRD0 and TRDGRA0 registers and the TRD1 underflow can be used as a conversion start trigger of the A/D converter. It can be selected by the ADEG and ADTRG bits in the TRDFCR register. Also, set the ADCAP bit in the ADCON0 register to 1 (starts in Timer RD).
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 246 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.3.10 PWM3 Mode
Output 2 PWM waveforms with the same period. Figure 14.98 shows the Block Diagram of PWM3 Mode, Table 14.33 lists the PWM3 Mode Specifications. Figures 14.99 to 14.107 show the Registers Associated with PWM3 Mode and Figure 14.108 shows the Operating Example of PWM3 Mode.
Buffer Compare match signal TRD0 Comparator TRDGRA0 TRDGRC0
TRDIOA0
Output control
Compare match signal Comparator Compare match signal Comparator TRDGRB0 TRDGRD0 TRDGRA1 TRDGRC1
TRDIOB0
Output control
Compare match signal Comparator TRDGRB1 TRDGRD1
Figure 14.98
Block Diagram of PWM3 Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 247 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Table 14.33
PWM3 Mode Specifications Specification f1, f2, f4, f8, f32, fOCO40M The TRD0 register is incremented. (The TRD1 is not used.) PWM period: 1/fk x (m + 1) Active level width of TRDIOA0 output: 1/fk x (m - n) Active level width of TRDIOB0 output: 1/fk x (p - q) fk: Frequency of count source m: Setting value in the TRDGRA0 register n: Setting value in the TRDGRA1 register p: Setting value in the TRDGRB0 register q: Setting value in the TRDGRB1 register
m+1 n+1 p+1 q+1 TRDIOA0 output m-n TRDIOB0 output p-q (When "H" is selected for the active level)
Item Count Sources Count Operations PWM Waveform
Count Start Condition Count Stop Conditions
Interrupt Request Generation Timing TRDIOA0, TRDIOB0 Pin Functions TRDIOC0, TRDIOD0, TRDIOA1 to TRDIOD1 Pin Functions INT0 Pin Function Read from Timer Write to Timer Selection Functions
Write 1 (count starts) to the TSTART0 bit in the TRDSTR register. * Write 0 (count stops) to the TSTART0 bit in the TRDSTR register when the CSEL0 bit in the TRDSTR register is set to 1. The PWM output pin holds output level before the count stops * When the CSEL0 bit in the TRDSTR register is set to 0, the count stops at the compare match in the TRDGRA0 register. The PWM output pin holds level after output change by the compare match. * Compare match (the content in the TRDi register matches with the content in the TRDGRji register.) * The TRD0 register overflows PWM output Programmable I/O port Programmable I/O port, pulse output forced cutoff signal input or INT0 interrupt input The count value can be read by reading the TRD0 register. The value can be written to the TRD0 register. * Pulse output forced cutoff signal input (refer to 14.3.4 Pulse Output Forced Cutoff) * Select the active level every pin. * Buffer operation (refer to 14.3.2 Buffer Operation)
i = 0 or 1, j = either A, B, C or D
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 248 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Start Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol TRDSTR Bit Symbol TSTART0 TSTART1
Address 0137h Bit Name TRD0 count start flag(4) TRD1 count start flag(5) TRD0 count operation select bit
After Reset 11111100b Function 0 : Count stops (2) 1 : Count starts Set this bit to 0 (count stops) in PWM3 mode(3) 0 : Count stops at the compare match w ith the TRDGRA0 register 1 : Count continues at the compare match w ith the TRDGRA0 register 0 : Count stops at the compare match w ith the TRDGRA1 register 1 : Count continues at the compare match w ith the TRDGRA1 register RW RW RW
CSEL0
RW
TRD1 count operation select bit CSEL1
RW
-- (b7 - b4)
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1.
--
NOTES: 1. Set the TRDSTR register using the MOV instruction (do not use the bit handling instruction). Refer to 14.3.12.1 TRDSTR Register of Notes on Timer RD. 2. When the CSEL0 bit is set to 1, w rite 0 to the TSTART0 bit. 3. When the CSEL1 bit is set to 1, w rite 0 to the TSTART1 bit. 4. When the CSEL0 bit is set to 0 and generating the compare match signal(TRDIOA0), this bit is set to 0 (count stops). 5. When the CSEL1 bit is set to 0 and generating the compare match signal(TRDIOA1), this bit is set to 0 (count stops).
Figure 14.99
TRDSTR Register in PWM3 Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 249 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDMR Bit Symbol SYNC -- (b3 - b1) BFC0 BFD0 BFC1 BFD1
Address 0138h Bit Name Timer RD synchronous bit
After Reset 00001110b Function This bit is disabled in PWM3 mode.
RW RW -- RW RW RW RW
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1. TRDGRC0 register function selection bit TRDGRD0 register function selection bit TRDGRC1 register function selection bit TRDGRD1 register function selection bit 0 : General register 1 : Buffer register of TRDGRA0 register 0 : General register 1 : Buffer register of TRDGRB0 register 0 : General register 1 : Buffer register of TRDGRA1 register 0 : General register 1 : Buffer register of TRDGRB1 register
Timer RD Function Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00
00
Symbol TRDFCR Bit Symbol CMD0 CMD1
Address 013Ah Bit Name Combination mode selection bit(1)
After Reset 10000000b Function Set to 00b (timer mode, PWM mode, or PWM3 mode) in PWM3 mode.
RW RW RW
OLS0
Normal-phase output level selection bit (enabled in reset synchronous PWM mode or complementary PWM mode)
This bit is disabled in PWM3 mode. RW
OLS1
Counter-phase output level selection bit This bit is disabled in PWM3 mode. (enabled in reset synchronous PWM mode or complementary PWM mode) A/D trigger enable bit This bit is disabled in PWM3 mode. (enabled in complementary PWM mode) A/D trigger edge selection bit This bit is disabled in PWM3 mode. (enabled in complementary PWM mode) External clock input selection bit PWM3 mode selection bit(2) Set this bit to 0 (external clock input disabled) in PWM3 mode. Set this bit to 0 (PWM3 mode) in PWM3 mode.
RW
ADTRG ADEG STCLK PWM3
RW RW RW RW
NOTES: 1. Set bits CMD1 to CMD0 w hen both the TSTART0 and TSTART1 bits in the TRDSTR register are set to 0 (count stops). 2. When bits CMD1 to CMD0 are set to 00b (timer mode, PWM mode, or PWM3 mode), the setting of the PWM3 bit is enabled.
Figure 14.100 Registers TRDMR and TRDFCR in PWM3 Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 250 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Output Master Enable Register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
111111
Symbol TRDOER1 Bit Symbol EA0
Address 013Bh Bit Name TRDIOA0 output disable bit
After Reset FFh Function 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (The TRDIOA0 pin is used as a programmable I/O port.) 0 : Enable output 1 : Disable output (The TRDIOB0 pin is used as a programmable I/O port.) Set these bits to 1 (programmable I/O port) in PWM3 mode.
RW RW
TRDIOB0 output disable bit EB0 EC0 ED0 EA1 EB1 EC1 ED1 TRDIOC0 output disable bit TRDIOD0 output disable bit TRDIOA1 output disable bit TRDIOB1 output disable bit TRDIOC1 output disable bit TRDIOD1 output disable bit
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
Timer RD Output Master Enable Register 2
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol Address 013Ch TRDOER2 Bit Symbol Bit Name -- Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. (b6 - b0) When read, the content is 1.
_____
After Reset 01111111b Function
RW --
PTO
INT0 of pulse output forced cutoff signal input enabled bit(1)
0 : Pulse output forced cutoff input disabled 1 : Pulse output forced cutoff input enabled (All bits in the TRDOER1 register are set to 1 (disable output) w hen "L" is _____ applied to the INT0 pin)
RW
NOTE: 1. Refer to 14.3.4 Pulse Output Forced Cutoff.
Figure 14.101 Registers TRDOER1 to TRDOER2 in PWM3 Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 251 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Output Control Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDOCR Bit Symbol
Address 013Dh Bit Name TRDIOA0 output level selection bit(2)
After Reset 00h Function 0 : Active level "H", initial output "L", output "H" by the compare match in the TRDGRA1register, output "L" by the compare match in the TRDGRA0 register 1 : Active level "L", initial output "H", output "L" by the compare match in the TRDGRA1register, output "H" by the compare match in the TRDGRA0 register 0 : Active level "H", initial output "L", output "H" by the compare match in the TRDGRB1register, output "L" by the compare match in the TRDGRB0 register 1 : Active level "L", initial output "H", output "L" by the compare match in the TRDGRB1register, output "H" by the compare match in the TRDGRB0 register This bit is disabled in PWM3 mode.
RW
TOA0
RW
TRDIOB0 output level selection bit(2)
TOB0
RW
TOC0 TOD0 TOA1 TOB1 TOC1 TOD1
TRDIOC0 initial output level selection bit TRDIOD0 initial output level selection bit TRDIOA1 initial output level selection bit TRDIOB1 initial output level selection bit TRDIOC1 initial output level selection bit TRDIOD1 initial output level selection bit
RW RW RW RW RW RW
NOTES: 1. Write to the TRDOCR register w hen both the TSTART0 and TSTART1 bits in the TRDSTR register are set to 0 (count stops). 2. When the pin functions are w aveform output (refer to Table 14.12 and 14.13) and the TRDOCR register is set, the initial output level is output.
Figure 14.102 TRDOCR Register in PWM3 Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 252 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Control Register i (i = 0 or 1)(2)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
001
Symbol TRDCR0 Bit Symbol TCK0
Address 0140h Bit Name Count source selection bit
After Reset 00h Function
b2 b1b0
RW RW
TCK1
TCK2 CKEG0 CKEG1 CCLR0 CCLR1 CCLR2 External clock edge selection bit(1)
0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
0 : f1 1 : f2 0 : f4 1 : f8 0 : f32 1 : Do not set 0 : fOCO40M 1 : Do not set
RW
RW RW RW RW RW RW
This bit is disabled in PWM3 mode.
TRD0 counter clear selection bit Set to 001b (the TRD0 register clear at the compare match w ith TRDGRA0 register) in PWM3 mode.
NOTES: 1. This bit is enabled w hen the TCK2 to TCK0 bits are set to 101b (TRDCLK input) and the STCLK bit in the TRDFCR register is set to 1 (external clock input enabled). 2. The TRDCR1 register is not used in PWM3 mode.
Figure 14.103 TRDCR0 Register in PWM3 Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 253 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Status Register i (i = 0 or 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDSR0 TRDSR1 Bit Symbol
Address 0143h 0153h Bit Name Input capture/compare match flag A
IMFA
After Reset 11100000b 11000000b Function [Source for setting this bit to 0] Write 0 after read.(1) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the value in the TRDi register matches w ith the value in the TRDGRAi register. [Source for setting this bit to 0] Write 0 after read.(1) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the value in the TRDi register matches w ith the value in the TRDGRBi register. [Source for setting this bit to 0] Write 0 after read.(1) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the value in the TRDi register matches w ith the value in the TRDGRCi register.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 0] Write 0 after read.(1) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the value in the TRDi register matches w ith the value in the TRDGRDi register.(2) [Source for setting this bit to 0] Write 0 after read.(1) [Source for setting this bit to 1] When the TRDi register overflow s. This bit is disabled in PWM3 mode.
RW
RW
Input capture/compare match flag B
IMFB
RW
Input capture/compare match flag C
IMFC
RW
Input capture/compare match flag D
IMFD
RW
Overflow flag OVF
RW
UDF -- (b7 - b6)
Underflow flag(1)
RW --
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1.
NOTES: 1. The w riting results are as follow s: * This bit is set to 0 w hen the read result is 1 and w riting 0 to the same bit. * This bit remains unchanged even if the read result is 0 and w riting 0 to the same bit. (This bit remains 1 even if this bit is set to 1 from 0 after reading, and w riting 0.) * This bit remains unchanged w hen w riting 1. 2. Including w hen the BFji bit (j = C or D) in the TRDMR register is set to 1 (TRDGRji is used as the buffer register).
Figure 14.104 Registers TRDSR0 and TRDSR1 in PWM3 Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 254 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD Interrupt Enable Register i (i = 0 or 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TRDIER0 TRDIER1 Bit Symbol
IMIEA
Address 0144h 0154h Bit Name Input capture/compare match interrupt enable bit A
After Reset 11100000b 11100000b Function 0 : Disable an interrupt (IMIA) by the IMFA bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (IMIA) by the IMFA bit 0 : Disable an interrupt (IMIB) by the IMFB bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (IMIB) by the IMFB bit 0 : Disable an interrupt (IMIC) by the IMFC bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (IMIC) by the IMFC bit 0 : Disable an interrupt (IMID) by the IMFD bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (IMID) by the IMFD bit
RW
RW
IMIEB
Input capture/compare match interrupt enable bit B
RW
IMIEC
Input capture/compare match interrupt enable bit C
RW
IMIED
Input capture/compare match interrupt enable bit D
RW
OVIE
Overflow /underflow interrupt enable 0 : Disable an interrupt (OVI) by the bit OVF bit 1 : Enable an interrupt (OVI) by the OVF bit Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1.
RW
-- (b7 - b5)
--
Figure 14.105 Registers TRDIER0 and TRDIER1 in PWM3 Mode
Timer RD Counter 0(1,2)
(b15) b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
Symbol TRD0
Address 0147h-0146h
Function Count a count source. Count operation is incremented. When an overflow occurs, the OVF bit in the TRDSR0 register is set to 1. NOTES: 1. Access the TRD0 register in 16-bit units. Do not access it in 8-bit units. 2. The TRD1 register is not used in PWM3 mode.
After Reset 0000h Setting Range 0000h to FFFFh
RW RW
Figure 14.106 TRD0 Register in PWM3 Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 255 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RD General Register Ai, Bi, Ci and Di (i = 0 or 1)(1)
(b15) b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
Symbol TRDGRA0 TRDGRB0 TRDGRC0 TRDGRD0 TRDGRA1 TRDGRB1 TRDGRC1 TRDGRD1
Address 0149h-0148h 014Bh-014Ah 014Dh-014Ch 014Fh-014Eh 0159h-0158h 015Bh-015Ah 015Dh-015Ch 015Fh-015Eh
After Reset FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh RW RW
Function Refer to Table 14.34 TRDGRji Register Functions in PWM3 Mode NOTE: 1. Access the TRDGRAi to TRDGRDi registers in 16-bit units. Do not access them in 8-bit units.
Figure 14.107 Registers TRDGRAi, TRDGRBi, TRDGRCi and TRDGRDi in PWM3 Mode The following registers are disabled in PWM3 mode: TRDPMR, TRDDF0, TRDDF1, TRDIORA0, TRDIORC0, TRDPOCR0, TRDIORA1, TRDIORC1 and TRDPOCR1
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 256 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Table 14.34
TRDGRji Register Functions in PWM3 Mode Register Function General register. Set the PWM period. Setting range: Value set in TRDGRA1 register or above General register. Set the changing point (the active level timing) of PWM output. Setting range: Value set in TRDGRA0 register or below General register. Set the changing point (the timing that returns to initial output level) of PWM output. Setting range: Value set in TRDGRB1 register or above Value set in TRDGRA0 register or below General register. Set the changing point (active level timing) of PWM output. Setting range: Value set in TRDGRB0 register or below BFC0 = 0 (These registers are not used in PWM3 mode) BFC1 = 0 BFD0 = 0 BFD1 = 0 BFC0 = 1 Buffer register. Set the next PWM period. (Refer to 14.3.2 Buffer Operation.) Setting range: Value set in TRDGRC1 register or above BFC1 = 1 Buffer register. Set the changing point of next PWM output. (Refer to 14.3.2 Buffer Operation.) Setting range: Value set in TRDGRC0 register or below BFD0 = 1 Buffer register. Set the changing point of next PWM output. (Refer to 14.3.2 Buffer Operation.) Setting range: Value set in TRDGRD1 register or above, setting value or below in TRDGRC0 register. BFD1 = 1 Buffer register. Set the changing point of next PWM output. (Refer to 14.3.2 Buffer Operation.) Setting range: Value set in TRDGRD0 register or below PWM Output Pin TRDIOA0
Register Setting TRDGRA0 - TRDGRA1
TRDGRB0
TRDIOB0
TRDGRB1
TRDGRC0 TRDGRC1 TRDGRD0 TRDGRD1 TRDGRC0
-
TRDIOA0
TRDGRC1
TRDGRD0
TRDIOB0
TRDGRD1
BFC0, BFD0, BFC1, BFD1: Bits in TRDMR Register Registers TRDGRC0, TRDGRC1, TRDGRD0, and TRDGRD1 are not used in PWM3 mode. To use them as buffer registers, set bits BFC0, BFC1, BFD0, and BFD1 to 0 (general register) and write a value to the TRDGRC0, TRDGRC1, TRDGRD0, or TRDGRD1 register. After this, bits BFC0, BFC1, BFD0, and BFD1 may be set to 1 (buffer register).
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 257 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Count source Value in TRD0 register FFFFh m
n
p
q
0000h
TSTART0 bit in TRDSTR register
1 0 Count stop
CSEL0 bit in TRDSTR register
1 0
Set to 0 by a program
m+1 n+1 p+1 q+1 Output "H" by the compare match in the TRDGRA1 register Output "L" by the compare match in the TRDGRA0 register p-q m-n
TRDIOA0 output
Initial output "L" TRDIOB0 output
IMFA bit in TRDSR0 register
1 0
IMFB bit in TRDSR0 register
1 0
Set to 0 by a program
Set to 0 by a program
Set to 0 by a program
Set to 0 by a program
TRDGRA0 register
m Transfer
m Transfer Following data
TRDGRC0 register
m
Transfer from the buffer register to general register
Transfer from the buffer register to general register
j = either A or B
m: Setting value in TRDGRA0 register n: Setting value in TRDGRA1 register p: Setting value in TRDGRB0 register q: Setting value in TRDGRB1 register
The above applies to the following conditions: * Both the TOA0 and TOB0 bits in the TRDOCR register are set to 0 (initial output level "L", output "H" by the compare match in the TRDGRj1 register, output "L" by the compare match in the TRDGRj0 register) * The BFC0 bit in the TRDMR register is set to 1 (the TRDGRC0 register is used as the buffer register of the TRDGRA0 register).
Figure 14.108 Operating Example of PWM3 Mode Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200 Page 258 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.3.11 Timer RD Interrupt
Timer RD generates the Timer RD interrupt request based on 6 sources every channel. The Timer RD interrupt has 1 TRDiIC register (IR bit, ILVL0 to ILVL2 bits) every channel, and 1 vector. Table 14.35 lists the Registers Associated with Timer RD Interrupt and Figure 14.109 shows the Block Diagram of Timer RD Interrupt. Table 14.35 Registers Associated with Timer RD Interrupt Timer RD Status Register TRDSR0 TRDSR1 Timer RD Interrupt Enable Register TRDIER0 TRDIER1 Timer RD Interrupt Control Register TRD0IC TRD1IC
Channel 0 Channel 1
Channel i
IMFA bit IMIEA bit IMFB bit IMIEB bit IMFC bit IMIEC bit IMFD bit IMIED bit UDF bit OVF bit OVIE bit Timer RD (channel i) Interrupt request (IR bit in TRDiIC register)
i = 0 or 1 IMFA, IMFB, IMFC, IMFD, OVF, UDF: Bits in TRDSRi register IMIEA, IMIEB, IMIEC, IMIED, OVIE: Bits in TRDIER register
Figure 14.109 Block Diagram of Timer RD Interrupt As with other maskable interrupts, the timer RD interrupt is controlled by the combination of the I flag, IR bit, bits ILVL0 to ILVL2, and IPL. However, since the interrupt source (timer RD interrupt) is generated by a combination of multiple interrupt request sources, the following differences from other maskable interrupts apply: * When bits in the TRDSRi register corresponding to bits set to 1 in the TRDIERi register are set to 1 (enable interrupt), the IR bit in the TRDiIC register is set to 1 (interrupt requested). * When either bits in the TRDSRi register or bits in the TRDIERi register corresponding to bits in the TRDSRi register, or both of them, are set to 0, the IR bit is set to 0 (interrupt not requested). Therefore, even though the interrupt is not acknowledged after the IR bit is set to 1, the interrupt request will not be maintained. * When the conditions of other request sources are met, the IR bit remains 1. * When multiple bits in the TRDIERi register are set to 1, which request source causes an interrupt is determined by the TRDSRi register. * Since each bit in the TRDSRi register is not automatically set to 0 even if the interrupt is acknowledged, set each bit to 0 in the interrupt routine. For information on how to set these bits to 0, refer to the descriptions of the registers used in the different modes (Figures 14.41, 14.56, 14.69, 14.81, 14.92 and 14.104).
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 259 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Refer to Registers TRDSR0 to TRDSR1 in each mode (Figures 14.41, 14.56, 14.69, 14.81, 14.92 and 14.104) for the TRDSRi register. Refer to Registers TRDIER0 to TRDIER1 in each mode (Figures 14.42, 14.57, 14.70, 14.82, 14.93 and 14.105) for the TRDIERi register. Refer to 12.1.6 Interrupt Control for the TRDiIC register and 12.1.5.2 Relocatable Vector Tables for the interrupt vector.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 260 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.3.12 Notes on Timer RD 14.3.12.1 TRDSTR Register
* Set the TRDSTR register using the MOV instruction. * When the CSELi (i = 0 or 1) is set to 0 (the count stops at compare match of registers TRDi and
TRDGRAi), the count does not stop and the TSTARTi bit remains unchanged even if 0 (count stops) is written to the TSTARTi bit. Therefore, set the TSTARTi bit to 0 to change other bits without changing the TSTARTi bit when the CSELi bit is set to 0. To stop counting by a program, set the TSTARTi bit to 0 after setting the CSELi bit to 1. Although the CSELi bit is set to 1 and the TSTARTi bit is set to 0 at the same time (with 1 instruction), the count cannot be stopped. * Table 14.36 lists the TRDIOji (j = A, B, C, or D) Pin Output Level when Count Stops to use the TRDIOji pin with the timer RD output. Table 14.36 TRDIOji (j = A, B, C, or D) Pin Output Level when Count Stops
TRDIOji Pin Output when Count Stops Hold the output level immediately before the count stops. Hold the output level after output changes by compare match.
Count Stop When the CSELi bit is set to 1, set the TSTARTi bit to 0 and the count stops. When the CSELi bit is set to 0, the count stops at compare match of registers TRDi and TRDGRAi.
14.3.12.2 TRDi Register (i = 0 or 1)
* When writing the value to the TRDi register by a program while the TSTARTi bit in the TRDSTR register
is set to 1 (count starts), avoid to overlap with the timing to set the TRDi register to 0000h, and then write. When the timing to set the TRDi register to 0000h overlaps with the timing to write the value to the TRDi register, the value is not written and the TRDi register is set to 0000h. These precautions are applicable when selecting the following by the CCLR2 to CCLR0 bits in the TRDCRi register. - 001b (clear by the TRDi register at the compare match with the TRDGRAi register) - 010b (clear by the TRDi register at the compare match with the TRDGRBi register.) - 011b (synchronous clear) - 101b (clear by the TRDi register at the compare match with the TRDGRCi register.) - 110b (clear by the TRDi register at the compare match with the TRDGRDi register.)
* When writing the value to the TRDi register and continuously reading the same register, the value before
writing may be read. In this case, execute the JMP.B instruction between the writing and reading. Program Example MOV.W #XXXXh, TRD0 ;Writing JMP.B L1 ;JMP.B L1: MOV.W TRD0,DATA ;Reading
14.3.12.3 TRDSRi Register (i = 0 or 1)
When writing the value to the TRDSRi register and continuously reading the same register, the value before writing may be read. In this case, execute the JMP.B instruction between the writing and reading. Program Example MOV.B #XXh, TRDSR0 ;Writing JMP.B L1 ;JMP.B L1: MOV.B TRDSR0,DATA ;Reading
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 261 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.3.12.4 Count Source Switch
* When switching the count source, switch it after the count stops. Change procedure (1) Set the TSTARTi (i = 0 or 1) bit in the TRDSTR register to 0 (count stops). (2) Change the TCK2 to TCK0 bits in the TRDCRi register. * When changing the count source from fOCO40M to the other and stopping fOCO40M, wait 2 cycles or
more of f1 after setting the clock switch, and then stop fOCO40M. Change procedure (1) Set the TSTARTi (i = 0 or 1) bit in the TRDSTR register to 0 (count stops). (2) Change the TCK2 to TCK0 bits in the TRDCRi register. (3) Wait 2 cycles or more of f1. (4) Set the FRA00 bit in the FRA0 register to 0 (high-speed on-chip oscillator stops).
14.3.12.5 Input Capture Function
* Set the pulse width of input capture signal to 3 cycles or more of the Timer RD operation clock. (Refer to
Table 14.11 Timer RD Operation Clocks.) * The value in the TRDi register is transferred to the TRDGRji register after 2 to 3 cycles of the Timer RD operation clock since the input capture signal is applied to the TRDIOji pin (i = 0 or 1, j = either A, B, C or D) (no digital filter).
14.3.12.6 Reset Synchronous PWM Mode
* When reset synchronous PWM mode is used for motor control, use it with OLS0 = OLS1. * Set to reset synchronous PWM mode in the following procedure:
Change procedure (1) Set the TSTART0 bit in the TRDSTR register to 0 (count stops). (2) Set the CMD1 to CMD0 bits in the TRDFCR register to 00b (timer mode, PWM mode, and PWM3 mode). (3) Set the CMD1 to CMD0 bits to 01b (reset synchronous PWM mode). (4) Set the registers associated with other Timer RD again.
14.3.12.7 Complementary PWM Mode
* When complementary PWM mode is used for motor control, use it with OLS0 = OLS1. * Change the CMD1 to CMD0 bits in the TRDFCR register in the following procedure.
Change procedure: When setting to complementary PWM mode (including re-set), or changing the transfer timing from the buffer register to the general register in complementary PWM mode. (1) Set both the TSTART0 and TSTART1 bits in the TRDSTR register to 0 (count stops). (2) Set the CMD1 to CMD0 bits in the TRDFCR register to 00b (timer mode, PWM mode, and PWM3 mode) (3) Set the DMD1 to CMD0 bits to 10b or 11b (complementary PWM mode). (4) Set the registers associated with other Timer RD again. Change procedure: When stopping complementary PWM mode (1) Set both the TSTART0 and CSEL1 bits in the TRDSTR register to 0 (count stops). (2) Set the CMD1 to CMD bits to 00b (other than reset synchronous PWM mode, complementary PWM mode)
* Do not write to the TRDGRA0, TRDGRB0, TRDGRA1 and TRDGRB1 registers during operation.
When changing the PWM waveform, transfer the value written to the TRDGRD0, TRDGRC1 and TRDGRD1 registers to the TRDGRB0, TRDGRA1 and TRDGRB1 registers using the buffer operation. However, to write data to the TRDGRD0, TRDGRC1, or TRDGRD1 register, set bits BFD0, BFC1, and BFD1 to 0 (general register). After this, bits BFD0, BFC1, and BFD1 may be set to 1 (buffer register). The PWM period cannot be changed. Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200 Page 262 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
* When the value in the TRDGRA0 register is assumed as m, the TRD0 register counts order of m - 1, m, m
+ 1, m, m - 1 when changing from increment to decrement. When changing from m to m + 1, the IMFA bit is set to 1. Also, the CMD1 to CMD0 bits in the TRDFCR register are set to 11b (complementary PWM mode, buffer data transferred by the compare match in the TRD0 and TRDGRA0 registers), the content in the buffer register (TRDGRD0, TRDGRC1, TRDGRD1) is transferred to the general register (TRDGRB0, TRDGRA1, TRDGRB1). For the order of m + 1, m, m - 1 operation, the IMFA bit remains unchanged and data are not transferred to the register such as the TRDGRA0 register.
Count value in TRD0 register
m+1 Setting value in TRDGRA0 register m
Set to 0 by a program IMFA bit in TRDSR0 register 1 0 Transferred from buffer register TRDGRB0 register TRDGRA1 register TRDGRB1 register Not transferred from buffer register When the CMD1 to CMD0 bits in the TRDFCR register are set to 11b. (Transfer from the buffer register to the general register at the compare match of the TRD0 register and TRDGRA0 register) No change
Figure 14.110 Operation at Compare Match between Registers TRD0 and TRDGRA0 in Complementary PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 263 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
* The TRD1 register counts the order of 1, 0, FFFFh, 0, 1 when changing from decrement to increment.
The UDF bit is set to 1 by the order of 1, 0, FFFFh operation. Also, when the CMD1 to CMD0 bits in the TRDFCR register are set to 10b (complementary PWM mode, buffer data transferred by the underflow in the TRD1 register), the content in the buffer register (TRDGRD0, TRDGRC1, TRDGRD1) is transferred to the general register (TRDGRB0, TRDGRA1, TRDGRB1). For the order of FFFFh, 0, 1 operation, data are not transferred to the register such as the TRDGRB0 register. Also, at this time, the OVF bit remains unchanged.
Count value in TRD0 register
1
0
FFFFh Set to 0 by a program UDF bit in TRDSR0 register OVF bit in TRDSR0 register 1 0 1 0 Transferred from buffer register TRDGRB0 register TRDGRA1 register TRDGRB1 register Not transferred from buffer register When the CMD1 to CMD0 bits in the TRDFCR register are set to 10b. (Transfer from the buffer register to the general register when the TRD1 register underflows) No change
Figure 14.111 Operation When TRD1 Register Underflows in Complementary PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 264 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
* Select with the CMD1 to CMD0 bits for the data transfer timing from the buffer register to the general
register. However, transfer with the following timing in spite of the value of the CMD1 to CMD0 bits for the following cases: Value in buffer register Value in TRDGRA0 register: Transfer at the underflow in the TRD1 register. And then, when setting the buffer register to 0001h or above and the smaller value than the one in the TRDGRA0 register, and the TRD1 register underflows in the fist time after setting, the value is transferred to the general register. After that, transfer the value with the timing selected by the CMD1 to CMD0 bits.
n3 m+1 n2 n1 0000h Count value in TRD1 register Count value in TRD0 register
TRDGRD0 register
n2 Transfer
n3 Transfer n2 n3
n2 Transfer n2
n1 Transfer n1
TRDGRB0 register
n1
Transfer with timing set by CMD1 to CMD0 bits
Transfer by underflow in TRD1 register because of n3 > m
Transfer by underflow in TRD1 register because of first setting to n2 < m
Transfer with timing set by CMD1 to CMD0 bits
TRDIOB0 output
TRDIOD0 output
m: Setting Value in TRDGRA0 Register The above applies to the following conditions: * The CMD1 to CMD0 bits in the TRDFCR register are set to 11b. (Data in the buffer register is transferred at the compare match in the TRD0 and TRDGRA0 registers in complementary PWM mode.) * Both the OSL0 and OLS1 bits in the TRDFCR are set to 1. (active `H" for normal-phase and counter-phase)
Figure 14.112 Operation When Value in Buffer Register Value in TRDGRA0 Register in Complementary PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 265 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
When the value in the buffer register is set to 0000h: Transfer by the compare match in the TRD0 and TRDGRA0 registers. And then, when setting the buffer register to 0001h or above and the smaller value than the one in the TRDGRA0 register, and the compare match in the TRD0 and TRDGRA0 registers in the fist time after setting, the value is transferred to the general register. After that, transfer the value with the timing selected by the CMD1 to CMD0 bits.
m+1 n2 n1 0000h Count value in TRD1 register Count value in TRD0 register
TRDGRD0 register
n1 Transfer
0000h Transfer n1 0000h
n1 Transfer n1 Transfer
TRDGRB0 register
n2
Transfer with timing set by CMD1 to CMD0 bits
Transfer by compare match in TRD0 and TRDGRA0 registers because content in TRDGRD0 register is set to 0000h.
Transfer by compare match in TRD0 and TRDGRA0 registers because of first setting to 0001h n1 < m
Transfer with timing set by CMD1 to CMD0 bits
TRDIOB0 output
TRDIOD0 output
m: Setting Value in TRDGRA0 Register The above applies to the following conditions: * The CMD1 to CMD0 bits in the TRDFCR register are set to 10b. (Data in the buffer register is transferred at the underflow in the TRD1 register in PWM mode.) * Both the OLS0 and OLS1 bits in the TRDFCR register are set to "1" (active "H" for normal-phase and counter-phase).
Figure 14.113 Operation When Value in Buffer Register Is Set to 0000h in Complementary PWM Mode
14.3.12.8 Count Source fOCO40M
The count source fOCO40M can be used with supply voltage VCC = 3.0 to 5.5 V. For supply voltage other than that, do not set bits TCK2 to TCK0 in registers TRDCR0 and TRDCR to 110b (select fOCO40M as the count source).
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 266 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.4
Timer RE
Timer RE has the 4-bit counter and 8-bit counter. Timer RE has the following mode: * Output compare mode Count a count source and detect the compare match The count source for timer RE is the operating clock that regulates the timing of timer operations.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 267 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.4.1
Output Compare Mode
The output compare mode is to count the internal count source divided-by-2 using the 4-bit or 8-bit counter and detect the compare value match with the 8-bit counter. Figure 14.114 shows the Block Diagram of Output Compare Mode and Table 14.37 lists the Output Compare Mode Specifications. Figures 14.115 to 14.119 show the Registers Associated with Output Compare Mode and Figure 14.120 shows the Operation in Output Compare Mode.
f4 f8 RCS1 to RCS0 = 00b = 01b f32 = 10b 1/2 4-bit counter
RCS2 = 1
RCS6 to RCS5 = 00b f2 = 01b = 10b 8-bit counter
RCS2 = 0
TOENA TREO pin
TQ R
= 11b
Reset TRERST bit Comparison circuit Match signal COMIE Timer RE interrupt
TOENA, TRERST: Bits in TRECR1 register COMIE: Bit in TRECR2 register RCS0 to RCS2, RCS5 to RCS6: Bits in TRECSR register
TRESEC
TREMIN
Data bus
Figure 14.114 Block Diagram of Output Compare Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 268 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Table 14.37
Output Compare Mode Specifications
Specification f4, f8, f32 * Increment * When the 8-bit counter content matches with the TREMIN register content, the value returns to 00h and count continues. The count value is held while count stops. Count Period * When RCS2 = 0 (4-bit counter is not used) 1/fi x 2 x (n + 1) * When RCS2 = 1 (4-bit counter is used) 1/fi x 32 x (n + 1) fi: Frequency of count source n: Setting value of TREMIN register Count Start Condition Write 1 (count starts) to the TSTART bit in the TRECR1 register Count Stop Condition Write 0 (count stops) to the TSTART bit in the TRECR1 register Interrupt Request Generation When the 8-bit counter content matches with the TREMIN register Timing content TREO Pin Function Select any one of the followings: * Programmable I/O ports * Output any one of f2, f4 and f8 * Compare output Read from Timer When reading the TRESEC register, the 8-bit counter value can be read. When reading the TREMIN register, the compare value can be read. Write to Timer Writing to the TRESEC register is disabled. When the TSTART and TCSTF bits in the TRECR1 register are set to 0 (timer stops), writing to the TREMIN register is enabled. Select Functions * Select use of 4-bit counter * Compare output function Every time the 8-bit counter value matches with the TREMIN register value, TREO output polarity is reversed. The TREO pin outputs "L" after reset is deasserted and the Timer RE reset by the TRERST bit in the TRECR1 register. Output level is held by setting the TSTART bit to 0 (count stops).
Item Count Source Count Operation
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 269 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RE Counter Data Register
b7 b0
Symbol TRESEC
Address 0118h Function
After Reset 00h RW RO
8-bit counter data can be read. Although Timer RE stops counting, the count value is held. The TRESEC register is set to 00h w ith the compare match.
Figure 14.115 TRESEC Register in Output Compare Mode
Timer RE Compare Data Register
b7 b0
Symbol TREMIN 8-bit compare data is stored.
Address 0119h Function
After Reset 00h RW RW
Figure 14.116 TREMIN Register in Output Compare Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 270 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RE Control Register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00
0
Symbol Address 011Ch TRECR1 Bit Symbol Bit Name -- Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. (b0) When read, the content is 0. TCSTF TOENA INT Timer RE count status flag TREO pin output enable bit Interrupt request timing bit Timer RE reset bit
After Reset 00h Function
RW -- RO RW RW
0 : During count stop 1 : In count 0 : Disable clock output 1 : Enable clock output Set to 0 in output compare mode When setting this bit to 0 after setting it to 1, the follow ings w ill occur. * The TRESEC, TREMIN, and TRECR2 registers are set to 00h. * The TCSTF, INT, and TSTART bits in the TRECR1 register are set to 0. * The 8-bit counter is set to 00h and the 4-bit counter is set to 0h. Set to 0 0 : Count stops 1 : Count starts
TRERST
RW
-- (b6-b5) TSTART
Reserved bit Timer RE count start bit
RW RW
Figure 14.117 TRECR1 Register in Output Compare Mode
Timer RE Control Register 2
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00000
Symbol Address 011Dh TRECR2 Bit Symbol Bit Name -- Reserved bit (b4-b0) COMIE -- (b7-b6) Compare match interrupt enable bit
After Reset 00h Function Set to 0 0 : Disable compare match interrupt 1 : Enable compare match interrupt
RW RW RW --
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0.
Figure 14.118 TRECR2 Register in Output Compare Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 271 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Timer RE Count Source Select Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol TRECSR Bit Symbol RCS0
Address 011Eh Bit Name Count source select bit
After Reset 08h Function
b1 b0
RW RW
RCS1 4-bit counter select bit Reserved bit
0 0 : f4 0 1 : f8 1 0 : f32 1 1 : Do not set
RW
RCS2 -- (b3) -- (b4) RCS5
0 : Not used 1 : Used Set to 0
RW RW --
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0. Clock output select bit(1)
b6 b5
RCS6 -- (b7)
0 0 : f2 0 1 : f4 1 0 : f8 1 1 : Compare output
RW
RW
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0.
--
NOTE: 1. Write to the RCS5 to RCS6 bits w hen the TOENA bit in the TRECR1 register is set to 0 (disable clock output).
Figure 14.119 TRECSR Register in Output Compare Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 272 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
Count starts
8-bit counter content (hexadecimal number)
TREMIN register setting value
Matched
Matched
Matched
00h Set to 1 by a program Time
TSTART bit in TRECR1 register
1 0
2 cycles of maximum count source
TCSTF bit in TRECR1 register
1 0
Set to 0 by acknowledgement of interrupt request
or a program
IR bit in TREIC register
1 0
TREO output
1 0
Output polarity is reversed when the compare matches
The above applies to the following conditions. TOENA bit in TRECR1 register = 1 (enable clock output) COMIE bit in TRECR2 register = 1 (enable compare match interrupt) RCS6 to RCS5 bits in TRECSR register = 11b (compare output)
Figure 14.120 Operation in Output Compare Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 273 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
14. Timers
14.4.2
Notes on Timer RE Starting and Stopping Count
14.4.2.1
Timer RE has the TSTART bit for instructing count start or stop, and the TCSTF bit which indicates count start or stop. The TSTART and TCSTF bits are in the TRECR1 register. Timer RE starts counting when setting the TSTART bit to 1 (count starts) and the TCSTF bit is set to 1 (count starts). It takes the time for up to 2 cycles of the count source until the TCSTF bit is set to 1 after setting the TSTART bit to 1. During this time, do not access registers associated with Timer RE(1) other than the TCSTF bit. Also, timer RE stops counting when setting the TSTART bit to 0 (count stops) and the TCSTF bit is set to 0 (count stops). It takes the time for up to 2 cycles of the count source until the TCSTF bit is set to 0 after setting the TSTART bit to 0. During this time, do not access registers associated with timer RE other than the TCSTF bit. NOTE: 1. Registers associated with Timer RE: TRESEC, TREMIN, TRECR1, TRECR2, TRECSR
14.4.2.2
Register Setting
Write to the following registers or bits while timer RE stops. * TRESEC and TRECR2 registers * The INT bit in TRECR1 register * RCS0 to RCS2 bits in TRECSR register The state while Timer RE stops is indicated as the state where the TSTART and TCSTF bits in the TRECR1 register are set to 0 (timer RE stops). Also, set all above-mentioned registers and bits (immediately before timer RE count starts) before setting the TRECR2 register.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 274 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
15. Serial Interface
15. Serial Interface
Serial Interface is configured with two channels: UART0 and UART1. Each UART0 and Uart1 has an exclusive timer to generate a transfer clock and they operate independently. Figure 15.1 shows the UARTi (i = 0 or 1) Block Diagram. Figure 15.2 shows the UARTi (i = 0 or 1) Transmit/Receive Unit. UART0 has two modes: clock synchronous serial I/O mode, and clock asynchronous serial I/O mode (UART mode). UART1 has only one mode: clock asynchronous serial interface mode (UART mode). Figures 15.3 to 15.6 show the Registers Associated with UARTi.
(UART0)
RXD0 CLK1 to CLK0 f1 f8 f32
= 00b = 01b = 10b
TXD0 1/16
UART reception Clock synchronous type Reception control circuit Receive clock
CKDIR = 0 Internal U0BRG register
1/(n0 + 1)
External CKDIR = 1
1/16
UART transmission Clock synchronous type Transmission control circuit
Transmit clock
Transmit/ receive unit
Clock synchronous type (when internal clock is selected) Clock synchronous type (when external clock is selected) Clock synchronous type (when internal clock is selected)
1/2
CKDIR = 0 CKDIR = 1
CLK0
CLK polarity reversing circuit
(UART1)
U1PINSEL RXD1 CLK1 to CLK0 f1 f8 f32
= 00b = 01b = 10b Internal U1BRG register
TXD1 1/16
UART reception Reception control circuit UART transmission Transmission control circuit Receive clock
1/(n1 + 1)
1/16
Transmit clock
Transmit/ receive unit
Figure 15.1
UARTi (i = 0 or 1) Block Diagram
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 275 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
15. Serial Interface
1SP
PRYE = 0 Clock PAR disabled synchronous type
Clock synchronous type UART (7 bits) UART (8 bits) UART (7 bits) UARTi receive register
RXDi
SP
2SP
SP
PAR
PAR UART enabled PRYE = 1 UART (9 bits) Clock synchronous type UART (8 bits) UART (9 bits)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0 UiRB register
MSB/LSB conversion circuit Data bus high-order bits Data bus low-order bits MSB/LSB conversion circuit D8 D7
UART (8 bits) UART (9 bits) Clock synchronous type
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0 UiTB register
2SP
PRYE = 1 PAR enabled
UART (9 bits) UART
SP
SP
1SP
PAR
Clock PAR disabled synchronous PRYE = 0 type 0 UART (7 bits) UART (8 bits) Clock synchronous type UART (7 bits) UARTi transmit register i = 0 or 1 SP: Stop bit PAR: Parity bit
TXDi
NOTE: 1. Clock synchronous type is provide in UART0 only.
Figure 15.2
UARTi (i = 0 or 1) Transmit/Receive Unit
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 276 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
15. Serial Interface
UARTi Transmit Buffer Register (i = 0 or 1)(1,2)
(b15) b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
Symbol U0TB U1TB Bit Symbol -- (b8-b0) -- (b15-b9) Transmit data
Address 00A3h-00A2h 00ABh-00AAh Function
After Reset Indeterminate Indeterminate RW WO --
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is indeterminate.
NOTES: 1. When the transfer data length is 9-bit long, w rite to high-byte data first then low -byte data. 2. Use the MOV instruction to w rite to this register.
UARTi Receive Buffer Register (i = 0 or 1)(1)
(b15) b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
Symbol U0RB U1RB Bit Symbol -- (b7-b0) -- (b8) -- (b11-b9) OER FER PER SUM Bit Name -- --
Address 00A7h-00A6h 00AFh-00AEh Function Receive data (D7 to D0) Receive data (D8)
After Reset Indeterminate Indeterminate RW RO RO -- RO RO RO RO
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is indeterminate. Overrun error flag(2) Framing error flag(2) Parity error flag(2) Error sum flag(2) 0 : No overrun error 1 : Overrun error 0 : No framing error 1 : Framing error 0 : No parity error 1 : Parity error 0 : No error 1 : Error
NOTES: 1. Read out the UiRB register in 16-bit unit. 2. The SUM, PER, FER and OER bits are set to 0 (no error) w hen the SMD2 to SMD0 bits in the UiMR register are set to 000b (serial interface disabled) or the RE bit in the U0C1 register is set to 0 (receive disable). The SUM bit is set to 0 (no error) w hen the PER, FER and OER bits are set to 0 (no error). Also, the PER and FER bits are set to 0 w hen the higher byte of the UiRB register is read out.
UARTi Bit Rate Register (i = 0 or 1)(1,2,3)
b7 b0
Address 00A1h 00A9h Function Assuming that set value is n, UiBRG divides the count source by n+1 NOTES: 1. Write to this register w hile the serial interface is neither transmitting nor receiving. 2. Use the MOV instruction to w rite to this register. 3. After setting the CLK0 to CLK1 bits in the UiC0 register, w rite to the UiBRG register.
Symbol U0BRG U1BRG
After Reset Indeterminate Indeterminate Setting Range 00h to FFh
RW WO
Figure 15.3
Registers UiTB, UiRB, and UiBRG (i = 0 or 1) Page 277 of 501
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
15. Serial Interface
UARTi Transmit/Receive Mode Register (i = 0 or 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol U0MR U1MR Bit Symbol SMD0
Address 00A0h 00A8h Bit Name Serial I/O mode select bit(2,4)
After Reset 00h 00h Function
b2 b1 b0
RW RW
SMD1
0 0 0 : Serial interface disabled 0 0 1 : Clock synchronous serial I/O mode 1 0 0 : UART mode transfer data 7 bits long 1 0 1 : UART mode transfer data 8 bits long 1 1 0 : UART mode transfer data 9 bits long Other than above : Do not set
RW
SMD2 Internal/external clock select bit(3) Stop bit length select bit Odd/even parity select bit PRY Parity enable bit Reserved bit 0 : Internal clock 1 : External clock(1) 0 : 1 stop bit 1 : 2 stop bits Enables w hen PRYE = 1 0 : Odd parity 1 : Even parity 0 : Parity disabled 1 : Parity enabled Set to 0
RW
CKDIR STPS
RW RW
RW
PRYE -- (b7)
RW RW
NOTES: 1. Set the PD1_6 bit in the PD1 register to 0 (input). 2. Do not set bits SMD2 to SMD0 in the U1MR register to any values other than 000b, 100b, 101b and 110b. 3. Set the CKDIR bit to 0 (internal clock) in UART1. 4. The SMD2 to SMD1 bits can not select clock synchronous serial I/O mode in UART1.
Figure 15.4
UiMR Register (i = 0 or 1)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 278 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
15. Serial Interface
UARTi Transmit/Receive Control Register 0 (i = 0 or 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol U0C0 U1C0 Bit Symbol CLK0
CLK1 -- (b2) TXEPT -- (b4) NCH
Address 00A4h 00ACh Bit Name BRG count source select b1 b0 bit(1) 0 0 : Selects f1 0 1 : Selects f8 1 0 : Selects f32 1 1 : Do not set Reserved bit Transmit register empty flag Set to 0
After Reset 00001000b 00001000b Function
RW RW
RW
RW RO -- RW
0 : Data in transmit register (during transmit) 1 : No data in transmit register (transmit completed)
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0. Data output select bit CLK polarity select bit 0 : TXDi pin is a pin of CMOS output 1 : TXDi pin is a pin of N-channel open drain output 0 : Transmit data is output at falling edge of transfer clock and receive data is input at rising edge 1 : Transmit data is output at rising edge of transfer clock and receive data is input at falling edge
CKPOL
RW
UFORM
Transfer format select bit 0 : LSB first 1 : MSB first
RW
NOTE: 1. If the BRG count source is sw itched, set the UiBRG register again.
UARTi Transmit/Receive Control Register 1 (i = 0 or 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol U0C1 U1C1 Bit Symbol TE TI RE RI UiIRS UiRRM -- (b7-b6)
Address 00A5h 00ADh Bit Name Transmit enable bit Transmit buffer empty flag Receive enable bit Receive complete flag(1) UARTi transmit interrupt cause select bit UARTi continuous receive mode enable bit(2)
After Reset 00000010b 00000010b Function 0 : Disables transmit 1 : Enables transmit 0 : Data in UiTB register 1 : No data in UiTB register 0 : Disables receive 1 : Enables receive 0 : No data in UiRB register 1 : Data in UiRB register 0 : Transmit buffer empty (TI = 1) 1 : Transmit completed (TXEPT = 1) 0 : Disables continuous receive mode 1 : Enables continuous receive mode
RW RW RO RW RO RW RW --
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0.
NOTES: 1. The RI bit is set to 0 w hen the higher byte of the UiRB register is read out. 2. Set the UiRRM bit to 0 (disables continuous receive mode) in UART mode.
Figure 15.5
Registers UiC0 and UiC1 (i = 0 or 1) Page 279 of 501
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
15. Serial Interface
UART1 Function Select Register
b7 b0
Symbol U1SR
Address 00F5h Function
After Reset Indeterminate RW
Set to 03h w hen using UART1. As a result, UART1 can be used as the clock asynchronous serial I/O. Do not set values other than 03h. When read, its content is indeterminate.
WO
Port Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00
0000
Symbol Address 00F8h PMR Bit Symbol Bit Name Reserved bits -- (b3-b0) U1PINSEL -- (b6-b5) IICSEL Port TXD1/RXD1 sw itch bit Reserved bits SSU/I2C bus sw itch bit
After Reset 00h Function Set to 0 0 : I/O port P6_6, P6_7 1 : TXD1, RXD1 Set to 0 0 : SSU function selects 1 : I2C bus function selects
RW -- RW -- RW
Figure 15.6
Registers U1SR and PMR
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 280 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
15. Serial Interface
15.1
Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode
The clock synchronous serial I/O mode is mode to transmit and receive data using a transfer clock. This mode is selected in UART0 only. Table 15.1 lists the Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode Specifications. Table 15.2 lists the Registers Used and Settings in Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode(1). Table 15.1 Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode Specifications Specification * Transfer data length: 8 bits * CKDIR bit in U0MR register is set to 0 (internal clock): fi/(2(n + 1)) fi = f1, f8, f32 n = setting value in U0BRG register: 00h to FFh * The CKDIR bit is set to 1 (external clock): input from CLK0 pin * Before transmit starts, the following requirements are required(1) - The TE bit in the U0C1 register is set to 1 (transmit enabled) - The TI bit in the U0C1 register is set to 0 (data in the U0TB register) * Before receive starts, the following requirements are required(1) - The RE bit in the U0C1 register is set to 1 (receive enabled) - The TE bit in the U0C1 register is set to 1 (transmit enabled) - The TI bit in the U0C1 register is set to 0 (data in the U0TB register) * When transmit, one of the following conditions can be selected - The U0IRS bit is set to 0 (transmit buffer empty): when transferring data from the U0TB register to UART0 transmit register (when transmit starts) - The U0IRS bit is set to 1 (transmit completes): when completing transmit data from UARTi transmit register * When receive When transferring data from the UART0 receive register to the U0RB register (when receive completes) * Overrun error(2) This error occurs if serial interface starts receiving the following data before reading the U0RB register and receives the 7th bit of the following data * CLK polarity selection Transfer data input/output can be selected to occur synchronously with the rising or the falling edge of the transfer clock * LSB first, MSB first selection Whether transmitting or receiving data beginning with the bit 0 or beginning with the bit 7 can be selected * Continuous receive mode selection Receive is enabled immediately by reading the U0RB register
Item Transfer Data Format Transfer Clocks
Transmit Start Conditions
Receive Start Conditions
Interrupt Request Generation Timing
Error Detection
Select Functions
NOTES: 1. When an external clock is selected, meet the conditions while the CKPOL bit in the U0C0 register is set to 0 (transmit data output at the falling edge and the receive data input at the rising edge of the transfer clock), the external clock is held "H"; if the CKPOL bit in the U0C0 register is set to 1 (transmit data output at the rising edge and the receive data input at the falling edge of the transfer clock), the external clock is held "L". 2. If an overrun error occurs, the receive data (b0 to b8) of the U0RB register will be undefined. The IR bit in the S0RIC register remains unchanged.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 281 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
15. Serial Interface
Table 15.2 Register U0TB U0RB U0BRG U0MR U0C0
Registers Used and Settings in Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode(1) Bit 0 to 7 0 to 7 OER 0 to 7 SMD2 to SMD0 CKDIR CLK1 to CLK0 TXEPT NCH CKPOL UFORM TE TI RE RI U0IRS U0RRM Set transmit data Receive data can be read Overrun error flag Set bit rate
Set to 001b
Function
U0C1
Select the internal clock or external clock Select the count source in the U0BRG register Transmit register empty flag Select TXD0 pin output mode Select the transfer clock polarity Select the LSB first or MSB first Set this bit to 1 to enable transmit/receive Transmit buffer empty flag Set this bit to 1 to enable reception Reception complete flag Select the UART0 transmit interrupt source Set this bit to 1 to use continuous receive mode
NOTE: 1. Set bits which are not in this table to 0 when writing to the registers in clock synchronous serial I/O mode. Table 15.3 lists the I/O Pin Functions in Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode. The TXD0 pin outputs "H" level between the operating mode selection of UART0 and transfer start, an "H" (If the NCH bit is set to 1 (the Nchannel open-drain output), this pin is in a high-impedance state.) Table 15.3 Pin Name TXD0(P1_4) RXD0(P1_5) I/O Pin Functions in Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode Function Output serial data Input serial data Selection Method (Outputs dummy data when performing receive only) The PD1_5 bit in the PD1 register = 0 (P1_5 can be used as an input port when performing transmit only) The CKDIR bit in the U0MR register = 0 The CKDIR bit in the U0MR register = 1 PD1_6 bit in PD1 register = 0
CLK0(P1_6)
Output transfer clock Input transfer clock
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 282 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
15. Serial Interface
* Example of transmit timing (when internal clock is selected)
TC
Transfer clock
TE bit in U0C1 register TI bit in U0C1 register
1 0 1 0
Set data in U0TB register
Transfer from U0TB register to UART0 transmit register TCLK Stop pulsing because the TE bit is set to 0
CLK0
TXD0
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
TXEPT bit in U0C0 register
1 0
IR bit in S0TIC register
1 0
Set to 0 when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by a program
TC = TCLK = 2(n+1)/fi fi: Frequency of UiBRG count source (f1, f8, f32) The above applies under the following settings: n: Setting value to UiBRG register * CKDIR bit in U0MR register = 0 (internal clock) * CKPOL bit in U0C0 register = 0 (output transmit data at the falling edge and input receive data at the rising edge of the transfer clock) * U0IRS bit in U0C1 register = 0 (an interrupt request is generated when the transmit buffer is empty)
* Example of receive timing (when external clock is selected)
RE bit in U0C1 register TE bit in U0C1 register TI bit in U0C1 register 1 0 1 0 1 0
Transfer from U0TB register to UART0 transmit register 1/fEXT
Write dummy data to U0TB register
CLK0
Receive data is taken in
RXD0
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
RI bit in U0C1 register
1 0 1 0
Transfer from UART0 receive register to U0RB register
Read out from U0RB register
IR bit in S0RIC register
Set to 0 when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by a program
The above applies under the following settings: * CKDIR bit in U0MR register = 1 (external clock) * CKPOL bit in U0C0 register = 0 (output transmit data at the falling edge and input receive data at the rising edge of the transfer clock) The following conditions are met when "H" is applied to the CLK0 pin before receiving data: * TE bit in U0C1 register = 1 (enables transmit) * RE bit in U0C1 register = 1 (enables receive) * Write dummy data to the U0TB register fEXT: Frequency of external clock
Figure 15.7
Transmit and Receive Timing Example in Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 283 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
15. Serial Interface
15.1.1
Polarity Select Function
Figure 15.8 shows the Transfer Clock Polarity. Use the CKPOL bit in the U0C0 register to select the transfer clock polarity.
* When the CKPOL Bit in the U0C0 Register = 0 (output transmit data at the falling edge and input the receive data at the rising edge of the transfer clock)
CLK0(1)
TXD0
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
RXD0
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
* When the CKPOL Bit in the U0C0 Register = 1 (output transmit data at the rising edge and input the receive data at the falling edge of the transfer clock)
CLK0(2) TXD0 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
RXD0
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
NOTES: 1. When not transferring, the CLK0 pin level is "H". 2. When not transferring, the CLK0 pin level is "L".
Figure 15.8
Transfer Clock Polarity
15.1.2
LSB First/MSB First Select Function
Figure 15.9 shows the Transfer Format. Use the UFORM bit in the U0C0 register to select the transfer format.
* When UFORM Bit in U0C0 Register = 0 (LSB first)(1)
CLK0
TXD0
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
RXD0
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
* When UFORM Bit in U0C0 Register = 1 (MSB first)(1)
CLK0
TXD0
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RXD0
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
NOTE: 1. The above applies when the CKPOL bit in the U0C0 register is set to 0 (output transmit data at the falling edge and input receive data at the rising edge of the transfer clock).
Figure 15.9
Transfer Format
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 284 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
15. Serial Interface
15.1.3
Continuous Receive Mode
Continuous receive mode is held by setting the U0RRM bit in the U0C1 register to 1 (enables continuous receive mode). In this mode, reading U0RB register sets the TI bit in the U0C1 register to 0 (data in the U0TB register). When the U0RRM bit is set to 1, do not write dummy data to the U0TB register in a program.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 285 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
15. Serial Interface
15.2
Clock Asynchronous Serial I/O (UART) Mode
The UART mode allows transmit and receive data after setting the desired bit rate and transfer data format. Table 15.4 lists the UART Mode Specifications. Table 15.5 lists the Registers Used and Settings for UART Mode. Table 15.4 UART Mode Specifications Specification * Character bit (transfer data): selectable from 7, 8 or 9 bits * Start bit: 1 bit * Parity bit: selectable from odd, even, or none * Stop bit: selectable from 1 or 2 bits * CKDIR bit in UiMR register is set to 0 (internal clock): fj/(16(n + 1)) fj = f1, f8, f32 n = setting value in U0BRG register: 00h to FFh * CKDIR bit is set to 1 (external clock): fEXT/(16(n + 1)) fEXT: Input from CLK0 pin n = setting value in UiBRG register: 00h to FFh * Before transmit starts, the following are required - TE bit in UiC1 register is set to 1 (transmit enabled) - TI bit in UiC1 register is set to 0 (data in UiTB register) * Before receive starts, the following are required - RE bit in UiC1 register is set to 1 (receive enabled) - Detects start bit * When transmitting, one of the following conditions can be selected - UiIRS bit is set to 0 (transmit buffer empty): when transferring data from the UiTB register to UARTi transmit register (when transmit starts) - UiIRS bit is set to 1 (transfer ends): when serial interface completes transmitting data from the UARTi transmit register * When receiving When transferring data from the UARTi receive register to UiRB register (when receive ends) * Overrun error(1) This error occurs if serial interface starts receiving the following data before reading the UiRB register and receiving the bit one before the last stop bit of the following data * Framing error This error occurs when the number of stop bits set are not detected * Parity error This error occurs when parity is enabled, the number of 1's in parity and character bits do not match the number of 1's set * Error sum flag This flag is set is set to 1 when any of the overrun, framing, and parity errors is generated
Item Transfer Data Formats
Transfer Clocks
Transmit Start Conditions
Receive Start Conditions
Interrupt Request Generation Timing
Error Detection
i = 0 or 1 NOTE: 1. If an overrun error occurs, the receive data (b0 to b8) of the U0RB register will be undefined. The IR bit in the S0RIC register remains unchanged.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 286 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
15. Serial Interface
Table 15.5 Register UiTB UiRB UiBRG UiMR
Registers Used and Settings for UART Mode Bit 0 to 8 0 to 8 OER,FER,PER,SUM 0 to 7 SMD2 to SMD0 Set transmit data(1) Function Receive data can be read(1, 2) Error flag Set a bit rate Set to 100b when transfer data is 7-bit long Set to 101b when transfer data is 8-bit long Set to 110b when transfer data is 9-bit long Select the internal clock or external clock(3) Select the stop bit Select whether parity is included and odd or even Select the count source for the UiBRG register Transmit register empty flag Select TXDi pin output mode Set to 0 LSB first or MSB first can be selected when transfer data is 8-bit long. Set to 0 when transfer data is 7- or 9-bit long. Set to 1 to enable transmit Transmit buffer empty flag Set to 1 to enable receive Receive complete flag Select the UARTi transmit interrupt source Set to 0
CKDIR STPS PRY, PRYE CLK0, CLK1 TXEPT NCH CKPOL UFORM TE TI RE RI UiIRS UiRRM
UiC0
UiC1
i = 0 or 1 NOTES: 1. The bits used for transmit/receive data are as follows: Bits 0 to 6 when transfer data is 7-bit long; bits 0 to 7 when transfer data is 8-bit long; bits 0 to 8 when transfer data is 9-bit long. 2. The following bits are undefined: Bits 7 and 8 when transfer data is 7 bits long; bit 8 when transfer data is 8 bits long. 3. External clock can be selected in UART0 only. Table 15.6 lists the I/O Pin Functions in UART Mode. After the UARTi (i = 0 or 1) operating mode is selected, the TXDi pin outputs "H" level (if the NCH bit is set to 1 (N-channel open-drain outputs), this pin is in a highimpedance state) until transfer starts. Table 15.6 Pin name TXD0(P1_4) RXD0(P1_5) CLK0(P1_6) I/O Pin Functions in UART Mode Selection Method (Cannot be used as a port when performing receive only) The PD1_5 bit in the PD1 register = 0 (P1_5 can be used as an input port when performing transmit only) Programmable I/O port The CKDIR bit in the U0MR register = 0 Input transfer clock The CKDIR bit in the U0MR register = 1 The PD1_6 bit in the PD1 register = 0 Output serial data U1PINSEL bit in PMR register = 1 (Cannot be used as a port when performing receive only) Input serial data U1PINSEL bit in PMR register = 1 The PD6_7bit in the PD6 register = 0 (P6_7 can be used as an input port when performing transmit only) Page 287 of 501 Function Output serial data Input serial data
TXD1(P6_6) RXD1(P6_7)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
15. Serial Interface
* Transmit timing when transfer data is 8 bits long (parity enabled, 1 stop bit)
TC
Transfer clock
TE bit in UiC1 register TI bit in UiC1 register
1 0 1 0
Write data to UiTB register
Transfer from UiTB register to UARTi transmit register Start bit Parity Stop bit bit
Stop pulsing because the TE bit is set to 0
TXDi
ST
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
P
SP
ST
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
P
SP
ST
D0
D1
TXEPT bit in UiC0 register
1 0
IR bit SiTIC register
1 0
Set to 0 when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by a program
TC=16 (n + 1) / fj or 16 (n + 1) / fEXT The above timing diagram applies under the following conditions: * PRYE bit in UiMR register = 1 (parity enabled) fj: Frequency of UiBRG count source (f1, f8, f32) * STPS bit in UiMR register = 0 (1 stop bit) fEXT: Frequency of UiBRG count source (external clock) * UiIRS bit in UiC1 register = 1 (an interrupt request is generated when transmit completes) n: Setting value to UiBRG register i = 0 or 1
* Transmit timing when transfer data is 9 bits long (parity disabled, 2 stop bits)
TC
Transfer clock
TE bit in UiC1 register TI bit in UiC1 register
1 0
Write data to UiTB register
1 0
Transfer from UiTB register to UARTi transmit register Start bit Stop Stop bit bit
TXDi
ST
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
SP SP
ST
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
SP SP
ST
D0
D1
TXEPT bit in UiC0 register
1 0
IR bit in SiTIC register
1 0 Set to 0 when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by a program
The above timing diagram applies under the following conditions: * PRYE bit in UiMR register = 0 (parity disabled) * STPS bit in UiMR register = 1 (2 stop bits) * UiIRS bit in UiC1 register = 0 (an interrupt request is generated when transmit buffer is empty)
TC=16 (n + 1) / fj or 16 (n + 1) / fEXT fj: Frequency of UiBRG count source (f1, f8, f32) fEXT: Frequency of UiBRG count source (external clock) n: Setting value to UiBRG register i = 0 or 1
Figure 15.10
Transmit Timing in UART Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 288 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
15. Serial Interface
* Example of Receive Timing when Transfer Data is 8 Bits Long (parity disabled, one stop bit)
UiBRG output
UiC1 register RE bit RXDi
1 0
Stop bit Start bit D0 D1 D7
Determined "L" Transfer clock
Receive data taken in
Reception triggered when transfer clock is generated by falling edge of start bit UiC1 register RI bit SiRIC register RI bit
1 0 1 0
Transferred from UARTi receive register to UiRB register
Set to 0 when interrupt request is accepted, or set by a program
The above timing diagram applies to the case where the register bits are set as follows: * UiMR register PRYE bit = 0 (parity disabled) * UiMR register STPS bit = 0 (1 stop bit) i = 0 or 1
Figure 15.11
Receive Timing Example in UART Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 289 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
15. Serial Interface
15.2.1
Bit Rate
Divided-by-16 of frequency by the UiBRG (i = 0 or 1) register in UART mode is a bit rate.
* When selecting internal clock Setting value to the UiBRG register = fj Bit Rate x 16 -1
fj: Count source frequency of the UiBRG register (f1, f8 and f32)
* When selecting external clock Setting value to the UiBRG register = fEXT Bit Rate x 16 -1
fEXT: Count source frequency of the UiBRG register (external clock) i = 0 or 1
Figure 15.12
Calculation Formula of UiBRG (i = 0 or 1) Register Setting Value
Table 15.7 Bit Rate (bps) 1200 2400 4800 9600 14400 19200 28800 31250 38400 51200 i = 0 or 1
Bit Rate Setting Example in UART Mode (Internal Clock Selected) UiBRG Count Source f8 f8 f8 f1 f1 f1 f1 f1 f1 f1 System Clock = 20 MHz System Clock = 8 MHz Actual Time Setting UiBRG Actual Time Setting UiBRG Setting Value (bps) Error(%) Setting Value (bps) Error(%) 129 (81h) 1201.92 0.16 51 (33h) 1201.92 0.16 64 (40h) 2403.85 0.16 25 (19h) 2403.85 0.16 32 (20h) 4734.85 -1.36 12 (0Ch) 4807.69 0.16 129 (81h) 9615.38 0.16 51 (33h) 9615.38 0.16 86 (56h) 14367.82 -0.22 34 (22h) 14285.71 -0.79 64 (40h) 19230.77 0.16 25 (19h) 19230.77 0.16 42 (2Ah) 29069.77 0.94 16 (10h) 29411.76 2.12 39 (27h) 31250.00 0.00 15 (0Fh) 31250.00 0.00 32 (20h) 37878.79 -1.36 12 (0Ch) 38461.54 0.16 23 (17h) 52083.33 1.73 9 (09h) 50000.00 -2.34
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 290 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
15. Serial Interface
15.3
Notes on Serial Interface
* When reading data from the UiRB (i = 0 or 1) register even in the clock asynchronous serial I/O mode or in the
clock synchronous serial I/O mode. Ensure to read data in 16-bit unit. When the high-order byte of the UiRB register is read, the PER and FER bits in the UiRB register and the RI bit in the UiC1 register are set to 0. To check receive errors, read the UiRB register and then use the read data. Example (when reading receive buffer register): MOV.W 00A6H,R0 ; Read the U0RB register
* When writing data to the UiTB register in the clock asynchronous serial I/O mode with 9-bit transfer data
length, write data high-order byte first, then low-order byte in 8-bit units. Example (when reading transmit buffer register): MOV.B #XXH,00A3H ; Write the high-order byte of U0TB register MOV.B #XXH,00A2H ; Write the low-order byte of U0TB register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 291 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
The clock synchronous serial interface is configured as follows. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface Clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select (SSU) Clock synchronous communication mode 4-wire bus communication mode I2C bus interface I2C bus interface mode Clock synchronous serial mode The clock synchronous serial interface uses the registers of addresses 00B8h to 00BFh. Registers, bits, symbols and functions vary even in the same addresses depending on the modes. Refer to registers of each function for details. Also, the differences between clock synchronous communication mode and clock synchronous serial mode are the options of the transfer clock, clock output format and data output format.
16.1
Mode Selection
The clock synchronous serial interface contains 4 modes. Table 16.1 lists the Mode Selections. Refer to 16.2 Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU) or after for details of each mode. Table 16.1
IICSEL Bit in PMR Register 0 0 1 1
Mode Selections
Bit 7 in 00B8h (ICE Bit in ICCR1 Register) 0 0 1 1 Bit 0 in 00BDh (SSUMS Bit in SSMR2 Register, FS Bit in SAR Register) 0 1 0 1 Function Clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select I2C bus interface Mode Clock synchronous communication mode 4-wire bus communication mode I2C bus interface mode Clock synchronous serial mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 292 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.2
Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU)
The serial data of the clock synchronous can communicate for the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select. Table 16.2 lists the Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select Specifications and Figure 16.1 shows a Block Diagram of Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select. Figures 16.2 to 16.9 show Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select Associated Registers. Table 16.2 Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select Specifications Specification
* Transfer-data length 8 bits Continuous transmit and receive of serial data are enabled since both transmitter and receiver have buffer structure. Operating Mode * Clock synchronous communication mode * 4-wire bus communication mode (including bidirectional communication) Master / Slave Device Selectable I/O Pin SSCK (I/O): Clock I/O pin SSI (I/O): Data I/O pin SSO (I/O): Data I/O pin SCS (I/O): Chip-select I/O pin Transfer Clock * When the MSS bit in the SSCRH register is set to 0 (operates as slave device), external clock can be selected. * When the MSS bit in the SSCRH register is set to 1 (operates as master device), internal clock (selects from f1/256, f1/128, f1/64, f1/32, f1/16, f1/8 and f1/4 and outputs from SSCK pin) can be selected. * Clock polarity and phase of SSCK can be selected. Receive Error Detection * Overrun error Overrun error occurs during receive and completes by error. While the RDRF bit in the SSSR register is set to 1 (data in the SSRDR register) and completing the next serial data receive, the ORER bit is set to 1. Multimaster Error * Conflict error While the SSUMS bit in the SSMR2 register is set to 1 (4-wire bus Detection communication mode) and the MSS bit in the SSCRH register is set to 1 (operates as master device) and when starting a serial communication, the CE bit in the SSSR register is set to 1 if "L" applies to the SCS pin input. When the SSUMS bit in the SSMR2 register is set to 1 (4-wire bus communication mode), the MSS bit in the SSCRH register is set to 0 (operates as slave device) and the SCS pin input changes state from "L" to "H", the CE bit in the SSSR register is set to 1. Interrupt Request 5 interrupt requests (transmit-end, transmit-data-empty, receive-data-full, overrun error and conflict error).(1) Select Function * Data transfer direction Selects MSB-first or LSB-first * SSCK clock polarity Selects "L" or "H" level when clock stops * SSCK clock phase Selects edge of data change and data download NOTE: 1. The interrupt vector table is one of the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select specification.
Item Transfer Data Format
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 293 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
f1
Internal clock(f1/i)
Internal clock generation circuit
Multiplexer SSCK SSMR register SSCRL register SSCRH register SCS Transmit/receive control circuit SSER register SSSR register SSMR2 register SSTDR register
Data bus
SSO Selector SSI
SSTRSR register
SSRDR register
Interrupt requests (TXI, TEI, RXI, OEI and CEI) i = 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128 and 256
Figure 16.1
Block Diagram of Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 294 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
SS Control Register H
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol SSCRH Bit Symbol CKS0
Address 00B8h Bit Name Transfer clock rate select bit(1)
After Reset 00h Function
b2 b1 b0
RW RW
CKS1
CKS2 -- (b4-b3) MSS
0 0 0 : f1/256 0 0 1 : f1/128 0 1 0 : f1/64 0 1 1 : f1/32 1 0 0 : f1/16 1 0 1 : f1/8 1 1 0 : f1/4 1 1 1 : Do not set Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0. Master/slave device select bit(2) Receive single stop bit(3) 0 : Operates as slave device 1 : Operates as master device 0 : Maintains receive operation after receiving 1-byte data 1 : Completes receive operation after receiving 1-byte data
RW
RW
-- RW
RSSTP
RW
-- (b7)
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0.
--
NOTES: 1. The set clock is used w hen the internal clock is selected. 2. The SSCK pin functions as the transfer clock output pin w hen the MSS bit is set to 1 (operates as master device). The MSS bit is set to 0 (operates as slave device) w hen the CE bit in the SSSR register is set to 1 (conflict error occurs). 3. The RSSTP bit is disabled w hen the MSS bit is set to 0 (operates as slave device).
Figure 16.2
SSCRH Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 295 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
SS Control Register L
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol Address 00B9h SSCRL Bit Symbol Bit Name -- Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. (b0) When read, the content is 1. Clock synchronous serial I/O w ith chip select control part reset bit
After Reset 01111101b Function RW --
SRES
When this bit is set to 1, the clock synchronous serial I/O w ith chip select control part and SSTRSR register are reset. The values of the registers (1) in the clock synchronous serial I/O w ith chip select register are maintained.
RW
-- (b3-b2)
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1. SOL w rite protect bit(2) The output level can be changed by the SOL bit w hen this bit is set to 0. The SOLP bit remains unchanged even if 1 is w ritten to it. When read, its content is 1. Serial data output value When read, setting bit 0 : The last bit of the serial data output is set to "L" 1 : The last bit of the serial data output is set to "H" When w rite,(2,3) 0 : The data outputs "L" after the serial data output 1 : The data outputs "H" after the serial data output Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1. Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0.
--
SOLP
RW
SOL
RW
-- (b6) -- (b7)
-- --
NOTES: 1. SSCRH, SSCRL, SSMR, SSER, SSSR, SSMR2, SSTDR and SSRDR registers. 2. The data output after the serial data is output can be changed w hen w riting to the SOL bit before or after transfer. When w riting to the SOL bit, set the SOLP bit to 0 and then w rite to bits SOLP and SOL by the MOV instruction. 3. Do not w rite to the SOL bit during the data transfer.
Figure 16.3
SSCRL Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 296 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
SS Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1
Symbol SSMR Bit Symbol BC0
Address 00BAh Bit Name Bit counter 2 to 0
After Reset 00011000b Function
b2 b1 b0
RW RO
BC1
BC2 -- (b3) -- (b4) Reserved bit
0 0 0 : 8-bit left 0 0 1 : 1-bit left 0 1 0 : 2-bit left 0 1 1 : 3-bit left 1 0 0 : 4-bit left 1 0 1 : 5-bit left 1 1 0 : 6-bit left 1 1 1 : 7-bit left Set to 1. When read, its content is 1.
RO
RO
RW --
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1. SSCK clock phase select bit(1) 0 : Change data at odd edge (dow nloads data at even edge) 1 : Change data at even edge (dow nloads data at odd edge) 0 : "H" w hen clock stops 1 : "L" w hen clock stops 0 : Transfers data at MSB first 1 : Transfers data at LSB first
CPHS
RW
CPOS MLS
SSCK clock polarity select bit(1) MSB first/LSB first select bit
RW RW
NOTE: 1. Refer to 16.2.1.1 Association betw een Transfer Clock Polarity, Phase, and Data for the setting of the CPHS and CPOS bits.
Figure 16.4
SSMR Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 297 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
SS Enable Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol SSER Bit Symbol CEIE -- (b2-b1) RE TE
Address After Reset 00BBh 00h Bit Name Function Conflict error interrupt enable bit 0 : Disables conflict error interrupt request 1 : Enables conflict error interrupt request Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0. Receive enable bit Transmit enable bit Receive interrupt enable bit 0 : Disables receive 1 : Enables receive 0 : Disables transmit 1 : Enables transmit 0 : Disables receive data full and overrun error interrupt request 1 : Enables receive data full and overrun error interrupt request
RW RW -- RW RW
RIE
RW
TEIE
Transmit end interrupt enable bit 0 : Disables transmit end interrupt request 1 : Enables transmit end interrupt request Transmit interrupt enable bit 0 : Disables transmit data empty interrupt request 1 : Enables transmit data empty interrupt request
RW
TIE
RW
Figure 16.5
SSER Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 298 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
SS Status Register(7)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol SSSR Bit Symbol CE -- (b1) ORER -- (b4-b3) RDRF
Address 00BCh Bit Name Conflict error flag(1)
After Reset 00h Function 0 : No conflict error occurs 1 : Conflict error occurs (2)
RW RW -- RW -- RW
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0. Overrun error flag(1) 0 : No overrun error occurs 1 : Overrun error occurs (3)
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0. Receive data register full
(1,4)
0 : No data in SSRDR register 1 : Data in SSRDR register 0 : The TDRE bit is set to 0 w hen transmitting the end of the bit in transmit data 1 : The TDRE bit is set to 1 w hen transmitting the end of the bit in transmit data 0 : Data is not transferred from the SSTDR to SSTRSR registers 1 : Data is transferred from the SSTDR to SSTRSR registers
Transmit end(1,5) TEND
RW
Transmit data empty (1,5,6) TDRE
RW
NOTES: 1. When reading 1 and w riting 0, the CE, ORER, RDRF, TEND and TDRE bits are set to 0. 2. When the serial communication is started w hile the SSUMS bit in the SSMR2 register is set to 1 (four-w ire bus communication mode) and the_____ bit in the SSCRH register_____ to 1 (operates as master device), the CE bit is MSS is set set to 1 if "L" is applied to the SCS pin input. Refer to 16.2.7 SCS Pin Control and Arbitration for more information. When the SSUMS bit in the SSMR2 register is set to 1 (four-w ire bus communication mode), the MSS bit in the _____ SSCRH register is set to 0 (operates as slave device) is set to 0 (operates as slave device) and the SCS pin input changes the level from "L" to "H" during transfer, the CE bit is set to 1. 3. Indicates overrun error occurs and receive completes by error w hen receive. When the next serial data receive is completed w hile the RDRF bit is set to 1 (data in the SSRDR register), the ORER bit is set to 1. After the ORER bit is set to 1 (overrun error occurs), do not transmit or receive w hile the ORER bit is set to 1. 4. The RDRF bit is set to 0 w hen reading out the data from the SSRDR register. 5. The TEND and TDRE bits are set to "0" w hen w riting the data to the SSTDR register. 6. The TDRE bit is set to 1 w hen setting the TE bit in the SSER register to 0 (disables transmit). 7. When accessing the SSSR register continuously, insert one or more NOP instructions betw een the instructions to access it.
Figure 16.6
SSSR Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 299 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
SS Mode Register 2
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol SSMR2 Bit Symbol SSUMS CSOS SOOS SCKOS CSS0 CSS1 SCKS
Address After Reset 00BDh 00h Bit Name Function Clock synchronous serial I/O w ith 0 : Clock synchronous communication mode chip select mode select bit(1) 1 : Four-w ire bus communication mode SCS pin open drain output select 0 : CMOS output 1 : N-channel open drain output SSO pin open drain output select 0 : CMOS output(5) bit(1) 1 : N-channel open drain output SSCK pin open drain output select bit SCS pin select bit(2)
_____ _____
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
0 : CMOS output 1 : N-channel open drain output
b5 b4
SSCK pin select bit Bidirectional mode enable bit
(1,4)
0 0 : Functions as_____ port 0 1 : Function as SCS input pin _____ 1 0 : Function as SCS output pin(3) _____ 1 1 : Functions as SCS output pin(3) 0 : Functions as port 1 : Functions as serial clock pin 0 : Standard mode (communicates using 2 pins of data input and data output) 1 : Bidirectional mode (communicates using 1 pin of data input and data output)
BIDE
RW
NOTES: 1. Refer to 16.2.2.1 Association betw een Data I/O Pins and SS Shift Register for the combination of the data I/O pin. ______ 2. The SCS pin functions as a port, regardless of the contents of the CSS0 and CSS1 bits w hen the SSUMS bit is set to 0 (clock synchronous communication mode). _____ 3. This bit functions as the SCS input pin before starting transfer. 4. The BIDE bit is disabled w hen the SSUMS bit is set to 0 (clock synchronous communication mode). 5. The SSI pin and SSO pin corresponding port direction bits are set to 0 (input mode) w hen the SOOS bit is set to 0 (CMOS output).
Figure 16.7
SSMR2 Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 300 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
SS Transmit Data Register
b7 b0
Symbol SSTDR
Address 00BEh
After Reset FFh RW
Function Store the transmit data. The stored transmit data is transferred to the SSTRSR register and the transmit is started w hen detecting the SSTRSR register is empty. When the next transmit data is w ritten to the SSTDR register during the data transmit from the SSTRSR register, the data can be transmitted continuously. When the MLS bit in the SSMR register is set to 1 (transfer data w ith LSB-first), the data in w hich MSB and LSB are reversed can be read, after w riting to the SSTDR register.
RW
SS Receive Data Register
b7 b0
Symbol SSRDR
Address 00BFh
After Reset FFh RW
Function Store the receive data.(1) The receive data is transferred to the SSRDR register and the receive operation is completed w hen receiving 1-byte data to the SSTRSR register. At this time, the follow ing receive is possible. The continuous receive is possible by the SSTRSR and SSRDR registers.
RO
NOTE: 1. The SSRDR register maintains the receive data before the overrun error occurs w hen the ORER bit in the SSSR register is set to 1 (overrun error occurs). When an overrun error occurs, the receive data may contain errors and therefore, should be discarded.
Figure 16.8
Registers SSTDR and SSRDR
Port Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00
0000
Symbol Address 00F8h PMR Bit Symbol Bit Name -- Reserved bits (b3-b0) U1PINSEL -- (b6-b5) IICSEL Port TXD1/RXD1 sw itch bit Reserved bits SSU/I2C bus sw itch bit
After Reset 00h Function Set to 0 0 : I/O port P6_6, P6_7 1 : TXD1, RXD1 Set to 0 0 : SSU function selects 1 : I2C bus function selects
RW -- RW -- RW
Figure 16.9
PMR Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 301 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.2.1
Transfer Clock
A transfer clock can be selected from 7 internal clocks (f1/256, f1/128, f1/64, f1/32, f1/16, f1/8 and f1/4) and an external clock. When using the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select, set the SCKS bit in the SSMR2 register to 1 and select the SSCK pin as the serial clock pin. When the MSS bit in the SSCRH register is set to 1 (operates as master device), an internal clock can be selected and the SSCK pin functions as output. When transfer is started, the SSCK pin outputs clocks of the transfer rate selected in the CKS0 to CKS2 bits in the SSCRH register. When the MSS bit in the SSCRH register is set to 0 (operates as slave device), an external clock can be selected and the SSCK pin functions as input.
16.2.1.1
Association between Transfer Clock Polarity, Phase, and Data
Association between transfer clock polarity, phase and data changes according to a combination of the SSUMS bit in the SSMR2 register and the CPHS and CPOS bits in the SSMR register. Figure 16.10 shows the Association between Transfer Clock Polarity, Phase, and Transfer Data. Also, the MSB-first transfer or LSB-first transfer can be selected by setting the MLS bit in the SSMR register. When the MLS bit is set to 1, transfer is started from the LSB to MSB. When the MLS bit is set to 0, transfer is started from the MSB to LSB.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 302 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
* When SSUMS bit = 0 (clock synchronous communication mode), CPHS bit = 0 (data change at odd edge) and CPOS bit = 0 ("H" when clock stops)
SSCK
SSO, SSI
b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
b6
b7
* When SSUMS bit = 1 (4-wire bus communication mode) and CPHS bit = 0 (data change at odd edge)
SSCK CPOS = 0 ("H" when clock stops) SSCK CPOS = 1 ("L" when clock stops) SSO, SSI b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7
SCS
* When SSUMS bit = 1 (4-wire bus communication mode), CPHS bit = 1 (data download at odd edge)
SSCK CPOS = 0 ("H" when clock stops) SSCK CPOS = 1 ("L" when clock stops) SSO, SSI b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7
SCS CPHS and CPOS: bits in SSMR register, SSUMS: Bits in SSMR2 register
Figure 16.10
Association between Transfer Clock Polarity, Phase, and Transfer Data
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 303 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.2.2
SS Shift Register (SSTRSR)
The SSTRSR register is the shift register to transmit and receive the serial data. When the transmit data is transferred from the SSTDR register to the SSTRSR register and the MLS bit in the SSMR register is set to 0 (MSB-first), the bit 0 in the SSTDR register is transferred to the bit 0 in the SSTRSR register. When the MLS bit is set to 1 (LSB-first), the bit 7 in the SSTDR register is transferred to the bit 0 in the SSTRSR register.
16.2.2.1
Association between Data I/O Pins and SS Shift Register
Connecting association between the data I/O pin and SSTRSR register (SS shift register) changes according to a combination of the MSS bit in the SSCRH register and the SSUMS bit in the SSMR2 register. Also, connecting association changes according to the BIDE bit in the SSMR2 register. Figure 16.11 shows an Association between Data I/O Pins and SSTRSR Register.
* When SSUMS bit = 0 (clock synchronous communication mode)
* When SSUMS bit = 1 (4-wire bus communication mode), BIDE bit = 0 (standard mode) and MSS bit = 1 (operates as master device)
SSTRSR Register
SSO
SSTRSR Register
SSO
SSI
SSI
* When SSUMS bit = 1 (4-wire bus communication mode), BIDE bit = 0 (standard mode) and MSS bit = 0 (operates as slave device)
* When SSUMS bit = 1 (4-wire bus communication mode), BIDE bit = 1 (bidirectional mode)
SSTRSR Register
SSO
SSTRSR Register
SSO
SSI
SSI
Figure 16.11
Association between Data I/O Pins and SSTRSR Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 304 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.2.3
Interrupt Requests
Clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select has five interrupt requests: transmit data empty, transmit end, receive data full, overrun error and conflict error. Since these interrupt requests are assigned to the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select interrupt vector table, determining interrupt sources by flags is required. Table 16.3 shows the Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select Interrupt Requests. Table 16.3 Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select Interrupt Requests Abbreviation TXI TEI RXI OEI CEI Generation Condition TIE = 1, TDRE = 1 TEIE = 1, TEND = 1 RIE = 1, RDRF = 1 RIE = 1, ORER = 1 CEIE = 1, CE = 1
Interrupt Request Transmit Data Empty Transmit End Receive Data Full Overrun Error Conflict Error
CEIE, RIE, TEIE and TIE: Bits in SSER register ORER, RDRF, TEND and TDRE: Bits in SSSR register Generation conditions of Table 16.3 are met, a clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select interrupt request is generated. Set the each interrupt source to 0 by a clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select interrupt routine. However, the TDRE and TEND bits are automatically set to 0 by writing the transmit data to the SSTDR register and the RDRF bit is automatically set to 0 by reading the SSRDR register. When writing the transmit data to the SSTDR register, at the same time the TDRE bit is set to 1 (data is transmitted from the SSTDR to SSTRSR registers) again and when setting the TDRE bit to 0 (data is not transmitted from the SSTDR to SSTRSR registers), additional 1-byte data may be transmitted.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 305 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.2.4
Communication Modes and Pin Functions
Clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select switches functions of the I/O pin in each communication mode according to the setting of the MSS bit in the SSCRH register and the RE and TE bits in the SSER register. Table 16.4 shows the Association between Communication Modes and I/O Pins. Table 16.4 Association between Communication Modes and I/O Pins Bit Setting SSUMS BIDE MSS 0 Disabled 0 TE 0 1 1 0 1 4-Wire Bus Communication Mode 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 4-Wire Bus (Bidirectional) Communication Mode(2) 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 RE 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 SSI Input -(1) Input Input -(1) Input -(1) Output Output Input -(1) Input -(1) -(1) -(1) -(1) Pin State SSO -(1) Output Output -(1) Output Output Input -(1) Input -(1) Output Output Input Output Input Output SSCK Input Input Input Output Output Output Input Input Input Output Output Output Input Input Output Output
Communication Mode Clock Synchronous Communication Mode
NOTES: 1. This pin can be used as programmable I/O port. 2. Do not set both the TE and RE bits to 1 in 4-wire bus (bidirectional) communication mode. SSUMS and BIDE: Bits in SSMR2 register MSS: Bit in SSCRH register TE and RE: Bits in SSER register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 306 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.2.5
Clock Synchronous Communication Mode Initialization in Clock Synchronous Communication Mode
16.2.5.1
Figure 16.12 shows an Initialization in Clock Synchronous Communication Mode. Set the TE bit in the SSER register to 0 (disables transmit) and the RE bit to 0 (disables receive) before data transmit / receive as an initialization. When communication mode and format are changed, set the TE bit to 0 and the RE bit to 0 before changing. Setting the RE bit to 0 does not change the contents of the RDRF and ORER flags, and the contents of the SSRDR register.
Start
SSER register
RE bit 0 TE bit 0 SSUMS bit 0
SSMR2 register
SSMR register
CPHS bit 0 CPOS bit 0 Set MLS bit
SSCRH register
Set MSS bit
SSMR2 register
SCKS bit 1 Set SOOS bit
SSCRH register
Set CKS0 to CKS2 bits Set RSSTP bit ORER bit 0(1)
SSSR register
SSER register
RE bit 1 (When receive) TE bit 1 (When transmit) Set RIE, TEIE and TIE bits
End NOTE: 1. Write 0 after reading 1 to set the ORER bit to 0.
Figure 16.12
Initialization in Clock Synchronous Communication Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 307 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.2.5.2
Data Transmission
Figure 16.13 shows an Example of Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select Operation for Data Transmission (Clock Synchronous Communication Mode). During the data transmit, the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select operates as described below. When the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select is set as a master device, it outputs a synchronous clock and data. When the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select is set as a slave device, it outputs data synchronized with the input clock. When setting the TE bit to 1 (enables transmit) before writing the transmit data to the SSTDR register, the TDRE bit is automatically set to 0 (data is not transferred from the SSTDR to SSTRSR registers) and the data is transferred from the SSTDR to SSTRSR registers. After the TDRE bit is set to 1 (data is transferred from the SSTDR to SSTRSR registers), a transmit is started. When the TIE bit in the SSER register is set to 1, the TXI interrupt request is generated. When one frame of data is transferred while the TDRE bit is set to 0, data is transferred from the SSTDR to SSTRSR registers and a transmit of the next frame is started. If the 8th bit is transmitted while the TDRE bit is set to 1, the TEND bit in the SSSR register is set to 1 (the TDRE bit is set to 1 when the last bit of the transmit data is transmitted) and the state is retained. The TEI interrupt request is generated when the TEIE bit in the SSER register is set to 1 (enables transmit-end interrupt request). The SSCK pin is retained "H" after transmit-end. Transmit can not be performed while the ORER bit in the SSSR register is set to 1 (overrun error occurs). Confirm that the ORER bit is set to 0 before transmit. Figure 16.14 shows a Sample Flowchart of Data Transmission (Clock Synchronous Communication Mode).
* When SSUMS bit = 0 (clock synchronous communication mode), CPHS bit = 0 (data change at odd numbers) and CPOS bit = 0 ("H" when clock stops)
SSCK
SSO
b0
b1
b7
b0
b1
b7
1 frame TDRE bit in SSSR register 1 0 1 0 TXI interrupt request generation
1 frame TEI interrupt request generation
TEND bit in SSSR register
Process by program
Write data to SSTDR register
Figure 16.13
Example of Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select Operation for Data Transmission (Clock Synchronous Communication Mode)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 308 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
Start
Initialization
(1)
Read TDRE bit in SSSR register
TDRE = 1 ? Yes
No
(1) After reading the SSSR register and confirming that the TDRE bit is set to 1, write the transmit data to the SSTDR register. When write the transmit data to the SSTDR register, the TDRE bit is automatically set to 0.
Write transmit data to SSTDR register
(2)
Data transmit continued? No
Yes
(2) Determine whether data transmit is continued
(3)
Read TEND bit in SSSR register
(3) When the data transmit is completed, the TEND bit is set to 1. Set the TEND bit to 0 and the TE bit to 0 and complete transmit mode.
TEND = 1 ? Yes SSSR register
No
TEND bit 0(1)
SSER register
TE bit 0
End
NOTE: 1. Write 0 after reading 1 to set the TEND bit to 0.
Figure 16.14
Sample Flowchart of Data Transmission (Clock Synchronous Communication Mode)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 309 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.2.5.3
Data Reception
Figure 16.15 shows an Example of Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select Operation for Data Reception (Clock Synchronous Communication Mode). During the data receive, the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select operates as described below. When the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select is set as a master device, it outputs a synchronous clock and inputs data. When the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select is set as a salve device, it outputs data synchronized with the input clock. When the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select is set as a master device, it outputs a receive clock and starts receiving by performing dummy read on the SSRDR register. After the 8-bit data is received, the RDRF bit in the SSSR register is set to 1 (data in the SSRDR register) and receive data is stored in the SSRDR register. When the RIE bit in the SSER register is set to 1 (enables RXI and OEI interrupt request), the RXI interrupt request is generated. If the SSDR register is read, the RDRF bit is automatically set to 0 (no data in the SSRDR register). Read the receive data after setting the RSSTP bit in the SSCRH register to 1 (after receiving 1-byte data, the receive operation is completed). The clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select outputs a clock for receiving 8-bit data and stops. After that, set the RE bit in the SSER register to 0 (disables receive) and the RSSTP bit to 0 (receive operation is continued after receiving the 1-byte data) and read the receive data. If the SSRDR register is read while the RE bit is set to 1 (enables receive), a receive clock is output again. When the 8th clock rises while the RDRF bit is set to 1, the ORER bit in the SSSR register is set to 1 (overrun error occurs: OEI) and the operation is stopped. When the ORER bit is set to 1, receive can not be performed. Confirm that the ORER bit is set to 0 before restarting receive. Figure 16.16 shows a Sample Flowchart of Data Reception (MSS = 1) (Clock Synchronous Communication Mode).
* When SSUMS bit = 0 (clock synchronous communication mode), CPHS bit = 0 (data download at even edges) and CPOS bit = 0 ("H" when clock stops)
SSCK
SSI
b0
b7
b0 1 frame
b7
b0
b7
1 frame RDRF bit in SSSR register
1 0 1 0
RXI interrupt request generation RXI interrupt request generation RXI interrupt request generation Dummy read in SSRDR register Read data in SSRDR register Read data in SSRDR register
RSSTP bit in SSCRH register
Process by program
Set RSSTP bit to 1
Figure 16.15
Example of Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select Operation for Data Reception (Clock Synchronous Communication Mode)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 310 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
Start
Initialization (1) After setting each register in the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select register, dummy read on the SSRDR register is performed and receive operation is started. (2) Determine whether the last 1-byte data is received. When the last 1-byte data is received, set to stop after the data is received.
(1)
Dummy read on SSRDR register
(2)
Last data received? No
Yes
Read ORER bit in SSSR register
Yes (3) ORER = 1 ? No Read RDRF bit in SSSR register (3) When a receive error occurs, perform an error (6) process after reading the ORER bit. Then set the ORER bit to 0. Transmit/receive can not be restarted while the ORER bit is set to 1.
(4)
No
RDRF = 1 ? Yes
(4) Confirm that the RDRF bit is set to 1. If the RDRF bit is set to 1, read the receive data in the SSRDR register. If the SSRDR register is read, the RDRF bit is automatically set to 0.
Read receive data in SSRDR register
(5)
SSCRH register
RSSTP bit 1
(5)Before the last 1-byte data is received, set the RSSTP bit to 1 and stop after the data is received.
Read ORER bit in SSSR register
(6)
ORER = 1 ? No
Yes
Read RDRF in SSSR register
No RDRF = 1 ? (7) Yes SSCRH register RSSTP bit 0
(7) Confirm that the RDRF bit is set to 1. When the receive operation is completed, set the RSSTP bit to 0 and the RE bit to 0 before reading the last 1-byte data. If the SSRDR register is read before setting the RE bit to 0, the receive operation is restarted again. Overrun error process
SSER register
RE bit 0
Read receive data in SSRDR register
End
Figure 16.16
Sample Flowchart of Data Reception (MSS = 1) (Clock Synchronous Communication Mode) Page 311 of 501
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.2.5.4
Data Transmission/Reception
Data transmit/receive is a combined operation of data transmit and receive which are described before. Transmit/receive is started by writing data in the SSTDR register. When the 8th clock rises or the ORER bit is set to 1 (overrun error occurs) while the TDRE bit is set to 1 (data is transferred from the SSTDR to SSTRSR registers), the transmit/receive operation is stopped. When switching from transmit mode (TE = 1) or receive mode (RE = 1) to transmit/receive mode (Te = RE =1), set the TE bit to 0 and RE bit to 0 before switching. After confirming that the TEND bit is set to 0 (the TDRE bit is set to 0 when the last bit of the transmit data is transmitted), the RERF bit is set to 0 (no data in the SSRDR register) and the ORER bit is set to 0 (no overrun error), set the TE and RE bits to 1. Figure 16.17 shows a Sample Flowchart of Data Transmission/Reception (Clock Synchronous Communication Mode). When exiting transmit/receive mode after this mode is used (TE = RE = 1), a clock may be output if transmit/ receive mode is exited after reading the SSRDR register. To avoid any clock outputs, perform either of the following: * First set the RE bit to 0, and then set the TE bit to 0. * Set bits TE and RE at the same time. When subsequently switching to receive mode (TE = 0 and RE = 1), first set the SRES bit to 1, and set this bit to 0 to reset the clock synchronous serial interface control unit and the SSTRSR register. Then, set the RE bit to 1.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 312 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
Start
Initialization
(1)
Read TDRE bit in SSSR register
TDRE=1 ? Yes
No
(1) After reading the SSSR register and confirming that the TDRE bit is set to 1, write the transmit data in the SSTDR register. When writing the transmit data to the SSTDR register, the TDRE bit is automatically set to 0.
Write transmit data to SSTDR register
(2)
Read RDRF bit in SSSR register
No RDRF=1 ? Yes Read receive data in SSRDR register
(2) Confirm that the RDRF bit is set to 1. If the RDRF bit is set to 1, read the receive data in the SSRDR register. When reading the SSRDR register, the RDRF bit is automatically set to 0.
(3)
Data transmit continued? No
Yes
(3) Determine whether the transmit data is continued.
(4)
Read TEND bit in SSSR register
(4) When the data transmit is completed, the TEND bit in the SSSR register is set to 1.
TEND=1 ? Yes (5) SSSR register
No
TEND bit 0(1)
(5) Set the TEND bit to 0 and (6) the RE and TE bits in the SSER register to 0 before ending transmit/receive mode.
(6)
SSER register
RE bit 0 TE bit 0
End
NOTE: 1. Write 0 after reading 1 to set the TEND bit to 0.
Figure 16.17
Sample Flowchart of Data Transmission/Reception (Clock Synchronous Communication Mode)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 313 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.2.6
Operation in 4-Wire Bus Communication Mode
4-wire bus communication mode is a mode which communicates with the 4-wire bus; a clock line, data input line, data output line and chip select line. This mode includes bidirectional mode in which the data input line and data output line function as a single pin. The data input line and output line are changed according to the setting of the MSS bit in the SSCRH register and the BIDE bit in the SSMR2 register. For details, refer to 16.2.2.1 Association between Data I/O Pins and SS Shift Register. In this mode, association between the clock polarity, phase and data can be set by the CPOS and CPHS bits in the SSMR register. For details, refer to 16.2.1.1 Association between Transfer Clock Polarity, Phase, and Data. When the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select is set as a master device, the chip select line controls output. When the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select is set as a slave device, the chip select line controls input. When the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select is set as master device, the chip select line controls output of the SCS pin or controls output of a general port by setting the CSS1 bit in the SSMR2 register. When the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select is set as a slave device, the chip select line set the SCS pin as an input pin by setting the CSS1 and CSS0 bits in the SSMR2 register to 01b. In 4-wire bus communication mode, the MLS bit in the SSMR register is set to 0 and communication is performed using the MSB-first.
16.2.6.1
Initialization in 4-Wire Bus Communication Mode
Figure 16.18 shows an Initialization in 4-Wire Bus Communication Mode. Before the data transit/receive, set the TE bit in the SSER register to 0 (disables transmit) and the RE bit in the SSER register to 0 (disables receive) and initialize the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select. When communication mode and format are changed, set the TE bit to 0 and the RE bit to 0 before changing. Setting the RE bit to 0 does not change the contents of the RDRF and ORER flags, and the contents of the SSRDR register.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 314 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
Start
SSER register
RE bit 0 TE bit 0 SSUMS bit 1
SSMR2 register
(1)
SSMR register
Set bits CPHS and CPOS MLS bits 0
(1) The MLS bit is set to 0 for MSB-first transfer. The clock polarity and phase are set by bits CPHS and CPOS.
SSCRH register
Set MSS bit (2) Set the BIDE bit to 1 in bidirectional mode and set the I/O of the SCS pin by bits CSS0 and CSS1.
SSMR2 register (2)
SCKS bit 1 Set bits SOOS, CSS0 to CSS1, and BIDE
SSCRH register
Set bits CKS0 to CKS2 Set RSSTP bit ORER bit 0(1)
SSSR register
SSER register
RE bit 1 (receive) TE bit 1 (transmit) Set bits RIE, TEIE, and TIE
End
NOTE: 1. Write 0 after reading 1 to set the ORER bit to 0.
Figure 16.18
Initialization in 4-Wire Bus Communication Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 315 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.2.6.2
Data Transmission
Figure 16.19 shows an Example of Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select Operation during Data Transmission (4-Wire Bus Communication Mode). During the data transmit, the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select operates as described below. When the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select is set as a master device, it outputs a synchronous clock and data. When the UUSA is set as a slave device, it outputs data in synchronized with the input clock while "L" applies to the SCS pin. When writing the transmit data to the SSTDR register after setting the TE bit to 1 (enables transmit), the TDRE bit is automatically set to 0 (data is not transferred from the SSTDR to SSTRSR registers) and the data is transferred from the SSTDR to SSTRSR registers. After the TDRE bit is set to 1 (data is transferred from the SSTDR to SSTRSR registers), a transmit is started. When the TIE bit in the SSER register is set to 1, the TXI interrupt request is generated. When the 1-frame data is transferred while the TDRE bit is set to 0, the data is transferred from the SSTDR to SSTRSR registers and the next frame transmit is started. If the 8th bit is transmitted while the TDRE is set to 1, the TEND in the SSSR register is set to 1 (when the last bit of the transmit data is transmitted, the TDRE bit is set to 1) and the state is retained. If the TEIE bit in the SSER register is set to 1 (enables transmit-end interrupt request), the TEI interrupt request is generated. The SSCK pin is retained "H" after transmit-end and the SCS pin is held "H". When the SCS pin is transmitted When transmitting continuously while the SCS pin is held "L", write the next transmit data to the SSTDR register before transmitting the 8th bit. Transmit can not be performed while the ORER bit in the SSSR register is set to 1 (overrun error occurs). Confirm that the ORER bit is set to 0 before transmit. The difference from the clock synchronous communication mode is that the SSO pin is placed in highimpedance state while the SCS pin is placed in high-impedance state when operating as a master device and the SSI pin is placed in high-impedance state while the SCS pin is placed in "H" input state when operating as a slave device. A sample flowchart is the same as the clock synchronous communication mode (refer to Figure 16.14 Sample Flowchart of Data Transmission (Clock Synchronous Communication Mode)).
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 316 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
* When CPHS bit = 0 (data change at even edges), CPOS bit = 0 ("H" when clock stops)
High-impedance SCS (Output)
SSCK
SSO
b7
b6 1 frame
b0
b7
b6 1 frame
b0
TDRE bit in SSSR register
1 0 1 0
Data write to SSTDR register TXI interrupt request is generated TEI interrupt request is generated TXI interrupt request is generated
TEND bit in SSSR register
Process by program
* When CPHS bit = 1 (data change at even edges), CPOS bit = 0 ("H" when clock stops)
High-impedance SCS (output) SSCK
SSO
b7
b6 1 frame
b0
b7 1 frame
b6
b0
TDRE bit in SSSR register
1 0 1 0
Data write to SSTDR register TXI interrupt request is generated TEI interrupt request is generated TXI interrupt request is generated
TEND bit in SSSR register
Process by program
CPHS, CPOS: Bits in SSMR register
Figure 16.19
Example of Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select Operation during Data Transmission (4-Wire Bus Communication Mode)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 317 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.2.6.3
Data Reception
Figure 16.20 shows an Example of Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select Operation during Data Reception (4-Wire Bus Communication Mode). During the data receive, the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select operates as described below. When the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select is set as a master device, it outputs a synchronous clock and inputs data. When the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select is set as a salve device, it outputs data synchronized with the input clock while the SCS pin is held "L" input. When the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select is set as a master device, it outputs a receive clock and starts receiving by performing dummy read on the SSRDR register. After the 8-bit data is received, the RDRF bit in the SSSR register is set to 1 (data in the SSRDR register) and receive data is stored in the SSRDR register. When the RIE bit in the SSER register is set to 1 (enables RXI and OEI interrupt request), the RXI interrupt request is generated. If the SSRDR register is read, the RDRF bit is automatically set to 0 (no data in the SSRDR register). Read the receive data after setting the RSSTP bit in the SSCRH register to 1 (after receiving 1-byte data, the receive operation is completed). The clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select outputs a clock for receiving 8-bit data and stops. After that, set the RE bit in the SSER register to 0 (disables receive) and the RSSTP bit to 0 (receive operation is continued after receiving 1-byte data) and read the receive data. If the SSRDR register is read while the RE bit is set to 1 (enables receive), a receive clock is output again. When the 8th clock rises while the RDRF bit is set to 1, the ORER bit in the SSSR register is set to 1 (overrun error occurs: OEI) and the operation is stopped. When the ORER bit is set to 1, receive can not be performed. Confirm that the ORER bit is set to 0 before restarting receive. When the RDRF and ORER bits are set to 1, it varies depending on setting the CPHS bit in the SSMR register. Figure 16.20 shows when the RDRF and ORER bits are set to 1. When the CPHS bit is set to 1 (data download at the odd edges), the RDRF and ORER bits are set to 1 at one point of a frame. A sample flowchart is the same as the clock synchronous communication mode (refer to Figure 16.16 Sample Flowchart of Data Reception (MSS = 1) (Clock Synchronous Communication Mode)).
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 318 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
* When CPHS bit = 0 (data download at even edges) and CPOS bit = 0 ("H" when clock stops)
SCS (Output) High-impedance
SSCK
SSI
b7 1 frame
b0
b7 1 frame
b0
b7
b0
RDRF bit in SSSR register
1 0 1 0
Dummy read in SSRDR register Data read in SSRDR register Set RSSTP bit to 1 RXI interrupt request is generated RXI interrupt request is generated
RSSTP bit in SSCRH register
RXI interrupt request is generated
Process by program
Data read in SSRDR register
* When CPHS bit = 1 (data download at odd edges) and CPOS bit = 0 ("H" when clock stops)
High-impedance SCS (Output) SSCK
SSI
b7 1 frame
b0
b7 1 frame
b0
b7
b0
RDRF bit in SSSR register
1 0 1 0
Dummy read in SSRDR register Data read in SSRDR register Set RSSTP bit to 1 RXI interrupt request is generated RXI interrupt request is generated
RSSTP bit in SSCRH register
RXI interrupt request is generated
Process by program
Data read in SSRDR register
CPHS and CPOS: Bit in SSMR register
Figure 16.20
Example of Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select Operation during Data Reception (4-Wire Bus Communication Mode)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 319 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.2.7
SCS Pin Control and Arbitration
When setting the SSUMS bit in the SSMR2 register to 1 (4-wire bus communication mode), and the CSS1 bit in the SSMR2 register to 1 (functions as SCS output pin), Set the MSS bit in the SSCRH register to 1 (operates as a master device) and check the arbitration of the SCS pin before starting serial transfer. If the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select detects that the synchronized internal SCS signal is held "L" in this period, the CE bit in the SSSR register to 1 (a conflict error occurs) and the MSS bit is automatically set to 0 (operates as a slave device). Figure 16.21 shows an Arbitration Check Timing. A future transmit operation is not performed while the CE bit is set to 1. Set the CE bit to 0 (a conflict error does not occur) before a transmit is started.
SCS input
Internal SCS (synchronization) MSS bit in SSCRH register 1 0
Transfer start
CE
Data write to SSTDR register
High-impedance SCS output Maximum time of SCS internal synchronization
During arbitration detection
Figure 16.21
Arbitration Check Timing
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 320 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.2.8
Notes on Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select
Set the IICSEL bit in the PMR register to 0 (select clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select function) to use the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 321 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.3
I2C Bus Interface
The I2C bus interface is the circuit which is used for a serial communication based on the data transfer format of the Philips I2C bus. Table 16.5 lists a I2C Bus Interface Specifications, Figure 16.22 shows a Block Diagram of I2C bus Interface and Figure 16.23 shows the External Circuit Connection Example of Pins SCL and SDA. Figures 16.24 to 16.31 show the registers associated with the I2C bus interface. * I2C bus is a trademark of Koninklijke Philips Electronics N. V. Table 16.5 I2C Bus Interface Specifications Specification * I2C
bus format - Selectable for master / slave device - Continuous transmit / receive (since the shift register, transmit data register and receive data register are independent) - Start / stop conditions are automatically generated in master mode - Automatic loading of acknowledge bit when transmit - Bit synchronization / wait function (in master mode, the state of the SCL signal is monitored per bit and the timing is synchronized automatically. If the transfer is not possible yet, stand by to set the SCL signal to "L". - Direct drive of the SCL and SDA pins (N-channel open drain output) is enabled * Clock synchronous serial format - Continuous transmit / receive (since the shift register, transmit data register and receive data register are independent) I/O Pins SCL (I/O): Serial clock I/O pin SDA (I/O): Serial data I/O pin Transfer Clocks * When the MST bit in the ICCR1 register is set to 0 The external clock (input from the SCL pin) * When the MST bit in the ICCR1 register is set to 1 The internal clock selected by the CKS0 to CKS3 bits in the ICCR1 register (output from the SCL pin) Receive Error Detection * Detects overrun error (clock synchronous serial format) An overrun error occurs during receive. When the last bit of the following data is received while the RDRF bit in the ICSR register is set to 1 (data in the ICDRR register), the AL bit is set to 1. Interrupt Sources * I2C bus format .................................. 6 types(1) Transmit data empty (including when slave address matches), transmit ends, receive data full (including when slave address matches), arbitration lost, NACK detection and stop condition detection. * Clock synchronous serial format ...... 4 types(1) Transmit data empty, transmit ends, receive data full and overrun error Select Functions * I2C bus format - Selectable for the output level of the acknowledge signal when receive * Clock synchronous serial format - Selectable for the MSB-first or LSB-first to the data transfer direction NOTE: 1. The interrupt sources can use the only I2C bus interface interrupt vector table.
Item Communication Formats
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 322 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
f1
Transfer clock generation circuit Output control Transmit / receive control circuit Noise rejection circuit ICDRT register Output control Noise rejection circuit SAR register ICDRS register
Data bus
SCL
ICCR1 register ICCR2 register ICMR register
SDA
Address comparison circuit
ICDRR register Bus state judgment circuit Arbitration judgment circuit ICIER register
ICSR register
Interrupt generation circuit Interrupt request (TXI, TEI, RXI, STPI, NAKI)
Figure 16.22
Block Diagram of I2C Bus Interface
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 323 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
VCC
VCC
SCL SCL input SCL output
SCL
SDA SDA input SDA output SCL (Master) SCL input SCL output SCL input SCL output SCL
SDA
SDA SDA input SDA output (Slave 1) SDA input SDA output (Slave 2)
SDA
Figure 16.23
External Circuit Connection Example of Pins SCL and SDA
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 324 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
IIC Bus Control Register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol ICCR1 Bit Symbol
CKS0
Address 00B8h Bit Name Transmit clock select bit 3 to 0(1)
After Reset 00h Function
b3 b2 b1 b0
RW
CKS1
CKS2
CKS3
0 0 0 0 : f1/28 0 0 0 1 : f1/40 0 0 1 0 : f1/48 0 0 1 1 : f1/64 0 1 0 0 : f1/80 0 1 0 1 : f1/100 0 1 1 0 : f1/112 0 1 1 1 : f1/128 1 0 0 0 : f1/56 1 0 0 1 : f1/80 1 0 1 0 : f1/96 1 0 1 1 : f1/128 1 1 0 0 : f1/160 1 1 0 1 : f1/200 1 1 1 0 : f1/224 1 1 1 1 : f1/256
b5 b4
RW
RW
RW
RW
TRS
Transfer / receive select bit(2,3,6) Master / slave select bit(5,6)
MST Receive disable bit RCVD
0 0 : Slave receive mode(4) 0 1 : Slave transmit mode 1 0 : Master receive mode 1 1 : Master transmit mode After reading the ICDRR register w hile the TRS bit is set to 0 0 : Maintains the follow ing receive operation 1 : Disables the follow ing receive operation 0 : This module is halted (SCL and SDA pins are set to port function) 1 : This module is enabled for transfer operations (SCL and SDA pins are bus drive state)
RW
RW
RW
I2C bus interface enable bit ICE
RW
NOTES: 1. Set according to the necessary transfer rate in master mode. Refer to Table 16.6 Transfer Rate Exam ples for the transfer rate. This bit is used for maintaining of the setup time in transmit mode. The time is 10Tcyc w hen the CKS3 bit is set to 0 and 20Tcyc w hen the CKS3 bit is set to 1. (1Tcyc = 1/f1(s)) 2. Rew rite the TRS bit betw een the transfer frame. 3. When the first 7 bits, after the start condition in slave receive mode, match w ith the slave address set in the SAR register and the 8th bit is set to 1, the TRS bit is set to 1. 4. In master mode w ith the I2C bus format, w hen arbitration is lost, the MST and TRS bits are set to 0 and the IIC enters slave receive mode. 5. When an overrun error occurs in master receive mode of the clock synchronous serial format, the MST bit is set to 0 and the IIC enters slave receive mode. 6. In multimaster operation use the MOV instruction to set bits TRS and MST.
Figure 16.24
ICCR1 Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 325 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
IIC Bus Control Register 2
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol Address 00B9h ICCR2 Bit Symbol Bit Name -- Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. (b0) When read, the content is 1. IIC control part reset bit IICRST
After Reset 01111101b Function
RW --
When hang-up occurs due to communication failure during I2C bus interface operation and w rite 1, reset control part of I2C bus interface w ithout setting port and initializing register.
RW
-- (b2) SCLO SDAOP
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1. SCL monitor flag SDAO w rite protect bit 0 : SCL pin is set to "L" 1 : SCL pin is set to "H" When rew rite to SDAO bit, w rite 0 simultaneously.(1) When read, its content is 1.
-- RO RW
SDAO
SDA output value control When read bit 0 : SDA pin output is held "L" 1 : SDA pin output is held "H" When w rite(1,2) 0 : SDA pin output is changed to "L" 1 : SDA pin output is changed to high-impedance ("H" output is external pull-up resistor) Start / stop condition generation disable bit Bus busy bit(4) When w rite to BBSY bit, w rite 0 simultaneously.(3) When read, its content is 1. Writing 1 is disabled. When read 0 : Bus is in released state (SDA signal changes from "L" to "H" w hile SCL signal is in "H" state) 1 : Bus is in occupied state (SDA signal changes from "H" to "L" w hile SCL signal is in "H" state) When w rite(3) 0 : Generates stop condition 1 : Generates start condition
RW
SCP
RW
BBSY
RW
NOTES: 1. When w riting to the SDAO bit, w rite 0 to the SDAOP bit using the MOV instruction simultaneously. 2. Do not w rite during transfer operation. 3. This bit is enabled in master mode. When w rite to the BBSY bit, w rite 0 to the SCP bit using the MOV instruction simultaneously. Execute the same w ay w hen the start condition is regenerating. 4. This bit is disabled w hen the clock synchronous serial format is used.
Figure 16.25
ICCR2 Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 326 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
IIC Bus Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol ICMR Bit Symbol
Address 00BAh Bit Name Bit counter 2 to 0
After Reset 00011000b Function I2C bus format (remaining transfer bit numbers w hen read out and data bit numbers of transfer to the next w hen w rite) (1,2)
b2 b1 b0
RW
BC0
BC1
0 0 0 : 9 bits (3) 0 0 1 : 2 bits 0 1 0 : 3 bits 0 1 1 : 4 bits 1 0 0 : 5 bits 1 0 1 : 6 bits 1 1 0 : 7 bits 1 1 1 : 8 bits Clock synchronous serial format (w hen read, read the remaining transfer bit numbers and w hen w rite, w rite 000b.)
b2 b1 b0
RW
RW
BC2
0 0 0 : 8 bits 0 0 1 : 1 bit 0 1 0 : 2 bits 0 1 1 : 3 bits 1 0 0 : 4 bits 1 0 1 : 5 bits 1 1 0 : 6 bits 1 1 1 : 7 bits
RW
BC w rite protect bit BCWP -- (b4) -- (b5)
When rew rite to the BC0 to BC2 bits, w rite 0 simultaneously.(2,4) When read, its content is 1.
RW
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 1. Reserved bit Wait insertion bit(5) Set to 0 0 : No w ait (Transfer data and acknow ledge bit consecutively) 1 : Wait (After the falling of the clock for the final data bit, "L" period is extended for tw o transfer clocks) 0 : Data transfer by MSB-first(6) 1 : Data transfer by LSB-first
-- RW
WAIT
RW
MLS
MSB-first / LSB-first select
RW
NOTES: 1. Rew rite betw een transfer frames. When w rite values other than 000b, w rite w hen the SCL signal is "L". 2. When w rite to the BC0 to BC2 bits, w rite 0 to the BCWP bit using the MOV instruction. 3. After data including the acknow ledge bit is transferred, bits b2 to b0 are automatically set to 000b. When the start condition is detected, these bits are automatically set to 000b. 4. Do not rew rite w hen the clock synchronous serial format is used. 5. The setting value is enabled in master mode of the I2C bus format. It is disabled in slave mode of the I2C bus format or w hen the clock synchronous serial format is used. 6. Set to 0 w hen the I2C bus format is used.
Figure 16.26
ICMR Register Page 327 of 501
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
IIC Bus Interrupt Enable Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol ICIER Bit Symbol
ACKBT
Address 00BBh Bit Name Transmit acknow ledge select bit
After Reset 00h Function 0 : 0 is transmitted as acknow ledge bit in receive mode 1 : 1 is transmitted as acknow ledge bit in receive mode 0 : Acknow ledge bit w hich is received from receive device in transmit mode is set to 0 1 : Acknow ledge bit w hich is received from receive device in transmit mode is set to 1
RW
RW
Receive acknow ledge bit ACKBR
RO
ACKE
Acknow ledge bit judgment 0 : Value of receive acknow ledge bit is ignored select bit and continuous transfer is performed 1 : When receive acknow ledge bit is set to 1, continuous transfer is halted Stop condition detection interrupt enable bit 0 : Disables stop condition detection interrupt request 1 : Enables stop condition detection interrupt request(2) 0 : Disables NACK receive interrupt request and arbitration lost / overrun error interrupt request 1 : Enables NACK receive interrupt request and arbitration lost / overrun error interrupt request(1) 0 : Disables receive data full and overrun error interrupt request 1 : Enables receive data full and overrun error interrupt request(1) 0 : Disables transmit end interrupt request 1 : Enables transmit end interrupt request 0 : Disables transmit data empty interrupt request 1 : Enables transmit data empty interrupt request
RW
STIE
RW
NAKIE
NACK receive interrupt enable bit
RW
RIE
Receive interrupt enable bit
RW
TEIE TIE
Transmit end interrupt enable bit Transmit interrupt enable bit
RW RW
NOTES: 1. An overrun error interrupt request is generated w hen the clock synchronous format is used. 2. Set the STIE bit to 1 (enable stop condition detection interrupt request) w hen the STOP bit in the ICSR register is set to 0.
Figure 16.27
ICIER Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 328 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
IIC Bus Status Register(7)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol ICSR Bit Symbol ADZ
Address 00BCh Bit Name General call address recognition flag(1,2) Slave address recognition flag(1)
After Reset 0000X000b Function When detecting the general call address, this flag is set to 1. This flag is set to 1 w hen the first frame follow ing start condition matches the SVA0 to SVA6 bits in the SAR register in slave receive mode. (Detect the slave address and generate call address) When the I2C bus format is used, this flag indicates that arbitration is lost in master mode. In the follow ing case, this flag is set to 1.(3) * When the internal SDA signal and SDA pin level do not match at the rise of the SCL signal in master transmit mode * When the start condition is detected and the SDA pin is held "H" in master transmit / receive mode This flag indicates that an overrun error occurs w hen the clock synchronous format is used In the follow ing case, this flag is set to 1. * When the last bit of the follow ing data is received w hile the RDRF bit is set to 1 When the stop condition is detected after the frame is transferred, this flag is set to 1 When no acknow ledge is detected from receive device w hen transmit, this flag is set to 1 When receive data is transferred from ICDRS to ICDRR registers, this flag is set to 1 When the 9th clock of the SCL signal w ith the I C bus format w hile the TDRE bit is set to 1, this flag is set to 1 This flag is set to 1 w hen the final bit of the transmit frame is transmitted w ith the clock synchronous format In the follow ing cases, this flag is set to 1 * Data is transferred from ICDRT to ICDRS registers and ICDRT register is empty * When setting the TRS bit in the ICCR1 register to 1 (transmit mode) * When generating the start condition (including retransmit) * When changing from slave receive mode to slave transmit mode
2
RW RW
AAS
RW
Arbitration lost flag / overrun error flag(1)
AL
RW
STOP NACKF RDRF
Stop condition detection flag(1) No acknow ledge detection flag(1,4) Receive data register full Transmit end
(1,6) (1,5)
RW RW RW
TEND
RW
Transmit data empty (1,6)
TDRE
RW
NOTES: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Each bit is set to 0 when reading 1 bef ore writing 0. This f lag is enabled in slav e receiv e mode of the I 2C bus f ormat. When two or more master dev ices attempt to occupy the bus at nearly the same time, if the I 2C bus Interf ace monitors the SDA pin and the data which the IIC transmits is dif f erent, the AL f lag is set to 1 and the bus is occupied by the other masters. The NACKF bit is enabled when the ACKE bit in the ICIER register is set to 1 (when the receiv e acknowledge bit is set to 1, transf er is halted) The RDRF bit is set to 0 when reading data f rom the ICDRR register. The TEND and TDRE bits are set to 0 when writing data to the ICDRT register. When accessing the ICSR register continuously , insert one or more NOP instructions between the instructions to access it.
Figure 16.28
ICSR Register Page 329 of 501
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
Slave Address Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol SAR Bit Symbol FS SVA0 SVA1 SVA2 SVA3 SVA4 SVA5 SVA6
Address 00BDh Bit Name Format select bit Slave address 6 to 0
After Reset 00h Function 0 : I2C bus format 1 : Clock synchronous serial format Set the different address from the other slave devices w hich are connected to the I2C bus. When the 7 high-order bits of the first frame transmitted after the starting condition match the SVA0 to SVA6 bits in slave mode of the I2C bus format, the MCU operates as a slave device.
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
IIC Bus Transmit Data Register
b7 b0
Symbol ICDRT
Address 00BEh
After Reset FFh RW
Function Store transmit data When detecting that the ICDRS register is empty, the stored transmit data is transferred to the ICDRS register and the starts transmit data. When the next transmit data is w ritten to the ICDRT register during transmitting the data of the ICDRS register, continuous transmit is enabled. When the MLS bit in the ICMR register is set to 1 (data transferred by LSB-first) and after the data is w ritten to the ICDRT register, the MSB and LSB inverted data is read.
RW
Figure 16.29
Registers SAR and ICDRT
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 330 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
IIC Bus Receive Data Register
b7 b0
Symbol ICDRR
Address 00BFh
After Reset FFh RW RO
Function Store receive data When the ICDRS register receives 1-byte data, the receive data is transferred to the ICDRR register and the next receive is enabled.
IIC Bus Shift Register
b7 b0
Symbol ICDRS Function This register is a register that is used to transmit and receive data. The transmit data is transferred from the ICDRT to ICDRS registers and data is transmitted from the SDA pin w hen transmitting. When 1-byte data is received, data is transferred from the ICDRS to ICDRR registers w hen receiving. RW
--
Figure 16.30
Registers ICDRR and ICDRS
Port Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00
0000
Symbol Address 00F8h PMR Bit Symbol Bit Name Reserved bits -- (b3-b0) U1PINSEL -- (b6-b5) IICSEL Port TXD1/RXD1 sw itch bit Reserved bits SSU/I2C bus sw itch bit
After Reset 00h Function Set to 0 0 : I/O port P6_6, P6_7 1 : TXD1, RXD1 Set to 0 0 : SSU function selects 1 : I2C bus function selects
RW -- RW -- RW
Figure 16.31
PMR Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 331 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.3.1
Transfer Clock
When the MST bit in the ICCR1 register is set to 0, the transfer clock is the external clock input from the SCL pin. When the MST bit in the ICCR1 register is set to 1, the transfer clock is the internal clock selected by the CKS0 to CKS3 bits in the ICCR1 register and the transfer clock is output from the SCL pin. Table 16.6 lists the Transfer Rate Examples. Table 16.6 Transfer Rate Examples Transfer Rate f1 = 8 MHz f1 = 10 MHz f1 = 16 MHz f1 = 20 MHz 286 kHz 357 kHz 571 kHz 714 kHz 200 kHz 250 kHz 400 kHz 500 kHz 167 kHz 208 kHz 333 kHz 417 kHz 125 kHz 156 kHz 250 kHz 313 kHz 100 kHz 125 kHz 200 kHz 250 kHz 80.0 kHz 100 kHz 160 kHz 200 kHz 71.4 kHz 89.3 kHz 143 kHz 179 kHz 62.5 kHz 78.1 kHz 125 kHz 156 kHz 143 kHz 179 kHz 286 kHz 357 kHz 100 kHz 125 kHz 200 kHz 250 kHz 83.3 kHz 104 kHz 167 kHz 208 kHz 62.5 kHz 78.1 kHz 125 kHz 156 kHz 50.0 kHz 62.5 kHz 100 kHz 125 kHz 40.0 kHz 50.0 kHz 80.0 kHz 100 kHz 35.7 kHz 44.6 kHz 71.4 kHz 89.3 kHz 31.3 kHz 39.1 kHz 62.5 kHz 78.1 kHz
ICCR1 Register Transfer CKS3 CKS2 CKS1 CKS0 Clock f1 = 5 MHz 0 0 0 0 f1/28 179 kHz 1 f1/40 125 kHz 1 0 f1/48 104 kHz 1 f1/64 78.1 kHz 1 0 0 f1/80 62.5 kHz 1 f1/100 50.0 kHz 1 0 f1/112 44.6 kHz 1 f1/128 39.1 kHz 1 0 0 0 f1/56 89.3 kHz 1 f1/80 62.5 kHz 1 0 f1/96 52.1 kHz 1 f1/128 39.1 kHz 1 0 0 f1/160 31.3 kHz 1 f1/200 25.0 kHz 1 0 f1/224 22.3 kHz 1 f1/256 19.5 kHz
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 332 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.3.2
Interrupt Requests
The interrupt request of the I2C bus interface contains 6 types when the I2C bus format is used and 4 types when the clock synchronous serial format is used. Table 16.7 lists the Interrupt Requests of I2C Bus Interface. Since these interrupt requests are allocated at the I2C bus interface interrupt vector table, determining the source by each bit is necessary. Table 16.7 Interrupt Requests of I2C Bus Interface Format Interrupt Request Transmit Data Empty Transmit Ends Receive Data Full Stop Condition Detection NACK Detection Arbitration Lost / Overrun Error TXI TEI RXI STPI NAKI Generation Condition TIE = 1 and TDRE = 1 TEIE = 1 and TEND = 1 RIE = 1 and RDRF = 1 STIE = 1 and STOP = 1 NAKIE = 1 and AL = 1 (or NAKIE = 1 and NACKF = 1) I2C bus Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Clock Synchronous Serial Enabled Enabled Enabled Disabled Disabled Enabled
STIE, NAKIE, RIE, TEIE, TIE: Bits in ICIER register AL, STOP, NACKF, RDRF, TEND, TDRE: Bits in ICSR register When the generation conditions on the Table 16.7 are met, the I2C bus interface interrupt request is generated. Set the interrupt generation conditions to 0 by the I2C bus interface interrupt routine. However, the TDRE and TEND bits are automatically set to 0 by writing transmit data to the ICDRT register and the RDRF bit is automatically set to 0 by reading the ICDRR register. When writing transmit data to the ICDRT register, the TDRE bit is set to 0. When data is transferred from the ICDRT to ICDRS registers, the TDRE bit is set to 1 and when further setting the TDRE bit to 0, extra 1 byte may be transmitted. Also, set the STIE bit to 1 (enable stop condition detection interrupt request) when the STOP bit is set to 0.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 333 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.3.3
I2C Bus Interface Mode I2C Bus Format
16.3.3.1
Setting the FS bit in the SAR register to 0 communicates in I2C bus format. Figure 16.32 shows the I2C Bus Format and Bus Timing. The 1st frame following start condition consists of 8 bits.
(1) I2C bus Format (a) I2C bus format (FS = 0)
S 1 SLA 7 1 R/W 1 A 1 DATA n A 1 m A/A 1 P 1 Transfer bit numbers (n = 1 to 8) Transfer frame numbers (m = from 1)
(b) I2C bus format (when start condition is retransmitted, FS = 0)
S 1 SLA 7 1 R/W 1 A 1 DATA n1 m1 A/A 1 S 1 SLA 7 1 R/W 1 A 1 DATA n2 m2 A/A 1 P 1
Upper: Transfer bit numbers (n1, n2 = 1 to 8) Lower: Transfer frame numbers (m1, m2 = from 1 )
(2) I2C bus timing
SDA
SCL
1 to 7
8
9
1 to 7
8
9
1 to 7
8
9
S
SLA
R/W
A
DATA
A
DATA
A
P
Explanation of symbols S : Start condition The master device changes the SDA signal from "H" to "L" while the SCL signal is held "H". SLA : Slave address R/W : Indicates the direction of data transmit/receive Data is transmitted from the slave device to the master device when R/W value is 1 and from the master device to the slave device when R/W value is 0. A : Acknowledge The receive device sets the SDA signal to "L". DATA : Transmit / receive data P : Stop condition The master device changes the SDA signal from "L" to "H" while the SCL signal is held "H".
Figure 16.32
I2C Bus Format and Bus Timing
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 334 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.3.3.2
Master Transmit Operation
In master transmit mode, the master device outputs the transmit clock and data, and the slave device returns an acknowledge signal. Figure 16.33 and Figure 16.34 show the Operation Timing in Master Transmit Mode (I2C Bus Interface Mode). The transmit procedure and operation in master transmit mode are shown below. (1) Set the STOP bit in the ICSR register to 0 to reset it. And then set the ICE bit in the ICCR1 register to 1 (transfer operation enabled). Set the WAIT and MLS bits in the ICMR register and set the CKS0 to CKS3 bits in the ICCR1 register (initial setting). (2) Read the BBSY bit in the ICCR2 register to confirm that the bus is free. Set the TRS and MST bits in the ICCR1 register to master transmit mode. The start condition is generated by writing 1 to the BBSY bit and 0 to the SCP bit by the MOV instruction. (3) After confirming that the TDRE bit in the ICSR register is set to 1 (data is transferred from the ICDRT to ICDRS registers), write transmit data to the ICDRT register (data in which a slave address and R/W are shown at the 1st byte). At this time, the TDRE bit is automatically set to 0 and data is transferred from the ICDRT to ICDRS registers, the TDRE bit is set to 1 again. (4) When the transmit of 1-byte data is completed while the TDRE bit is set to 1, the TEND bit in the ICSR register is set to 1 at the rise of the 9th transmit clock pulse. Read the ACKBR bit in the ICIER register, and confirm that the slave is selected. Write the 2nd-byte data to the ICDRT register. Since the slave device is not acknowledged when the ACKBR bit is set to 1, generate the stop condition. The stop condition is generated by the writing 0 to the BBSY bit and 0 to the SCP bit by the MOV instruction. The SCL signal is held "L" until data is available and the stop condition is generated. (5) Write the transmit data after the 2nd byte to the ICDRT register every time the TDRE bit is set to 1. (6) When writing the number of bytes to be transmitted to the ICDRT register, wait until the TEND bit is set to 1 while the TDRE bit is set to 1. Or wait for NACK (the NACKF bit in the ICSR register is set to 1) from the receive device while the ACKE bit in the ICIER register is set to 1 (when the receive acknowledge bit is set to 1, transfer is halted). And generate the stop condition before setting the TEND and NACKF bits to 0. (7) When the STOP bit in the ICSR register is set to 1, return to slave receive mode.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 335 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
SCL (master output)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
SDA (master output)
b7
b6
b5
b4
b3
b2
b1
b0
b7
b6
Slave address SDA (slave output)
R/W A
TDRE bit in ICSR register
1 0 1 0
TEND bit in ICSR register
ICDRT register
Address + R/W
Data 1
Data 2
ICDRS register
Address + R/W
Data 1
Processing by program
(2) Instruction of start condition generation
(3) Data write to ICDRT register (1st byte)
(4) Data write to ICDRT register (2nd byte)
(5) Data write to ICDRT register (3rd byte)
Figure 16.33
Operating Timing in Master Transmit Mode (I2C Bus Interface Mode) (1)
SCL (master output)
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
SDA (master output)
b7
b6
b5
b4
b3
b2
b1
b0
SDA (slave output)
A
A/A
TDRE bit in ICSR register
1 0 1 0
TEND bit in ICSR register
ICDRT register
Data n
ICDRS register
Data n
Processing by program
(3) Data write to ICDRT register
(6) Generate stop condition and set TEND bit to 0 (7) Set to slave receive mode
Figure 16.34
Operating Timing in Master Transmit Mode (I2C Bus Interface Mode) (2)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 336 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.3.3.3
Master Receive Operation
In master receive mode, the master device outputs the receive clock, receives data from the slave device, and returns an acknowledge signal. Figure 16.35 and Figure 16.36 show the Operation Timing in Master Receive Mode (I2C Bus Interface Mode). The receive procedure and operation in master receive mode are shown below. (1) After setting the TEND bit in the ICSR register to 0, switch from master transmit mode to master receive mode by setting the TRS bit in the ICCR1 register. And set the TDRE bit in the ICSR register to 0. (2) When performing the dummy-read of the ICDRR register and starting receive, output the receive clock synchronizing with the internal clock and receive data. The master device outputs the level set by the ACKBT bit in the ICIER register to the SDA pin at the 9th clock of the receive clock. (3) The 1-frame data receive is completed and the RDRF bit in the ICSR register is set to 1 at the rise of the 9th clock. At this time, when reading the ICDRR register, the received data can be read and the RDRF bit is set to 0 simultaneously. (4) The continuous receive is enabled by reading the ICDRR register every time the RDRF bit is set to 1. If the 8th clock falls after reading the ICDRR register by the other processes while the RDRF bit is set to 1, the SCL signal is fixed "L" until the ICDRR register is read. (5) If the following frame is the last receive frame and the RCVD bit in the ICCR1 register is set to 1 (disables the next receive operation) before reading the ICDRR register, the stop condition generation is enabled after the following receive. (6) When the RDRF bit is set to 1 at the rise of the 9th clock of the receive clock, generate the stop condition. (7) When the STOP bit in the ICSR register is set to 1, read the ICDRR register. And set the RCVD bit to 0 (maintain the following receive operation). (8) Return to slave receive mode.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 337 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
Master transmit mode SCL (master output)
Master receive mode
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
SDA (master output)
A
SDA (slave output)
A
b7
b6
b5
b4
b3
b2
b1
b0
b7
TDRE bit in ICSR register
1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
TEND bit in ICSR register
TRS bit in ICCR1 register
RDRF bit in ICSR register
ICDRS register
Data 1
ICDRR register
Data 1
Processing by program
(1) Set TEND and TRS bits to 0 before setting TDRE bits to 0
(2) Read ICDRR register
(3) Read ICDRR register
Figure 16.35
Operating Timing in Master Receive Mode (I2C Bus Interface Mode) (1)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 338 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
SCL (master output)
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
SDA (master output)
A
A/A
SDA (slave output)
b7
b6
b5
b4
b3
b2
b1
b0
RDRF bit in ICSR register
1 0 1 0
RCVD bit in ICCR1 register
ICDRS register
Data n-1
Data n
ICDRR register
Data n-1
Data n
Processing by program
(5) Set RCVD bit to 1 before reading ICDRR register
(6) Stop condition generation
(7) Read ICDRR register before setting RCVD bit to 0 (8) Set to slave receive mode
Figure 16.36
Operating Timing in Master Receive Mode (I2C Bus Interface Mode) (2)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 339 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.3.3.4
Slave Transmit Operation
In slave transmit mode, the slave device outputs the transmit data while the master device outputs the receive clock and returns an acknowledge signal. Figure 16.37 and Figure 16.38 show the Operation Timing in Slave Transmit Mode (I2C Bus Interface Mode). The transmit procedure and operation in slave transmit mode are shown below. (1) Set the ICE bit in the ICCR1 register to 1 (transfer operation enabled). Set the WAIT and MLS bits in the ICMR register and CKS0 to CKS3 bits in the ICCR1 register (initial setting). Set the TRS and MST bits in the ICCR1 register to 0 and wait until the slave address matches in slave receive mode. (2) When the slave address matches at the 1st frame after detecting the start condition, the slave device outputs the level set by the ACKBT bit in the ICIER register to the SDA pin at the rise of the 9th clock. At this time, if the 8-bit data (R/W) is set to 1, the TRS and TDRE bit in the ICSR register are set to 1, the mode is switched to slave transmit mode automatically. When writing transmit data to the ICDRT register every time the TDRE bit is set to 1, the continuous transmit is enabled. (3) When the TDRE bit in the ICDRT register is set to 1 after writing the last transmit data to the ICDRT register, wait until the TEND bit in the ICSR register is set to 1 while the TDRE bit is set to 1. When the TEND bit is set to 1, set the TEND bit to 0. (4) The SCL signal is released by setting the TRS bit to 0 and performing the dummy-read of the ICDRR register for the end process. (5) Set the TDRE bit to 0.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 340 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
Slave receive mode SCL (master output)
Slave transmit mode
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
SDA (master output)
A
SCL (slave output)
SDA (slave output)
A
b7
b6
b5
b4
b3
b2
b1
b0
b7
TDRE bit in ICSR register
1 0 1 0 1 0
TEND bit in ICSR register
TRS bit in ICCR1 register
ICDRT register
Data 1
Data 2
Data 3
ICDRS register
Data 1
Data 2
ICDRR register
Process by program
(1) Data write to ICDRT register (data 1)
(2) Data write to ICDRT register (data 2)
(2) Data write to ICDRT register (data 3)
Figure 16.37
Operating Timing in Slave Transmit Mode (I2C Bus Interface Mode) (1)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 341 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
Slave receive mode Slave transmit mode SCL (master output)
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
SDA (master output)
A
A
SCL (slave output)
SDA (slave output)
b7
b6
b5
b4
b3
b2
b1
b0
TDRE bit in ICSR register
1 0 1 0 1 0
TEND bit in ICSR register
TRS bit in ICCR1 register
ICDRT register
Data n
ICDRS register
Data n
ICDRR register
Process by program
(3) Set the TEND bit to 0
(4) Dummy-read of ICDRR register after setting TRS bit to 0
(5) Set TDRE bit to 0
Figure 16.38
Operating Timing in Slave Transmit Mode (I2C Bus Interface Mode) (2)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 342 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.3.3.5
Slave Receive Operation
In slave receive mode, the master device outputs the transmit clock and data, and the slave device returns an acknowledge signal. Figure 16.39 and Figure 16.40 show the Operation Timing in Slave Receive Mode (I2C Bus Interface Mode). The receive procedure and operation in slave receive mode are shown below. (1) Set the ICE bit in the ICCR1 register to 1 (transfer operation enabled). Set the WAIT and MLS bits in the ICMR register and CKS0 to CKS3 bits in the ICCR1 register (initial setting). Set the TRS and MST bits in the ICCR1 register to 0 and wait until the slave address matches in slave receive mode. (2) When the slave address matches at the 1st frame after detecting the start condition, the slave device outputs the level set in the ACKBT bit in the ICIER register to the SDA pin at the rise of the 9th clock. Since the RDRF bit in the ICSR register is set to 1 simultaneously, perform the dummy-read (the read data is unnecessary because of showing slave address and R/W). (3) Read the ICDRR register every time the RDRF bit is set to 1. If the 8th clock falls while the RDRF bit is set to 1, the SCL signal is fixed "L" until the ICDRR register is read. The setting change of the acknowledge signal which returns to master device before reading the ICDRR register reflects the following transfer frame. (4) Reading the last byte is performed by reading the ICDRR register as well.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 343 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
SCL (master output)
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
SDA (master output)
b7
b6
b5
b4
b3
b2
b1
b0
b7
SCL (slave output)
SDA (slave output)
A
A
RDRF bit in ICSR register
1 0
ICDRS register
Data 1
Data 2
ICDRR register
Data 1
Process by program
(2) Dummy-read of ICDRR register
(2) Read ICDRR register
Figure 16.39
Operating Timing in Slave Receive Mode (I2C Bus Interface Mode) (1)
SCL (master output)
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
SDA (master output)
b7
b6
b5
b4
b3
b2
b1
b0
SCL (slave output)
SDA (slave output)
A
A
RDRF bit in ICSR register
1 0
ICDRS register
Data 1
Data 2
ICDRR register
Data 1
Process by program
(3) Set ACKBT bit to 1
(3) Read ICDRR register
(4) Read ICDRR register
Figure 16.40
Operating Timing in Slave Receive Mode (I2C Bus Interface Mode) (2)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 344 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.3.4
Clock Synchronous Serial Mode Clock Synchronous Serial Format
16.3.4.1
When setting the FS bit in the SAR register to 1, the clock synchronous serial format is used to communicate. Figure 16.41 shows the Transfer Format of Clock Synchronous Serial Format. When the MST bit in the ICCR1 register is set to 1, the transfer clock is output from the SCL pin and when the MST bit is set to 0, the external clock is input. The transfer data is output between the fall and the following fall of the SCL clock, and data is determined by the rise of the SCL clock. The MSB-first or LSB-first can be selected for the order of the data transfer by setting the MLS bit in the ICMR register. The SDA output level can be changed by the SDAO bit in the ICCR2 register during the transfer standby.
SCL
SDA
b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
b6
b7
Figure 16.41
Transfer Format of Clock Synchronous Serial Format
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 345 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.3.4.2
Transmit Operation
In transmit mode, transmit data is output from the SDA pin synchronizing with the fall of the transfer clock. The transfer clock is output when the MST bit in the ICCR1 register is set to 1 and input when the MST bit is set to 0. Figure 16.42 shows the Operating Timing in Transmit Mode (Clock Synchronous Serial Mode). The transmit procedure and operation in transmit mode are shown below. (1) Set the ICE bit in the ICCR1 register to 1 (transfer operation enabled). Set the CKS0 to CKS3 bits in the ICCR1 register and set the MST bit (initial setting). (2) The TDRE bit in the ICSR register is set to 1 by selecting transmit mode after setting the TRS bit in the ICCR1 register to 1. (3) Data is transferred from the ICDRT to ICDRS registers and the TDRE bit is automatically set to 1 by writing transmit data to the ICDRT register after confirming that the TDRE bit is set to 1. When writing data to the ICDRT register every time the TDRE bit is set to 1, the continuous transmit is enabled. When switching from transmit to receive modes, set the TRS bit to 0 while the TDRE bit is set to 1.
SCL
1
2
7
8
1
7
8
1
SDA (output)
b0
b1
b6
b7
b0
b6
b7
b0
TRS bit in ICCR1 register
1 0 1 0
TDRE bit in ICSR register
ICDRT register
Data 1
Data 2
Data 3
ICDRS register
Data 1
Data 2
Data 3
Process by program
(3) Data write to ICDRT register (2) Set TRS bit to 1
(3) Data write to ICDRT register
(3) Data write to ICDRT register
(3) Data write to ICDRT register
Figure 16.42
Operating Timing in Transmit Mode (Clock Synchronous Serial Mode)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 346 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.3.4.3
Receive Operation
In receive mode, data is latched at the rise of the transfer clock. The transfer clock is output when the MST bit in the ICCR1 register is set to 1 and input when the MST bit is set to 0. Figure 16.43 shows the Operating Timing in Receive Mode (Clock Synchronous Serial Mode). The receive procedure and operation in receive mode are shown below. (1) Set the ICE bit in the ICCR1 register to 1 (transfer operation enabled). Set the CKS0 to CKS3 bits in the ICCR1 register and set the MST bit (initial setting). (2) The output of the receive clock stars by setting the MST bit to 1 when the transfer clock is output. (3) Data is transferred from the ICDRS to ICDRR registers and the RDRF bit in the ICSR register is set to 1, when the receive is completed. Since the following-byte data is enabled to receive when the MST bit is set to 1, the continuous clock is output. The continuous receive is enabled by reading the ICDRR register every time the RDRF bit is set to 1. An overrun is detected at the rise of the 8th clock while the RDRF bit is set to 1, the AL bit in the ICSR register is set to 1. At this time, the former receive data is retained in the ICDRR register. (4) When the MST bit is set to 1, set the RCVD bit in the ICCR1 register to 1 (disables the following receive operation) and read the ICDRR register. The SCL signal is fixed "H" after the receive of the following-byte data is completed.
SCL
1
2
7
8
1
7
8
1
2
SDA (input)
b0
b1
b6
b7
b0
b6
b7
b0
MST bit in ICCR1
1 0 1 0
TRS bit in ICCR1
RDRF bit in ICSR register
1 0
ICDRS register
Data 1
Data 2
Data 3
ICDRR register
Data 1
Data 2
Process by program
(2) Set MST bit to 1 (when transfer clock is output)
(3) Read ICDRR register
(3) Read ICDRR register
Figure 16.43
Operating Timing in Receive Mode (Clock Synchronous Serial Mode)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 347 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.3.5
Noise Canceller
The state of the SCL and SDA pins are routed through the noise rejection circuit before being latched internally. Figure 16.44 shows the Block Diagram of Noise Canceller. The noise rejection circuit consists of two cascaded latch and match detector circuits. When the SCL pin input signal (or SDA pin input signal) is sampled on f1 and 2 latch outputs match, the level is passed forward to the next circuit. When they do not match, the former value is retained.
f1 (sampling clock)
C SCL or SDA input signal D Latch Q D
C Q Latch
Match detection circuit
Internal SCL or SDA signal
Period of f1
f1 (sampling clock)
Figure 16.44
Block Diagram of Noise Canceller
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 348 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.3.6
Bit Synchronization Circuit
When setting the I2C bus interface in master mode. * When the SCL signal is driven to "L" by the slave device. * Since the "H" period may become shorter while the SCL signal is driven to "L" by the slave device and the rising speed of the SCL signal is lowered by the load (load capacity and pull-up resistor) of the SCL line, the SCL signal is monitored and the communication synchronizes per bit. Figure 16.45 shows the Timing of Bit Synchronous Circuit and Table 16.8 lists the Time between Changing SCL Signal from "L" Output to High-Impedance and Monitoring of SCL Signal.
Basis clock of SCL monitor timing
SCL
VIH
Internal SCL
Figure 16.45
Timing of Bit Synchronous Circuit
Table 16.8
Time between Changing SCL Signal from "L" Output to High-Impedance and Monitoring of SCL Signal ICCR1 Register CKS3 0 1 CKS2 0 1 0 1 Time for Monitoring SCL 7.5 Tcyc 19.5 Tcyc 17.5 Tcyc 41.5 Tcyc
1 Tcyc = 1/f1(s)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 349 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.3.7
Examples of Register Setting
Figure 16.46 to Figure 16.49 show the Examples of Register Setting When Using I2C Bus Interface.
Start Initial setting Read BBSY bit in ICCR2 register (1) Judge the state of the SCL and SDA lines No (1) BBSY = 0 ? (3) Generate the start condition Yes ICCR1 register TRS bit 1 MST bit 1 SCP bit 0 BBSY bit 1 (2) (4) Set the transmit data of the 1st byte (slave address + R/W) (5) Wait for 1 byte to be transmitted ICCR2 register (3) (6) Judge the ACKBR bit from the specified slave device (7) Set the transmit data after 2nd byte (except the last byte) (8) Wait the ICDRT register is empty Read TEND bit in ICSR register (9) Set the transmit data of the last byte No (5) TEND = 1 ? (10) Wait for the transmit end of the last byte (11) Set the TEND bit to 0 Yes Read ACKBR bit in ICIER register (12) Set the STOP bit to 0 (13) Generate the stop condition ACKBR = 0 ? Yes Transmit mode ? Yes Write transmit data to ICDRT register Read TDRE bit in ICSR register (8) TDRE = 1 ? Yes No Last byte ? (9) Yes Write transmit data to ICDRT register Read TEND bit in ICSR register (10) TEND = 1 ? Yes ICSR register ICSR register ICCR2 register TEND bit 0 STOP bit 0 SCP bit 0 BBSY bit 0 (11) (12) (13) (7) No No (6) (14) Wait the stop condition is generated (15) Set to slave receive mode Set the TDRE bit to 0 Master receive mode (2) Set to master transmit mode - Set the STOP bit in the ICSR register to 0. - Set the IICSEL bit in the PMR register to 1.
Write transmit data to ICDRT register
(4)
No
No
Read STOP bit in ICSR register (14) STOP = 1 ? Yes ICCR1 register TRS bit 0 MST bit 0 (15) ICSR register TDRE bit 0 End
No
Figure 16.46
Example of Register Setting in Master Transmit Mode (I2C Bus Interface Mode)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 350 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
Master receive mode ICSR register ICCR1 register ICSR register ICIER register TEND bit 0 TRS bit 0 TDRE bit 0 ACKBT bit 0 (2) (3) (1) (1) Set the TEND bit to 0 and set to master receive mode. Set the TDRE bit to 0 (1,2) (2) Set the ACKBT bit to the transmit device (1) (3) Dummy-read to the ICDRR register(1) (4) Wait for 1 byte to be received (5) Judge (last receive - 1) (6) Read the receive data Read RDRF bit in ICSR register (4) RDRF = 1 ? (9) Wait the last byte is received Yes Yes Last receive -1? No Read ICDRR register (6) (5) (10) Set the STOP bit to 0 (11) Generate the stop condition (12) Wait the stop condition is generated (13) Read the receive data of the last byte (14) Set the RCVD bit to 0 ICIER register ICCR1 register ACKBT bit 1 (7) RCVD bit 1 (8) (15) Set to slave receive mode (7) Set the ACKBT bit of the last byte and set to disable the continuous receive (RCVD = 1)(2) (8) Read the receive data of (last byte - 1)
Dummy-read in ICDRR register
No
Read ICDRR register Read RDRF bit in ICSR register
No
(9) RDRF = 1 ? Yes
ICSR register ICCR2 register
STOP bit 0 SCP bit 0 BBSY bit 0
(10) (11)
Read STOP bit in ICSR register
No
(12) STOP = 1 ? Yes
Read ICDRR register ICCR1 register ICCR1 register RCVD bit 0 MST bit 0 End
(13) (14) (15)
NOTES: 1. Do not generate the interrupt during the process of step (1) to (3). 2. When receiving 1 byte, skip step (2) to (6) after (1) and jump to process of step (7). Process of step (8) is dummy-read in the ICDRR register.
Figure 16.47
Example of Register Setting in Master Receive Mode (I2C Bus Interface Mode)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 351 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
Slave transmit mode ICSR register AAS bit 0 (1) Set the AAS bit to 0 (1) (2) Set the transmit data (except the last byte) Write transmit data to ICDRT register Read TDRE bit in ICSR register (2) (3) Wait the ICDRT register is empty (4) Set the transmit data of the last byte (5) Wait the last byte is transmitted No TDRE = 1 ? Yes No Last byte ? (4) Yes Write transmit data to ICDRT register Read TEND bit in ICSR register (3) (6) Set the TEND bit to 0 (7) Set to slave receive mode (8) Dummy-read in the ICDRR register to release the SCL signal (9) Set the TDRE bit to 0
No
TEND = 1 ? Yes TEND bit 0 TRS bit 0
(5)
ICSR register ICCR1 register
(6) (7) (8) (9)
Dummy-read in ICDRR register ICSR Register TDRE Bit 0 End
Figure 16.48
Example of Register Setting in Slave Transmit Mode (I2C Bus Interface Mode)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 352 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
Slave receive mode ICSR register AAS bit 0 (1) (2) (3) Dummy-read to the ICDRR register Dummy-read in ICDRR register (3) (4) Wait 1 byte is received (5) Judge (last receive - 1) Read RDRF bit in ICSR register (6) Read the receive data No (4) RDRF = 1 ? (8) Read the receive data of (last byte - 1) Yes (9) Wait the last byte is received Last receive -1? No Read ICDRR register (6) Yes (5) (10) Read the receive data of the last byte (7) Set the ACKBT bit of the last byte(1) (1) Set the AAS bit to 0 (1) (2) Set the ACKBT bit to the transmit device
ICIER register ACKBT bit 0
ICIER register
ACKBT bit 1
(7) (8)
Read ICDRR register Read RDRF bit in ICSR register
No
(9) RDRF = 1 ? Yes
Read ICDRR register End
(10)
NOTE: 1. When receiving 1 byte, skip steps (2) to (6) after (1) and jump to process of step (7). Process of step (8) is dummy-read in the ICDRR register.
Figure 16.49
Example of Register Setting in Slave Receive Mode (I2C Bus Interface Mode)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 353 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface
16.3.8
Notes on I2C Bus Interface
Set the IICSEL bit in the PMR register to 1 (select I2C bus interface function) to use I2C bus interface.
16.3.8.1
Multimaster Operation
The following actions must be performed to use the I2C bus interface in multimaster operation.
* Transfer rate
Set the transfer rate by 1/1.8 or faster than the fastest rate of the other masters. For example, if the fastest transfer rate of the other masters is set to 400 kbps, the I2C-bus transfer rate in this MCU should be set to 223 kbps (= 400/1.18) or more.
* Bits MST and TRS in the ICCR1 register setting
(a) Use the MOV instruction to set bits MST and TRS. (b) When arbitration is lost, confirm the contents of bits MST and TRS. If the contents are other than the MST bit set to 0 and the TRS bit set to 0 (slave receive mode), set the MST bit to 0 and the TRS bit to 0 again.
16.3.8.2
Master Receive Mode
Either of the following actions must be performed to use the I2C bus interface in master receive mode. (a) In master receive mode while the RDRF bit in the ICSR register is set to 1, read the ICDRR register before the rising edge of the 8th clock. (b) In master receive mode, set the RCVD bit in the ICCR1 register to 1 (disables the next receive operation) to perform 1-byte communications.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 354 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
17. Hardware LIN
17. Hardware LIN
The hardware LIN performs LIN communication in cooperation with timer RA and UART0.
17.1
Features
The hardware LIN has the following features. Figure 17.1 shows a Block Diagram of Hardware LIN. [Master mode] * Generates Synch Break * Detects bus collision [Slave mode] * Detects Synch Break * Measures Synch Field * Controls Synch Break and Synch Field signal inputs to UART0 * Detects bus collision NOTE: 1. The WakeUp function is detected by INT1.
Hardware LIN
RXD0 pin Synch Field control circuit TIOSEL = 0 RXD data LSTART bit SBE bit LINE bit RXD0 input control circuit TIOSEL = 1 Interrupt control circuit UART0 BCIE, SBIE, and SFIE bits UART0 transfer clock UART0 TE bit Timer RA output pulse MST bit TXD0 pin [Legend] LINE, MST, SBE, LSTART, BCIE, SBIE, SFIE: LINCR register bits TIOSEL: TRAIOC register bit TE: U0C1 register bit UART0 TXD data Timer RA underflow signal Timer RA interrupt Timer RA
Bus collision detection circuit
Figure 17.1
Block Diagram of Hardware LIN
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 355 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
17. Hardware LIN
17.2
Input/Output Pins
Table 17.1 lists the Pin Configuration of the hardware LIN. Table 17.1 Pin Configuration Abbreviation RXD0 TXD0 Input/Output Input Output Function Receive data input pin of the hardware LIN Transmit data output pin of the hardware LIN
Name Receive Data Input Transmit Data Output
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 356 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
17. Hardware LIN
17.3
Register Configuration
The hardware LIN contains the following registers. * LIN Control Register (LINCR) * LIN Status Register (LINST) Figure 17.2 and Figure 17.3 show the LINCR and LINST Registers.
LIN Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol LINCR Bit Symbol
SFIE
Address 0106h Bit Name Synch Field measurementcompleted interrupt enable bit
After Reset 00h Function 0 : Disables Synch Field measurementcompleted interrupt 1 : Enables Synch Field measurementcompleted interrupt
RW
RW
SBIE BCIE RXDSF
Synch Break detection interrupt 0 : Disables Synch Break detection interrupt enable bit 1 : Enables Synch Break detection interrupt Bus collision detection interrupt 0 : Disables bus collision detection interrupt 1 : Enables bus collision detection interrupt enable bit RxD0 input status flag 0 : RXD0 input enabled 1 : RXD0 input disabled
RW RW RO
LSTART
Synch Break detection start bit(1) When this bit is set to 1, Timer RA input is enabled and RXD0 input is disabled. When read, its content is 0. RxD0 input unmasking timing select bit (effective in only slave mode) LIN operation mode setting bit(2) 0 : Unmasked after Synch Break is detected 1 : Unmasked after Synch Field measurement is completed 0 : Slave mode (Synch Break detection circuit actuated) 1 : Master mode (timer RA output OR'ed w ith TxD0) 0 : Causes LIN to stop 1 : Causes LIN to start operating(3)
WO
SBE
RW
MST
RW
LINE
LIN operation start bit
RW
NOTES: 1. After setting the LSTART bit, confirm that the RXDSF flag is set to 1 before Synch Break input starts. 2. Before changing LIN operation modes, temporarily stop the LIN operation (LINE bit = 0). 3. Input to timer RA and UART0 are prohibited immediately after the LINE bit is set to 1(Causes LIN to start operating). Refer to Figure 17.5 Exam ple of Header Field Transm ission Flow chart (1) and Figure 17.9 Exam ple of Header Field Reception Flow chart (2).
Figure 17.2
LINCR Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 357 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
17. Hardware LIN
LIN Status Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol LINST Bit Symbol SFDCT SBDCT BCDCT B0CLR B1CLR B2CLR -- (b7-b6)
Address 0107h Bit Name Synch Field measurementcompleted flag Synch Break detection flag Bus collision detection flag SFDCT flag clear bit
After Reset 00h Function 1 show s Synch Field measurement completed. 1 show s Synch Break detected or Synch Break generation completed
RW RO RO RO WO WO WO --
1 show s Bus collision detected When this bit is set to 1, SFDCT bit is set to 0. When read, its content is 0. When this bit is set to 1, SBDCT bit is set to 0. SBDCT flag clear bit When read, its content is 0. BCDCT flag clear bit When this bit is set to 1, BCDCT bit is set to0. When read, its content is 0. Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0.
Figure 17.3
LINST Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 358 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
17. Hardware LIN
17.4 17.4.1
Functional Description Master Mode
Figure 17.4 shows a Typical Operation when Sending a Header Field. Figure 17.5 and Figure 17.6 show an Example of Header Field Transmission Flowchart. When transmitting a header field, the hardware LIN operates as described below. (1) When the TSTART bit in the TRACR register for timer RA is set by writing 1 in a program, the hardware LIN outputs a low-level signal from the TXD0 pin for the period that is set in the TRAPRE and TRA registers for timer RA. (2) When timer RA underflows upon reaching the terminal count, the hardware LIN reverses the output of the TXD0 pin and sets the SBDCT flag in the LINST register to 1. Furthermore, if the SBIE bit in the LINCR register is set to 1, it generates a timer RA interrupt. (3) The hardware LIN transmits 55h via UART0. (4) The hardware LIN transmits an ID field via UART0 after it finished sending 55h. (5) The hardware LIN performs communication for a response field after it finished sending the ID field.
* When LINE bit = 1 (Causes LIN to start operating), MST bit = 1 (Master mode), SBIE bit = 1 (Enables Synch Break detection interrupt)
Synch Break Synch Field IDENTIFIER
TXD0 pin
1 0 1 0 1 0 (1) (2) (3) Set by writing 1 to the B1CLR bit in the LINST register Cleared to 0 upon acceptance of interrupt request or by a program
SBDCT flag in the LINST register IR bit in the TRAIC register
(4)
(5)
Figure 17.4
Typical Operation when Sending a Header Field
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 359 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
17. Hardware LIN
Timer RA Set to timer mode TMOD0 to 2 bits in TRAMR register 000b Timer RA Set the pulse output level from low to start TEDGSEL bit in TRAIOC register 1 Timer RA Set the INT1/TRAIO pin to P1_5 TIOSEL bit in TRAIOC register 1 Timer RA Set the count source (f1, f2, f8, fOCO) TCK0 to 2 bits in TRAMR register Timer RA Set the Synch Break width TRAPRE register TRA register UART0 Set to transmit/receive mode (Transfer data length: 8 bits, Internal clock, 1 stop bit, Parity disabled) U0MR register UART0 Set the BRG count source (f1, f8, f32) U0C0CLK0 to 1 bit UART0 Set the bit rate U0BRG register Set the TIOSEL bit in the TRAIOC register to 1 in the hardware LIN function.
Set the count source and the TRA and TRAPRE registers as suitable for the Synch Break period.
UART0
UART0
Set the BRG count source and U0BRG register as appropriate for the bit rate.
Hardware LIN Set the LIN operation to stop LINE bit in LINCR register 0 Hardware LIN Set to master mode MST bit in LINCR register 1 Hardware LIN Set the LIN operation to start LINE bit in LINCR register 1 Hardware LIN Set the register to enable interrupts (Bus collision detection, Synch Break detection, Synch Field measurement) BCIE, SBIE, SFIE bits in LINCR register
Hardware LIN Clear the status flags (Bus collision detection, Synch Break detection, Synch Field measurement) B2CLR, B1CLR, B0CLR bits in LINST register 1
During master mode, the Synch Field measurementcompleted interrupt cannot be used.
A
Figure 17.5 Example of Header Field Transmission Flowchart (1) Page 360 of 501
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
17. Hardware LIN
A
Timer RA Set the timer to start counting TSTART bit in TRACR register 1 Timer RA generates Synch Break. If the TRAPRE and TRA registers for timer RA do not need to be read or the register settings do not need to be changed after writing 1 to the TSTART bit, the procedure for reading TCSTF flag = 1 can be omitted. Zero to one cycle of the timer RA count source is required after timer RA starts counting before the TCSTF flag is set to 1. The timer RA interrupt may be used to terminate generation of Synch Break. One to two cycles of the CPU clock are required after Synch Break generation completes before the SBDCT flag is set to 1. After timer RA Synch Break is generated, the timer should be made to stop counting. If the TRAPRE and TRA registers for timer RA do not need to be read or the register settings do not need to be changed after writing 0 to the TSTART bit, the procedure for reading TCSTF flag = 0 can be omitted. Zero to one cycle of the timer RA count source is required after timer RA stops counting before the TCSTF flag is set to 0. Transmit the Synch Field.
Timer RA Read the count status flag TCSTF flag in TRACR register
TCSTF = 1? YES
NO
Hardware LIN Read the Synch Break detection flag SBDCT flag in LINST register
SBDCT = 1? YES
NO
Timer RA Set the timer to stop counting START bit in TRACR register 0
Timer RA Read the count status flag TCSTF flag in TRACR register
TCSTF = 0? YES UART0 Communication via UART0 TE bit in U0C1 register 1 U0TB register 0055h UART0 Communication via UART0 U0TB register ID field
NO
Transmit the ID field.
Figure 17.6
Example of Header Field Transmission Flowchart (2)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 361 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
17. Hardware LIN
17.4.2
Slave Mode
Figure 17.7 shows a Typical Operation when Receiving a Header Field. Figure 17.8 through Figure 17.10 show an Example of Header Field Reception Flowchart. When receiving a header field, the hardware LIN operates as described below. (1) Synch Break detection is enabled by writing 1 to the LSTART bit in the LINCR register of the hardware LIN. (2) When a low-level signal is input for a duration equal to or greater than the period set in timer RA, the hardware LIN detects it as Synch Break. At this time, the SBDCT flag in the LINST register is set to 1. Furthermore, if the SBIE bit in the LINCR register is set to 1, the hardware LIN generates a timer RA interrupt. Then it goes to Synch Field measurement. (3) The hardware LIN receives a Synch Field (55h). At this time, it measures the period of the start bit and bits 0 to 6 by using timer RA. In this case, it is possible to select whether to input the Synch Field signal to RxD0 of UART0 by setting the SBE bit in the LINCR register accordingly. (4) The hardware LIN sets the SFDCT flag in the LINST register to 1 when it finished measuring the Synch Field. Furthermore, if the SFIE bit in the LINCR register is set to 1, it generates a timer RA interrupt. (5) After it finished measuring the Synch Field, the hardware LIN calculates a transfer rate from the count value of timer RA and sets the result in UART0 and sets the TRAPRE and TRA registers of the timer RA back again. Then it receives an ID field via UART0. (6) The hardware LIN performs communication for a response field after it finished receiving the ID field.
* When LINE bit = 1 (Causes LIN to start operating), MST bit = 0 (Slave mode), SBIE bit = 1 (Enables Synch Break detection interrupt), SFIE bit = 1 (Enables Synch Field measurement completed interrupt)
Synch Break Synch Field IDENTIFIER
RXD0 pin
1 0 1 0
RXD0 input for UART0
RXDSF flag in the LINCR register SBDCT flag in the LINST register SFDCT flag in the LINST register
1 0 1 0 1 0
Set by writing 1 to the LSTART bit in the LINCR register Set by writing 1 to the B1CLR bit in the LINST register Measure this period
Cleared to 0 when Synch Field measurement finishes
Set by writing 1 to the B0CLR bit in the LINST register
IR bit in the TRAIC register
1 0 (1) (2) (3)
Cleared to 0 upon acceptance of interrupt request or by a program
(4)
(5)
(6)
Figure 17.7
Typical Operation when Receiving a Header Field
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 362 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
17. Hardware LIN
Timer RA Set to pulse width measurement mode Bits TMOD0 to TMOD2 in the TRAMR register 011b Timer RA Set the pulse width measurement level low TEDGSEL bit in the TRAIOC register 0 Timer RA Set the INT1/TRAIO pin to P1_5 TIOSEL bit in the TRAIOC register 1 Timer RA Set the count source (f1, f2, f8, fOCO) TCK0 to 2 bits in the TRAMR register Timer RA Set the Synch Break width TRAPRE register TRA register Hardware LIN Set the LIN operation to stop LINE bit in the LINCR register 0 Hardware LIN Set to slave mode MST bit in the LINCR register 0 Hardware LIN Set the LIN operation to start LINE bit in the LINCR register 1 Hardware LIN Set the RXD0 input unmasking timing (After Synch Break detection, or after Synch Field measurement) SBE bit in the LINCR register Select the timing at which to unmask the RXD0 input for UART0. If the RXD0 input is chosen to be unmasked after detection of Synch Break, the Synch Field signal too is input to UART0. Set the count source and the TRA and TRAPRE registers as suitable for the Synch Break period.
Hardware LIN Set the register to enable interrupts (Bus collision detection, Synch Break detection, Synch Field measurement) Bits BCIE, SBIE, SFIE in the LINCR register
A
Figure 17.8 Example of Header Field Reception Flowchart (1)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 363 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
17. Hardware LIN
A
Hardware LIN Clear the status flags (Bus collision detection, Synch Break detection, Synch Field measurement) Bits B2CLR, B1CLR, B0CLR in the LINST register 1
Timer RA Set to start a pulse width measurement TSTART bit in the TRACR register 1
Timer RA waits until the timer starts counting.
Timer RA Read the count status flag TCSTF flag in the TRACR register Zero to one cycle of the timer RA count source is required after timer RA starts counting before the TCSTF flag is set to 1. Hard ware LIN wait until the RXD0 input for UART0 is masked. Do not apply "L" level to the RXD pin until the RXDSF flag reads 1 after writing 1 to the LSTART bit. This is because the signal applied during this time is input directly to UART0. One to two cycles of the CPU clock and zero to one cycle of the timer RA count source are required after the LSTART bit is set to 1 before the RXDSF flag is set to 1. After this, input to timer RA and UART0 is enabled. Hard ware LIN detect a Synch Break. The interrupt of timer RA may be used. When Synch Break is detected, timer RA is reloaded with the initially set count value. Even if the duration of the input "L" level is shorter than the set period, timer RA is reloaded with the initially set count value and waits until the next "L" level is input. One to two cycles of the CPU clock are required after Synch Break detection before the SBDCT flag is set to 1. When the SBE bit in the LINCR register is set to 0 (Unmasked after Synch Break is detected), timer RA may be used in timer mode after the SBDCT flag in the LINST register is set to 1 and the RXDSF flag in the LINCR register is set to 0.
TCSTF = 1? YES
NO
Hardware LIN Set to start Synch Break detection LSTART bit in the LINCR register 1
Hardware LIN Read the RXD0 input status flag RXDSF flag in the LINCR register
RXDSF = 1? YES
NO
Hardware LIN Read the Synch Break detection flag SBDCT flag in the LINST register
SBDCT = 1? YES
NO
B
Figure 17.9
Example of Header Field Reception Flowchart (2) Page 364 of 501
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
17. Hardware LIN
B
YES Hardware LIN Read the Synch Field measurementcompleted flag SFDCT flag in the LINST register NO
SFDCT = 1? YES
UART0 Set the UART0 communication rate U0BRG register Timer RA Set the Synch Break width back again TRAPRE register TRA register UART0 Communication via UART0 Clock asynchronous serial interface (UART) mode Receive ID field
Figure 17.10 Example of Header Field Reception Flowchart (3)
Hardware LIN measure the Synch Field. The interrupt of timer RA may be used. (The SBDCT flag is set when the timer RA counter underflows upon reaching the terminal count.) When the SBE bit in the LINCR register is set to 1 (Unmasked after Synch Field measurement is completed), timer RA may be used in timer mode after the SFDCT bit in the LINST register is set to 1. Set a communication rate based on the Synch Field measurement result.
Communication via UART0 (The SBDCT flag is set when timer RA counter underflows upon reaching the terminal count.)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 365 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
17. Hardware LIN
17.4.3
Bus Collision Detection Function
The bus collision detection function can be used when UART0 is enabled for transmission (TE bit in the U0C1 register = 1). Figure 17.11 shows a Typical Operation when a Bus Collision is Detected.
TXD0 pin
1 0 1 0 1 0 Set to 1 by a program
RXD0 pin
Transfer clock
LINE bit in the LINCR register TE bit in the U0C1 register BCDCT flag in the LINST register
1 0 Set to 1 by a program 1 0 1 0 Set by writing 1 to the B2CLR bit in the LINST register Cleared to 0 upon acceptance of interrupt request or by a program
IR bit in the TRAIC register
1 0
Figure 17.11
Typical Operation when a Bus Collision is Detected
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 366 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
17. Hardware LIN
17.4.4
Hardware LIN End Processing
Figure 17.12 shows an Example of Hardware LIN Communication Completion Flowchart. Use the following timing for hardware LIN end processing: * If the hardware bus collision detection function is used Perform hardware LIN end processing after checksum transmission completes. * If the bus collision detection function is not used Perform hardware LIN end processing after header field transmission and reception complete.
Timer RA
Set the timer to stop counting TSTART bit in TRACR register 0 Read the count status flag TCSTF flag in TRACR register NO
Set the timer to stop counting. Zero to one cycle of the timer RA count source is required after timer RA starts counting before the TCSTF flag is set to 1.
Timer RA
TCSTF = 0 ? YES UART0 Complete transmission via UART0
When the bus collision detection function is not used, end processing for the UART0 transmission is not required.
Hardware LIN Clear the status flags (Bus collision detection, Synch Break detection, Synch Field measurement) Bits B2CLR, B1CLR, B0CLR in the LINST register 1 Hardware LIN Set the LIN operation to stop LINE bit in the LINCR register 0
After clearing hardware LIN status flag, stop the hardware LIN operation.
Figure 17.12
Example of Hardware LIN Communication Completion Flowchart
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 367 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
17. Hardware LIN
17.5
Interrupt Requests
There are four interrupt requests that are generated by the hardware LIN: Synch Break detection, Synch Break generation completed, Synch Field measurement, and bus collision detection. These interrupts are shared with the timer RA interrupt. Table 17.2 lists the Interrupt Requests of Hardware LIN. Table 17.2 Interrupt Requests of Hardware LIN Status Flag SBDCT Cause of Interrupt Generated when timer RA has underflowed after measuring the low level duration of RXD0 input, or when a low-level signal is input for a duration longer than the Synch Break period during communication. Generated when timer RA has completed outputting a lowlevel signal to TXD0 for set period. SFDCT BCDCT Generated when measurement for 8 bits of the Synch Field by timer RA is completed. Generated when the RXD0 input and TXD0 output values differed at data latch timing while UART0 is enabled for transmission.
Interrupt Request Synch Break Detection
Synch Break Generation Completed Synch Field Measurement Bus Collision Detection
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 368 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
17. Hardware LIN
17.6
Notes on Hardware LIN
For the time-out processing of the header and response fields, use another timer to measure the duration of time with respect to a Synch Break detection interrupt as the starting point.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 369 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18. CAN Module
The CAN (Controller Area Network) module for the R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group of MCUs is a communication controller implementing the CAN 2.0B protocol. The R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group contains one Full CAN module which can transmit and receive messages in both standard (11-bit) ID and extended (29-bit) ID formats. Figure 18.1 shows a Block Diagram of CAN Module. External CAN bus driver and receiver are required.
Data Bus
C0CONR register
C0CTLR register
C0GMR register C0LMAR register C0MCTLj register C0LMBR register
C0IDR register
CTx Message box slot 0 to 15 Protocol controller CRx Wakeup logic Interrupt control logic C0RECR register C0TECR register C0STR register C0SSTR register C0ICR register CAN0 reception successful interrupt CAN0 transmission successful interrupt CAN0 error interrupt CAN0 wakeup interrupt Acceptance filter slot 0 to 15 16 bit timer Message ID DLC Message data time stamp
Data bus j = 0 to 15
Figure 18.1
Block Diagram of CAN Module
: CAN I/O pins. : This controller handles the bus arbitration and the CAN protocol services, i.e. bit timing, stuffing, error status etc. Message box : This memory block consists of 16 slots that can be configured either as transmitter or receiver. Each slot contains an individual ID, data length code, a data field (8 bytes) and a time stamp. Acceptance filter : This block performs filtering operation for received messages. For the filtering operation, the C0GMR register, the C0LMAR register, or the C0LMBR register is used. 16 bit timer : Used for the time stamp function. When the received message is stored in the message memory, the timer value is stored as a time stamp. Wake up function : CAN0 wake up interrupt is generated by a message from the CAN bus. Interrupt generation function: The interrupt events are provided by the CAN module. CAN0 successful reception interrupt, CAN0 successful transmission interrupt, CAN0 error interrupt, and CAN0 wake up interrupt.
CTx/CRx Protocol controller
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 370 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18.1
CAN Module-Related Registers
The CAN0 module has the following registers.
(1) CAN Message Box
A CAN module is equipped with 16 slots (16 bytes or 8 words each). Slots 14 and 15 can be used as Basic CAN. * Priority of the slots: The smaller the number of the slot, the higher the priority, in both transmission and reception. * A program can define whether a slot is defined as transmitter or receiver.
(2) Acceptance Mask Registers
A CAN module is equipped with 3 masks for the acceptance filter. * CAN0 global mask register (C0GMR register: 6 bytes) Configuration of the masking condition for acceptance filtering processing to slots 0 to 13 * CAN0 local mask A register (C0LMAR register: 6 bytes) Configuration of the masking condition for acceptance filtering processing to slot 14 * CAN0 local mask B register (C0LMBR register: 6 bytes) Configuration of the masking condition for acceptance filtering processing to slot 15
(3) CAN SFR Registers
* CAN0 message control register i (C0MCTLi register: 8 bits x 16) (i = 0 to 15)
Control of transmission and reception of a corresponding slot
* CAN0 control register (C0CTLR register: 16 bits) * * * * * *
Control of the CAN protocol CAN0 status register (C0STR register: 16 bits) Indication of the protocol status CAN0 slot status register (C0SSTR register: 16 bits) Indication of the status of contents of each slot CAN0 interrupt control register (C0ICR register: 16 bits) Selection of interrupt enabled or disabled for each slot CAN0 extended ID register (C0IDR register: 16 bits) Selection of ID format (standard or extended) for each slot CAN0 configuration register (C0CONR register: 16 bits) Configuration of the bus timing CAN0 receive error count register (C0RECR register: 8 bits) Indication of the error status of the CAN module in reception: the counter value is incremented or decremented according to the error occurrence. CAN0 transmit error count register (C0TECR register: 8 bits) Indication of the error status of the CAN module in transmission: the counter value is incremented or decremented according to the error occurrence. CAN0 acceptance filter support register (C0AFS register: 16 bits) Decoding the received ID for use by the acceptance filter support unit
*
*
Explanation of each register is given below.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 371 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18.2
CAN0 Message Box
Table 18.1 shows the Memory Mapping of CAN0 Message Box. It is possible to access to the message box in byte or word. Mapping of the message contents differs from byte access to word access. Byte access or word access can be selected by the MsgOrder bit of the C0CTLR register. Table 18.1 Memory Mapping of CAN0 Message Box Address CAN0 1360h + n * 16 + 0 1360h + n * 16 + 1 1360h + n * 16 +2 1360h + n * 16 + 3 1360h + n * 16 + 4 1360h + n * 16 + 5 1360h + n * 16 + 6 1360h + n * 16 + 7 1360h + n * 16 + 13 1360h + n * 16 + 14 1360h + n * 16 + 15 n: Slot number, n = 0 to 15 Message Content (Memory Mapping) Byte access (8 bits) SID10 to SID6 SID5 to SID0 EID17 to EID14 EID13 to EID6 EID5 to EID0 Data Length Code (DLC) Data byte 0 Data byte 1 Data byte 7 Time stamp high-order byte Time stamp low-order byte Word access (16 bits) SID5 to SID0 SID10 to SID6 EID13 to EID6 EID17 to EID14 Data Length Code (DLC) EID5 to EID0 Data byte 1 Data byte 0 Data byte 6 Time stamp low-order byte Time stamp high-order byte
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 372 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
Figure 18.2 shows the Bit Mapping in Byte Access and Figure 18.3 shows the Bit Mapping in Word Access. The content of each slot remains unchanged unless transmission or reception of a new message is performed.
b7 SID10 SID5 SID4 SID9 SID3 EID17 EID13 EID12 EID11 EID5 EID10 EID4 EID9 EID3 DLC3 Data byte 0 Data byte 1 SID8 SID2 EID16 EID8 EID2 DLC2 SID7 SID1 EID15 EID7 EID1 DLC1 SID6 SID0 EID14 EID6 EID0 DLC0
b0
Data byte 7 Time stamp high-order byte Time stamp low-order byte CAN data frame: SID10 to 6 SID5 to 0 EID17 to 14 EID13 to 6 EID5 to 0 NOTE: 1. DLC3 to 0 Data byte Data byte 0 1 Data byte 7
: When setting the slot for transmission, written value is read. When setting the slot for reception, 0 is read.
Figure 18.2
Bit Mapping in Byte Access
b15
b8 b7 SID10 SID9 SID8 SID7 SID6
b0 SID5 SID4 SID3 SID2 SID1 SID0
EID17 EID16 EID15 EID14 EID13 EID12 EID11 EID10 EID9 EID8 EID7 EID6 EID5 EID4 EID3 EID2 EID1 EID0 Data byte 0 Data byte 2 Data byte 4 Data byte 6 Time stamp high-order byte CAN data frame: SID10 to 6 SID5 to 0 EID17 to 14 EID13 to 6 EID5 to 0 NOTE: 1. DLC3 to 0 Data byte Data byte 0 1 Data byte 7 DLC3 DLC2 DLC1 DLC0 Data byte 1 Data byte 3 Data byte 5 Data byte 7 Time stamp low-order byte
: When setting the slot for transmission, written value is read. When setting the slot for reception, 0 is read.
Figure 18.3
Bit Mapping in Word Access
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 373 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18.3
Acceptance Mask Registers
Figure 18.4 and Figure 18.5 show the C0GMR register, the C0LMAR register, and the C0LMBR register, in which bit mapping in byte access and word access are shown.
Addresses CAN0 1460h 1461h 1462h 1463h 1464h 1466h 1467h 1468h 1469h 146Ah 146Ch 146Dh 146Eh 146Fh 1470h C0LMBR register C0LMAR register C0GMR register
b7 SID10 SID5 SID4 SID9 SID3 EID17 EID13 EID12 EID11 EID5 EID10 EID4 SID10 SID5 SID4 EID9 EID3 SID9 SID3 EID17 EID13 EID12 EID11 EID5 EID10 EID4 SID10 SID5 SID4 EID9 EID3 SID9 SID3 EID17 EID13 EID12 EID11 EID5 EID10 EID4 EID9 EID3 SID8 SID2 EID16 EID8 EID2 SID8 SID2 EID16 EID8 EID2 SID8 SID2 EID16 EID8 EID2 SID7 SID1 EID15 EID7 EID1 SID7 SID1 EID15 EID7 EID1 SID7 SID1 EID15 EID7 EID1 SID6 SID0 EID14 EID6 EID0 SID6 SID0 EID14 EID6 EID0 SID6 SID0 EID14 EID6 EID0
b0
NOTES: 1. : Undefined 2. Registers C0GMR, C0LMAR, and C0LMBR can be written in CAN reset/initialization mode of the CAN module.
Figure 18.4
Bit Mapping of Mask Registers in Byte Access
b15
b8 b7 SID10 SID9 SID8 SID7 SID6
b0 Addresses CAN0 SID5 SID4 SID3 SID2 SID1 SID0 1460h 1462h 1464h SID5 SID4 SID3 SID2 SID1 SID0 1466h 1468h 146Ah SID5 SID4 SID3 SID2 SID1 SID0 146Ch 146Eh 1470h C0LMBR register C0LMAR register C0GMR register
EID17 EID16 EID15 EID14 EID13 EID12 EID11 EID10 EID9 EID8 EID7 EID6 EID5 EID4 EID3 EID2 EID1 EID0 SID10 SID9 SID8 SID7 SID6
EID17 EID16 EID15 EID14 EID13 EID12 EID11 EID10 EID9 EID8 EID7 EID6 EID5 EID4 EID3 EID2 EID1 EID0 SID10 SID9 SID8 SID7 SID6
EID17 EID16 EID15 EID14 EID13 EID12 EID11 EID10 EID9 EID8 EID7 EID6 EID5 EID4 EID3 EID2 EID1 EID0
NOTES: 1. : Undefined 2. Registers C0GMR, C0LMAR, and C0LMBR can be written in CAN reset/initialization mode of the CAN module.
Figure 18.5
Bit Mapping of Mask Registers in Word Access Page 374 of 501
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18.4 18.4.1
CAN SFR Registers C0MCTLi Register (i = 0 to 15)
Figure 18.6 shows the C0MCTLi Register.
CAN0 Message Control Register i (i = 0 to 15)(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol C0MCTL0 to C0MCTL15 Bit Symbol
Address 1300h to 130Fh Bit Name Successful reception flag
After Reset 00h Function When set to reception slot 0 : The content of the slot is read or still under processing by the CPU 1 : The CAN module has stored new data in the slot When set to transmission slot 0 : Transmission is not started or completed yet 1 : Transmission is successfully completed RW
New Data
RO(2)
Successful transmission flag SentData
RO(2)
Under reception flag InvalData
When set to reception slot 0 : The message is valid 1 : The message is invalid (The message is being updated) When set to transmission slot 0 : Waiting for bus idle or completion of arbitration 1 : Transmitting When set to reception slot 0 : No message is overw ritten 1 : New message is overw ritten 0 : Data frame transmission/reception status 1 : Remote frame transmission/reception status When set to reception remote frame slot 0 : After a remote frame is received, it w ill be answ ered automatically 1 : After a remote frame is received, no transmission w ill be started as long as this bit is set to 1 (Not responding)
RO
Under transmission flag TrmActive
RO
Overw rite flag MsgLost Remote frame RemActive transmission/reception status flag(3) Auto response lock mode select bit RspLock
RO(2)
RO
RW
Remote RecReq TrmReq
Remote frame 0 : Slot not corresponding to remote frame corresponding slot select bit 1 : Slot corresponding to remote frame Reception slot request bit(4) Transmission slot request bit(4) 0 : Not reception slot 1 : Reception slot 0 : Not transmission slot 1 : Transmission slot
RW RW RW
NOTES: 1. Set the C0MCTLi register only w hen the CAN module is in CAN operation mode. 2. When w rite, set to 0. Each bit is set w hen the CAN module enters the respective state. 3. In Basic CAN mode, the RemActive bit serves as data format identification flag. When receiving a date frame, the RemActive bit is set to 0 and w hen receiving a remote frame, the RemActive bit is set to 1. 4. One slot can not be defined as reception slot and transmission slot at the same time.
Figure 18.6
C0MCTLi Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 375 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18.4.2
C0CTLR Register
Figure 18.7 shows the C0CTLR Register.
CAN0 Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol C0CTLR Bit Symbol Reset LoopBack MsgOrder BasicCAN BusErrEn Sleep PortEn -- (b7)
Address 1310h Bit Name CAN module reset bit(1) Loop back mode select bit(2) Message order select bit(2) Basic CAN mode select bit(2)
After Reset X0000001b Function 0 : Operation mode 1 : Reset/initialization mode 0 : Loop back mode disabled 1 : Loop back mode enabled 0 : Word access 1 : Byte access 0 : Basic CAN mode disabled 1 : Basic CAN mode enabled
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW --
Bus error interrupt enable bit(2) 0 : Bus error interrupt disabled 1 : Bus error interrupt enabled Sleep mode select bit(2,3) CAN port enable bit(2,3) 0 : Sleep mode disabled 1 : Sleep mode enabled; clock supply stopped 0 : I/O port function 1 : CTx/CRx function(4)
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is indeterminate.
NOTES: 1. When set the Reset bit to 1 (CAN reset/initialization mode), check that the State_Reset bit in the C0STR register is set to 1 (reset mode). 2. Set bits LoopBack, MsgOrder, BasicCAN, BusErrEn, Sleep, and PortEn only w hen the CAN module is in CAN reset/initialization mode. 3. To use CAN0 w ake up interrupt, set bits Sleep and PorEn to 1. 4. Irrespective of setting the PD6 register, P6_1 and P6_2 function as CAN I/O pins.
(b15) (b8) b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol C0CTLR Bit Symbol
Address 1311h Bit Name Time stamp prescaler (1)
After Reset XX0X0000b Function
b1 b0
RW
TSPreScale
0 0 1 1
0 : 1 Period of 1 : 1 Period of 0 : 1 Period of 1 : 1 Period of
1 bit time 1/2 bit time 1/4 bit time 1/8 bit time
RW
TSReset RetBusOff -- (b4) RXOnly -- (b7-b6)
Time stamp counter reset bit(2) 0 : Nothing is occurred 1 : Forcible reset of time stamp counter Return from bus off command 0 : Nothing is occurred bit(3) 1 : Forcible return from bus off Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is indeterminate. Listen-only mode select bit(1) 0 : Listen-only mode disabled 1 : Listen-only mode enabled(4)
RW RW -- RW --
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is indeterminate.
NOTES: 1. Set bits TSPreScale and RXOnly only w hen the CAN module is in CAN operation mode. 2. When set the TSReset bit to 1 (forcible reset of time stamp counter), TSReset bit is automatically set to 0 (normal operation mode) after the C0TSR register is set to 0000h. 3. When set the RetBusOff bit to 1 (Fforcible return from bus off), the RetBusOff bit is automatically set to 0 (normal operation mode) after registers C0RECR and C0TECR are set to 0000h. 4. When listen-only mode is selected, do not request a transmission.
Figure 18.7
C0CTLR Register Page 376 of 501
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18.4.3
C0STR Register
Figure 18.8 shows the C0STR Register.
CAN0 Status Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol C0STR Bit Symbol
Address 1312h Bit Name Active slot bits (1)
After Reset 00h Function
b3 b2 b1 b0
RW
Mbox
0 0 0 * 1 1 Successful transmission flag(1) Successful reception flag(1) Transmission flag (Transmitter) Reception flag (Receiver)
0 0 0 * 1 1
0 0 : Slot 0 0 1 : Slot 1 1 0 : Slot 2 ** 1 0 : Slot 14 1 1 : Slot 15
RO
TrmSucc RecSucc TrmState RecState
0 : No [successful] transmission 1 : Transmission successful 0 : No [successful] reception 1 : Reception successful 0 : Idle or receiving 1 : During transmission 0 : Idle or transmitting 1 : During reception
RO RO RO RO
NOTE: 1. Bits TrmSucc and RecSucc change w hen the slot enabled the interrupt in the COICR register completed transmitting or receiving.
(b15) (b8)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol Address 1313h C0STR Bit Symbol Bit Name State Reset state flag _Reset State Loop back state flag _LoopBack State Message order state flag _MsgOrder Basic CAN mode state flag State _BasicCAN State _BusError State _ErrPas State _BusOff -- (b7) Bus error state flag Error passive state flag Error bus off state flag
After Reset X0000001b Function 0 : Operation mode 1 : Reset mode 0 : No loop back mode 1 : Loop back mode 0 : Word access 1 : Byte access 0 : No Basic CAN mode 1 : Basic CAN mode 0 : No error occurred 1 : CAN bus error occurred 0 : No error passive state 1 : Error passive state 0 : No bus off state 1 : Bus off state
RW RO RO RO RO RO RO RO --
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is indeterminate.
Figure 18.8
C0STR Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 377 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18.4.4
C0SSTR Register
Figure 18.9 shows the C0SSTR Register.
CAN0 Slot Status Register
(b15) b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
After Reset 0000h Setting values Slot status bits 0 : Reception slot Each bit corresponds to the slot w ith the same number. The message is read Transmission slot Transmission is not completed 1 : Reception slot The message is not read Transmission slot Transmission is completed
Symbol C0SSTR Function
Address 1315h, 1314h
RW
RO
Figure 18.9
C0SSTR Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 378 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18.4.5
C0ICR Register
Figure 18.10 shows the C0ICR Register.
CAN0 Interrupt Control Register(1)
(b15) b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
After Reset 0000h Setting values Interrupt enable bits: 0 : Interrupt disabled Each bit corresponds to the slot of the same number as 1 : Interrupt enabled the bit number. Enabled/disabled successful transmission or reception interrupt can be selected. NOTE: 1. Set the C0ICR register only w hen the CAN module is in CAN operation mode.
Symbol C0ICR Function
Address 1317h, 1316h
RW
RW
Figure 18.10
C0ICR Register
18.4.6
C0IDR Register
Figure 18.11 shows the C0IDR Register.
CAN0 Extended ID Register(1)
(b15) b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
After Reset 0000h Setting values 0 : Standard ID Extended ID bits: Each bit corresponds to the slot of the same number as 1 : Extended ID the bit number. ID format w hich each slot handles can be selected. NOTE: 1. Set the C0IDR register only w hen the CAN module is in CAN operation mode.
Symbol C0IDR Function
Address 1319h, 1318h
RW
RW
Figure 18.11
C0IDR Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 379 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18.4.7
C0CONR Register
Figure 18.12 shows the C0CONR Register.
CAN0 Configuration Register(2)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol C0CONR Bit Symbol
Address 131Ah Bit Name Prescaler division ratio select bits
After Reset Indeterminate Function
b3 b2 b1 b0
RW
BRP
0 0 0 0 : fCAN divide-by-1(1) 0 0 0 1 : fCAN divide-by-2 0 0 1 0 : fCAN divide-by-3 **** 1 1 1 0 : fCAN divide-by-15 1 1 1 1 : fCAN divide-by-16 Sampling control bit Propagation time segment control bits 0 : One time sampling 1 : Three times sampling
b7 b6 b5
RW
SAM
RW
PTS
0 0 0 : 1Tq 0 0 1 : 2Tq 0 1 0 : 3Tq *** 1 1 0 : 7Tq 1 1 1 : 8Tq
RW
NOTES: 1. The clock fCAN is used for CAN module. The period is decided by setting the CCLKi bits (i = 0 to 2) in the CCLKR register. 2. Set the C0CONR register only w hen the CAN module is in CAN operation mode.
(b15) (b8) b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol C0CONR Bit Symbol
Address 131Bh Bit Name Phase buffer segment 1 control bits
After Reset Indeterminate Function
b2 b1 b0
RW
PBS1
0 0 0 : Do not set 0 0 1 : 2Tq 0 1 0 : 3Tq *** 1 1 0 : 7Tq 1 1 1 : 8Tq
b5 b4 b3
RW
Phase buffer segment 2 control bits PBS2
0 0 0 : Do not set 0 0 1 : 2Tq 0 1 0 : 3Tq *** 1 1 0 : 7Tq 1 1 1 : 8Tq
b7 b6
RW
Re synchronization jump w idth control bits SJW
0 0 : 1Tq 0 1 : 2Tq 1 0 : 3Tq 1 1 : 4Tq
RW
Figure 18.12
C0CONR Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 380 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18.4.8
C0RECR Register
Figure 18.13 shows the C0RECR Register.
CAN0 Receive Error Count Register
b7 b0
Symbol Address 131Ch C0RECR Function Reception error counting function The value is incremented or decremented according to the CAN module's error status. NOTE: 1. The value is indeterminate in bus off state.
After Reset 00h Setting Range 00h to FFh(1)
RW RO
Figure 18.13
C0RECR Register
18.4.9
C0TECR Register
Figure 18.14 shows the C0TECR Register.
CAN0 Transmit Error Count Register
b7 b0
Symbol Address 131Dh C0TECR Function Transmission error counting function The value is incremented or decremented according to the CAN module's error status. NOTE: 1. The value is indeterminate in bus off state.
After Reset 00h Setting Range 00h to FFh(1)
RW RO
Figure 18.14
C0TECR Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 381 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18.4.10 C0AFS Register
Figure 18.15 shows the C0AFS Register.
CAN0 Acceptance Filter Support Register
(b15) b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
Symbol Address 1343h, 1342h C0AFS Function When w rite, set the standard ID of received message. When read, its content is the converted value of the standard ID.
After reset Indeterminate Setting values Standard ID
RW RW
Figure 18.15
C0AFS Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 382 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18.5
Operational Modes
The CAN module contains the following four operational modes. * CAN Reset/Initialization Mode * CAN Sleep Mode * CAN Operation Mode * CAN Interface Sleep Mode Figure 18.16 shows Transition between Operational Modes.
CPU Reset
CAN Reset/ initialization mode (State_Reset = 1)
Reset = 0 Reset = 1
CAN Operation mode (State_Reset = 0) When 11 consecutive recessive bits are monitored 128 times on the bus or RetBusOff = 1
Sleep = 0
Sleep = 1
TEC > 255
CAN Interface Sleep mode
CCLK3 = 1 CAN Sleep mode CCLK3 = 0
Reset = 1
Bus off state (State_BusOff = 1)
CCLK3: Bit in CCLKR register Reset, Sleep, RetBusOff: Bits in C0CTLR register State_Reset, State_BusOff: Bits in C0STR register
Figure 18.16
Transition between Operational Modes
18.5.1
CAN Reset/Initialization Mode
The CAN module can enter CAN reset/initialization mode by CPU reset or setting the Reset bit in the C0CTLR register. When setting the Reset bit to 1, check that the State_Reset bit in the C0STR register is set to 1 during CAN reset/initialization mode. The CAN module performs the following functions: * CAN communication is impossible. * If the CAN module is set to CAN reset/initialization mode during transmitting a message, it is held CAN operation mode until the transmission is completed, it loses in arbitration or an error in it is detected and it enters CAN reset/initialization mode after the State_Reset bit in the C0STR register is set to 0. * The C0IDR, C0MCTLi (i = 0 to 15), C0ICR, C0STR, C0RECR and C0TECR registers are initialized. All these registers are locked to prevent CPU modification. * The C0CTLR, C0CONR, C0GMR, C0LMAR and C0LMBR registers and the CAN0 message box retain their contents and are available for CPU access.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 383 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18.5.2
CAN Operation Mode
The CAN module can enter CAN operation mode when the Reset bit in the C0CTLR register is set to 0. When set the Reset bit to 0, check that the State_Reset bit in the C0STR register is set to 0. The CAN module performs the following functions after 11 consecutive bits are detected in CAN operation mode. * The module can transmit and receive a message. * The module controls the error status by counting transmission and reception errors. CAN communication depends on the error status. The module is placed in one of three sub modes in CAN operation mode. * Idle mode: Every nodes do nothing. * Receive mode: The node can receive a message transmitted by another node. * Transmit mode: The node can transmit a message. The node can receive own transmitting message simultaneously when the LoopBack bit in the C0CTLR register is set to 1 (Loop back mode). Figure 18.17 shows Sub Modes in CAN Operation Mode.
Idle mode TrmState = 0 RecState = 0 Transmission starts Transmission completed Transmit mode TrmState = 1 RecState = 0 A SOF detected Reception completed Receive mode TrmState = 0 RecState = 1
Lost in arbitration
TrmState, RecState: Bits in C0STR register
Figure 18.17 Sub Modes in CAN Operation Mode
18.5.3
CAN Sleep Mode
The CAN module can enter CAN sleep mode when the Sleep bit in the C0CTLR register is set to 1. Enter CAN sleep mode via CAN reset/initialization mode. The power consumption can be reduced because the clock is not provided to the CAN module in CAN sleep mode.
18.5.4
CAN Interface Sleep Mode
The CAN module can enter CAN interface sleep mode when the CCLKR3 bit in the CCLKR register is set to 1. Enter CAN interface sleep mode via CAN sleep mode. The power consumption can be reduced because the clock is not provided to CPU interface in the CAN module when entering CAN interface sleep mode.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 384 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18.5.5
Bus-Off State
When repeating communication error, the CAN module enters a bus-off state according to the fault confinement rule of CAN specification and cannot perform CAN communication. The CAN module can return to CAN operation mode from a bus-off state in the following conditions. At this time, the value of all CANassociated registers except the C0STR, C0RECR and C0TECR registers are not changed. (1) When 11 consecutive recessive bits are monitored 128 times The module enters instantly in an error-active state and performs CAN communication. (2) When the RetBus Off bit in the C0CTLR register = 1 (forcible return form bus off) The module enters instantly in an error-active state and performs CAN communication again after 11 consecutive recessive bits are detected.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 385 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18.6
Configuration of the CAN Module System Clock
The R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group contain a CAN module system clock selectable circuit. The CAN module system clock can be selected by setting the CCLKR register and the BRP bit in the C0CINR register. For the CCLKR register, refer to 10. Clock Generation Circuit. Figure 18.18 shows a Block Diagram of CAN Module System Clock Generation Circuit.
Divide-by 1 of XIN (undivided)
Prescaler fCAN
f1
CAN Module Divider of System Clock
Value : 1, 2, 4, 8, 16
Divide-by 2 of XIN Divide-by 4 of XIN Divide-by 8 of XIN Divide-by 16 of XIN
1/2
Prescaler for Baud Rate
Division by (P+1)
fCANCLK
CCLKR register
CAN module
fCAN : CAN module system clock P : The value written to the BRP bit in the C0CONR register. P = 0 to 15 fCANCLK : CAN communication clock fCANCLK = fCAN/2 (P + 1)
Figure 18.18 Block Diagram of CAN Module System Clock Generation Circuit
18.6.1
Bit Timing Configuration
The bit time consists of the following four segments: * Synchronization segment (SS) This serves for monitoring a falling edge for synchronization. * Propagation time segment (PTS) This segment absorbs physical delay on the CAN network which amounts to double the total sum of delay on the CAN bus, the input comparator delay, and the output driver delay. * Phase buffer segment 1 (PBS1) This serves for compensating the phase error. When the falling edge of the bit falls later than expected, the segment can become longer by the maximum of the value defined in SJW. * Phase buffer segment 2 (PBS2) This segment has the same function as the phase buffer segment 1. When the falling edge of the bit falls earlier than expected, the segment can become shorter by the maximum of the value defined in SJW. Figure 18.19 shows the Bit Timing.
Bit time SS PTS PBS1 PBS2 SJW
SJW Sampling point The range of each segment: Bit time = 8 to 25Tq SS = 1Tq PTS = 1Tq to 8Tq PBS1 = 2Tq to 8Tq PBS2 = 2Tq to 8Tq SJW = 1Tq to 4Tq
Figure 18.19 Bit Timing
Configuration of PBS1 and PBS2: PBS1 > PBS2 PBS1 > SJW PBS2 > 2 when SJW = 1 PBS2 > SJW when 2 < SJW < 4
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 386 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18.6.2
Baud Rate
Baud rate depends on system clock, the division value of the CAN module system clock, the division value of the baud rate prescaler, and the number of Tq's in one bit. Table 18.2 shows the Examples of Baud Rate. Table 18.2 Examples of Baud Rate 20 MHz 10Tq (1) 10Tq (2) 20Tq (1) 8Tq (10) 10Tq (8) 16Tq (5) 20Tq (4) 8Tq (15) 10Tq (12) 20Tq (6) 10Tq (30) 20Tq (15) --16 MHz 8Tq (1) 8Tq (2) 16Tq (1) 8Tq (8) 16Tq (4) --8Tq (12) 16Tq (6) --8Tq (30) 10Tq (24) 16Tq (15) 20Tq (12) 10 MHz --10Tq (1) --8Tq (5) 10Tq (4) 20Tq (2) --10Tq (6) 20Tq (3) --10Tq (15) --8 MHz --8Tq (1) --8Tq (4) 16Tq (2) --8Tq (6) 16Tq (3) --8Tq (15) 10Tq (12) 20Tq (6) ---
Baud Rate 1 Mbps 500 kbps
125 kbps
83.3 kbps
33.3 kbps
NOTE: 1. The number in ( ) indicates a value of fCAN division value multiplied by division value of the baud rate prescaler. Calculation of Baud Rate XIN 2 x fCAN division value(1) x division value of baud rate prescaler(2) x number of Tq's in one bit NOTES: 1. fCAN division value = 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 fCAN division value: a value selected in the CCLKR register 2. Division value of prescaler for baud rate = P + 1 (P: 0 to 15) P: a value selected by the BRP bit in the C0CONR register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 387 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18.7
Acceptance Filtering Function and Masking Function
These functions serve the users to select and receive a facultative message. The C0GMR, C0LMAR, and C0LMBR registers can perform masking to the standard or extended ID. The C0GMR register corresponds to slots 0 to 13, the C0LMAR register corresponds to slot 14, and the C0LMBR register corresponds to slot 15. When acceptance filtering, the masking function is valid to a received 11 or 29 bit ID by the value set to the slot in the C0IDR register. This function is used for receiving a certain range of IDs. Figure 18.20 shows Correspondence of Mask Registers to Slots and Figure 18.21 shows the Acceptance Function.
C0GMR register
C0LMAR register C0LMBR register
Slot #0 Slot #1 Slot #2 Slot #3 Slot #4 Slot #5 Slot #6 Slot #7 Slot #8 Slot #9 Slot #10 Slot #11 Slot #12 Slot #13 Slot #14 Slot #15
Figure 18.20
Correspondence of Mask Registers to Slots
ID of the received message
ID stored in the slot
The value of the mask register
Mask Bit Values 0 : ID (to which the received message corresponds) match is handled as "Do not care". 1 : ID (to which the received message corresponds) match is checked.
Acceptance Signal
Acceptance judge signal 0 : The CAN module ignores the current incoming message. (Not stored in any slot) 1 : The CAN module stores the current incoming message in a slot of which ID matches.
Figure 18.21
Acceptance Function
When using the acceptance function, note the following points. (1) If two or more slots are set the same ID and received a same message, the smallest slot number is valid. (2) If slots 14 and 15 are set to receive all IDs in Basic mode, slots 14 and 15 can receive IDs which are not received by slots 0 to 13.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 388 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18.8
Acceptance Filter Support Unit (ASU)
The ASU is a function to determine whether the receive ID is valid or not by means of a table search. To use this function, first register the ID to receive in the data table. Next, store the received ID in the C0AFS register, read out the decoded received ID from the C0AFS register and check it by searching the table. The ASU can only be used for the IDs of standard frames. The ASU will prove effective in the following cases. * When the IDs to receive cannot be masked by the acceptance filter. (Example) IDs to receive: 078h, 087h, 111h * When there are too many IDs to receive and filtering in software requires an excessive amount of time. Figure 18.22 shows the Content of C0AFS Register When Written to and Read out (For Word Access).
b15 When write
b8 b7 SID10 SID9 SID8 SID7 SID6
b0 SID5 SID4 SID3 SID2 SID1 SID0
Address CAN0 1343h, 1342h
3/8 Decoder
b15 When read
b8 b7
b0 1343h, 1342h
SID10 SID9 SID8 SID7 SID6 SID5 SID4 SID3
Figure 18.22
Content of C0AFS Register When Written to and Read out (For Word Access)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 389 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18.9
Basic CAN Mode
When the BasicCAN bit in the C0CTLR register is set to 1, (Basic CAN mode) slots 14 and 15 correspond to Basic CAN mode. In normal operation mode, each slot can handle only one type message at a time, either a data frame or a remote frame by setting the C0MCTLi register (i = 0 to 15). However, in Basic CAN mode, slots 14 and 15 can receive both types of message at the same time. When slots 14 and 15 are defined as reception slots in Basic CAN mode, received messages are stored in slots 14 and 15 alternately. Which type of message has been received can be checked by the RemActive bit in the C0MCTLi register. Figure 18.23 shows the Operation of Slots 14 and 15 in Basic CAN Mode.
Slot 14 Slot 15
Empty Locked (Empty)
Msg n Locked (Empty)
Locked (Msg n) Msg n+1
Msg n + 2 (Msg n lost) Locked (Msg n + 1)
Msg n
Figure 18.23
Msg n + 1
Msg n + 2
Operation of Slots 14 and 15 in Basic CAN Mode
When using Basic CAN mode, note the following points. (1) Basic CAN mode can only be set in CAN reset/initialization mode. (2) Slots 14 and 15 must be set the same ID. Also, the C0LMAR and C0LMBR registers for slots 14 and 15 must be set in the same way. (3) Slots 14 and 15 must be set as reception slot. (4) No protection against overwritten message. If any slot receives a new message while it is receiving another message, the slot may be overwritten by the new message received. (5) Slots 0 to 13 operate in normal operation mode.
18.10 Return from Bus off Function
The CAN module can forcibly return from bus off state by setting the RetBusOff bit in the C0CTLR register to 1 (Forcible return from bus off). At the time, an error state in the CAN module transits from a bus-off state to an error-active state. When return from bus-off is executed, the C0TECR and C0RECR registers are initialized and the State_BusOff bit in the C0STR register is set to 0 (No bus off state). However, CAN related registers such as the C0CONR register and contents of slots are not initialized.
18.11 Listen-Only Mode
When the RXOnly bit in the C0CTLR register is set to 1, the CAN module enters listen-only mode. Listen-only mode is not allowed to transmit any frames such as error and overload frames and acknowledge. When setting the CAN module to Listen-only mode, do not request a transmission.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 390 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18.12 Reception and Transmission
Configuration of CAN Reception and Transmission Mode Table 18.3 shows Configuration of CAN Reception and Transmission Mode. Table 18.3 TrmReq 0 0 1 Configuration of CAN Reception and Transmission Mode RecReq 0 1 0 Remote ----0 1 RspLock ----0 0 Communication Mode of the Slot Communication environment configuration mode: configure the communication mode of the slot. Configured as a reception slot for a data frame. Configured as a transmission slot for a remote frame. (At this time the RemActive bit is 1.) After completion of transmission, this functions as a reception slot for a data frame. (At this time the RemActive bit is 0.) However, when an ID that matches on the CAN bus is detected before remote frame transmission, this immediately functions as a reception slot for a data frame. Configured as a transmission slot for a data frame. Configured as a reception slot for a remote frame. (At this time the RemActive bit is 1.) After completion of reception, this functions as a transmission slot for a data frame. (At this time the RemActive bit is 0.) However, transmission does not start as long as RspLock bit remains 1; thus no automatic remote frame response. Response (transmission) starts when RspLock bit is set to 0.
1 0
0 1
0 1
0 1/0
TrmReq, RecReq, Remote, RspLock, RemActive, RspLock: C0MCTLi register's (i = 0 to 15) bit When configuring a slot as a reception slot, note the following points. (1) Before configuring a slot as a reception slot, be sure to set the C0MCTLi registers (i = 0 to 15) to 00h. (2) A received message is stored in a slot that matches the condition first according to the result of reception mode configuration and acceptance filtering operation. Upon deciding in which slot to store, the smaller the number of the slot is, the higher priority it has. (3) In normal CAN operation mode, when a CAN module transmits a message of which ID matches, the CAN module never receives the transmitted data. In loop back mode, however, the CAN module receives back the transmitted data. In this case, the module does not return an ACK. When configuring a slot as a transmission slot, note the following points. (1) Before configuring a slot as a transmission slot, be sure to set the C0MCTLi registers to 00h. (2) Set the TrmReq bit to 0 (not transmission slot) before rewriting a transmission slot. (3) A transmission slot should not be rewritten when the TrmActive bit is 1 (transmitting). If it is rewritten, an indeterminate data will be transmitted.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 391 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18.12.1 Reception
Figure 18.24 shows the Timing of Receive Data Frame Sequence. This is an operation example when consecutive messages are received.
SOF CANbus RecReq bit InvalData bit NewData bit MsgLost bit CAN0 successful reception interrupt RecState bit RecSucc bit MBOX bit i = 0 to 15 (1)
ACK
EOF
IFS
SOF
ACK
EOF
IFS
(2) (2) (4)
(5)
(5) (3) (5)
Receive slot No.
Figure 18.24
Timing of Receive Data Frame Sequence
(1) If a SOF is detected on the CAN bus, the RecState bit in the C0STR register is set to 1 (During reception) immediately and the slot starts receiving a message. (2) The message successfully is received and the NewData bit in the C0MCTLi register of the reception slot is set to 1 (stored new data in slot). The InvalData bit in the C0MCTLi register is set to 1 (the message is being updated) at the same time and set to 0 (the message is valid) after the message completely is stored to the slot. (3) If the interrupt enable bit in the C0ICR register of the slot is set to 1 (interrupt enabled), the CAN0 successful reception interrupt request is generated and the MBOX and RecSucc bits in the C0STR register change. (4) Set the NewData bit to 0 (the content of the slot is read out or still under processing by the CPU) by a program and read the message from the slot. (5) When next CAN message is received before the NewData bit is set to 0 by a program or a receive request to a slot is canceled, the MsgLost bit in the C0MCTLj register is set to 1 (this slot already contained a message) and new message is stored in a slot. CAN0 successful reception interrupt and the C0STR register change the same as (3).
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 392 of 501
C0STR register
C0MCTLi register
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18.12.2 Transmission
Figure 18.25 shows the Timing of Transmit Sequence.
SOF CANbus (1)
ACK
EOF
IFS
SOF
(4) TrmActive bit (1) (2) (3) (3)
SentData bit CAN0 successful transmission interrupt TrmState bit (1) (2)
(3)
TrmSucc bit Transmission slot No. i = 0 to 15
MBOX bit
Figure 18.25
Timing of Transmit Sequence
(1) If the TrmReq bit in the C0MCTLi register (i = 0 to 15) is set to 1 (Transmission slot) in bus idle state, the TrmActive bit in the C0MCTLi register and the TrmState bit in the C0STR register are set to 1 (During transmission), and the CAN module starts transmitting a message. (2) If the arbitration is lost after starting transmitting, the TrmActive and TrmState bits are set to 0. (3) If the transmission is successful without lost arbitration, the SentData bit in the C0MCTLi register is set to 1 (Transmission is successfully completed) and TrmActive bit in the C0MCTLi register is set to 0 (Waiting for bus idle or completion of arbitration). When the interrupt enable bits in the C0ICR register are set to 1 (Interrupt enabled), CAN0 successful transmission interrupt request is generated and the MBOX and TrmSucc bits in the C0STR register change. (4) When next transmission is performed, set the SentData and TrmReq bits to 0 and check that they are set to 0. Then, set the TrmReq bit to 1 by a program.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 393 of 501
C0STR register
C0MCTLi register
TrmReq bit
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18.13 CAN Interrupts
The CAN module provides the following CAN interrupts. * CAN0 Successful Reception Interrupt * CAN0 Successful Transmission Interrupt * CAN0 Error Interrupt Error Passive State Error BusOff State Bus Error (this feature can be disabled separately) * CAN0 Wake Up Interrupt When the CPU detects a successful reception/transmission interrupt, the C0STR register must be read to determine which slot has issued the interrupt.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 394 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18.14 Notes on CAN Module 18.14.1 Reading C0STR Register
The CAN module updates the status of the C0STR register in a certain period. When the CPU and the CAN module access to the C0STR register at the same time, the CPU has the access priority; the access from the CAN module is disabled. Consequently, when the updating period of the CAN module matches the access period from the CPU, the status of the CAN module cannot be updated. (See Figure 18.26) Accordingly, be careful about the following points so that the access period from the CPU should not match the updating period of the CAN module: * There should be a wait time of 3fCAN or longer (see Table 18.4) before the CPU reads the C0STR register. (See Figure 18.27) * When the CPU polls the C0STR register, the polling period must be 3fCAN or longer. (See Figure 18.28) Table 18.4 CAN Module Status Updating Period
3 fCAN Period = 3 x XIN (Original Oscillation Period) x Division Value of CAN Clock (CCLK) (Example 1) Condition XIN 16 MHz CCLK: Divided by 1 3 fCAN period = 3 x 62.5 ns x 1 = 187.5 ns (Example 2) Condition XIN 16 MHz CCLK: Divided by 2 3 fCAN period = 3 x 62.5 ns x 2 = 375 ns (Example 3) Condition XIN 16 MHz CCLK: Divided by 4 3 fCAN period = 3 x 62.5 ns x 4 = 750 ns (Example 4) Condition XIN 16 MHz CCLK: Divided by 8 3 fCAN period = 3 x 62.5 ns x 8 = 1.5 s (Example 5) Condition XIN 16 MHz CCLK: Divided by 16 3 fCAN period = 3 x 62.5 ns x 16 = 3 s
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 395 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
fCAN
CPU read signal Updating period of CAN module CPU reset signal C0STR register
b8: State_Reset bit 0: CAN operation mode 1: CAN reset/initialization mode : When the CAN module's State_Reset bit updating period matches the CPU's read period, it does not enter reset mode, for the CPU read has the higher priority.
Figure 18.26
When Updating Period of CAN Module Matches Access Period from CPU
Wait time
CPU read signal Updating period of CAN module CPU reset signal C0STR register
b8: State_Reset bit 0: CAN operation mode 1: CAN reset/initiallization mode : Updated without fail in period of 3fCAN
Figure 18.27
With a Wait Time of 3fCAN Before CPU Read
CPU read signal Updating period of the CAN module CPU reset signal C0STR register
b8: State_Reset bit 0: CAN operation mode 1: CAN reset/initiallization mode : When the CAN module's State_Reset bit updating period matches the CPU's read period, it does not enter reset mode, for the CPU read has the higher priority. : Updated without fail in period of 4fCAN 4fCAN
Figure 18.28
When Polling Period of CPU is 3fCAN or Longer
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 396 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18.14.2 Performing CAN Configuration
If the Reset bit in the C0CTLR register is changed from 0 (operation mode) to 1 (reset/initialization mode) in order to place the CAN module from CAN operation mode into CAN reset/initialization mode, always be sure to check that the State_Reset bit in the C0STR register is set to 1 (reset mode). Similarly, if the Reset bit is changed from 1 to 0 in order to place the CAN module from CAN reset/ initialization mode into CAN operation mode, always be sure to check that the State_Reset bit is set to 0 (operation mode). The procedure is described below. To place CAN Module from CAN Operation Mode into CAN Reset/Initialization Mode * Change the Reset bit from 0 to 1. * Check that the State_Reset bit is set to 1. To place CAN Module from CAN Reset/Initialization Mode into CAN Operation Mode * Change the Reset bit from 1 to 0. * Check that the State_Reset bit is set to 0.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 397 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
18. CAN Module
18.14.3 Suggestions to Reduce Power Consumption
When not performing CAN communication, the operation mode of CAN transceiver should be set to "standby mode" or "sleep mode". When performing CAN communication, the power consumption in CAN transceiver in not performing CAN communication can be substantially reduced by controlling the operation mode pins of CAN transceiver. Table 18.5 and Table 18.6 show Recommended Pin Connections. Table 18.5 Recommended Pin Connections (In Case of PCA82C250: Philips Product) Standby Mode "H" less than 170 A impossible
R8C/22, R8C/23 PCA82C250 CTX0 CRX0 TXD CANH RXD CANL CTX0 CRX0 R8C/22, R8C/23 PCA82C250 TXD CANH RXD CANL
Rs Pin(1) Power Consumption in CAN Transceiver(2) CAN Communication Connection
High-speed Mode "L" less than 70 mA possible
Port(3) "H"output
Rs
Port(3) "L" output
Rs
NOTES: 1. The pin which controls the operation mode of CAN transceiver. 2. In case of Topr = 25C 3. Connect to enabled port to control CAN transceiver. Table 18.6 Recommended Pin Connections (In Case of PCA82C252: Philips Product) Sleep Mode "L" "L" less than 50 A impossible
R8C/22, R8C/23 CTX0 CRX0 Port(3) Port(3) "L" output PCA82C252 TXD CANH RXD CANL STB EN R8C/22, R8C/23 CTX0 CRX0 Port(3) Port(3) "H" output
STB Pin(1) EN Pin(1) Power Consumption in CAN Transceiver(2) CAN Communication Connection
Normal Operation Mode "H" "H" less than 35 mA possible
PCA82C252 TXD CANH RXD CANL STB EN
NOTES: 1. The pin which controls the operation mode of CAN transceiver. 2. In case of Topr = 25C 3. Connect to enabled port to control CAN transceiver.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 398 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
19. A/D Converter
19. A/D Converter
The A/D converter consists of one 10-bit successive approximation A/D converter circuit with a capacitive coupling amplifier. The analog input shares the pins with P0_0 to P0_7, P1_0 to P1_3. Therefore, when using these pins, ensure the corresponding port direction bits are set to 0 (input mode). When not using the A/D converter, set the VCUT bit in the ADCON1 register to 0 (Vref unconnected), so that no current will flow from the VREF pin into the resistor ladder, helping to reduce the power consumption of the chip. The result of A/D conversion is stored in the AD register. Table 19.1 lists the Performance of A/D Converter. Figure 19.1 shows the Block Diagram of A/D Converter. Figure 19.2 and Figure 19.3 show the A/D converter-related registers. Table 19.1 Performance of A/D Converter Performance Successive approximation (with capacitive coupling amplifier) 0 V to AVCC 4.2 V AVCC 5.5 V f1, f2, f4, fOCO-F 2.7 V AVCC < 4.2 V f2, f4, fOCO-F 8 bit or 10 bit is selectable AVCC = Vref = 5 V, AD = 10MHz * 8-bit resolution 2 LSB * 10-bit resolution 3 LSB AVCC = Vref = 3.3 V, AD = 10MHz * 8-bit resolution 2 LSB * 10-bit resolution 5 LSB
Item A/D Conversion Method Analog Input Voltage(1) Operating Clock AD(2) Resolution Absolute Accuracy
Operating Mode
One-shot and repeat modes(3) Analog Input Pin 12 pins (AN0 to AN11) A/D Conversion Start Condition * Software trigger Set the ADST bit in the ADCON0 register to 1 (A/D conversion starts) * Capture Timer RD interrupt request is generated while the ADST bit is set to 1 Conversion Rate Per Pin * Without sample and hold function 8-bit resolution: 49AD cycles, 10-bit resolution: 59AD cycles * With sample and hold function 8-bit resolution: 28AD cycles, 10-bit resolution: 33AD cycles
NOTES: 1. Analog input voltage does not depend on use of sample and hold function. When analog input voltage exceeds reference voltage, A/D conversion result is 3FFh in 10-bit mode, FFh in 8-bit mode. 2. The frequency of AD must be 10 MHz or below. Without sample and hold function, the AD frequency should be 250 kHz or above. With the sample and hold function, the AD frequency should be 1 MHz or above. 3. In repeat mode, only 8-bit mode can be used.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 399 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
19. A/D Converter
CKS0 = 1
A/D conversion rate selection CKS1 = 1
fOCO-F f1
CKS0 = 0 CKS0 = 1
oAD
CKS1 = 0
f2 f4
VCUT = 0
CKS0 = 0
AVSS VREF
VCUT = 1
Resistor ladder
Successive conversion register ADCAP = 0
Software trigger Trigger Timer RD interrupt request
ADCAP = 1
ADCON0
Vcom
AD register
Decoder Comparator
Data bus
VIN
P0_7/AN0 P0_6/AN1 P0_5/AN2 P0_4/AN3 P0_3/AN4 P0_2/AN5 P0_1/AN6 P0_0/AN7
CH2 to CH2 to CH2 to CH2 to CH2 to CH2 to CH2 to CH2 to
CH0 = 000b CH0 = 001b CH0 = 010b CH0 = 011b CH0 = 100b CH0 = 101b CH0 = 110b CH0 = 111b
ADGSEL0 = 0
ADGSEL0 = 1
P1_0/AN8 P1_1/AN9 P1_2/AN10 P1_3/AN11
CH2 to CH0 = 100b CH2 to CH0 = 101b CH2 to CH0 = 110b CH2 to CH0 = 111b
CH0 to CH2, ADGSEL, CKS0: Bits in ADCON0 register CKS1, VCUT: Bits in ADCON1 register
Figure 19.1
Block Diagram of A/D Converter
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 400 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
19. A/D Converter
A/D Control Register 0(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol Address ADCON0 00D6h Bit Symbol Bit Name CH0 Analog input pin select bit Refer to (4) CH1 CH2 A/D operation mode select 0 : On-shot mode MD bit(2) 1 : Repeat mode ADGSEL0
After Reset 00h Function
RW RW RW RW RW RW
A/D input group select bit(4) 0 : Selects port P0 group (AN0 to AN7) 1 : Selects port P1 group (AN8 to AN11) A/D conversion automatic start bit A/D conversion start flag Frequency select bit 0 0 : Starts in softw are trigger (ADST bit) 1 : Starts in timer RD (complementary PWM mode) 0 : Disables A/D conversion 1 : Starts A/D conversion [When CKS1 in ADCON1 register = 0] 0 : Select f4 1 : Select f2 [When CKS1 in ADCON1 register = 1] 0 : Select f1(3) 1 : Select fOCO-F
ADCAP
RW
ADST
RW
CKS0
RW
NOTES: 1. If the ADCON0 register is rew ritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate. 2. When changing A/D operation mode, set the analog input pin again. 3. Set oAD frequency to 10 MHz or below . 4. The analog input pin can be select according to a combination of the CH0 to CH2 bits and the ADGSEL0 bit. ADGSEL0 = 1 CH2 to CH0 ADGSEL0 = 0 AN0 000b Do not set AN1 001b AN2 010b AN3 011b AN4 AN8 100b AN5 AN9 101b AN6 AN10 110b AN7 AN11 111b
Figure 19.2
ADCON0 Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 401 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
19. A/D Converter
A/D Control Register 1(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00
000
Symbol Address 00D7h ADCON1 Bit Symbol Bit Name Reserved bit -- (b2-b0) BITS CKS1 VCUT -- (b7-b6) 8/10-bit mode select bit(2) Frequency select bit 1 Vref connect bit(3) Reserved Bit
After Reset 00h Function Set to 0 0 : 8-bit mode 1 : 10-bit mode Refer to a description of the CKS0 bit in the ADCON0 register function 0 : Vref not connected 1 : Vref connected Set to 0
RW RW RW RW RW RW
NOTES: 1. If the ADCON1 register is rew ritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate. 2. Set the BITS bit to 0 (8-bit mode) in repeat mode. 3. When the VCUT bit is set to 1 (connected) from 0 (not connected), w ait for 1 s or more before starting A/D conversion.
A/D Control Register 2(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
000
Symbol ADCON2 Bit Symbol SMP -- (b3-b1) -- (b7-b4)
Address 00D4h Bit Name A/D conversion method select bit Reserved bit
After Reset 00h Function 0 : Without sample and hold 1 : With sample and hold Set to 0
RW RW RW --
Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0.
NOTE: 1. If the ADCON2 register is rew ritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate.
A/D Register
(b15) b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
Symbol AD Function When BITS bit in ADCON1 register is set to 1 (10-bit mode) 8 low -order bits in A/D conversion result 2 high-order bits in A/D conversion result Nothing is assigned. If necessary, set to 0. When read, the content is 0.
Address 00C1h-00C0h
After Reset Indeterminate RW RW RO RO --
When BITS bit in ADCON1 register is set to 0 (8-bit mode) A/D conversion result When read, its content is indeterminate
Figure 19.3
Registers ADCON1, ADCON2, and AD
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 402 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
19. A/D Converter
19.1
One-Shot Mode
In one-shot mode, the input voltage on one selected pin is A/D converted once. Table 19.2 lists the One-Shot Mode Specifications. Figure 19.4 shows the ADCON0 Register in One-Shot Mode and Figure 19.5 shows the ADCON1 Register in One-Shot Mode. Table 19.2 Function Start Condition One-Shot Mode Specifications Item Specification The input voltage on one selected pin by bits CH2 to CH0 and ADGSEL0 is A/D converted once * When the ADCAP bit is set to 0 (software trigger), Set the ADST bit to 1 (A/D conversion starts) * When the ADCAP bit is set to 1 (starts in timer RD (complementary PWM mode)), The compare match in the TRD0 and TRDGRA0 registers or the TRD1 underflow is generated while the ADST bit is set to 1 * A/D conversion completes (When the ADCAP bit is set to 0 (software trigger), the ADST bit is set to 0) * Set the ADST bit to 0 A/D conversion completes Select one of AN0 to AN11 Read the AD register
Stop Condition
Interrupt Request Generation Timing Input Pin Reading of A/D Conversion Result
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 403 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
19. A/D Converter
A/D Control Register 0(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol Address After Reset ADCON0 00D6h 00h Bit Symbol Bit Name Function Analog input pin select bit Refer to (4) CH0 CH1 CH2 A/D operation mode select 0 : One-shot mode MD bit(2) ADGSEL0 A/D input group select bit(4) 0 : Selects port P0 group (AN0 to AN7) 1 : Selects port P1 group (AN8 to AN11) A/D conversion automatic start bit A/D conversion start flag Frequency select bit 0 0 : Starts in softw are trigger (ADST bit) 1 : Starts in timer RD (complementary PWM mode) 0 : Disables A/D conversion 1 : Starts A/D conversion [When CKS1 in ADCON1 register = 0] 0 : Select f4 1 : Select f2 [When CKS1 in ADCON1 register = 1] 0 : Select f1(3) 1 : Select fOCO-F
RW RW RW RW RW RW
ADCAP
RW
ADST
RW
CKS0
RW
NOTES: 1. If the ADCON0 register is rew ritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate. 2. When changing A/D operation mode, set the analog input pin again. 3. Set oAD frequency to 10 MHz or below . 4. The analog input pin can be select according to a combination of the CH0 to CH2 bits and the ADGSEL0 bit. ADGSEL0 = 1 CH2 to CH0 ADGSEL0 = 0 AN0 000b Do not set AN1 001b AN2 010b AN3 011b AN4 AN8 100b AN5 AN9 101b AN6 AN10 110b AN7 AN11 111b
Figure 19.4
ADCON0 Register in One-Shot Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 404 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
19. A/D Converter
A/D Control Register 1(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
001
000
Symbol Address 00D7h ADCON1 Bit Symbol Bit Name -- Reserved bit (b2-b0) BITS CKS1 VCUT -- (b7-b6) 8/10-bit mode select bit Frequency select bit 1 Vref connect bit(2) Reserved bit
After Reset 00h Function Set to 0 0 : 8-bit mode 1 : 10-bit mode Refer to a description of the CKS0 bit in the ADCON0 register function 1 : Vref connected Set to 0
RW RW RW RW RW RW
NOTES: 1. If the ADCON1 register is rew ritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate. 2. When the VCUT bit is set to 1 (connected) from 0 (not connected), w ait for 1 s or more before starting A/D conversion.
Figure 19.5
ADCON1 Register in One-Shot Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 405 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
19. A/D Converter
19.2
Repeat Mode
In repeat mode, the input voltage on one selected pin is A/D converted repeatedly. Table 19.3 lists the Repeat Mode Specifications. Figure 19.6 shows the ADCON0 Register in Repeat Mode and Figure 19.7 shows the ADCON1 Register in Repeat Mode. Table 19.3 Function Start Condition Repeat Mode Specifications Item Specification The Input voltage on one pin selected by CH2 to CH0 and ADGSEL0 bits is A/D converted repeatedly * When the ADCAP bit is set to 0 (software trigger) Set the ADST bit to 1 (A/D conversion starts) * When the ADCAP bit is set to 1 (starts in timer RD (complementary PWM mode)), The compare match in the TRD0 and TRDGRA0 registers or the TRD1 underflow is generated while the ADST bit is set to 1 Set the ADST bit to 0 Not generated Select one of AN0 to AN11 Read the AD register
Stop Condition Interrupt Request Generation Timing Input Pin Reading of Result of A/D Converter
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 406 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
19. A/D Converter
A/D Control Register 0(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1
Symbol Address ADCON0 00D6h Bit Symbol Bit Name CH0 Analog input pin select bit Refer to (4) CH1 CH2 A/D operating mode select 1 : Repeat mode MD bit(2) ADGSEL0
After Reset 00h Function
RW RW RW RW RW RW
A/D input group select bit(4) 0 : Selects port P0 group (AN0 to AN7) 1 : Selects port P1 group (AN8 to AN11) A/D conversion automatic start bit A/D conversion start flag Frequency select bit 0 0 : Starts in softw are trigger (ADST bit) 1 : Starts in timer RD (complementary PWM mode) 0 : Disables A/D conversion 1 : Starts A/D conversion [When CKS1 in ADCON1 register = 0] 0 : Select f4 1 : Select f2 [When CKS1 in ADCON1 register = 1] 0 : Select f1(3) 1 : Do not set
ADCAP
RW
ADST
RW
CKS0
RW
NOTES: 1. If the ADCON0 register is rew ritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate. 2. When changing A/D operation mode, set the analog input pin again. 3. Set oAD frequency to 10 MHz or below . 4. The analog input pin can be select according to a combination of the CH0 to CH2 bits and the ADGSEL0 bit. ADGSEL0 = 1 CH2 to CH0 ADGSEL0 = 0 AN0 000b Do not set AN1 001b AN2 010b AN3 011b AN4 AN8 100b AN5 AN9 101b AN6 AN10 110b AN7 AN11 111b
Figure 19.6
ADCON0 Register in Repeat Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 407 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
19. A/D Converter
A/D Control Register 1(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
001
0000
Symbol Address 00D7h ADCON1 Bit Symbol Bit Name Reserved bit -- (b2-b0) BITS CKS1 VCUT -- (b7-b6) 8/10-bit mode select bit Frequency select bit 1 Vref connect bit Reserved bit
(3) (2)
After Reset 00h Function Set to 0 0 : 8-bit mode Refer to a description of the CKS0 bit in the ADCON0 register function 1 : Vref connected Set to 0
RW RW RW RW RW RW
NOTES: 1. If the ADCON1 register is rew ritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate. 2. Set the BITS bit to 0 (8-bit mode) in repeat mode. 3. When the VCUT bit is set to 1 (connected) from 0 (not connected), w ait for 1 s or more before starting A/D conversion.
Figure 19.7
ADCON1 Register in Repeat Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 408 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
19. A/D Converter
19.3
Sample and Hold
When the SMP bit in the ADCON2 register is set to 1 (with sample and hold function), A/D conversion rate per pin increases. The sample and hold function is available in all operating modes. Start the A/D conversion after selecting whether the sample and hold circuit is to be used or not. Figure 19.8 shows the Timing Diagram of A/D Conversion.
Sample & hold disabled
Conversion time at the 1st bit Sampling time 4o AD cycle
at the 2nd bit
Comparison Sampling time Comparison Sampling time Comparison 2.5o AD cycle 2.5o AD cycle time time time
* Repeat until conversion ends
Sample & hold enabled
Conversion time at the 1st bit Sampling time 4o AD cycle Comparison time
at the 2nd bit Comparison Comparison Comparison time time time
* Repeat until conversion ends
Figure 19.8
Timing Diagram of A/D Conversion
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 409 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
19. A/D Converter
19.4
A/D Conversion Cycles
Figure 19.9 shows the A/D Conversion Cycles.
Conversion time at the 1st bit
Conversion time at the 2nd bit and the follows
End process
A/D Conversion Mode Without Sample & Hold Without Sample & Hold With Sample & Hold With Sample & Hold 8 bits 10 bits 8 bits 10 bits
Conversion Time 49AD 59AD 28AD 33AD
Sampling Time 4AD 4AD 4AD 4AD
Comparison Time 2.0AD 2.0AD 2.5AD 2.5AD
Sampling Time 2.5AD 2.5AD 0.0AD 0.0AD
Comparison End process Time 2.5AD 2.5AD 2.5AD 2.5AD 8.0AD 8.0AD 4.0AD 4.0AD
Figure 19.9
A/D Conversion Cycles
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 410 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
19. A/D Converter
19.5
Internal Equivalent Circuit of Analog Input
Figure 19.10 shows the Internal Equivalent Circuit of Analog Input.
VCC VCC VSS AVCC Parasitic Diode AN0 ON Resistor Approx. 2k Wiring Resistor Approx. 0.2k SW1 Parasitic Diode ON Resistor Approx. 0.6k Analog Input Voltage SW2 VIN ON Resistor Approx. 5k SW3
C = Approx.1.5pF
AMP
Sampling Control Signal VSS
SW4
i = 12
i Ladder-type Switches
i Ladder-type Wiring Resistors AVSS
Chopper-type Amplifier
ON Resistor Approx. 2k Wiring Resistor Approx. 0.2k AN11 SW1
b4 b2 b1 b0 A/D Control Register 0
VREF
Reference Control Signal
A/D Successive Conversion Register
Vref
Resistor ladder
AVSS
SW5
ON Resistor Approx. 0.6k f
Comparison voltage A/D Conversion Interrupt Request
Comparison reference voltage (Vref) generator
Sampling C parison om C onnect to
SW1 conducts only on the ports selected for analog input. SW2 and SW3 are open when A/D conversion is not in progress; their status varies as shown by the waveforms in the diagrams on the left.
Control signal for SW2
C onnect to
C onnect to
SW4 conducts only when A/D conversion is not in progress. SW5 conducts when A/D conversion is Comparison.
C onnect to
Control signal for SW3
NOTE: 1. Use only as a standard for designing this data. Mass production may cause some changes in device characteristics.
Figure 19.10
Internal Equivalent Circuit of Analog Input
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 411 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
19. A/D Converter
19.6
Output Impedance of Sensor Under A/D Conversion
To carry out A/D conversion properly, charging the internal capacitor C shown in Figure 19.11 has to be completed within a specified period of time. T (sampling time) as the specified time. Let output impedance of sensor equivalent circuit be R0, internal resistance of microcomputer be R, precision (error) of the A/D converter be X, and the resolution of A/D converter be Y (Y is 1024 in the 10-bit mode, and 256 in the 8-bit mode).
1 t C(R0 + R)
VC is generally VC = VIN 1 - e
-
And when t = T, VC = VIN - X VIN = VIN 1 - X Y Y 1 X e - C(R0 + R) T = Y Hence, R0 = 1 X T = 1n Y C(R0 + R) -R
T X C 1n Y
Figure 19.11 shows Analog Input Pin and External Sensor Equivalent Circuit. When the difference between VIN and VC becomes 0.1LSB, we find impedance R0 when voltage between pins VC changes from 0 to VIN (0.1/1024) VIN in time T. (0.1/1024) means that A/D precision drop due to insufficient capacitor charge is held to 0.1LSB at time of A/D conversion in the 10-bit mode. Actual error however is the value of absolute precision added to 0.1LSB. When f(XIN) = 10 MHz, T = 0.25 s in the A/D conversion mode without sample & hold. Output impedance R0 for sufficiently charging capacitor C within time T is determined as follows. T = 0.25 s, R = 2.8 k, C = 6.0 pF, X = 0.1, and Y = 1024. Hence,
R0 = -
0.25 x 10-6 6.0 x 10-12
3~ 1.7 x 103 0.1 - 2.8 x 10 1n 1024
Thus, the allowable output impedance of the sensor equivalent circuit, making the precision (error) 0.1LSB or less, is approximately 1.7 k maximum.
MCU
Sensor equivalent circuit R0 VIN C(6.0pF) VC R(2.8k)
NOTE: 1. The capacity of the terminal is assumed to be 4.5 pF
Figure 19.11
Analog Input Pin and External Sensor Equivalent Circuit Page 412 of 501
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
19. A/D Converter
19.7
Notes on A/D Converter
* Write to each bit (other than bit 6) in the ADCON0 register, each bit in the ADCON1 register, or the SMP bit
in the ADCON2 register when the A/D conversion stops (before a trigger occurs). When the VCUT bit in the ADCON1 register is changed from 0 (VREF not connected) to 1 (VREF connected), wait for at least 1 s or longer before the A/D conversion starts. When changing A/D operating mode, select an analog input pin again. When using in one-shot mode. Ensure that the A/D conversion is completed and read the AD register. The IR bit in the ADIC register or the ADST bit in the ADCON0 register can determine whether the A/D conversion is completed. When using the repeat mode, select the frequency of the A/D converter operating clock AD or more for the CPU clock during A/D conversion. Do not select the fOCO-F for the AD. If setting the ADST bit in the ADCON0 register to 0 (A/D conversion stops) by a program and the A/D conversion is forcibly terminated during the A/D conversion operation, the conversion result of the A/D converter will be indeterminate. If the ADST bit is set to 0 by a program, do not use the value of AD register. Connect 0.1 F capacitor between the P4_2/VREF pin and AVSS pin. Do not enter stop mode during A/D conversion. Do not enter wait mode when the CM02 bit in the CM0 register is set to 1 (peripheral function clock stops in wait mode) during A/D conversion.
* *
*
*
* * *
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 413 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
20. Flash Memory
20.1 Overview
In the flash memory version, rewrite operations to the flash memory can be performed in three modes; CPU rewrite, standard serial I/O, parallel I/O modes. Table 20.1 lists the Flash Memory Performance (see Table 1.1 and Table 1.2 Performance for the items not listed on Table 20.1). Table 20.1 Flash Memory Performance Specification 3 modes (CPU rewrite, standard serial I/O, and parallel I/O mode) See Figure 20.1 and Figure 20.2 Byte unit Block erase Program and erase control by software command Rewrite control for blocks 0 and 1 by FMR02 bit in FMR0 register Rewrite control for block 0 by FMR16 bit and block 1 by FMR16 bit 5 commands R8C/22 Group: 100 times; R8C/23 Group: 1,000 times
Item Flash Memory Operating Mode Division of Erase Block Program Method Erase Method Program, Erase Control Method Rewrite Control Method
Number of Commands Programming Blocks 0 and 1 and erase (Program ROM) (1) Blocks A and B 10,000 times endurance (Data Flash)(2) ID Code Check Function Standard serial I/O mode supported ROM Code Protect For parallel I/O mode supported
NOTES: 1. Definition of programming and erasure endurance The programming and erasure endurance is defined on a per-block basis. If the programming and erasure endurance is n (n = 100 or 10,000), each block can be erased n times. For example, if 1,024 1-byte writes are performed to different addresses in block A, a 1-Kbyte block, and then the block is erased, the programming/erasure endurance still stands at one. When performing 100 or more rewrites, the actual erasure endurance can be reduced by executing programming operations in such a way that all blank areas are used before performing an erase operation. Avoid rewriting only particular blocks and try to average out the programming and erasure endurance of the blocks. It is also advisable to retain data on the erasure endurance of each block and limit the number of erase operations to a certain number. 2. Blocks A and B are embedded only in the R8C/23 Group.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 414 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
Table 20.2
Flash Memory Rewrite Modes CPU Rewrite Mode User ROM area is rewritten by executing software commands from the CPU. EW0 mode: Rewritable in the RAM EW1 mode: Rewritable in flash memory User ROM area Single chip mode None Standard Serial I/O Mode User ROM area is rewritten by using a dedicated serial programmer. Parallel I/O Mode User ROM area is rewritten by using a dedicated parallel programmer.
Flash Memory Rewrite Mode Function
Areas which can be rewritten Operating mode ROM programmer
User ROM area Boot mode Serial programmer
User ROM area Parallel I/O mode Parallel programmer
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 415 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
20.2
Memory Map
The flash memory contains a user ROM area and a boot ROM area (reserved area). Figure 20.1 shows the Flash Memory Block Diagram for R8C/22 Group. Figure 20.2 shows the Flash Memory Block Diagram for R8C/23 Group. The user ROM area of R8C/23 Group contains an area which stores a MCU operating program (program ROM) and the 1-Kbyte block A and B (data flash). The user ROM area is divided into several blocks. The user ROM area can be rewritten in CPU rewrite and standard serial I/O and parallel I/O modes. When rewriting the block 0 and block 1 in CPU rewrite mode, set the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register to 1 (rewrite enables), and when setting the FMR15 bit in the FMR1 register to 0 (rewrite enables), block 0 is rewritable. When setting the FMR16 bit to 0 (rewrite enables), block 1 is rewritable. When rewriting the block 2 and block 3 in CPU rewrite mode, set the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register to 1 (rewrite enables). The rewrite control program for standard serial I/O mode is stored in boot ROM area before shipment. The boot ROM area and the user ROM area share the same address, but have an another memory.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 416 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
64 Kbytes ROM product 04000h 04000h
96 Kbytes ROM product 04000h
128 Kbytes ROM product
Block 1: 32 Kbytes(1)
Block 1: 32 Kbytes(1)
Block 1: 32 Kbytes(1)
0BFFFh 0C000h
0BFFFh 0C000h
0BFFFh 0C000h
0FFFFh 10000h
Block 0: 32 Kbytes(1)
0FFFFh 10000h
Block 0: 32 Kbytes(1)
0FFFFh 10000h
Block 0: 32 Kbytes(1)
13FFFh User ROM area
13FFFh 14000h
13FFFh 14000h
Block 2: 32 Kbytes(2)
Block 2: 32 Kbytes(2)
1BFFFh User ROM area
1BFFFh 1C000h
Block 3: 32 Kbytes(2, 3)
23FFFh 48 Kbytes ROM product 04000h User ROM area
Block 1: 32 Kbytes(1)
32 Kbytes ROM product 08000h Block 1: 16 Kbytes(1)
Program ROM
0BFFFh 0C000h Block 0: 16 Kbytes(1) 0FFFFh User ROM area
0BFFFh 0C000h Block 0: 16 Kbytes(1) 0FFFFh User ROM area 0E000h 0FFFFh
8 Kbytes
Boot ROM area (reserved area) (4)
NOTES: 1. When setting the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register to 1 (enables to rewrite) and the FMR15 bit in the FMR1 register to 0 (enable to rewrite), Block 0 is rewritable. When setting the FMR16 bit to 0 (enables to rewrite), Block 1 is rewritable (only for CPU rewrite mode). 2. When setting the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register to 1 (enables to rewrite), Block 2 and Block 3 are rewritable (only for CPU rewrite mode). 3. Do not use addresses 20000h to 23FFFh because these areas are used for the emulator debugger. Refer to 24. Notes on Emulator Debugger. 4. This area is to store the boot program provided by Renesas Technology.
Figure 20.1
Flash Memory Block Diagram for R8C/22 Group
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 417 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
64 Kbytes ROM product 02400h Block A: 1 Kbyte Block B: 1 Kbyte 02400h
96 Kbytes ROM product Block A: 1 Kbyte Block B: 1 Kbyte 02400h
128 Kbytes ROM product Block A: 1 Kbyte Block B: 1 Kbyte
02BFFh
02BFFh
02BFFh
04000h
04000h
04000h
Block 1: 32 Kbytes(1)
Block 1: 32 Kbytes(1)
Block 1: 32 Kbytes(1)
0BFFFh 0C000h
0BFFFh 0C000h
0BFFFh 0C000h
0FFFFh 10000h
Block 0: 32 Kbytes(1)
0FFFFh 10000h
Block 0: 32 Kbytes(1)
0FFFFh 10000h
Block 0: 32 Kbytes(1)
13FFFh User ROM area
13FFFh 14000h
13FFFh 14000h
Block 2: 32 Kbytes(2)
Block 2: 32 Kbytes(2)
1BFFFh User ROM area
1BFFFh 1C000h
Block 3: 32 Kbytes(2, 3)
48 Kbytes ROM product 02400h Block A: 1 Kbyte Block B: 1 Kbyte 02400h
32 Kbytes ROM product Block A: 1 Kbyte Block B: 1 Kbyte
23FFFh User ROM area
02BFFh
02BFFh
04000h
Block 1: 32 Kbytes(1)
Program ROM 08000h Block 1: 16 Kbytes(1)
0BFFFh 0C000h Block 0: 16 Kbytes(1) 0FFFFh User ROM area
0BFFFh 0C000h Block 0: 16 Kbytes(1) 0FFFFh User ROM area 0E000h 0FFFFh
8 Kbytes
Boot ROM area (reserved area) (4)
NOTES: 1. When setting the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register to 1 (enables to rewrite) and the FMR15 bit in the FMR1 register to 0 (enables to rewrite), Block 0 is rewritable. When setting the FMR16 bit to 0 (enables to rewrite), Block 1 is rewritable (only for CPU rewrite mode). 2. When setting the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register to 1 (enables to rewrite), Block 2 and Block 3 are rewritable (only for CPU rewrite mode). 3. Do not use addresses 20000h to 23FFFh because these areas are used for the emulator debugger. Refer to 24. Notes on Emulator Debugger. 4. This area is to store the boot program provided by Renesas Technology.
Figure 20.2
Flash Memory Block Diagram for R8C/23 Group Page 418 of 501
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
20.3
Functions to Prevent Rewriting of Flash Memory
Standard serial I/O mode contains an ID code check function, and the parallel I/O mode contains a ROM code protect function to prevent the flash memory from reading or rewriting easily.
20.3.1
ID Code Check Function
Use this function in standard serial I/O mode. Unless the flash memory is blank, the ID codes sent from the programmer and the ID codes written in the flash memory are determined whether they match. If the ID codes do not match, the commands sent from the programmer are not acknowledged. The ID code consists of 8-bit data, the areas of which, beginning with the first byte, are 00FFDFh, 00FFE3h, 00FFEBh, 00FFEFh, 00FFF3h, 00FFF7h, and 00FFFBh. Write a program in which the ID codes are set at these addresses and write them in the flash memory.
Address
00FFDFh to 00FFDCh 00FFE3h to 00FFE0h 00FFE7h to 00FFE4h 00FFEBh to 00FFE8h 00FFEFh to 00FFECh 00FFF3h to 00FFF0h 00FFF7h to 00FFF4h 00FFFBh to 00FFF8h 00FFFFh to 00FFFCh
ID1 ID2 ID3 ID4 ID5 ID6 ID7
(1)
Undefined instruction vector
Overflow vector BRK instruction vector Address match vector Single step vector
Oscillation stop detection/watchdog timer/voltage monitor 2 vector
Address break (Reserved) Reset vector
4 bytes
NOTE: 1. The OFS register is assigned to 00FFFFh. Refer to Figure 20.4 OFS Register for the OFS register details.
Figure 20.3
Address for Stored ID Code
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 419 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
20.3.2
ROM Code Protect Function
The ROM code protect function disables to read and change the internal flash memory by the OFS register in parallel I/O mode. Figure 20.4 shows the OFS Register. The ROM code protect function is enabled by writing 0 to the ROMCP1 bit and 1 to the ROMCR bit and disables to read and change the internal flash memory. Once the ROM code protect is enabled, the content in the internal flash memory cannot be rewritten in parallel I/O mode. When the ROM code protect is disabled, erase the block including the OFS register with CPU rewrite mode or standard serial I/O mode.
Option Function Select Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
11
1
Symbol OFS Bit Symbol WDTON -- (b1) ROMCR ROMCP1 -- (b5-b4) LVD1ON
Address 0FFFFh Bit Name Watchdog timer start select bit Reserved bit ROM code protect disabled bit ROM code protect bit Reserved bits
Before Shipment FFh(3) Function 0 : Starts w atchdog timer automatically after reset 1 : Watchdog timer is inactive after reset Set to 1 0 : ROM code protect disabled 1 : ROMCP1 enabled 0 : ROM code protect enabled 1 : ROM code protect disabled Set to 1
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
Voltage detection circuit 0 : Voltage monitor 1 reset enabled after reset 1 : Voltage monitor 1 reset disabled after reset start bit(2) 0 : Count source protect mode enabled after reset 1 : Count source protect mode disabled after reset
Count source protect CSPROINI mode after reset select bit
RW
NOTES: 1. The OFS register is on the flash memory. Write to the OFS register w ith a program. After w riting is completed, do not w rite additions to the OFS register. 2. To use the pow er-on reset, set the LVD1ON bit to 0 (voltage monitor 1 reset enabled after reset). 3. If the block including the OFS register is erased, FFh is set to the OFS register.
Figure 20.4
OFS Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 420 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
20.4
CPU Rewrite Mode
In CPU rewrite mode, user ROM area can be rewritten by executing software commands from the CPU. Therefore, the user ROM area can be rewritten directly while the MCU is mounted on a board without using such as a ROM programmer. Execute the program and block erase commands only to each block in user ROM area. When an interrupt request is generated during an erase operation in CPU rewrite mode, the flash module contains an erase-suspend function which performs the interrupt process after the erase operation is halted temporarily. During the erase-suspend, user ROM area can be read by a program. When an interrupt request is generated during the auto-program operation in CPU rewrite mode, the flash module contains a program-suspend function which performs the interrupt process after the auto-program operation suspends. During the program-suspend, user ROM area can be read by a program. CPU rewrite mode contains erase write 0 mode (EW0 mode) and erase write 1 mode (EW1 mode). Table 20.3 lists the Differences between EW0 Mode and EW1 Mode. Table 20.3 Differences between EW0 Mode and EW1 Mode EW0 Mode Single chip mode User ROM area EW1 Mode Single chip mode User ROM area
Item Operating Mode Areas in which a Rewrite Control Program Can be Located Areas in which a Rewrite Control Program can be Executed Areas which can be Rewritten
Necessary to transfer to any areas other than the flash memory (e.g., RAM) before executing User ROM area
Executing directly in user ROM or RAM area possible
Software Command Restriction
None
Modes After Program or Erase Modes After Read Status Register CPU Status During Autowrite and Auto-erase Flash Memory Status Detection
Read status register mode Read status register mode Operating
User ROM area However, other than the blocks which contain a rewrite control program(1) * Program and block erase commands Cannot be run on any block which contains a rewrite control program * Read status register command Cannot be executed Read array mode Do not execute this command
Hold state (I/O ports hold state before the command is executed) Read the FMR00, FMR06, and * Read the FMR00, FMR06, and FMR07 bits in the FMR0 register by FMR07 bits in the FMR0 register by a program a program * Execute the read status register command and read the SR7, SR5, and SR4 bits in the status register. Conditions for Transition to Set the FMR40 and FMR41 bits in The FMR40 bit in the FMR4 register Erase-suspend the FMR4 register to 1 by a program. is set to 1 and the interrupt request of the enabled maskable interrupt is generated
Conditions for Transitions to Program-suspend Set the FMR40 and FMR42 bits in the FMR4 register to 1 by a program. The FMR40 bit in the FMR4 register is set to 1 and the interrupt request of the enabled maskable interrupt is generated
CPU Clock NOTE:
5 MHz or below
No restriction to the following (clock frequency to be used)
1. When setting the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register to 1 (rewrite enables) and rewriting block 0 is enabled by setting the FMR15 bit in the FMR1 register to 0 (rewrite enables). Rewriting block 1 is enabled by setting the FMR16 bit to 0 (rewrite enables).
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 421 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
20.4.1
EW0 Mode
The MCU enters CPU rewrite mode and software commands can be acknowledged by setting the FMR01 bit in the FMR0 register to 1 (CPU rewrite mode enabled). In this case, since the FMR11 bit in the FMR1 register is set to 0, EW0 mode is selected. Use software commands to control a program and erase operations. The FMR0 register or the status register can determine status when program and erase operation complete. When entering an erase-suspend, set the FMR40 bit to 1 (enables suspend) and the FMR41 bit to 1 (requests erase-suspend). Wait for td(SR-SUS) and ensure that the FMR46 bit is set to 1 (enables reading) before accessing the user ROM area. The auto-erase operation restarts by setting the FMR41 bit to 0 (erase restarts). When entering a program-suspend during the auto-program, set the FMR40 bit to 1 (enables suspend) and the FMR42 bit to 1 (requests program-suspend). Wait for td(SR-SUS) and ensure that the FMR46 bit is set to 1 (enables reading) before accessing the user ROM area. The auto-program operation restarts by setting the FMR42 bit to 0 (program restarts).
20.4.2
EW1 Mode
The MCU enters EW1 mode by setting the FMR11 bit to 1 (EW1 mode) after setting the FMR01 bit to 1 (CPU rewrite mode enabled). The FMR0 register can determine status when program and erase operation complete. Do not execute commands of the read status register in EW1 mode. To enable the erase-suspend function during the auto-erase, execute the block erase command after setting the FMR40 bit to 1 (enables suspend). The interrupt to enter an erase-suspend should be in interrupt enabled status. After passing td(SR-SUS) since the block erase command is executed, an interrupt request is acknowledged. When an interrupt request is generated, the FMR41 bit is automatically set to 1 (requests erase-suspend) and the auto-erase operation is halted. If the auto-erase operation does not complete (FMR00 bit is 0) when the interrupt process completes, the auto-erase operation restarts by setting the FMR41 bit to 0 (erase restarts) To enable the program-suspend function during the auto-program, execute the program command after setting the FMR40 bit to 1 (enables suspend). The interrupt to enter a program-suspend should be in interrupt enabled status. After waiting for td(SR-SUS) since the program command is executed, an interrupt request is acknowledged. When an interrupt request is generated, the FMR42 bit is automatically set to 1 (requests program-suspend) and the auto-program operation suspends. When the auto-program operation does not complete (FMR00 bit is 0) after the interrupt process completes, the auto-program operation restarts by setting the FMR42 bit to 0 (program restarts).
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 422 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
Figure 20.5 shows the FMR0 Register, Figure 20.6 shows the FMR1 Register and Figure 20.7 shows the FMR4 Register.
20.4.2.1
FMR00 Bit
This bit indicates the operating status of the flash memory. The bit is 0 during programming, erasing (including suspend periods), or erase-suspend mode; otherwise, the bit is 1.
20.4.2.2
FMR01 Bit
The MCU is made ready to accept commands by setting the FMR01 bit to 1 (CPU rewrite mode).
20.4.2.3
FMR02 Bit
The block0, block1, block2 and block3 do not accept the program and block erase commands if the FMR02 bit is set to 0 (rewrite disabled). The block0 and block1 are controlled rewriting in the FMR15 and FMR16 bits if the FMR02 bit is set to 1 (rewrite enabled).
20.4.2.4
FMSTP Bit
This bit is provided for initializing the flash memory control circuits, as well as for reducing the amount of current consumed in the flash memory. The flash memory is disabled against access by setting the FMSTP bit to 1. Therefore, the FMSTP bit must be written to by a program transferred to the RAM. In the following cases, set the FMSTP bit to 1: * When flash memory access resulted in an error while erasing or programming in EW0 mode (FMR00 bit not reset to 1 (ready)) * When entering high-speed on-chip oscillator mode, low-speed on-chip oscillator mode (XIN clock stop) Figure 20.11 shows a Process to Reduce Power Consumption in High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Mode, LowSpeed On-Chip Oscillator Mode (XIN Clock Stops) and Low-Speed Clock Mode (XIN Clock Stops). Note that when going to stop or wait mode while the CPU rewrite mode is disabled, the FMR0 register does not need to be set because the power for the flash memory is automatically turned off and is turned back on again after returning from stop or wait mode.
20.4.2.5
FMR06 Bit
This is a read-only bit indicating the status of auto program operation. The bit is set to 1 when a program error occurs; otherwise, it is cleared to 0. For details, refer to the description of the 20.4.5 Full Status Check.
20.4.2.6
FMR07 Bit
This is a read-only bit indicating the status of auto erase operation. The bit is set to 1 when an erase error occurs; otherwise, it is set to 0. Refer to 20.4.5 Full Status Check for the details.
20.4.2.7
FMR11 Bit
Setting this bit to 1 (EW1 mode) places the MCU in EW1 mode.
20.4.2.8
FMR15 Bit
When the FMR02 bit is set to 1 (rewrite enabled) and the FMR15 bit is set to 0 (rewrite enabled), the block0 accepts the program command and block erase command.
20.4.2.9
FMR16 Bit
When the FMR02 bit is set to 1 (rewrite enabled) and the FMR16 bit is set to 0 (rewrite enabled), the block1 accepts the program command and block erase command.
20.4.2.10 FMR40 Bit
The suspend function is enabled by setting the FMR40 bit to 1 (enable).
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 423 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
20.4.2.11 FMR41 Bit
In EW0 mode, the MCU enters erase-suspend mode when setting the FMR41 bit to 1 by a program. The FMR41 bit is automatically set to 1 (requests erase-suspend) when an interrupt request of an enabled interrupt is generated in EW1 mode, and then the MCU enters erase-suspend mode. Set the FMR41 bit to 0 (erase restart) when the auto-erase operation restarts.
20.4.2.12 FMR42 Bit
In EW0 mode, the MCU enters program-suspend mode when setting the FMR42 bit to 1 by a program. The FMR42 bit is automatically set to 1 (requests program-suspend) when an interrupt request of an enabled interrupt is generated in EW1 mode, and then the MCU enters program-suspend mode. Set the FMR42 bit to 0 (program restarts) when the auto-program operation restarts.
20.4.2.13 FMR43 Bit
When the auto-erase operation starts, the FMR43 bit is set to 1 (during erase execution). The FMR43 bit remains 1 (during erase execution) during erase-suspend operation. When the auto-erase operation ends, the FMR43 bit is set to 0 (erase not executed).
20.4.2.14 FMR44 Bit
When the auto-program starts, the FMR44 bit is set to 1 (during program execution). The FMR44 bit remains 1 (during program execution) during program-suspend operation. When the auto-program operation ends, the FMR44 bit is set to 0 (program not executed).
20.4.2.15 FMR46 Bit
The FMR46 bit is set to 0 (reading disabled) during auto-program or auto-erase execution and set to 1 (reading enabled) in suspend mode. Do not access the flash memory while this bit is set to 0.
20.4.2.16 FMR47 Bit
Power consumption when reading the flash memory can be reduced by setting the FMR47 bit to 1 (enabled) in low-speed on-chip oscillator mode (XIN clock stops).
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 424 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
Flash Memory Control Register 0
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00
Symbol FMR0 Bit Symbol FMR00 FMR01 FMR02
Address 01B7h
____
After Reset 00000001b Function 0 : Busy (During w riting or erasing) 1 : Ready 0 : CPU rew rite mode disabled 1 : CPU rew rite mode enabled 0 : Disables rew rite 1 : Enables rew rite 0 : Enables flash memory operation 1 : Stops flash memory (Enters low -pow er consumption state and flash memory is reset) Set to 0 0 : Completed successfully 1 : Terminated by error 0 : Completed successfully 1 : Terminated by error RW RO RW RW
Bit Name
RY/BY status flag CPU rew rite mode select bit(1) Block 0, 1, 2, 3 rew rite enable bit(2,6) Flash memory stop bit(3,5)
FMSTP
RW
-- (b5-b4) FMR06 FMR07
Reserved bit Program status flag(4) Erase status flag(4)
RW RO RO
NOTES: 1. When setting this bit to 1, set to 1 immediately after setting it first to 0. Do not generate an interrupt betw een setting the bit to 0 and setting it to 1. Enter read array mode and set this bit to 0. 2. Set this bit to 1 immediately after setting this bit first to 0 w hile the FMR01 bit is set to 1. Do not generate an interrupt betw een setting the bit to 0 and setting it to 1. 3. Set this bit by a program transferred to the RAM. 4. This bit is set to 0 by executing the clear status command. 5. This bit is enabled w hen the FMR01 bit is set to 1 (CPU rew rite mode enabled). When the FMR01 bit is set to 0 and w riting 1 to the FMSTP bit, the FMSTP bit is set to 1. The flash memory does not enter low -pow er consumption stat 6. When setting the FMR01 bit to 0 (CPU rew rite mode disabled), the FMR02 bit is set to 0 (disables rew rite).
Figure 20.5
FMR0 Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 425 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
Flash Memory Control Register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1
000
Symbol Address 01B5h FMR1 Bit Symbol Bit Name -- Reserved bit (b0) FMR11 -- (b4-b2) FMR15 FMR16 -- (b7) EW1 mode select bit(1,2) Reserved bit Block 0 rew rite disable bit(2,3) Block 1 rew rite disable bit(2,3) Reserved bit
After Reset 1000000Xb Function When read, its content is indeterminate. 0 : EW0 mode 1 : EW1 mode Set to 0 0 : Enables rew rite 1 : Disables rew rite 0 : Enables rew rite 1 : Disables rew rite Set to 1
RW RO RW RW RW RW RW
NOTES: 1. When setting this bit to 1, set to 1 immediately after setting it first to 0 w hile the FMR01 bit is set to 1 (CPU rew rite mode enable) . Do not generate an interrupt betw een setting the bit to 0 and setting it to 1. 2. This bit is set to 0 by setting the FMR01 bit to 0 (CPU rew rite mode disabled). 3. When the FMR01 bit is set to 1 (CPU rew rite mode enabled), the FMR15 and FMR16 bits can be w ritten. When setting this bit to 0, set to 0 immediately after setting it first to 1. When setting this bit to 1, set it to 1.
Figure 20.6
FMR1 Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 426 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
Flash Memory Control Register 4
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol FMR4 Bit Symbol FMR40 FMR41 FMR42 FMR43 FMR44 -- (b5-b2) FMR46 FMR47
Address 01B3h Bit Name Erase-suspend function enable bit(1) Erase-suspend request bit
(2)
After Reset 01000000b Function 0 : Disable 1 : Enable 0 : Erase restart 1 : Erase-suspend request
(3)
RW RW RW RW RO RO RO RO RW
Program-suspend request bit Erase command flag Program command flag Reserved bit Read status flag
0 : Program restart 1 : Program-suspend request 0 : Erase not executed 1 : During erase execution 0 : Program not executed 1 : During program execution Set to 0 0 : Disables reading 1 : Enables reading
Low -pow er consumption read 0 : Disable mode enable bit (1,4) 1 : Enable
NOTES: 1. When setting this bit to 1, set to 1 immediately after setting it first to 0. Do not generate an interrupt betw een setting the bit to 0 and setting it to 1. 2. This bit is enabled w hen the FMR40 bit is set to 1 (enable) and this bit can be w ritten during the period betw een issuing an erase command and completing an erase (This bit is set to 0 during the periods other than above.) In EW0 mode, this can be set to 0 or 1 by a program. In EW1 mode, this bit is automatically set to 1 if a maskable interrupt is generated during an erase operation w hile the FMR40 bit is set to 1. Do not set this bit to 1 by a program (0 can be w ritten). 3. The FMR42 bit is enabled only w hen the FMR40 bit is set to 1 (enable) and programming to the FMR42 bit is enabled until the auto-program ends since the program command is generated. (This bit is set to 0 during periods other than above.) In EW0 mode, 0 or 1 can be programmed to the FMR42 bit by a program. In EW1 mode, the FMR42 bit is automatically set to 1 by generating a maskable interrupt during the auto-program w hen the FMR40 bit is set to 1. 1 cannot be programmed to the FMR42 bit by a program. 4. In high-speed clock mode and high-speed on-chip oscillator mode, set the FMR47 bit to 0 (disabled). 5. Set the FMR01 bit in the FMR0 register to 0 (CPU rew rite mode disabled) in low -pow er-consumption read mode.
Figure 20.7
FMR4 Register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 427 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Figure 20.8 shows the Timing of Suspend Operation.
20. Flash Memory
Erase starts
Erase suspends
Program starts
Program suspends
Program restarts
Program ends
Erase restarts
Erase ends
During erase FMR00 bit in FMR0 register
1 0
During program
During program
During erase
Remains 0 during suspend
FMR46 bit in FMR4 register
1 0
FMR44 bit in FMR4 register
1 0
FMR43 bit in FMR4 register
1 0
Remains 1 during suspend
Check that the FMR43 bit is set to 1 (during erase execution), and that the erase operation has not ended.
Check that the FMR44 bit is set to 1 (during program execution), and that the program has not ended.
Check the status, and that the program ends normally.
Check the status, and that the erase operation ends normally.
The above figure shows an example of the use of program-suspend during programming following erase-suspend. NOTE: 1. If program-suspend is entered during erase-suspend, always restart programming.
Figure 20.8
Timing of Suspend Operation
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 428 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
Figure 20.9 shows the How to Set and Exit EW0 Mode. Figure 20.10 shows the How to Set and Exit EW1 Mode.
EW0 Mode Operating Procedure
Rewrite control program Set the FMR01 bit by writing 0 and then 1 (CPU rewrite mode enabled)(2)
Set CM0 and CM1 registers(1) Execute software commands
Transfer a rewrite control program which uses CPU rewrite mode to the RAM.
Execute the read array command(3)
Jump to the rewrite control program which has been transferred to the RAM. (The subsequent process is executed by the rewrite control program in the RAM.)
Write 0 to the FMR01 bit (CPU rewrite mode enabled)
Jump to a specified address in the flash memory
NOTES: 1. Select 5 MHz or below for the CPU clock by the CM06 bit in the CM0 register and the CM16 to CM17 bits in the CM1 register. 2. When setting the FMR01 bit to 1, write 0 to the FMR01 bit before writing 1. Do not generate an interrupt between writing 0 and 1. Write to the FMR01 bit in the RAM. 3. Disable the CPU rewrite mode after executing the read array command.
Figure 20.9
How to Set and Exit EW0 Mode
EW1 Mode Operating Procedure
Program in ROM
Write 0 to the FMR01 bit before writing 0 (CPU rewrite mode enabled)(1) Write 0 to the FMR11 bit before writing 1 (EW1 mode)
Execute software commands
Write 0 to the FMR01 bit (CPU rewrite mode disabled)
NOTE: 1. When setting the FMR01 bit to 1, write 0 to the FMR01 bit before writing 1. Do not generate an interrupt between writing 0 and 1.
Figure 20.10
How to Set and Exit EW1 Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 429 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
High-speed on-chip oscillator mode, low-speed on-chip oscillator mode (XIN clock stops) program Transfer a high-speed on-chip oscillator mode, lowspeed on-chip oscillator mode (XIN clock stops) program to the RAM Write 0 to the FMR01 bit before writing 1 (CPU rewrite mode enabled)
Jump to the high-speed on-chip oscillator mode, lowspeed on-chip oscillator mode (XIN clock stops) program which has been transferred to the RAM. (The subsequent processing is executed by a program in the RAM.)
Write 1 to the FMSTP bit (Flash memory stops. Low power consumption state)(1)
Switch the clock source for the CPU clock. Turn XIN off
Process in high-speed on-chip oscillator mode, low-speed on-chip oscillator mode (XIN clock stops)
Turn XIN clock onwait until oscillation stabilizesswitch the clock source for CPU clock(2)
Write 0 to the FMSTP bit (flash memory operation)
Write 0 to the FMR01 bit (CPU rewrite mode disabled)
Wait until the flash memory circuit stabilizes (30 s)(3)
Jump to a specified address in the flash memory
NOTES: 1. Set the FMR01 bit to 1 (CPU rewrite mode enabled) before setting the FMSTP bit to 1 . 2. Before the clock source for CPU clock can be changed, the clock to which to be changed must be stable. 3. Insert a 30 s wait time in a program. Do not access to the flash memory during this wait time.
Figure 20.11
Process to Reduce Power Consumption in High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Mode, Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Mode (XIN Clock Stops) and Low-Speed Clock Mode (XIN Clock Stops)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 430 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
20.4.3
Software Commands
Software commands are described below. Read or write commands and data from or to in 8-bit units. Table 20.4 Software Commands First Bus Cycle Command Read Array Read Status Register Clear Status Register Program Block Erase Mode Write Write Write Write Write Address x x x WA x Data (D7 to D0) FFh 70h 50h 40h 20h Mode Second Bus Cycle Address Data (D7 to D0) SRD WD D0h
Read Write Write
x WA BA
SRD: Status register data (D7 to D0)
WA: Write address (Ensure the address specified in the first bus cycle is the same address as the write address specified in the second bus cycle.) WD: Write data (8 bits) BA: Given block address x: Any specified address in the user ROM area
20.4.3.1
Read Array Command
The read array command reads the flash memory. The MCU enters read array mode by writing FFh in the first bus cycle. If entering the read address after the following bus cycles, the content of the specified address can be read in 8-bit units. Since the MCU remains in read array mode until another command is written, the contents of multiple addresses can be read continuously. In addition, the MCU enters read array mode after a reset.
20.4.3.2
Read Status Register Command
The read status register command reads the status register. If writing 70h in the first bus cycle, the status register can be read in the second bus cycle. (Refer to 20.4.4 Status Registers) When reading the status register, specify an address in the user ROM area. Do not execute this command in EW1 mode. The MCU remains in read status register mode until the next read array command is written.
20.4.3.3
Clear Status Register Command
The clear status register command sets the status register to 0. If writing 50h in the first bus cycle, the FMR06 to FMR07 bits in the FMR0 register and SR4 to SR5 in the status register will be set to 0.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 431 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
20.4.3.4
Program Command
The program command writes data to the flash memory in 1-byte units. By writing 40h in the first bus cycle and data in the second bus cycle to the write address, and an auto program operation (data program and verify) will start. Make sure the address value specified in the first bus cycle is the same address as the write address specified in the second bus cycle. The FMR00 bit in the FMR0 register can determine whether auto programming has completed. When suspend function disabled, the FMR00 bit is set to 0 during auto-programming and set to 1 when autoprogramming completes. When suspend function enabled, the FMR44 bit is set to 1 during auto-programming and set to 0 when autoprogramming completes. The FMR06 bit in the FMR0 register can determine the result of auto programming after it has been finished. (Refer to 20.4.5 Full Status Check) When the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register is set to 0 (disable rewriting), program commands targeting block 0 to 3 are not acknowledged. When the FMR02 bit is set to 1 (rewrite enables) and the FMR15 bit in the FMR1 register is set to 1 (disable rewriting), program commands targeting block 0 are not acknowledged. When the FMR16 bit is set to 1 (disable rewriting), program commands targeting block 1 are not acknowledged. Figure 20.12 shows the Program Command (When Suspend Function Disabled). Figure 20.13 shows the Program Command (When Suspend Function Enabled). In EW1 mode, do not execute this command on any address at which the rewrite control program is allocated. In EW0 mode, the MCU enters read status register mode at the same time auto programming starts and the status register can be read. The status register bit 7 (SR7) is set to 0 at the same time auto programming starts and set back to 1 when auto programming completes. In this case, the MCU remains in read status register mode until a read array command is written next. Reading the status register can determine the result of auto programming after auto programming has completed.
Start
Write the command code 40h to the write address
Write data to the write address
FMR00 = 1?
No
Yes Full status check
Program completed
Figure 20.12
Program Command (When Suspend Function Disabled)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 432 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
EW0 Mode
Start
Maskable interrupt(1)
FMR40 = 1
FMR44 = 1 ? Yes FMR42 = 1(4)
No
Write the command code 40h
to the write address
I = 1 (enable interrupt)(3) FMR46 = 1 ? Write data to the write address Yes Access flash memory FMR44 = 0 ? Yes Full status check REIT No FMR42 = 0 No Access flash memory
Program completed
EW1 Mode
Start
Maskable interrupt (2)
FMR40 = 1
Access flash memory
Write the command code 40h
REIT
I = 1 (enable interrupt)
Write data to the write address
FMR42 = 0
FMR44 = 0 ? Yes Full status check
No
Program completed
NOTES: 1. In EW0 mode, the interrupt vector table and interrupt routine for interrupts to be used should be allocated to the RAM area. 2. td(SR-SUS) is needed until the interrupt request is acknowledged after it is generated. The interrupt to enter suspend should be in interrupt enabled status. 3. When no interrupt is used, the instruction to enable interrupts is not needed. 4. td(SR-SUS) is needed until program is suspended after the FMR42 bit in the FMR4 register is set to 1.
Figure 20.13
Program Command (When Suspend Function Enabled) Page 433 of 501
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
20.4.3.5
Block Erase
If writing 20h in the first bus cycle and D0h to the given address of a block in the second bus cycle, and an auto erase operation (erase and verify) will start. The FMR00 bit in the FMR0 register can determine whether auto erasing has completed. The FMR00 bit is set to 0 during auto erasing and set to 1 when auto erasing completes. The FMR07 bit in the FMR0 register can determine the result of auto erasing after auto erasing has completed. (Refer to 20.4.5 Full Status Check) When the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register is set to 0 (disable rewriting) or the FMR02 bit is set to 1 (rewrite enables) and the FMR15 bit in the FMR1 register is set to 1 (disable rewriting), the block erase command on block 0 is not acknowledged. When the FMR16 bit is set to 1 (disable rewriting), the block erase command on block 1 is not acknowledged. Do not use the block erase command during program-suspend. Figure 20.14 shows the Block Erase Command (When Erase-Suspend Function Disabled). Figure 20.15 shows the Block Erase Command (When Erase-Suspend Function Enabled). In EW1 mode, do not execute this command on any address at which the rewrite control program is allocated. In EW0 mode, the MCU enters read status register mode at the same time auto erasing starts and the status register can be read. The status register bit 7 (SR7) is set to 0 at the same time auto erasing starts and set back to 1 when auto erasing completes. In this case, the MCU remains in read status register mode until the read array command is written next.
Start
Write the command code 20h
Write `D0h' to the given block address
FMR00 = 1?
No
Yes Full status check
Block erase completed
Figure 20.14
Block Erase Command (When Erase-Suspend Function Disabled)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 434 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
EW0 Mode
Start
Maskable interrupt(1)
FMR40 = 1
FMR43 = 1 ? Yes FMR41 = 1(4)
No
Write the command code 20h
I = 1 (enable interrupt)(3) FMR46 = 1 ? Write D0h to any block address Yes Access flash memory FMR00 = 1 ? Yes Full status check REIT No FMR41 = 0 No Access flash memory
Block erase completed
EW1 Mode
Start
Maskable interrupt (2)
FMR40 = 1
Access flash memory
Write the command code 20h
REIT
I = 1 (enable interrupt)
Write D0h to any block address
FMR41 = 0
FMR00 = 1 ? Yes Full status check
No
Block erase completed
NOTES: 1. In EW0 mode, the interrupt vector table and interrupt routine for interrupts to be used should be allocated to the RAM area. 2. td(SR-SUS) is needed until the interrupt request is acknowledged after it is generated. The interrupt to enter suspend should be in interrupt enabled status. 3. When no interrupt is used, the instruction to enable interrupts is not needed. 4. td(SR-SUS) is needed until erase is suspended after the FMR41 bit in the FMR4 register is set to 1.
Figure 20.15
Block Erase Command (When Erase-Suspend Function Enabled) Page 435 of 501
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
20.4.4
Status Registers
The status register indicates the operating status of the flash memory and whether an erasing or programming operation completes normally or in error. Status of the status register can be read by the FMR00, FMR06, and FMR07 bits in the FMR0 register. Table 20.5 lists the Status Register Bits. In EW0 mode, the status register can be read in the following cases: * When a given address in the user ROM area is read after writing the read status register command * When a given address in the user ROM area is read after executing the program or block erase command but before executing the read array command.
20.4.4.1
Sequencer Status (Bits SR7 and FMR00)
The sequencer status indicates operating status of the flash memory. SR7 = 0 (busy) during auto programming and auto erasing, and is set to 1 (ready) at the same time the operation completes.
20.4.4.2
Erase Status (Bits SR5 and FMR07)
Refer to 20.4.5 Full Status Check.
20.4.4.3
Program Status (Bits SR4 and FMR06)
Refer to 20.4.5 Full Status Check. Table 20.5 Status Register Bit SR0 (D0) SR1 (D1) SR2 (D2) SR3 (D3) SR4 (D4) SR5 (D5) SR6 (D6) SR7 (D7) Status Register Bits FMR0 Register Bit - - - - FMR06 FMR07 - FMR00 Description Status Name Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Program status Erase status Reserved Sequencer status 0 - - - - Completed normally Completed normally - Busy 1 - - - - Error Error - Ready Value after Reset - - - - 0 0 - 1
* D0 to D7: Indicates the data bus which is read when the read status register command is executed. * The FMR07 (SR5) to FMR06 bits (SR4) are set to 0 by executing the clear status register command. * When the FMR07 bit (SR5) or FMR06 bit (SR4) is set to 1, the program and block erase command cannot be accepted.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 436 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
20.4.5
Full Status Check
When an error occurs, the FMR06 to FMR07 bits in the FMR0 register are set to 1, indicating occurrence of each specific error. Therefore, checking these status bits (full status check) can determine the executed result. Table 20.6 lists the Errors and FMR0 Register Status. Figure 20.16 shows the Full Status Check and Handling Procedure for Individual Errors. Table 20.6 Errors and FMR0 Register Status Error Occurrence Condition * When any command is not written correctly * When invalid data other than those that can be written in the second bus cycle of the block erase command is written (i.e., other than D0h or FFh)(1) * When executing the program command or block erase command while rewriting is disabled using the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register, the FMR15 or FMR16 bit in the FMR1 register. * When inputting and erasing the address in which the Flash memory is not allocated during the erase command input * When executing to erase the block which disables rewriting during the erase command input. * When inputting and writing the address in which the Flash memory is not allocated during the write command input. * When executing to write the block which disables rewriting during the write command input. * When the block erase command is executed but not automatically erased correctly * When the program command is executed but not automatically programmed correctly.
FMR0 Register (Status Register) Status Error FMR07(SR5) FMR06(SR4) 1 1 Command sequence error
1 0
0 1
Erase error Program error
NOTE: 1. The MCU enters read array mode by writing FFh in the second bus cycle of these commands, at the same time the command code written in the first bus cycle will disabled.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 437 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
Command sequence error
Full status check Execute the clear status register command (set these status flags to 0) FMR06 = 1 and FMR07 = 1? No Re-execute the command Yes
Command sequence error Check if command is properly input
FMR07 = 1? No
Yes
Erase error
Erase error
Execute the clear status register command (set these status flags to 0)
Erase command re-execution times 3 times? Yes Yes Re-execute block erase command
No
Block targeting for erasure cannot be used
FMR06 = 1? No
Program error
Program error
Execute the clear status register command (set these status flags to 0) Full status check completed Specify the other address besides the write address where the error occurs for the program address(1) NOTE: 1. To rewrite to the address where the program error occurs, check if the full status check is complete normally and write to the address after the block erase command is executed.
Re-execute program command
Figure 20.16
Full Status Check and Handling Procedure for Individual Errors
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 438 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
20.5
Standard Serial I/O Mode
In standard serial I/O mode, the user ROM area can be rewritten while the MCU is mounted on-board by using a serial programmer which is applicable for the MCU. There are three types of Standard serial I/O modes: * Standard serial I/O mode 1 . . . . Clock synchronous serial I/O used to connect with a serial programmer * Standard serial I/O mode 2 . . . . Clock asynchronous serial I/O used to connect with a serial programmer * Standard serial I/O mode 3 . . . . Special clock asynchronous serial I/O used to connect with a serial programmer This MCU uses Standard serial I/O mode 2 and Standard serial I/O mode 3. Refer to Appendix 2. Connection Examples between Serial Writer and On-Chip Debugging Emulator. Contact the manufacturer of your serial programmer for serial programmer. Refer to the user's manual of your serial programmer for details on how to use it. Table 20.7 lists the Pin Functions (Flash Memory Standard Serial I/O Mode 2), Table 20.8 lists the Pin Functions (Flash Memory Standard Serial I/O Mode 3), Figure 20.17 shows Pin Connections for Standard Serial I/O Mode 3. After processing the pins shown in Table 20.8 and rewriting a flash memory using a writer, apply "H" to the MODE pin and reset a hardware if a program is operated on the flash memory in single-chip mode.
20.5.1
ID Code Check Function
The ID code check function determines whether the ID codes sent from the serial programmer and those written in the flash memory match (refer to 20.3 Functions to Prevent Rewriting of Flash Memory). Table 20.7 Pin VCC,VSS RESET P4_6/XIN P4_7/XOUT P0_0 to P0_7 P1_0 to P1_7 P2_0 to P2_7 P3_0, P3_1, P3_3 to P3_5, P3_7 P4_2, P4_5 P6_0 to P6_5 MODE P6_6 P6_7 Pin Functions (Flash Memory Standard Serial I/O Mode 2) Name Power input Reset input P4_6 input/clock input P4_7 input/clock output Input port P0 Input port P1 Input port P2 Input port P3 I/O Description Apply the voltage guaranteed for programming and erasure to the VCC pin and 0 V to the VSS pin. Reset input pin. Connect a ceramic resonator or crystal oscillator between the XIN and XOUT pins.
I I I/O I I I I
Input "H" or "L" level signal or leave the pin open. Input "H" or "L" level signal or leave the pin open. Input "H" or "L" level signal or leave the pin open. Input "H" or "L" level signal or leave the pin open.
Input port P4 Input port P6 MODE TXD output RXD input
I Input "H" or "L" level signal or leave the pin open. I Input "H" or "L" level signal or leave the pin open. I Input "L". O Serial data input pin. I Serial data output pin.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 439 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
Table 20.8 Pin VCC,VSS RESET P4_6/XIN P4_7/XOUT
Pin Functions (Flash Memory Standard Serial I/O Mode 3) Name Power input Reset input P4_6 input/clock input P4_7 input/clock output Input port P0 Input port P1 Input port P2 Input port P3 I/O Description Apply the voltage guaranteed for programming and erasure to the VCC pin and 0 V to the VSS pin. Reset input pin.
I I
Connect ceramic resonator or crystal oscillator between XIN and XOUT pins when connecting external I/O oscillator. Apply "H" and "L" or leave the pin open when using as input port I I I I Input "H" or "L" level signal or leave the pin open. Input "H" or "L" level signal or leave the pin open. Input "H" or "L" level signal or leave the pin open. Input "H" or "L" level signal or leave the pin open.
P0_0 to P0_7 P1_0 to P1_7 P2_0 to P2_7 P3_0, P3_1, P3_3 to P3_5, P3_7 P4_2 to P4_5 P6_0 to P6_7 MODE
Input port P4 Input port P6 MODE
I Input "H" or "L" level signal or leave the pin open. I Input "H" or "L" level signal or leave the pin open. I/O Serial data I/O pin. connect to the flash programmer.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 440 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
25
24 23 22 21 20
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
19 18 17 16 15 14 13
MODE
VSS VCC
Connect oscillator circuit(1)
Package: PLQP0048KB-A
NOTE: 1. No need to connect an oscillating circuit when operating with on-chip oscillator clock. Mode setting Signal MODE RESET Value
Voltage from programmer
VSS VCC
Figure 20.17
Pin Connections for Standard Serial I/O Mode 3
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 441 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
20.5.1.1
Example of Circuit Application in the Standard Serial I/O Mode
Figure 20.18 shows an example of Pin Processing in Standard Serial I/O Mode 2 and Figure 20.19 shows an example of Pin Processing in Standard Serial I/O Mode 3. Since the controlled pins vary depending on the programmer, refer to the manual of your serial programmer.
MCU
Data output TXD
Data input
RXD
MODE
NOTES:
1. In this example, modes are switched between single-chip mode and standard serial I/O mode by controlling the MODE input with a switch. 2. Connecting the oscillation is necessary. Set the main clock frequency 1 MHz to 20 MHz. Refer to Appendix Figure 2.1 Connection Example with M16C Flash Starter (M3A-0806).
Figure 20.18
Pin Processing in Standard Serial I/O Mode 2
MCU
MODE I/O MODE
Reset input
RESET
User reset signal
NOTES: 1. Controlled pins and external circuits vary depending on the
programmer. Refer to the programmer manual for details. 2. In this example, modes are switched between single-chip mode and standard serial I/O mode by connecting a programmer. 3. When operating with on-chip oscillator clock, connecting the oscillating circuit is not necessary.
Figure 20.19
Pin Processing in Standard Serial I/O Mode 3 Page 442 of 501
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
20.6
Parallel I/O Mode
Parallel I/O mode is used to input and output the required software command, address and data parallel to controls (read, program and erase) for internal flash memory. Use a parallel programmer which supports this MCU. Contact the manufacturer of your parallel programmer about the parallel programmer and refer to the user's manual of your parallel programmer for details on how to use it. User ROM area can be rewritten shown in Figure 20.1 and Figure 20.2 in parallel I/O mode.
20.6.1
ROM Code Protect Function
The ROM code protect function disables to read and rewrite the flash memory. (Refer to 20.3 Functions to Prevent Rewriting of Flash Memory.)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 443 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
20.7 20.7.1
Notes on Flash Memory CPU Rewrite Mode Operating Speed
20.7.1.1
Before entering CPU rewrite mode (EW0 mode), select 5 MHz or below for the CPU clock using the CM06 bit in the CM0 register and the CM16 to CM17 bits in the CM1 register. This usage note is not needed for EW1 mode.
20.7.1.2
Prohibited Instructions
The following instructions cannot be used in EW0 mode because the flash memory internal data is referenced: UND, INTO, and BRK instructions.
20.7.1.3
Interrupts
Table 20.9 lists the EW0 Mode Interrupts and Table 20.10 lists the EW1 Mode Interrupts. Table 20.9 Mode EW0 Mode Interrupts Status
When Maskable Interrupt When Watchdog Timer, Oscillation Stop Request is Detection and Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt Acknowledged Request are Acknowledged EW0 During automatic erasing Any interrupt can be used Once an interrupt request is acknowledged, by allocating a vector to the auto-programming or auto-erasing is RAM forcibly stopped immediately and resets the flash memory. An interrupt process starts after the fixed period and the flash memory restarts. Since the block during the autoerasing or the address during the autoprogramming is forcibly stopped, the normal value may not be read. Execute the Automatic writing auto-erasing again and ensure the autoerasing is completed normally. Since the watchdog timer does not stop during the command operation, the interrupt request may be generated. Reset the watchdog timer regularly.
NOTES: 1. Do not use the address match interrupt while the command is executed because the vector of the address match interrupt is allocated on ROM. 2. Do not use the non-maskable interrupt while block 0 is automatically erased because the fixed vector is allocated block 0.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 444 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
Table 20.10 Mode
EW1 Mode Interrupts Status When Maskable Interrupt Request is Acknowledged The auto-erasing is suspended after td(SR-SUS) and the interrupt process is executed. The auto-erasing can be restarted by setting the FMR41 bit in the FMR4 register to 0 (erase restart) after the interrupt process completes. The auto-erasing has a priority and the interrupt request acknowledgement is waited. The interrupt process is executed after the auto-erasing completes. The auto-programming is suspended after td(SR-SUS) and the interrupt process is executed. The autoprogramming can be restarted by setting the FMR42 bit in the FMR4 register to 0 (program restart) after the interrupt process completes. The auto-programming has a priority and the interrupt request acknowledgement is waited. The interrupt process is executed after the autoprogramming completes. When Watchdog Timer, Oscillation Stop Detection and Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt Request are Acknowledged Once an interrupt request is acknowledged, the autoprogramming or auto-erasing is forcibly stopped immediately and resets the flash memory. An interrupt process starts after the fixed period and the flash memory restarts. Since the block during the auto-erasing or the address during the autoprogramming is forcibly stopped, the normal value may not be read. Execute the auto-erasing again and ensure the auto-erasing is completed normally. Since the watchdog timer does not stop during the command operation, the interrupt request may be generated. Reset the watchdog timer regularly using the erase-suspend function.
EW1 During automatic erasing (erase-suspend function is enabled)
During automatic erasing (erase-suspend function is disabled)
During automatic programming (program suspend function enabled)
Auto programming (program suspend function disabled)
NOTES: 1. Do not use the address match interrupt while the command is executed because the vector of the address match interrupt is allocated on ROM. 2. Do not use the non-maskable interrupt while block 0 is automatically erased because the fixed vector is allocated block 0.
20.7.1.4
How to Access
Write 0 to the corresponding bits before writing 1 when setting the FMR01, FMR02, or FMR11 bit to 1. Do not generate an interrupt between writing 0 and 1.
20.7.1.5
Rewriting User ROM Area
In EW0 mode, if the power supply voltage drops while rewriting any block in which the rewrite control program is stored, the flash memory may not be able to be rewritten because the rewrite control program cannot be rewritten correctly. In this case, use standard serial I/O mode.
20.7.1.6
Program
Do not write additions to the already programmed address.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 445 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
20. Flash Memory
20.7.1.7
Entering Stop Mode or Wait Mode
Do not enter stop mode or wait mode during erase-suspend.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 446 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
21. Electrical Characteristics
21. Electrical Characteristics
Table 21.1
Symbol VCC/AVCC VI VO Pd Topr Tstg
Absolute Maximum Ratings
Parameter Supply voltage Input voltage Output voltage Power dissipation Operating ambient temperature Storage temperature Condition Rated value -0.3 to 6.5 -0.3 to VCC+0.3 -0.3 to VCC+0.3 300 125 -40 to 85 (D, J version) / -40 to 125 (K version) -65 to 150 Unit V V V mW mW C
C
-40C Topr 85C 85C < Topr 125C
Table 21.2
Symbol VCC/AVCC VSS/AVCC VIH VIL IOH(sum) IOH(peak) IOH(avg) IOL(sum) IOL(peak) IOL(avg) f(XIN)
Recommended Operating Conditions
Parameter Supply voltage Supply voltage Input "H" voltage Input "L" voltage Peak sum output "H" Sum of all current Pins IOH (peak) Peak output "H" current Average output "H" current Peak sum output "L" Sum of all currents Pins IOL (peak) Peak output "L" currents Average output "L" current XIN clock input oscillation frequency Conditions Min. 2.7 - 0.8VCC 0 -
- - - - -
Standard Typ. - 0 - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - 125
Max. 5.5 - VCC 0.2VCC -60 -10 -5 60 10 5 20 16 10 20 16 10 -
Unit V V V V mA mA mA mA mA mA MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz kHz
-
System clock
OCD2 = 0 When XIN clock is selected. OCD2 = 1 When on-chip oscillator clock is selected.
3.0 V VCC 5.5 V -40C Topr 85C 3.0 V VCC 5.5 V -40C Topr 125C 2.7 V VCC < 3.0 V 3.0 V VCC 5.5 V -40C Topr 85C 3.0 V VCC 5.5 V -40C Topr 125C 2.7 V VCC < 3.0 V FRA01 = 0 When low-speed onchip oscillator clock is selected. FRA01 = 1 When high-speed onchip oscillator clock is selected. 3.0 V VCC 5.5 V -40C Topr 85C FRA01 = 1 When high-speed onchip oscillator clock is selected.
0 0 0 0 0 0
-
-
-
20
MHz
-
-
10
MHz
NOTES: 1. VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V at Topr = -40 to 85C (D, J version) / -40 to 125C (K version), unless otherwise specified. 2. The average output current indicates the average value of current measured during 100 ms.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 447 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
21. Electrical Characteristics
Table 21.3
Symbol
- -
A/D Converter Characteristics
Parameter Resolution Absolute Accuracy Conditions Vref = AVCC AD = 10 MHz, Vref = AVCC = 5.0 V AD = 10 MHz, Vref = AVCC = 5.0 V AD = 10 MHz, Vref = AVCC = 3.3 V AD = 10 MHz, Vref = AVCC = 3.3 V Vref = AVCC AD = 10 MHz, Vref = AVCC = 5.0 V AD = 10 MHz, Vref = AVCC = 5.0 V Min. - - - - - 10 3.3 2.8 2.7 0 0.25 1 Standard Typ. Max. - 10 - 3 - 2 - 5 - 2 - 40 - - - - - AVCC - AVCC
- -
Unit Bits LSB LSB LSB LSB k s s V V MHz MHz
10-bit mode 8-bit mode 10-bit mode 8-bit mode 10-bit mode 8-bit mode
Rladder tconv Vref VIA
-
Resistor ladder Conversion time Reference voltage
Analog input voltage(2) A/D operating Without sample & hold clock frequency With sample & hold
10 10
NOTES: 1. VCC = AVCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V at Topr = -40 to 85C (D, J version) / -40 to 125C (K version), unless otherwise specified. 2. When analog input voltage exceeds reference voltage, A/D conversion result is 3FFh in 10-bit mode, FFh in 8-bit mode.
P0 P1 P2 P3 P4 P6
30pF
Figure 21.1
Ports P0 to P4, P6 Timing Measurement Circuit
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 448 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
21. Electrical Characteristics
Table 21.4
Symbol
- -
Flash Memory (Program ROM) Electrical Characteristics
Parameter Conditions R8C/22 Group R8C/23 Group Min. 100(3) 1,000(3) - - - 650 0
-
Program/erase endurance(2)
Standard Typ. -
-
Max. -
-
Unit times times
s
Byte program time - Block erase time td(SR-SUS) Time delay from suspend request until erase suspend - Interval from erase start/restart until following suspend request - Interval from program start/restart until following suspend request - Time from suspend until program/erase restart
- - - -
50 0.4 -
- - - - - - -
400 9 97 + CPU clock x 6 cycle
- -
s
s s
ns
s
3 + CPU clock x 4 cycle 5.5 5.5 60 -
Program, erase voltage Read voltage Program, erase temperature Data hold time(7) Ambient temperature = 55C
2.7 2.7 0 20
V V C year
NOTES: 1. VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V at Topr = -40 to 85C (D, J version) / -40 to 125C (K version), unless otherwise specified. 2. Definition of programming/erasure endurance The programming and erasure endurance is defined on a per-block basis. If the programming and erasure endurance is n (n = 100 or 1,000), each block can be erased n times. For example, if 1,024 1-byte writes are performed to different addresses in block A, a 1 Kbyte block, and then the block is erased, the programming/erasure endurance still stands at one. However, the same address must not be programmed more than once per erase operation (overwriting prohibited). 3. Endurance to guarantee all electrical characteristics after program and erase (1 to Min. value can be guaranteed). 4. In a system that executes multiple programming operations, the actual erasure endurance can be reduced by writing to sequential addresses in turn so that as much of the block as possible is used up before performing an erase operation. For example, when programming groups of 16 bytes, the effective number of rewrites can be minimized by programming up to 128 groups before erasing them all in one operation. It is also advisable to retain data on the erasure endurance of each block and limit the number of erase operations to a certain number. 5. If error occurs during block erase, attempt to execute the clear status register command, then the block erase command at least three times until the erase error does not occur. 6. Customers desiring program/erase failure rate information should contact their Renesas technical support representative. 7. The data hold time includes time that the power supply is off or the clock is not supplied.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 449 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
21. Electrical Characteristics
Table 21.5
Symbol
- - - - -
Flash Memory (Data Flash Block A, Block B) Electrical Characteristics(4)
Parameter Conditions Min. 10,000(3) -
- - - -
Program/erase endurance(2) Byte program time (Program/erase endurance 1,000 times) Byte program time (Program/erase endurance > 1,000 times) Block erase time (Program/erase endurance 1,000 times) Block erase time (Program/erase endurance > 1,000 times)
Standard Typ. - 50 65 0.2 0.3
- - - - - - - -
Max. - 400
-
Unit times
s s
9
-
s s
s s
td(SR-SUS) Time delay from suspend request until erase suspend
- - - - - - -
97 + CPU clock x 6 cycle
- -
Interval from erase start/restart until following suspend request Interval from program start/restart until following suspend request Time from suspend until program/erase restart Program, erase voltage Read voltage Program, erase temperature Data hold time(9) Ambient temperature = 55C
650 0
-
ns
s
3 + CPU clock x 4 cycle 5.5 5.5 85(8) -
2.7 2.7 -40 20
V V C year
NOTES: 1. VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V at Topr = -40 to 85C (D, J version) / -40 to 125C (K version), unless otherwise specified. 2. Definition of programming/erasure endurance The programming and erasure endurance is defined on a per-block basis. If the programming and erasure endurance is n (n = 10,000), each block can be erased n times. For example, if 1,024 1-byte writes are performed to different addresses in block A, a 1 Kbyte block, and then the block is erased, the programming/erasure endurance still stands at one. However, the same address must not be programmed more than once per erase operation (overwriting prohibited). 3. Minimum endurance to guarantee all electrical characteristics after program and erase (1 to Min. value can be guaranteed). 4. Standard of block A and block B when program and erase endurance exceeds 1,000 times. Byte program time to 1,000 times are the same as that in program ROM. 5. In a system that executes multiple programming operations, the actual erasure endurance can be reduced by writing to sequential addresses in turn so that as much of the block as possible is used up before performing an erase operation. For example, when programming groups of 16 bytes, the effective number of rewrites can be minimized by programming up to 128 groups before erasing them all in one operation. In addition, averaging the erasure endurance between blocks A and B can further reduce the actual erasure endurance. It is also advisable to retain data on the erasure endurance of each block and limit the number of erase operations to a certain number. 6. If error occurs during block erase, attempt to execute the clear status register command, then the block erase command at least three times until the erase error does not occur. 7. Customers desiring program/erase failure rate information should contact their Renesas technical support representative. 8. 125C for K version. 9. The data hold time includes time that the power supply is off or the clock is not supplied.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 450 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
21. Electrical Characteristics
Suspend request (Maskable interrupt request)
FMR46
Fixed time
Clock-dependent time
td(SR-SUS)
Access restart
Figure 21.2
Time delay until Suspend
Table 21.6
Symbol Vdet1 td(Vdet1-A)
-
Voltage Detection 1 Circuit Electrical Characteristics
Parameter Voltage detection level(3, 4) Voltage monitor 1 reset generation Voltage detection circuit self power consumption Waiting time until voltage detection circuit operation starts(2) MCU operating voltage minimum value time(5) VCA26 = 1, VCC = 5.0 V Condition Min. 2.70
- - -
Standard Typ. Max. 2.85 3.00 40 0.6 -
-
Unit V
s A s
200
- 100 -
td(E-A) Vccmin
2.70
V
NOTES: 1. The measurement condition is VCC = 2.7 V to 5.5 V and Topr = -40C to 85C (D, J version) / -40C to 125C (K version). 2. Necessary time until the voltage detection circuit operates when setting to 1 again after setting the VCA26 bit in the VCA2 register to 0. 3. Hold Vdet2 > Vdet1. 4. This parameter shows the voltage detection level when the power supply drops. The voltage detection level when the power supply rises is higher than the voltage detection level when the power supply drops by approximately 0.1 V. 5. Time until the voltage monitor 1 reset is generated after the voltage passes Vdet1 when VCC falls. When using the digital filter, its sampling time is added to td(Vdet1-A). When using the voltage monitor 1 reset, maintain this time until VCC = 2.0 V after the voltage passes Vdet1 when the power supply falls.
Table 21.7
Symbol Vdet2 td(Vdet2-A)
- td(E-A)
Voltage Detection 2 Circuit Electrical Characteristics
Parameter Voltage detection level(4) Voltage monitor 2 reset/interrupt request generation time(2, 5) Voltage detection circuit self power consumption Waiting time until voltage detection circuit operation starts(3) Condition Min. 3.3
-
Standard Typ. Max. 3.6 3.9 40 0.6 - 200
- 100
Unit V
s A s
VCA27 = 1, VCC = 5.0V
- -
NOTES: 1. The measurement condition is VCC = 2.7 V to 5.5 V and Topr = -40C to 85C (D, J version) / -40C to 125C (K version). 2. Time until the voltage monitor 2 reset/interrupt request is generated since the voltage passes Vdet2. 3. Necessary time until the voltage detection circuit operates when setting to 1 again after setting the VCA27 bit in the VCA2 register to 0. 4. Hold Vdet2 > Vdet1. 5. When using the digital filter, its sampling time is added to td(Vdet2-A). When using the voltage monitor 2 reset, maintain this time until VCC = 2.0 V after the voltage passes Vdet2 when the power supply falls.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 451 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
21. Electrical Characteristics
Table 21.8
Symbol Vpor1 Vpor2 trth
Power-on Reset Circuit, Voltage Monitor 1 Reset Circuit Electrical Characteristics(3)
Parameter Power-on reset valid voltage(4) Power-on reset or voltage monitor 1 valid voltage External power VCC rise gradient Condition Min. - 0 VCC 3.6 V VCC > 3.6 V 20(2) 20(2) Standard Typ. Max. - 0.1
- - -
Unit V V mV/msec mV/msec
Vdet1 - 2,000
NOTES: 1. Topr = -40C to 85C (D, J version) / -40C to 125C (K version), unless otherwise specified. 2. This condition (the minimum value of external power VCC rise gradient) does not apply if Vpor2 1.0 V. 3. To use the power-on reset function, enable voltage monitor 1 reset by setting the LVD1ON bit in the OFS register to 0, the VW1C0 and VW1C6 bits in the VW1C register to 1 respectively, and the VCA26 bit in the VCA2 register to 1. 4. tw(por1) indicates the duration the external power VCC must be held below the effective voltage (Vpor1) to enable a power on reset. When turning on the power for the first time, maintain tw(por1) for 30s or more if -20C Topr 125C, maintain tw(por1) for 3,000s or more if -40C Topr < -20C.
Vdet1(3) External power Vcc Vpor1 tw(por1)
Sampling time(1, 2)
Vdet1(3) trth td(Vdet1-A) Vpor2 2.0 V trth
Internal reset signal ("L" valid) 1 x 32 fOCO-S 1 x 32 fOCO-S
NOTES: 1. When using the voltage monitor 1 digital filter, ensure VCC is 2.0 V or higher during the sampling time. 2. The sampling clock can be selected. Refer to 6. Voltage Detection Circuit for details. 3. Vdet1 indicates the voltage detection level of the voltage detection 1 circuit. Refer to 6. Voltage Detection Circuit for details.
Figure 21.3
Power-on Reset Circuit Electrical Characteristics
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 452 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
21. Electrical Characteristics
Table 21.9
Symbol fOCO40M
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Circuit Electrical Characteristics
Parameter High-speed on-chip oscillator frequency temperature * supply voltage dependence Condition VCC = 4.75 V to 5.25 V, 0C Topr 60C(2) VCC = 3.0 V to 5.25 V, -20C Topr 85C(2) VCC = 3.0 V to 5.5 V, -40C Topr 85C(2) VCC = 3.0 V to 5.5 V, -40C Topr 125C(2) VCC = 2.7 V to 5.5 V, -40C Topr 125C(2) Min. 39.2 38.8 38.4 38.0 37.6 08h Adjust the FRA1 register to -1 bit (the value when the reset is deasserted) VCC = 5.0 V, Topr = 25C
-
Standard Typ. Max. 40 40.8 40 40 40 40 40 + 0.3 41.2 41.6 42.0 42.4 F7h
-
Unit MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
-
- -
The value of the FRA1 register when the reset is deasserted High-speed on-chip oscillator adjustment range
MHz
- -
Oscillation stability time Self power consumption when high-speed on-chip oscillator oscillating
- -
10 600
100 -
s A
NOTES: 1. VCC = 2.7 V to 5.5 V, Topr = -40C to 85C (D, J version) / -40C to 125C (K version), unless otherwise specified. 2. The standard value shows when the reset is deasserted for the FRA1 register.
Table 21.10
Symbol fOCO-S
- -
Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Circuit Electrical Characteristics
Parameter Condition Min. 40 - - Standard Typ. Max. 125 250 10 100 15 - Unit kHz s A
Low-speed on-chip oscillator frequency Oscillation stability time Self power consumption when low-speed on-chip oscillator oscillating
VCC = 5.0 V, Topr = 25C
NOTE: 1. VCC = 2.7 V to 5.5 V, Topr = -40C to 85C (D, J version) / -40C to 125C (K version), unless otherwise specified.
Table 21.11
Symbol td(P-R) td(R-S)
Power Supply Circuit Timing Characteristics
Parameter Condition Min. 1
-
Time for internal power supply stabilization during power-on(2) STOP exit time(3)
Standard Typ. Max. - 2000
-
Unit
s s
150
NOTES: 1. The measurement condition is VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V and Topr = -40 to 85C (D, J version) / -40 to 125C (K version), unless otherwise specified. 2. Waiting time until the internal power supply generation circuit stabilizes during power-on. 3. Time until CPU clock supply starts since the interrupt is acknowledged to exit stop mode.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 453 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
21. Electrical Characteristics
Table 21.12
Symbol tSUCYC tHI tLO tRISE tFALL tSU tH tLEAD tLAG tOD tSA tOR
Timing Requirements of Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select(1)
Parameter SSCK clock cycle time SSCK clock "H" width SSCK clock "L" width SSCK clock rising time SSCK clock falling time SSO, SSI data input setup time SSO, SSI data input hold time SCS setup time SCS hold time SSO, SSI data output delay time SSI slave access time SSI slave out open time Slave Slave Conditions Min. 4 0.4 0.4 -
- - - 100 1
Standard Typ. -
- - - - - - - - - - - - -
Max. - 0.6 0.6 1 1 1 1
- - - -
Unit tCYC(2) tSUCYC tSUCYC tCYC(2) s tCYC(2) s ns tCYC(2) ns ns tCYC(2) ns ns
Master Slave Master Slave
1tCYC + 50 1tCYC + 50
- - -
1 1tCYC + 100 1tCYC + 100
NOTES: 1. VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V, VSS = 0 V at Topr = -40 to 85C (D, J version) / -40 to 125C (K version), unless otherwise specified. 2. 1tCYC = 1/f1(s)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 454 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
21. Electrical Characteristics
4-wire bus communication mode, Master, CPHS = 1
VIH or VOH
SCS (output)
VIH or VOH tHI tFALL tRISE
SSCK (output) (CPOS = 1)
tLO tHI
SSCK (output) (CPOS = 0)
tLO tSUCYC
SSO (output)
tOD
SSI (input)
tSU tH
4-wire bus communication mode, Master, CPHS = 0
VIH or VOH
SCS (output)
VIH or VOH tHI tFALL tRISE
SSCK (output) (CPOS = 1)
tLO tHI
SSCK (output) (CPOS = 0)
tLO tSUCYC
SSO (output)
tOD
SSI (input)
tSU tH
CPHS, CPOS: Bits in SSMR register
Figure 21.4
I/O Timing of Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (Master)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 455 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
21. Electrical Characteristics
4-wire bus communication mode, Slave, CPHS = 1
VIH or VOH
SCS (input)
VIH or VOH tLEAD tHI tFALL tRISE tLAG
SSCK (input) (CPOS = 1)
tLO tHI
SSCK (input) (CPOS = 0)
tLO tSUCYC
SSO (input)
tSU tH
SSI (output)
tSA tOD tOR
4-wire bus communication mode, Slave, CPHS = 0 SCS (input)
VIH or VOH VIH or VOH tLEAD tHI tFALL tRISE tLAG
SSCK (input) (CPOS = 1)
tLO tHI
SSCK (input) (CPOS = 0)
tLO tSUCYC
SSO (input)
tSU tH
SSI (output)
tSA tOD tOR
CPHS, CPOS: Bits in SSMR register
Figure 21.5
I/O Timing of Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (Slave)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 456 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
21. Electrical Characteristics
tHI VIH or VOH
SSCK
VIH or VOH tLO tSUCYC
SSO (output)
tOD
SSI (input)
tSU tH
Figure 21.6
I/O Timing of Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (Clock Synchronous Communication Mode)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 457 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
21. Electrical Characteristics
Table 21.13
Symbol tSCL tSCLH tSCLL tsf tSP tBUF tSTAH tSTAS tSTOP tSOAS tSDAH
Timing Requirements of I2C Bus Interface(1)
Parameter SCL input cycle time SCL input "H" width SCL input "L" width SCL, SDA input falling time SCL, SDA input spike pulse rejection time SDA input bus-free time Start condition input hole time Retransmit start condition input setup time Stop condition input setup time Data input setup time Data input hold time Conditions Min. 12tCYC + 600(2) 3tCYC + 300(2) 5tCYC + 500(2) - - 5tCYC(2) 3tCYC(2) 3tCYC(2) 3tCYC(2) 1tCYC + 20(2) 0 Standard Typ. -
- - - - - - - - - -
Max. -
- -
Unit ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
300 1tCYC(2) -
- - - - -
NOTES: 1. VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V, VSS = 0V at Topr = -40 to 85C (D, J version) / -40 to 125C (K version), unless otherwise specified. 2. 1tCYC = 1/f1(s)
VIH
SDA
tBUF VIL tSTAH tSCLH tSTAS tSP tSTOP
SCL
P(2) S(1) tSf tSCLL tSCL Sr(3) tSr tSDAH tSDAS P(2)
NOTES: 1. Start condition 2. Stop condition 3. Retransmit "Start" condition
Figure 21.7
I/O Timing of I2C Bus Interface
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 458 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
21. Electrical Characteristics
Table 21.14
Symbol VOH
Electrical Characteristics (1) [VCC = 5 V]
Parameter Condition IOH = -5 mA IOH = -200 A Drive capacity HIGH Drive capacity LOW IOL = 5 mA IOL = 200 A Drive capacity HIGH Drive capacity LOW Standard Min. Typ. VCC - 2.0 - VCC - 0.3 - VCC - 2.0 - VCC - 2.0
- - - - - - -
Output "H" Voltage
Except XOUT XOUT
IOH = -1 mA IOH = -500 A
Max. VCC VCC VCC VCC 2.0 0.45 2.0 2.0
-
Unit V V V V V V V V V
VOL
Output "L" Voltage
Except XOUT XOUT
IOL = 1 mA IOL = 500 A
- -
VT+-VT-
Hysteresis
INT0, INT1, INT2, INT3, KI0, KI1, KI2, KI3, TRAIO, RXD0, RXD1, CLK0, SSI, SCL, SDA, SSO RESET VI = 5 V, Vcc = 5 V VI = 0 V, Vcc = 5 V VI = 0 V, Vcc = 5 V XIN During stop mode
0.1
0.5
0.1
- -
1.0
- -
-
V
A A k M
IIH IIL RPULLUP RfXIN VRAM
Input "H" current Input "L" current Pull-Up Resistance Feedback Resistance RAM Hold Voltage
30 - 2.0
50 1.0
-
5.0 -5.0 167 -
-
V
NOTE: 1. VCC = 4.2 to 5.5 V at Topr = -40 to 85C (D, J version) / -40 to 125C (K version), f(XIN) = 20 MHz, unless otherwise specified.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 459 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
21. Electrical Characteristics
Table 21.15
Electrical Characteristics (2) [VCC = 5 V] (Topr = -40 to 85C (D, J version) / -40 to 125C (K version), Unless Otherwise Specified.)
Parameter Condition XIN = 20 MHz (square wave) High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on = 125 kHz No division XIN = 16 MHz (square wave) High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on = 125 kHz No division XIN = 10 MHz (square wave) High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on = 125 kHz No division XIN = 20 MHz (square wave) High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on = 125 kHz Divide-by-8 XIN = 16MHz (square wave) High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on = 125 kHz Divide-by-8 XIN = 10 MHz (square wave) High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on = 125 kHz Divide-by-8 High-speed XIN clock off on-chip High-speed on-chip oscillator on fOCO = 10 MHz oscillator Low-speed on-chip oscillator on = 125 kHz mode No division XIN clock off High-speed on-chip oscillator on fOCO= 10 MHz Low-speed on-chip oscillator on = 125 kHz Divide-by-8 Low-speed XIN clock off on-chip High-speed on-chip oscillator off oscillator Low-speed on-chip oscillator on = 125 kHz mode Divide-by-8 FMR47 = 1 Wait mode XIN clock off High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on = 125 kHz While a WAIT instruction is executed Peripheral clock operation VCA20 = 0 VCA26 = VCA27 = 0 XIN clock off High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on = 125 kHz While a WAIT instruction is executed Peripheral clock off VCA20 = 0 VCA26 = VCA27 = 0 Stop mode XIN clock off Topr = 25C High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator off CM10 = 1 Peripheral clock off VCA26 = VCA27 = 0 Stop mode XIN clock off Topr = 85C High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator off CM10 = 1 Peripheral clock off VCA26 = VCA27 = 0 Stop mode XIN clock off Topr = 125C High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator off CM10 = 1 Peripheral clock off VCA26 = VCA27 = 0 Min. - Standard Typ. Max. 12.5 25.0 Unit mA
Symbol ICC
Power supply current High-clock (VCC = 3.3 to 5.5 V) mode In single-chip mode, the output pins are open and other pins are VSS
-
10.0
20.0
mA
-
6.5
-
mA
-
6.5
-
mA
-
5.0
-
mA
-
3.5
-
mA
-
6.5
13.0
mA
-
3.2
-
mA
-
150
300
A
-
60
120
A
-
38
76
A
-
0.8
3.0
A
-
1.2
-
A
-
4.0
-
A
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 460 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
21. Electrical Characteristics
Timing Requirements (Unless Otherwise Specified: VCC = 5 V, VSS = 0 V at Topr = 25C) [VCC = 5 V] Table 21.16
Symbol tc(XIN) tWH(XIN) tWL(XIN) XIN input cycle time XIN input "H" width XIN input "L" width
XIN Input
Parameter Standard Min. Max. 50 - 25 - 25 - Unit ns ns ns
Vcc = 5V tc(XIN) tWH(XIN) XIN input tWL(XIN)
Figure 21.8 Table 21.17
Symbol tc(TRAIO) tWH(TRAIO) tWL(TRAIO)
XIN Input Timing Diagram when VCC = 5 V TRAIO Input
Parameter TRAIO input cycle time TRAIO input "H" width TRAIO input "L" width Standard Min. Max. 100 - 40 - 40 - Unit ns ns ns
Vcc = 5V tc(TRAIO) tWH(TRAIO) TRAIO input tWL(TRAIO)
Figure 21.9
TRAIO Input Timing Diagram when VCC = 5 V
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 461 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
21. Electrical Characteristics
Table 21.18
Symbol tc(CK) tW(CKH) tW(CKL) td(C-Q) th(C-Q) tsu(D-C) th(C-D) i = 0 or 1
Serial Interface
Parameter CLK0 input cycle time CLK0 input "H" width CLK0 input "L" width TXDi output delay time TXDi hold time RXDi input setup time RXDi input hold time Standard Min. Max. 200 - 100 - 100 - - 50 0 - 50 - 90 - Unit ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Vcc = 5V tc(CK) tW(CKH) CLK0 tW(CKL) th(C-Q) TXDi td(C-Q) RXDi tsu(D-C) th(C-D)
i = 0 or 1
Figure 21.10 Table 21.19
Symbol tW(INH) tW(INL)
Serial Interface Timing Diagram when VCC = 5 V External Interrupt INTi (i = 0 to 3) Input
Parameter INTi input "H" width INTi input "L" width Standard Min. Max. (1) - 250 250(2)
-
Unit ns ns
NOTES: 1. When selecting the digital filter by the INTi input filter select bit, use the INTi input HIGH width to the greater value, either (1/digital filter clock frequency x 3) or the minimum value of standard. 2. When selecting the digital filter by the INTi input filter select bit, use the INTi input LOW width to the greater value, either (1/digital filter clock frequency x 3) or the minimum value of standard.
Vcc = 5V tW(INL) INTi input
i = 0 to 3
tW(INH)
Figure 21.11
External Interrupt INTi Input Timing Diagram when VCC = 5 V (i = 0 to 3)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 462 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
21. Electrical Characteristics
Table 21.20
Symbol VOH
Electrical Characteristics (3) [VCC = 3 V]
Parameter Condition IOH = -1 mA Drive capacity HIGH Drive capacity LOW IOL = 1 mA Drive capacity HIGH Drive capacity LOW Standard Min. Typ. VCC - 0.5 - VCC - 0.5 - VCC - 0.5
- - - - -
Output "H" voltage
Except XOUT XOUT
IOH = -0.1 mA IOH = -50 A
Max. VCC VCC VCC 0.5 0.5 0.5
-
Unit V V V V V V V
VOL
Output "L" voltage
Except XOUT XOUT
IOL = 0.1 mA IOL = 50 A
- -
VT+-VT-
Hysteresis
INT0, INT1, INT2, INT3, KI0, KI1, KI2, KI3, TRAIO, RXD0, RXD1, CLK0, SSI, SCL, SDA, SSO RESET VI = 3 V, Vcc = 3 V VI = 0 V, Vcc = 3 V VI = 0 V, Vcc = 3 V XIN During stop mode
0.1
0.3
0.1
- -
0.4
- -
-
V
A A k M V
IIH IIL RPULLUP RfXIN VRAM
Input "H" current Input "L" current Pull-up resistance Feedback resistance RAM hold voltage
66 - 2.0
160 3.0 -
4.0 -4.0 500 - -
NOTE: 1. VCC = 2.7 to 3.3 V at Topr = -40 to 85C (D, J version) / -40 to 125C (K version), f(XIN) = 10 MHz, unless otherwise specified.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 463 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
21. Electrical Characteristics
Table 21.21
Electrical Characteristics (4) [VCC = 3 V] (Topr = -40 to 85C (D, J version) / -40 to 125C (K version), Unless Otherwise Specified.)
Parameter Condition XIN = 20 MHz (square wave) High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on = 125 kHz No division XIN = 16 MHz (square wave) High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on = 125 kHz No division XIN = 10 MHz (square wave) High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on = 125 kHz No division XIN = 20 MHz (square wave) High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on = 125 kHz Divide-by-8 XIN = 16 MHz (square wave) High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on = 125 kHz Divide-by-8 XIN = 10 MHz (square wave) High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on = 125 kHz Divide-by-8 High-speed XIN clock off on-chip High-speed on-chip oscillator on fOCO = 10 MHz oscillator Low-speed on-chip oscillator on = 125 kHz mode No division XIN clock off High-speed on-chip oscillator on fOCO = 10 MHz Low-speed on-chip oscillator on = 125 kHz Divide-by-8 Low-speed XIN clock off on-chip High-speed on-chip oscillator off oscillator Low-speed on-chip oscillator on = 125 kHz mode Divide-by-8 FMR47 = 1 Wait mode XIN clock off High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on = 125 kHz While a WAIT instruction is executed Peripheral clock operation VCA20 = 0 VCA26 = VCA27 = 0 XIN clock off High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on = 125 kHz While a WAIT instruction is executed Peripheral clock off VCA20 = 0 VCA26 = VCA27 = 0 Stop mode XIN clock off Topr = 25C High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator off CM10 = 1 Peripheral clock off VCA26 = VCA27 = 0 Stop mode XIN clock off Topr = 85C High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator off CM10 = 1 Peripheral clock off VCA26 = VCA27 = 0 Stop mode XIN clock off Topr = 125C High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator off CM10 = 1 Peripheral clock off VCA26 = VCA27 = 0 Min. - Standard Typ. Max. 11.5 23.0 Unit mA
Symbol ICC
Power supply current High-clock (VCC = 2.7 to 3.3 V) mode In single-chip mode, the output pins are open and other pins are VSS
-
9.5
19.0
mA
-
6.0
12.0
mA
-
5.5
-
mA
-
4.5
-
mA
-
3.0
-
mA
-
6.3
12.6
mA
-
3.1
-
mA
-
145
290
A
-
56
112
A
-
35
70
A
-
0.7
3.0
A
-
1.1
-
A
-
3.8
-
A
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 464 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
21. Electrical Characteristics
Timing Requirements (Unless Otherwise Specified: VCC = 3 V, VSS = 0V at Topr = 25C) [VCC = 3 V] Table 21.22
Symbol tc(XIN) tWH(XIN) tWL(XIN) XIN input cycle time XIN input "H" width XIN input "L" width
XIN Input
Parameter Standard Min. Max. 100 - 40 - 40 - Unit ns ns ns
Vcc = 3V tc(XIN) tWH(XIN) XIN input tWL(XIN)
Figure 21.12 Table 21.23
Symbol tc(TRAIO) tWH(TRAIO) tWL(TRAIO)
XIN Input Timing Diagram when VCC = 3 V TRAIO Input
Parameter TRAIO input Cycle time TRAIO input "H" width TRAIO input "L" width Standard Min. Max. 300 - 120 - 120 - Unit ns ns ns
Vcc = 3V tc(TRAIO) tWH(TRAIO) TRAIO input tWL(TRAIO)
Figure 21.13
TRAIO Input Timing Diagram when VCC = 3 V
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 465 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
21. Electrical Characteristics
Table 21.24
Symbol tc(CK) tW(CKH) tW(CKL) td(C-Q) th(C-Q) tsu(D-C) th(C-D) i = 0 or 1
Serial Interface
Parameter CLK0 input cycle time CLK0 input "H" width CLK0 input "L" width TXDi output delay time TXDi hold time RXDi input setup time RXDi input hold time Standard Min. Max. 300 - 150 - 150 - - 80 0 - 70 - 90 - Unit ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Vcc = 3V tc(CK) tW(CKH) CLK0 tW(CKL) th(C-Q) TXDi td(C-Q) RXDi tsu(D-C) th(C-D)
i = 0 or 1
Figure 21.14 Table 21.25
Symbol tW(INH) tW(INL)
Serial Interface Timing Diagram when VCC = 3 V External Interrupt INTi (i = 0 to 3) Input
Parameter INTi input "H" width INTi input "L" width Standard Min. Max. (1) - 380 380(2)
-
Unit ns ns
NOTES: 1. When selecting the digital filter by the INTi input filter select bit, use the INTi input HIGH width to the greater value, either (1/digital filter clock frequency x 3) or the minimum value of standard. 2. When selecting the digital filter by the INTi input filter select bit, use the INTi input LOW width to the greater value, either (1/digital filter clock frequency x 3) or the minimum value of standard.
Vcc = 3V tW(INL) INTi input
i = 0 to 3
tW(INH)
Figure 21.15
External Interrupt INTi Input Timing Diagram when VCC = 3 V (i = 0 to 3)
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 466 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
22. Usage Notes
22.1 22.1.1 Notes on Clock Generation Circuit Stop Mode
When entering stop mode, set the FMR01 bit to "0" (CPU rewrite mode disabled) and the CM10 bit to "1" (stop mode). An instruction queue pre-reads 4 bytes from the instruction which sets the CM10 bit in the CM1 register to "1" (stop mode) and the program stops. Insert at least 4 NOP instructions following the JMP.B instruction after the instruction which sets the CM10 bit to "1". * Example to enter stop mode BCLR BSET FSET BSET JMP.B LABEL_001: NOP NOP NOP NOP
1,FMR0 0,PRCR I 0,CM1 LABEL_001
; CPU rewrite mode disabled ; Protect disabled ; Enable interrupt ; Stop mode
22.1.2
Wait Mode
When entering wait mode, set the FMR01 bit to "0" (CPU rewrite mode disabled) and execute the WAIT instruction. An instruction queue pre-reads 4 bytes from the WAIT instruction and the program stops. Insert at least 4 NOP instructions after the WAIT instruction. * Example to execute the WAIT instruction BCLR 1,FMR0 FSET I WAIT NOP NOP NOP NOP
; CPU rewrite mode disabled ; Enable interrupt ; Wait mode
22.1.3
Oscillation Stop Detection Function
Since the oscillation stop detection function cannot be used if the XIN clock frequency is less than 2 MHz, set the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to 00b.
22.1.4
Oscillation Circuit Constants
Ask the maker of the oscillator to specify the beat oscillation circuit constants on your system.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 467 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
22.2 22.2.1
Notes on Interrupts Reading Address 00000h
Do not read the address 00000h by a program. When a maskable interrupt request is acknowledged, the CPU reads interrupt information (interrupt number and interrupt request level) from 00000h in the interrupt sequence. At this time, the acknowledged interrupt IR bit is set to 0. If the address 00000h is read in a program, the IR bit for the interrupt which has the highest priority among the enabled interrupts is set to 0. This may cause a problem that the interrupt is canceled, or an unexpected interrupt is generated.
22.2.2
SP Setting
Set any value in the SP before an interrupt is acknowledged. The SP is set to 0000h after reset. Therefore, if an interrupt is acknowledged before setting any value in the SP, the program may run out of control.
22.2.3
External Interrupt and Key Input Interrupt
Either an "L" level or an "H" level of width shown in the Electrical Characteristics is necessary for the signal input to the INT0 to INT3 pins and KI0 to KI3 pins regardless of the CPU clocks. For details, refer to Table 21.19 External Interrupt INTi (i = 0 to 3) Input, Table 21.25 External Interrupt INTi (i = 0 to 3) Input.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 468 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
22.2.4
Changing Interrupt Sources
The IR bit in the interrupt control register may be set to 1 (interrupt requested) when the interrupt source changes. When using an interrupt, set the IR bit to 0 (no interrupt requested) after changing the interrupt source. In addition, the changes of interrupt sources include all sources that change the interrupt sources assigned to individual software interrupt numbers, polarities, and timing. Therefore, when a mode change of the peripheral functions involves interrupt sources, edge polarities, and timing, Set the IR bit to 0 (no interrupt requested) after the change. Refer to each peripheral function for the interrupts caused by the peripheral functions. Figure 22.1 shows an Example of Procedure for Changing Interrupt Sources.
Interrupt source change
Disable interrupts(2, 3)
Change interrupt source (including mode of peripheral function)
Set the IR bit to 0 (interrupt not requested) using the MOV instruction(3)
Enable interrupts (2, 3)
Change completed
IR bit:
The interrupt control register bit of an interrupt whose source is changed.
NOTES: 1. Execute the above settings individually. Do not execute two or more settings at once (by one instruction). 2. To prevent interrupt requests from being generated, disable the peripheral function before changing the interrupt source. In this case, use the I flag if all maskable interrupts can be disabled. If all maskable interrupts cannot be disabled, use bits ILVL0 to ILVL2 of the interrupt whose source is changed. 3. Refer to 12.6.5 Changing Interrupt Control Register Contents for the instructions to be used and usage notes.
Figure 22.1
Example of Procedure for Changing Interrupt Sources
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 469 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
22.2.5
Changing Interrupt Control Register Contents
(a) Each interrupt control register can only be changed while interrupt requests corresponding to that register are not generated. If interrupt requests may be generated, disable the interrupts before changing the interrupt control register. (b) When changing any interrupt control register after disabling interrupts, be careful with the instructions to be used. When changing any bit other than IR bit If an interrupt request corresponding to that register is generated while executing the instruction, the IR bit may not be set to 1 (interrupt requested), and the interrupt request may be ignored. If this causes a problem, use the following instructions to change the register. Instructions to use: AND, OR, BCLR, BSET When changing IR bit If the IR bit is set to 0 (interrupt not requested), it may not be set to 0 depending on the instruction to be used. Therefore, use the MOV instruction to set the IR bit to 0. (c) When disabling interrupts using the I flag, set the I flag according to the following sample programs. Refer to (b) for the change of interrupt control registers in the sample programs.
Sample programs 1 to 3 are preventing the I flag from being set to 1 (interrupt enables) before changing the interrupt control register for reasons of the internal bus or the instruction queue buffer. Example 1: Use NOP instructions to prevent I flag being set to 1 before interrupt control register is changed INT_SWITCH1: FCLR I ; Disable interrupts AND.B #00H,0056H ; Set TRAIC register to 00h NOP ; NOP FSET I ; Enable interrupts Example 2: Use dummy read to have FSET instruction wait INT_SWITCH2: FCLR I ; Disable interrupts AND.B #00H,0056H ; Set TRAIC register to 00h MOV.W MEM,R0 ; Dummy read FSET I ; Enable interrupts Example 3: Use POPC instruction to change I flag INT_SWITCH3: PUSHC FLG FCLR I ; Disable interrupts AND.B #00H,0056H ; Set TRAIC register to 00h POPC FLG ; Enable interrupts
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 470 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
22.3 22.3.1
Notes on Timers Notes on Timer RA
* Timer RA stops counting after reset. Set the value to timer RA and timer RA prescaler before the count * *
starts. Even if the prescaler and timer RA is read out in 16-bit units, these registers are read by 1 byte in the MCU. Consequently, the timer value may be updated during the period these two registers are being read. In pulse width measurement mode and pulse period measurement mode, the TEDGF and TUNDF bits in the TRACR register can be set to 0 by writing 0 to these bits by a program. However, these bits remain unchanged when 1 is written. When using the READ-MODIFY-WRITE instruction for the TRACR register, the TEDGF or TUNDF bit may be set to 0 although these bits are set to 1 while the instruction is executed. At the time, write 1 to the TEDGF or TUNDF bit which is not supposed to be set to 0 with the MOV instruction. When changing to pulse width measurement mode and pulse period measurement mode from other mode, the contents of the TEDGF and TUNDF bits are indeterminate. Write 0 to the TEDGF and TUNDF bits before the count starts. The TEDGF bit may be set to 1 by timer RA prescaler underflow which is generated for the first time since the count starts. When using the pulse period measurement mode, leave two periods or more of timer RA prescaler immediately after count starts, and set the TEDGF bit to 0. The TCSTF bit retains 0 (count stops) for 0 to 1 cycle of the count source after setting the TSTART bit to 1 (count starts) while the count stops. During this time, do not access registers associated with timer RA(1) other than the TCSTF bit. Timer RA starts counting at the first valid edge of the count source after The TCSTF bit is set to 1 (during count). The TCSTF bit retains 1 for 0 to 1 cycle of the count source after setting the TSTART bit to 0 (count stops) while the count is performing. Timer RA counting is stopped when the TCSTF bit is set to 0. During this time, do not access registers associated with timer RA(1) other than the TCSTF bit. NOTE: 1. Registers associated with timer RA: TRACR, TRAIOC, TRAMR, TRAPRE, TRA
*
* * *
* When the TRAPRE register is continuously written during count operation (TCSTF bit is set to 1), allow
three or more cycles of the count source clock for each write interval.
* When the TRA register is continuously written during count operation (TCSTF bit is set to 1), allow three
or more cycles of the prescaler underflow for each write interval.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 471 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
22.3.2
Notes on Timer RB
* Timer RB stops counting after reset. Set the value to timer RB and timer RB prescaler before the count
starts. * Even if the prescaler and timer RB is read out in 16-bit units, these registers are read by 1 byte in the MCU. Consequently, the timer value may be updated during the period these two registers are being read. * In programmable one-shot generation mode and programmable wait one-shot generation mode, when setting the TSTART bit in the TRBCR register to 0, 0 (stops counting) or setting the TOSSP bit in the TRBOCR register to 1 (stops one-shot), the timer reloads the value of reload register and stops. Therefore, read the timer count value in programmable one-shot generation mode and programmable wait one-shot generation mode before the timer stops. * The TCSTF bit retains 0 (count stops) for 1 to 2 cycles of the count source after setting the TSTART bit to 1 (count starts) while the count stops. During this time, do not access registers associated with timer RB(1) other than the TCSTF bit. The TCSTF bit retains 1 for 1 to 2 cycles of the count source after setting the TSTART bit to 0 (count stops) while the count is performing. Timer RB counting is stopped when the TCSTF bit is set to 0. During this time, do not access registers associated with timer RB(1) other than the TCSTF bit. NOTE: 1. Registers associated with timer RB: TRBCR, TRBOCR, TRBIOC, TRBMR, TRBPRE, TRBSC, TRBPR
* If the TSTOP bit in the TRBCR register is set to 1 during timer operation, timer RB stops immediately. * If 1 is written to the TOSST or TOSSP bit in the TRBOCR register, the value of the TOSSTF bit changes
after one or two cycles of the count source have elapsed. If the TOSSP bit is written to 1 during the period between when the TOSST bit is written to 1 and when the TOSSTF bit is set to 1, the TOSSTF bit may be set to either 0 or 1 depending on the content state. Likewise, if the TOSST bit is written to 1 during the period between when the TOSSP bit is written to 1 and when the TOSSTF bit is set to 0, the TOSSTF bit may be set to either 0 or 1.
22.3.2.1
Timer mode
The following workaround should be performed in timer mode. To write to registers TRBPRE and TRBPR during count operation (TCSTF bit is set to 1), note the following points: * When the TRBPRE register is written continuously, allow three or more cycles of the count source for each write interval. * When the TRBPR register is written continuously, allow three or more cycles of the prescaler underflow for each write interval.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 472 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
22.3.2.2
Programmable waveform generation mode
The following three workarounds should be performed in programmable waveform generation mode. (1) To write to registers TRBPRE and TRBPR during count operation (TCSTF bit is set to 1), note the following points: * When the TRBPRE register is written continuously, allow three or more cycles of the count source for each write interval. * When the TRBPR register is written continuously, allow three or more cycles of the prescaler underflow for each write interval. (2) To change registers TRBPRE and TRBPR during count operation (TCSTF bit is set to 1), synchronize the TRBO output cycle using a timer RB interrupt, etc. This operation should be preformed only once in the same output cycle. Also, make sure that writing to the TRBPR register does not occur during period A shown in Figures 22.2 and 22.3. The following shows the detailed workaround examples.
* Workaround example (a):
As shown in Figure 22.2, write to registers TRBSC and TRBPR in the timer RB interrupt routine. These write operations must be completed by the beginning of period A.
Period A
Count source/ prescaler underflow signal
TRBO pin output
Primary period
Secondary period
IR bit in TRBIC register
(a)
Interrupt request is acknowledged (b)
Ensure sufficient time
Interrupt request is generated
Instruction in Interrupt sequence interrupt routine
Set the secondary and then the primary register immediately
(a) Period between interrupt request generation and the completion of execution of an instruction. The length of time varies depending on the instruction being executed. The DIVX instruction requires the longest time, 30 cycles (assuming no wait states and that a register is set as the divisor). (b) 20 cycles. 21 cycles for address match and single-step interrupts.
Figure 22.2
Workaround Example (a) When Timer RB Interrupt is Used
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 473 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
* Workaround example (b):
As shown in Figure 22.3 detect the start of the primary period by the TRBO pin output level and write to registers TRBSC and TRBPR. These write operations must be completed by the beginning of period A. If the port register's bit value is read after the port direction register's bit corresponding to the TRBO pin is set to 0 (input mode), the read value indicates the TRBO pin output value.
Period A
Count source/ prescaler underflow signal
TRBO pin output
Read value of the port register's bit corresponding to the TRBO pin (when the bit in the port direction register is set to 0)
Primary period
Secondary period
(i) (ii) (iii)
Ensure sufficient time
The TRBO output inversion is detected at the end of the secondary period.
Upon detecting (i), set the secondary and then the primary register immediately.
Figure 22.3
Workaround Example (b) When TRBO Pin Output Value is Read
(3) To stop the timer counting in the primary period, use the TSTOP bit in the TRBCR register. In this case, registers TRBPRE and TRBPR are initialized and their values are set to the values after reset.
22.3.2.3
Programmable one-shot generation mode
The following two workarounds should be performed in programmable one-shot generation mode. (1) To write to registers TRBPRE and TRBPR during count operation (TCSTF bit is set to 1), note the following points: * When the TRBPRE register is written continuously during count operation (TCSTF bit is set to 1), allow three or more cycles of the count source for each write interval. * When the TRBPR register is written continuously during count operation (TCSTF bit is set to 1), allow three or more cycles of the prescaler underflow for each write interval. (2) Do not set both the TRBPRE and TRBPR registers to 00h.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 474 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
22.3.2.4
Programmable wait one-shot generation mode
The following three workarounds should be performed in programmable wait one-shot generation mode. (1) To write to registers TRBPRE and TRBPR during count operation (TCSTF bit is set to 1), note the following points: * When the TRBPRE register is written continuously, allow three or more cycles of the count source for each write interval. * When the TRBPR register is written continuously, allow three or more cycles of the prescaler underflow for each write interval. (2) Do not set both the TRBPRE and TRBPR registers to 00h. (3) Set registers TRBSC and TRBPR using the following procedure. (a) To use "INT0 pin one-shot trigger enabled" as the count start condition Set the TRBSC register and then the TRBPR register. At this time, after writing to the TRBPR register, allow an interval of 0.5 or more cycles of the count source before trigger input from the INT0 pin. (b) To use "writing 1 to TOSST bit" as the start condition Set the TRBSC register, the TRBPR register, and then TOSST bit. At this time, after writing to the TRBPR register, allow an interval of 0.5 or more cycles of the count source before writing to the TOSST bit.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 475 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
22.3.3
Notes on Timer RD TRDSTR Register
22.3.3.1
* Set the TRDSTR register using the MOV instruction. * When the CSELi (i = 0 or 1) is set to 0 (the count stops at compare match of registers TRDi and
TRDGRAi), the count does not stop and the TSTARTi bit remains unchanged even if 0 (count stops) is written to the TSTARTi bit. Therefore, set the TSTARTi bit to 0 to change other bits without changing the TSTARTi bit when the CSELi bit is set to 0. To stop counting by a program, set the TSTARTi bit to 0 after setting the CSELi bit to 1. Although the CSELi bit is set to 1 and the TSTARTi bit is set to 0 at the same time (with 1 instruction), the count cannot be stopped. * Table 22.1 lists the TRDIOji (j = A, B, C, or D) Pin Output Level when Count Stops to use the TRDIOji pin with the timer RD output. Table 22.1 TRDIOji (j = A, B, C, or D) Pin Output Level when Count Stops
TRDIOji Pin Output when Count Stops Hold the output level immediately before the count stops. Hold the output level after output changes by compare match.
Count Stop When the CSELi bit is set to 1, set the TSTARTi bit to 0 and the count stops. When the CSELi bit is set to 0, the count stops at compare match of registers TRDi and TRDGRAi.
22.3.3.2
TRDi Register (i = 0 or 1)
* When writing the value to the TRDi register by a program while the TSTARTi bit in the TRDSTR register
is set to 1 (count starts), avoid to overlap with the timing to set the TRDi register to 0000h, and then write. When the timing to set the TRDi register to 0000h overlaps with the timing to write the value to the TRDi register, the value is not written and the TRDi register is set to 0000h. These precautions are applicable when selecting the following by the CCLR2 to CCLR0 bits in the TRDCRi register. - 001b (clear by the TRDi register at the compare match with the TRDGRAi register) - 010b (clear by the TRDi register at the compare match with the TRDGRBi register.) - 011b (synchronous clear) - 101b (clear by the TRDi register at the compare match with the TRDGRCi register.) - 110b (clear by the TRDi register at the compare match with the TRDGRDi register.)
* When writing the value to the TRDi register and continuously reading the same register, the value before
writing may be read. In this case, execute the JMP.B instruction between the writing and reading. Program Example MOV.W #XXXXh, TRD0 ;Writing JMP.B L1 ;JMP.B L1: MOV.W TRD0,DATA ;Reading
22.3.3.3
TRDSRi Register (i = 0 or 1)
When writing the value to the TRDSRi register and continuously reading the same register, the value before writing may be read. In this case, execute the JMP.B instruction between the writing and reading. Program Example MOV.B #XXh, TRDSR0 ;Writing JMP.B L1 ;JMP.B L1: MOV.B TRDSR0,DATA ;Reading
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 476 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
22.3.3.4
Count Source Switch
* When switching the count source, switch it after the count stops. Change procedure (1) Set the TSTARTi (i = 0 or 1) bit in the TRDSTR register to 0 (count stops). (2) Change the TCK2 to TCK0 bits in the TRDCRi register. * When changing the count source from fOCO40M to the other and stopping fOCO40M, wait 2 cycles or
more of f1 after setting the clock switch, and then stop fOCO40M. Change procedure (1) Set the TSTARTi (i = 0 or 1) bit in the TRDSTR register to 0 (count stops). (2) Change the TCK2 to TCK0 bits in the TRDCRi register. (3) Wait 2 cycles or more of f1. (4) Set the FRA00 bit in the FRA0 register to 0 (high-speed on-chip oscillator stops).
22.3.3.5
Input Capture Function
* Set the pulse width of input capture signal to 3 cycles or more of the Timer RD operation clock. (Refer to
Table 14.11 Timer RD Operation Clocks.) * The value in the TRDi register is transferred to the TRDGRji register after 2 to 3 cycles of the Timer RD operation clock since the input capture signal is applied to the TRDIOji pin (i = 0 or 1, j = either A, B, C or D) (no digital filter).
22.3.3.6
Reset Synchronous PWM Mode
* When reset synchronous PWM mode is used for motor control, use it with OLS0 = OLS1. * Set to reset synchronous PWM mode in the following procedure:
Change procedure (1) Set the TSTART0 bit in the TRDSTR register to 0 (count stops). (2) Set the CMD1 to CMD0 bits in the TRDFCR register to 00b (timer mode, PWM mode, and PWM3 mode). (3) Set the CMD1 to CMD0 bits to 01b (reset synchronous PWM mode). (4) Set the registers associated with other Timer RD again.
22.3.3.7
Complementary PWM Mode
* When complementary PWM mode is used for motor control, use it with OLS0 = OLS1. * Change the CMD1 to CMD0 bits in the TRDFCR register in the following procedure.
Change procedure: When setting to complementary PWM mode (including re-set), or changing the transfer timing from the buffer register to the general register in complementary PWM mode. (1) Set both the TSTART0 and TSTART1 bits in the TRDSTR register to 0 (count stops). (2) Set the CMD1 to CMD0 bits in the TRDFCR register to 00b (timer mode, PWM mode, and PWM3 mode) (3) Set the DMD1 to CMD0 bits to 10b or 11b (complementary PWM mode). (4) Set the registers associated with other Timer RD again. Change procedure: When stopping complementary PWM mode (1) Set both the TSTART0 and CSEL1 bits in the TRDSTR register to 0 (count stops). (2) Set the CMD1 to CMD bits to 00b (other than reset synchronous PWM mode, complementary PWM mode)
* Do not write to the TRDGRA0, TRDGRB0, TRDGRA1 and TRDGRB1 registers during operation.
When changing the PWM waveform, transfer the value written to the TRDGRD0, TRDGRC1 and TRDGRD1 registers to the TRDGRB0, TRDGRA1 and TRDGRB1 registers using the buffer operation. However, to write data to the TRDGRD0, TRDGRC1, or TRDGRD1 register, set bits BFD0, BFC1, and BFD1 to 0 (general register). After this, bits BFD0, BFC1, and BFD1 may be set to 1 (buffer register). The PWM period cannot be changed. Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200 Page 477 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
* When the value in the TRDGRA0 register is assumed as m, the TRD0 register counts order of m - 1, m, m
+ 1, m, m - 1 when changing from increment to decrement. When changing from m to m + 1, the IMFA bit is set to 1. Also, the CMD1 to CMD0 bits in the TRDFCR register are set to 11b (complementary PWM mode, buffer data transferred by the compare match in the TRD0 and TRDGRA0 registers), the content in the buffer register (TRDGRD0, TRDGRC1, TRDGRD1) is transferred to the general register (TRDGRB0, TRDGRA1, TRDGRB1). For the order of m + 1, m, m - 1 operation, the IMFA bit remains unchanged and data are not transferred to the register such as the TRDGRA0 register.
Count value in TRD0 register
m+1 Setting value in TRDGRA0 register m
Set to 0 by a program IMFA bit in TRDSR0 register 1 0 Transferred from buffer register TRDGRB0 register TRDGRA1 register TRDGRB1 register Not transferred from buffer register When the CMD1 to CMD0 bits in the TRDFCR register are set to 11b. (Transfer from the buffer register to the general register at the compare match of the TRD0 register and TRDGRA0 register) No change
Figure 22.4
Operation at Compare Match between Registers TRD0 and TRDGRA0 in Complementary PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 478 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
* The TRD1 register counts the order of 1, 0, FFFFh, 0, 1 when changing from decrement to increment.
The UDF bit is set to 1 by the order of 1, 0, FFFFh operation. Also, when the CMD1 to CMD0 bits in the TRDFCR register are set to 10b (complementary PWM mode, buffer data transferred by the underflow in the TRD1 register), the content in the buffer register (TRDGRD0, TRDGRC1, TRDGRD1) is transferred to the general register (TRDGRB0, TRDGRA1, TRDGRB1). For the order of FFFFh, 0, 1 operation, data are not transferred to the register such as the TRDGRB0 register. Also, at this time, the OVF bit remains unchanged.
Count value in TRD0 register
1
0
FFFFh Set to 0 by a program UDF bit in TRDSR0 register OVF bit in TRDSR0 register 1 0 1 0 Transferred from buffer register TRDGRB0 register TRDGRA1 register TRDGRB1 register Not transferred from buffer register When the CMD1 to CMD0 bits in the TRDFCR register are set to 10b. (Transfer from the buffer register to the general register when the TRD1 register underflows) No change
Figure 22.5
Operation When TRD1 Register Underflows in Complementary PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 479 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
* Select with the CMD1 to CMD0 bits for the data transfer timing from the buffer register to the general
register. However, transfer with the following timing in spite of the value of the CMD1 to CMD0 bits for the following cases: Value in buffer register Value in TRDGRA0 register: Transfer at the underflow in the TRD1 register. And then, when setting the buffer register to 0001h or above and the smaller value than the one in the TRDGRA0 register, and the TRD1 register underflows in the fist time after setting, the value is transferred to the general register. After that, transfer the value with the timing selected by the CMD1 to CMD0 bits.
n3 m+1 n2 n1 0000h Count value in TRD1 register Count value in TRD0 register
TRDGRD0 register
n2 Transfer
n3 Transfer n2 n3
n2 Transfer n2
n1 Transfer n1
TRDGRB0 register
n1
Transfer with timing set by CMD1 to CMD0 bits
Transfer by underflow in TRD1 register because of n3 > m
Transfer by underflow in TRD1 register because of first setting to n2 < m
Transfer with timing set by CMD1 to CMD0 bits
TRDIOB0 output
TRDIOD0 output
m: Setting Value in TRDGRA0 Register The above applies to the following conditions: * The CMD1 to CMD0 bits in the TRDFCR register are set to 11b. (Data in the buffer register is transferred at the compare match in the TRD0 and TRDGRA0 registers in complementary PWM mode.) * Both the OSL0 and OLS1 bits in the TRDFCR are set to 1. (active `H" for normal-phase and counter-phase)
Figure 22.6
Operation When Value in Buffer Register Value in TRDGRA0 Register in Complementary PWM Mode
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 480 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
When the value in the buffer register is set to 0000h: Transfer by the compare match in the TRD0 and TRDGRA0 registers. And then, when setting the buffer register to 0001h or above and the smaller value than the one in the TRDGRA0 register, and the compare match in the TRD0 and TRDGRA0 registers in the fist time after setting, the value is transferred to the general register. After that, transfer the value with the timing selected by the CMD1 to CMD0 bits.
m+1 n2 n1 0000h Count value in TRD1 register Count value in TRD0 register
TRDGRD0 register
n1 Transfer
0000h Transfer n1 0000h
n1 Transfer n1 Transfer
TRDGRB0 register
n2
Transfer with timing set by CMD1 to CMD0 bits
Transfer by compare match in TRD0 and TRDGRA0 registers because content in TRDGRD0 register is set to 0000h.
Transfer by compare match in TRD0 and TRDGRA0 registers because of first setting to 0001h n1 < m
Transfer with timing set by CMD1 to CMD0 bits
TRDIOB0 output
TRDIOD0 output
m: Setting Value in TRDGRA0 Register The above applies to the following conditions: * The CMD1 to CMD0 bits in the TRDFCR register are set to 10b. (Data in the buffer register is transferred at the underflow in the TRD1 register in PWM mode.) * Both the OLS0 and OLS1 bits in the TRDFCR register are set to "1" (active "H" for normal-phase and counter-phase).
Figure 22.7
Operation When Value in Buffer Register Is Set to 0000h in Complementary PWM Mode
22.3.3.8
Count Source fOCO40M
The count source fOCO40M can be used with supply voltage VCC = 3.0 to 5.5 V. For supply voltage other than that, do not set bits TCK2 to TCK0 in registers TRDCR0 and TRDCR to 110b (select fOCO40M as the count source).
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 481 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
22.3.4
Notes on Timer RE Starting and Stopping Count
22.3.4.1
Timer RE has the TSTART bit for instructing count start or stop, and the TCSTF bit which indicates count start or stop. The TSTART and TCSTF bits are in the TRECR1 register. Timer RE starts counting when setting the TSTART bit to 1 (count starts) and the TCSTF bit is set to 1 (count starts). It takes the time for up to 2 cycles of the count source until the TCSTF bit is set to 1 after setting the TSTART bit to 1. During this time, do not access registers associated with Timer RE(1) other than the TCSTF bit. Also, timer RE stops counting when setting the TSTART bit to 0 (count stops) and the TCSTF bit is set to 0 (count stops). It takes the time for up to 2 cycles of the count source until the TCSTF bit is set to 0 after setting the TSTART bit to 0. During this time, do not access registers associated with timer RE other than the TCSTF bit. NOTE: 1. Registers associated with Timer RE: TRESEC, TREMIN, TRECR1, TRECR2, TRECSR
22.3.4.2
Register Setting
Write to the following registers or bits while timer RE stops. * TRESEC and TRECR2 registers * The INT bit in TRECR1 register * RCS0 to RCS2 bits in TRECSR register The state while Timer RE stops is indicated as the state where the TSTART and TCSTF bits in the TRECR1 register are set to 0 (timer RE stops). Also, set all above-mentioned registers and bits (immediately before timer RE count starts) before setting the TRECR2 register.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 482 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
22.4
Notes on Serial Interface
* When reading data from the UiRB (i = 0 or 1) register even in the clock asynchronous serial I/O mode or in the
clock synchronous serial I/O mode. Ensure to read data in 16-bit unit. When the high-order byte of the UiRB register is read, the PER and FER bits in the UiRB register and the RI bit in the UiC1 register are set to 0. To check receive errors, read the UiRB register and then use the read data. Example (when reading receive buffer register): MOV.W 00A6H,R0 ; Read the U0RB register
* When writing data to the UiTB register in the clock asynchronous serial I/O mode with 9-bit transfer data
length, write data high-order byte first, then low-order byte in 8-bit units. Example (when reading transmit buffer register): MOV.B #XXH,00A3H ; Write the high-order byte of U0TB register MOV.B #XXH,00A2H ; Write the low-order byte of U0TB register
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 483 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
22.5 22.5.1
Clock Synchronous Serial Interface Notes on Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select
Set the IICSEL bit in the PMR register to 0 (select clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select function) to use the clock synchronous serial I/O with chip select.
22.5.2
Notes on I2C Bus Interface
Set the IICSEL bit in the PMR register to 1 (select I2C bus interface function) to use I2C bus interface.
22.5.2.1
Multimaster Operation
The following actions must be performed to use the I2C bus interface in multimaster operation.
* Transfer rate
Set the transfer rate by 1/1.8 or faster than the fastest rate of the other masters. For example, if the fastest transfer rate of the other masters is set to 400 kbps, the I2C-bus transfer rate in this MCU should be set to 223 kbps (= 400/1.18) or more.
* Bits MST and TRS in the ICCR1 register setting
(a) Use the MOV instruction to set bits MST and TRS. (b) When arbitration is lost, confirm the contents of bits MST and TRS. If the contents are other than the MST bit set to 0 and the TRS bit set to 0 (slave receive mode), set the MST bit to 0 and the TRS bit to 0 again.
22.5.2.2
Master Receive Mode
Either of the following actions must be performed to use the I2C bus interface in master receive mode. (a) In master receive mode while the RDRF bit in the ICSR register is set to 1, read the ICDRR register before the rising edge of the 8th clock. (b) In master receive mode, set the RCVD bit in the ICCR1 register to 1 (disables the next receive operation) to perform 1-byte communications.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 484 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
22.6
Notes on Hardware LIN
For the time-out processing of the header and response fields, use another timer to measure the duration of time with respect to a Synch Break detection interrupt as the starting point.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 485 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
22.7 22.7.1
Notes on CAN Module Reading C0STR Register
The CAN module updates the status of the C0STR register in a certain period. When the CPU and the CAN module access to the C0STR register at the same time, the CPU has the access priority; the access from the CAN module is disabled. Consequently, when the updating period of the CAN module matches the access period from the CPU, the status of the CAN module cannot be updated. (See Figure 22.8) Accordingly, be careful about the following points so that the access period from the CPU should not match the updating period of the CAN module: * There should be a wait time of 3fCAN or longer (see Table 22.2) before the CPU reads the C0STR register. (See Figure 22.9) * When the CPU polls the C0STR register, the polling period must be 3fCAN or longer. (See Figure 22.10) Table 22.2 CAN Module Status Updating Period
3 fCAN Period = 3 x XIN (Original Oscillation Period) x Division Value of CAN Clock (CCLK) (Example 1) Condition XIN 16 MHz CCLK: Divided by 1 3 fCAN period = 3 x 62.5 ns x 1 = 187.5 ns (Example 2) Condition XIN 16 MHz CCLK: Divided by 2 3 fCAN period = 3 x 62.5 ns x 2 = 375 ns (Example 3) Condition XIN 16 MHz CCLK: Divided by 4 3 fCAN period = 3 x 62.5 ns x 4 = 750 ns (Example 4) Condition XIN 16 MHz CCLK: Divided by 8 3 fCAN period = 3 x 62.5 ns x 8 = 1.5 s (Example 5) Condition XIN 16 MHz CCLK: Divided by 16 3 fCAN period = 3 x 62.5 ns x 16 = 3 s
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 486 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
fCAN
CPU read signal Updating period of CAN module CPU reset signal C0STR register
b8: State_Reset bit 0: CAN operation mode 1: CAN reset/initialization mode : When the CAN module's State_Reset bit updating period matches the CPU's read period, it does not enter reset mode, for the CPU read has the higher priority.
Figure 22.8
When Updating Period of CAN Module Matches Access Period from CPU
Wait time
CPU read signal Updating period of CAN module CPU reset signal C0STR register
b8: State_Reset bit 0: CAN operation mode 1: CAN reset/initiallization mode : Updated without fail in period of 3fCAN
Figure 22.9
With a Wait Time of 3fCAN Before CPU Read
CPU read signal Updating period of the CAN module CPU reset signal C0STR register
b8: State_Reset bit 0: CAN operation mode 1: CAN reset/initiallization mode : When the CAN module's State_Reset bit updating period matches the CPU's read period, it does not enter reset mode, for the CPU read has the higher priority. : Updated without fail in period of 4fCAN 4fCAN
Figure 22.10
When Polling Period of CPU is 3fCAN or Longer
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 487 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
22.7.2
Performing CAN Configuration
If the Reset bit in the C0CTLR register is changed from 0 (operation mode) to 1 (reset/initialization mode) in order to place the CAN module from CAN operation mode into CAN reset/initialization mode, always be sure to check that the State_Reset bit in the C0STR register is set to 1 (reset mode). Similarly, if the Reset bit is changed from 1 to 0 in order to place the CAN module from CAN reset/ initialization mode into CAN operation mode, always be sure to check that the State_Reset bit is set to 0 (operation mode). The procedure is described below. To place CAN Module from CAN Operation Mode into CAN Reset/Initialization Mode * Change the Reset bit from 0 to 1. * Check that the State_Reset bit is set to 1. To place CAN Module from CAN Reset/Initialization Mode into CAN Operation Mode * Change the Reset bit from 1 to 0. * Check that the State_Reset bit is set to 0.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 488 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
22.7.3
Suggestions to Reduce Power Consumption
When not performing CAN communication, the operation mode of CAN transceiver should be set to "standby mode" or "sleep mode". When performing CAN communication, the power consumption in CAN transceiver in not performing CAN communication can be substantially reduced by controlling the operation mode pins of CAN transceiver. Table 22.3 and Table 22.4 show Recommended Pin Connections. Table 22.3 Recommended Pin Connections (In Case of PCA82C250: Philips Product) Standby Mode "H" less than 170 A impossible
R8C/22, R8C/23 PCA82C250 CTX0 CRX0 TXD CANH RXD CANL CTX0 CRX0 R8C/22, R8C/23 PCA82C250 TXD CANH RXD CANL
Rs Pin(1) Power Consumption in CAN Transceiver(2) CAN Communication Connection
High-speed Mode "L" less than 70 mA possible
Port(3) "H"output
Rs
Port(3) "L" output
Rs
NOTES: 1. The pin which controls the operation mode of CAN transceiver. 2. In case of Topr = 25C 3. Connect to enabled port to control CAN transceiver. Table 22.4 Recommended Pin Connections (In Case of PCA82C252: Philips Product) Sleep Mode "L" "L" less than 50 A impossible
R8C/22, R8C/23 CTX0 CRX0 Port(3) Port(3) "L" output PCA82C252 TXD CANH RXD CANL STB EN R8C/22, R8C/23 CTX0 CRX0 Port(3) Port(3) "H" output
STB Pin(1) EN Pin(1) Power Consumption in CAN Transceiver(2) CAN Communication Connection
Normal Operation Mode "H" "H" less than 35 mA possible
PCA82C252 TXD CANH RXD CANL STB EN
NOTES: 1. The pin which controls the operation mode of CAN transceiver. 2. In case of Topr = 25C 3. Connect to enabled port to control CAN transceiver.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 489 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
22.8
Notes on A/D Converter
* Write to each bit (other than bit 6) in the ADCON0 register, each bit in the ADCON1 register, or the SMP bit
in the ADCON2 register when the A/D conversion stops (before a trigger occurs). When the VCUT bit in the ADCON1 register is changed from 0 (VREF not connected) to 1 (VREF connected), wait for at least 1 s or longer before the A/D conversion starts. When changing A/D operating mode, select an analog input pin again. When using in one-shot mode. Ensure that the A/D conversion is completed and read the AD register. The IR bit in the ADIC register or the ADST bit in the ADCON0 register can determine whether the A/D conversion is completed. When using the repeat mode, select the frequency of the A/D converter operating clock AD or more for the CPU clock during A/D conversion. Do not select the fOCO-F for the AD. If setting the ADST bit in the ADCON0 register to 0 (A/D conversion stops) by a program and the A/D conversion is forcibly terminated during the A/D conversion operation, the conversion result of the A/D converter will be indeterminate. If the ADST bit is set to 0 by a program, do not use the value of AD register. Connect 0.1 F capacitor between the P4_2/VREF pin and AVSS pin. Do not enter stop mode during A/D conversion. Do not enter wait mode when the CM02 bit in the CM0 register is set to 1 (peripheral function clock stops in wait mode) during A/D conversion.
* *
*
*
* * *
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 490 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
22.9 22.9.1
Notes on Flash Memory CPU Rewrite Mode Operating Speed
22.9.1.1
Before entering CPU rewrite mode (EW0 mode), select 5 MHz or below for the CPU clock using the CM06 bit in the CM0 register and the CM16 to CM17 bits in the CM1 register. This usage note is not needed for EW1 mode.
22.9.1.2
Prohibited Instructions
The following instructions cannot be used in EW0 mode because the flash memory internal data is referenced: UND, INTO, and BRK instructions.
22.9.1.3
Interrupts
Table 22.5 lists the EW0 Mode Interrupts and Table 22.6 lists the EW1 Mode Interrupts. Table 22.5 Mode EW0 Mode Interrupts Status
When Maskable Interrupt When Watchdog Timer, Oscillation Stop Request is Detection and Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt Acknowledged Request are Acknowledged EW0 During automatic erasing Any interrupt can be used Once an interrupt request is acknowledged, by allocating a vector to the auto-programming or auto-erasing is RAM forcibly stopped immediately and resets the flash memory. An interrupt process starts after the fixed period and the flash memory restarts. Since the block during the autoerasing or the address during the autoprogramming is forcibly stopped, the normal value may not be read. Execute the Automatic writing auto-erasing again and ensure the autoerasing is completed normally. Since the watchdog timer does not stop during the command operation, the interrupt request may be generated. Reset the watchdog timer regularly.
NOTES: 1. Do not use the address match interrupt while the command is executed because the vector of the address match interrupt is allocated on ROM. 2. Do not use the non-maskable interrupt while block 0 is automatically erased because the fixed vector is allocated block 0.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 491 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
Table 22.6 Mode
EW1 Mode Interrupts Status When Maskable Interrupt Request is Acknowledged The auto-erasing is suspended after td(SR-SUS) and the interrupt process is executed. The auto-erasing can be restarted by setting the FMR41 bit in the FMR4 register to 0 (erase restart) after the interrupt process completes. The auto-erasing has a priority and the interrupt request acknowledgement is waited. The interrupt process is executed after the auto-erasing completes. The auto-programming is suspended after td(SR-SUS) and the interrupt process is executed. The autoprogramming can be restarted by setting the FMR42 bit in the FMR4 register to 0 (program restart) after the interrupt process completes. The auto-programming has a priority and the interrupt request acknowledgement is waited. The interrupt process is executed after the autoprogramming completes. When Watchdog Timer, Oscillation Stop Detection and Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt Request are Acknowledged Once an interrupt request is acknowledged, the autoprogramming or auto-erasing is forcibly stopped immediately and resets the flash memory. An interrupt process starts after the fixed period and the flash memory restarts. Since the block during the auto-erasing or the address during the autoprogramming is forcibly stopped, the normal value may not be read. Execute the auto-erasing again and ensure the auto-erasing is completed normally. Since the watchdog timer does not stop during the command operation, the interrupt request may be generated. Reset the watchdog timer regularly using the erase-suspend function.
EW1 During automatic erasing (erase-suspend function is enabled)
During automatic erasing (erase-suspend function is disabled)
During automatic programming (program suspend function enabled)
Auto programming (program suspend function disabled)
NOTES: 1. Do not use the address match interrupt while the command is executed because the vector of the address match interrupt is allocated on ROM. 2. Do not use the non-maskable interrupt while block 0 is automatically erased because the fixed vector is allocated block 0.
22.9.1.4
How to Access
Write 0 to the corresponding bits before writing 1 when setting the FMR01, FMR02, or FMR11 bit to 1. Do not generate an interrupt between writing 0 and 1.
22.9.1.5
Rewriting User ROM Area
In EW0 mode, if the power supply voltage drops while rewriting any block in which the rewrite control program is stored, the flash memory may not be able to be rewritten because the rewrite control program cannot be rewritten correctly. In this case, use standard serial I/O mode.
22.9.1.6
Program
Do not write additions to the already programmed address.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 492 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
22.9.1.7
Entering Stop Mode or Wait Mode
Do not enter stop mode or wait mode during erase-suspend.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 493 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
22. Usage Notes
22.10
Notes on Noise
22.10.1 Inserting a Bypass Capacitor between VCC and VSS Pins as a Countermeasure against Noise and Latch-up
Connect the bypass capacitor (at least 0.1 F) using the shortest and thickest as possible.
22.10.2 Countermeasures against Noise Error of Port Control Registers
During severe noise testing, mainly power supply system noise, and introduction of external noise, the data of port related registers may be changed. As a firmware countermeasure, it is recommended to periodically reset the port registers, port direction registers and pull-up control registers. However, examine fully before introducing the reset routine as conflicts may be created between this reset routine and interrupt routines.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 494 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
23. Notes on On-Chip Debugger
23. Notes on On-Chip Debugger
When using the on-chip debugger to develop the R8C/22 and R8C/23 Groups program and debug, pay the following attention. (1) (2) Do not access the registers associated with UART1. Some of the user flash memory and RAM areas are used by the on-ship debugger. These areas cannot be accessed by the user. Refer to the on-chip debugger manual for which areas are used. Do not set the address match interrupt (registers AIER, RMAD0, and RMAD1 and fixed vector tables) in a user system. Do not use the BRK instruction in a user system.
(3) (4)
Connecting and using the on-chip debugger has some peculiar restrictions. Refer to each on-chip debugger manual for on-chip debugger details.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 495 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
24. Notes on Emulator Debugger
24. Notes on Emulator Debugger
When using the emulator debugger to develop the R8C/22 and R8C/23 Groups program and debug, pay the following attention. (1) Do not use the following flash memory areas because these areas are used for the emulator debugger. When debugging of these areas, intensive evaluation on the real chip is required. ROM 128 KB Product (R5F2122CJFP, R5F2122CKFP, R5F2123CJFP, R5F2123CKFP) addresses 20000h to 23FFFh
Connecting and using the emulator debugger has some peculiar restrictions. Refer to each emulator debugger manual for emulator debugger details.
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 496 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
Appendix 1. Package Dimensions
Appendix 1. Package Dimensions
Diagrams showing the latest package dimensions and mounting information are available in the "Packages" section of the Renesas Technology website.
JEITA Package Code P-LQFP48-7x7-0.50 RENESAS Code PLQP0048KB-A Previous Code 48P6Q-A MASS[Typ.] 0.2g
HD *1
D
36
25 NOTE) 1. DIMENSIONS "*1" AND "*2" DO NOT INCLUDE MOLD FLASH. 2. DIMENSION "*3" DOES NOT INCLUDE TRIM OFFSET. bp b1
37
24
E
HE
c1
*2
c
Reference Symbol
Dimension in Millimeters
Terminal cross section 48
ZE
13
1 ZD Index mark
12
A2
F
A1
L L1
D E A2 HD HE A A1 bp b1 c c1 e x y ZD ZE L L1
Min 6.9 6.9 8.8 8.8 0 0.17 0.09 0
y e
*3
bp
Detail F x
0.35
Nom Max 7.0 7.1 7.0 7.1 1.4 9.0 9.2 9.0 9.2 1.7 0.1 0.2 0.22 0.27 0.20 0.145 0.20 0.125 8 0.5 0.08 0.10 0.75 0.75 0.5 0.65 1.0
A
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 497 of 501
c
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Appendix 2. Connection Examples between Serial Writer and On-Chip Debugging Emulator
Appendix 2. Connection Examples between Serial Writer and On-Chip Debugging Emulator
Appendix Figure 2.1 shows the Connection Example with M16C Flash Starter (M3A-0806) and Appendix Figure 2.2 shows the Connection Example with E8 Emulator (R0E000080KCE00).
TXD VCC
48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37
1 2 3
36 35 34
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
MODE
4 5 6
33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25
RESET Connect oscillation circuit(1) VSS
7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
10 TXD 7 VSS
RXD 4 1 VCC
M16C Flash Starter (M3A-0806)
RXD NOTE: 1. An oscillation circuit must be connected, even when operating with the on-chip oscillator clock.
Appendix Figure 2.1
Connection Example with M16C Flash Starter (M3A-0806)
VCC
48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37
Open-collector buffer User logic 4.7 kO or more
1 2 3
36 35 34
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
4 5 6
33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25
14 12 10 8 VCC 6 4 2 VSS
13
4.7 kO 10% MODE
Connect oscillation circuit(1) VSS
7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17
RESET
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
7 MODE
Emulator E8 (R0E000080KCE00)
NOTE: 1. No need to connect an oscillation circuit when operating with the on-chip oscillator clock.
Appendix Figure 2.2 Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Connection Example with E8 Emulator (R0E000080KCE00) Page 498 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
Appendix 3. Example of Oscillation Evaluation Circuit
Appendix 3. Example of Oscillation Evaluation Circuit
Appendix Figure 3.1 shows the Example of Oscillation Evaluation Circuit.
VCC
48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37
1 2 3
36 35 34
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
4 5 6 RESET Connect oscillation circuit VSS 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17
33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25
NOTE: 1. After reset, the XIN clock stops. Write a program to oscillate the XIN clock.
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Appendix Figure 3.1
Example of Oscillation Evaluation Circuit
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 499 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
Index
Index
[A] AD ....................................................................................... 402 ADCON0 ............................................................. 401, 404, 407 ADCON1 ............................................................. 402, 405, 408 ADCON2 ............................................................................. 402 ADIC .................................................................................... 101 AIER .................................................................................... 117 [C] C01ERRIC .......................................................................... 101 C01WKIC ............................................................................ 101 C0AFS ................................................................................. 382 C0CONR ............................................................................. 380 C0CTLR .............................................................................. 376 C0ICR ................................................................................. 379 C0IDR ................................................................................. 379 C0MCTLi (i = 0 to 15) .......................................................... 375 C0RECIC ............................................................................ 101 C0RECR ............................................................................. 381 C0SSTR .............................................................................. 378 C0STR ................................................................................ 377 C0TECR .............................................................................. 381 C0TRMIC ............................................................................ 101 CCLKR .................................................................................. 78 CM0 ....................................................................................... 73 CM1 ....................................................................................... 74 CSPR .................................................................................. 125 [F] FMR0 .................................................................................. 425 FMR1 .................................................................................. 426 FMR4 .................................................................................. 427 FRA0 ..................................................................................... 76 FRA1 ..................................................................................... 76 FRA2 ..................................................................................... 77 [I] ICCR1 ................................................................................. 325 ICCR2 ................................................................................. 326 ICDRR ................................................................................. 331 ICDRS ................................................................................. 331 ICDRT ................................................................................. 330 ICIER ................................................................................... 328 ICMR ................................................................................... 327 ICSR .................................................................................... 329 IICIC .................................................................................... 102 INT0IC ................................................................................. 103 INT1IC ................................................................................. 103 INT2IC ................................................................................. 103 INT3IC ................................................................................. 103 INTEN ................................................................................. 110 INTF .................................................................................... 111 [K] KIEN .................................................................................... 114 KUPIC ................................................................................. 101 [L] LINCR ................................................................................. 357 LINST .................................................................................. 358 [O] OCD ....................................................................................... 75 OFS ....................................................................... 30, 124, 420 [P] PDi (i = 0 to 4, 6) ................................................................... 55 Pi (i = 0 to 4, 6) ...................................................................... 55 PM0 ....................................................................................... 69 PM1 ....................................................................................... 69 PMR ............................................................... 56, 280, 301, 331 PRCR .................................................................................... 95 PUR0 ..................................................................................... 56 PUR1 ..................................................................................... 56 [R] RMAD0 ................................................................................ 117 RMAD1 ................................................................................ 117 [S] S0RIC .................................................................................. 101 S0TIC .................................................................................. 101 S1RIC .................................................................................. 101 S1TIC ................................................................................... 101 SAR ..................................................................................... 330 SSCRH ................................................................................ 295 SSCRL ................................................................................. 296 SSER ................................................................................... 298 SSMR .................................................................................. 297 SSMR2 ................................................................................ 300 SSRDR ................................................................................ 301 SSSR ................................................................................... 299 SSTDR ................................................................................ 301 SSUIC .................................................................................. 102 [T] TRA ..................................................................................... 133 TRACR ................................................................................ 131 TRAIC .................................................................................. 101 TRAIOC ....................................... 131, 134, 137, 139, 141, 144 TRAMR ................................................................................ 132 TRAPRE .............................................................................. 132 TRBCR ................................................................................ 148 TRBIC .................................................................................. 101 TRBIOC ............................................... 149, 151, 155, 158, 163 TRBMR ................................................................................ 149 TRBOCR ............................................................................. 148 TRBPR ................................................................................ 150 TRBPRE .............................................................................. 150 TRBSC ................................................................................ 150 TRD0 ........................................... 190, 205, 219, 230, 242, 255 TRD0IC ................................................................................ 102 TRD1 ........................................................... 190, 205, 219, 242 TRD1IC ................................................................................ 102 TRDCR0 ...................................... 186, 201, 216, 228, 239, 253 TRDCR1 ...................................................... 186, 201, 216, 239 TRDDF0 .............................................................................. 185 TRDDF1 .............................................................................. 185 TRDFCR ...................................... 184, 198, 214, 226, 237, 250 TRDGRAi (i = 0 or 1) ................... 191, 206, 220, 231, 242, 256 TRDGRBi (i = 0 or 1) ................... 191, 206, 220, 231, 242, 256 TRDGRCi (i = 0 or 1) ................... 191, 206, 220, 231, 242, 256 TRDGRDi (i = 0 or 1) ................... 191, 206, 220, 231, 242, 256 TRDIER0 ..................................... 190, 205, 218, 230, 241, 255
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 500 of 501
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group
Index
TRDIER1 ..................................... 190, 205, 218, 230, 241, 255 TRDIORA0 .................................................................. 187, 202 TRDIORA1 .................................................................. 187, 202 TRDIORC0 .................................................................. 188, 203 TRDIORC1 .................................................................. 188, 203 TRDMR ....................................... 182, 196, 213, 226, 236, 250 TRDOCR ............................................................. 200, 216, 252 TRDOER1 ........................................... 199, 215, 227, 238, 251 TRDOER2 ........................................... 199, 215, 227, 238, 251 TRDPMR ............................................................. 183, 197, 213 TRDPOCR0 ........................................................................ 219 TRDPOCR1 ........................................................................ 219 TRDSR0 ...................................... 189, 204, 217, 229, 240, 254 TRDSR1 ...................................... 189, 204, 217, 229, 240, 254 TRDSTR ...................................... 182, 196, 212, 225, 235, 249 TRECR1 .............................................................................. 271 TRECR2 .............................................................................. 271 TRECSR ............................................................................. 272 TREIC ................................................................................. 101 TREMIN .............................................................................. 270 TRESEC .............................................................................. 270 [U] U1SR ................................................................................... 280 UiBRG (i = 0 or 1) ................................................................ 277 UiC0 (i = 0 or 1) ................................................................... 279 UiC1 (i = 0 or 1) ................................................................... 279 UiMR (i = 0 or 1) .................................................................. 278 UiRB (i = 0 or 1) .................................................................. 277 UiTB (i = 0 or 1) ................................................................... 277 [V] VCA1 ..................................................................................... 38 VCA2 ............................................................................... 38, 77 VW1C .................................................................................... 39 VW2C .................................................................................... 40 [W] WDC .................................................................................... 124 WDTR ................................................................................. 125 WDTS .................................................................................. 125
Rev.2.00 Aug 20, 2008 REJ09B0251-0200
Page 501 of 501
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. 0.10 0.20 Date Sep 29, 2005 Jun 28, 2006
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
Description
Page - First Edition issued
Summary
All pages * Symbol name revised. "SSUAIC" "SSUIC", "IIC2AIC" "IICIC", "TRDMDR" "TRDMR" * Bit Symbol name revised. "TSTOP0" "CSEL0" in the TRDSTR register "TSTOP1" "CSEL1" in the TRDSTR register "TPSC0" "TCK0" in the TRDCRi register (i=0 or 1) "TPSC1" "TCK1" in the TRDCRi register (i=0 or 1) "TPSC2" "TCK2" in the TRDCRi register (i=0 or 1) * Pin name revised. "TCLK" "TRDCLK" * Register name revised. "Timer RE Comparison Reigster" "Timer RE Compare Data Register" 1 2 3 4 1. Overview, on the 5th and 6th lines; "data flash" added. Table 1.1 Functions and Specifications for R8C/22 Group revised Table 1.2 Functions and Specifications for R8C/23 Group revised Figure 1.1 Block Diagram; "System Clock Generation" "System clock generation circuit" revised Table 1.3 Product Information of R8C/22 Group revised. Figure 1.2 Type Number, Memory Size, and Package of R8C/22 Group revised. Table 1.4 Product Information of R8C/23 Group revised Figure 1.3 Type Number, Memory Size, and Package of R8C/23 Group revised. Figure 1.4 Pin Assignments (Top View); "TCLK" "TRDCLK" revised Table 1.5 Pin Functions; "Analog Power Supply Input" revised Table 1.6 Pin Name Information by Pin Number revised. NOTE added. 2.8.1 Carry Flag (C) "2.8.1 Carry Flag (C Flag)" "2.8.1 Carry Flag (C)" revised. 2.8.2 Debug Flag (D) "2.8.2 Debug Flag (D Flag)" "2.8.2 Debug Flag (D)" revised. 2.8.3 Zero Flag (Z) "2.8.3 Zero Flag (Z Flag)" "2.8.3 Zero Flag (Z)" revised. 2.8.4 Sign Flag (S) "2.8.4 Sign Flag (S Flag)" "2.8.4 Sign Flag (S)" revised. 2.8.5 Register Bank Select Flag (B) "2.8.5 Rgister Bank Select Flag (B Flag)" "2.8.5 Register Bank Select Flag (B)" revised. 2.8.6 Overflow Flag (O) "2.8.6 Overflow Flag (O Flag)" "2.8.6 Overflow Flag (O)" revised.
5
6
7 8 9 11
C-1
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. 0.20 Date Jun 28, 2006
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
Description
Page 12
Summary 2.8.7 Interrupt Enable Flag (I) "2.8.7 Interrupt Enable Flag (I Flag)" "2.8.7 Interrupt Enable Flag (I)" revised. 2.8.8 Stack Pointer Select Flag (U) "2.8.8 Stack Pointer Select Flag (U Flag)" "2.8.8 Stack Pointer Select Flag (U)" revised. 2.8.10 Reserved Bit "2.8.10 Reserved Area" "2.8.10 Reserved Bit" revised. Figure 3.1 Memory Map of R8C/22 Group; "Internal ROM" "Internal ROM (program ROM)" revised Address "1ZZZZh" added. NOTE revised. Part Number revised. Figure 3.2 Memory Map of R8C/23 Group; "Internal ROM" "Internal ROM (program ROM)" revised. "Data area" "Data flash" "program area" "program ROM" revised Address "1ZZZZh" added. NOTE2 added. Part Number revised. Table 4.1 SFR Information (1); 001Ch: 00h 00h, 1000000b 0024h: TBD Value when shipping NOTES revised. Figure 5.4 OFS Register, Function of the LVD1ON bit; "~ after Hardware reset" "~ after reset" revised. NOTES revised. 5.1.1 When Power Supply is Stable (2) revised. 5.1.2 Power On (4) revised. Figure 5.5 Example of Hardware Reset Circuit and Operation and Figure 5.6 Example of Hardware Reset Circuit (Usage Example of External Supply Voltage Detection Circuit) and Operation revised. 5.2 Power-On Reset Function, on the 2nd line; "When a capacitor is ~ or more." added. Figure 5.7 Example of Power-On Reset Circuit and Operation revised. NOTES revised. 5.3 Voltage Monitor 1 Reset(1); on the 8th line; The LVD1ON bit in the OFS register can select to~ "after a reset" added.
13
14
15
30
31 32
33
34
35 to 68 "6. Programmable I/O Ports" "6. Voltage Detection Circuit" and "7. Voltage Detection Circuit" "7. Programmable I/O Ports" revised. 38 39 Figure 6.4 Registers VCA1 and VCA2; VCA2 register revised. Figure 6.5 VW1C Register revised.
C-2
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. 0.20 Date Jun 28, 2006
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
Description
Page 41
Summary 6.1 VCC Input Voltage; "6.1 Monitoring VCC Input Voltage" "6.1 VCC Input Voltage" revised. Figure 7.2 Configuration of Programmable I/O Ports (2) revised. Figure 7.3 Configuration of Programmable I/O Ports (3) revised. Figure 7.5 Configuration of Programmable I/O Ports (5) revised. Figure 7.7 Configuration of Programmable I/O Ports (7) revised. Figure 7.9 PDi (i = 0 to 4 and 6) Registers; NOTE3 added. Figure 7.10 Pi (i = 0 to 4 and 6) Registers; P6 Address "00EEh" "00ECh" corrected. 8.1 Processor Modes "8.1 Type of Processor Mode" "8.1 Processor Modes" revised. 9. Bus revised; Table 9.2 Bus Cycles by Access Space of the R8C/23 Group added. Table 9.3 Access Unit and Bus Operations; "SFR" "SFR, data flash" "ROM/RAM" "ROM (program ROM), RAM" below the Table.9.3 "However, only following ~ at a time." added. Figure 10.2 CM0 Register; NOTE6 deleted. Figure 10.4 OCD Register; "System clock select bet(3)" "System clock select bet(4)" "1:Selects on-chip oscillator clock(4)" "1:Selects on-chip oscillator clock(3)" corrected. Figure 10.5 Registers FRA0 and FRA1; NOTE2 in the FRA0 register revised. Figure 10.7 VCA2 Register added. Figure 10.9 Examples of XIN Clock Connection Circuit; NOTE revised. 10.2.2 High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Clock, on the 3rd and 8th lines; "To use the high-speed ~ (divide-by-4 mode or more)." added. "Since the difference ~ each bit" "Since there are ~ individual bits." revised. 10.3.5 fOCO40M; "fOCO40M can be used with supply voltage VCC = 3.0 to 5.5V." added. Table 10.2 Settings and Modes of Clock Associated Bits; "-: can be 0 or 1, no change in outcome." added.
48 49 51 53 55
57 to 67 7.4 Port Settings added. 69 70
73 75
76 77 79 80
81
83
C-3
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. 0.20 Date Jun 28, 2006
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
Description
Page 84
Summary 10.4.1.3 Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Mode, on the 8th line; "In this mode, ~ consumption operation." added. 10.4.2.2 Entering Wait Mode revised. 10.4.2.3 Pin Status in Wait Mode revised. 10.4.2.4 Exiting Wait Mode revised. Table 10.3 Interrupts to Exit Wait Mode and Usage Conditions; CM02 = 1 of Timer RA Interrupt revised. CM02 = 1 of Timer RD Interrupt revised. Figure 10.10 Time from Wait Mode to Interrupt Routine Execution added. Figure 10.12 Procedure for Switching Clock Source from Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator to XIN Clock revised. Figure 10.13 Example of Determining Interrupt Source for Oscillation Stop Detection, Watchdog Timer, Voltage Monitor 1, or Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt revised. 10.6 Notes on Clock Generation Circuit revised. Figure 12.1 Interrupts; Address break (2) added. Table 12.2 Relocatable Vector Tables; "A0RIC" "S0RIC" corrected. Table 12.5 IPL Value When Software or Special Interrupt Is Acknowledged; "Address break" added. Figure 12.10 Priority Levels of Hardware Interrupts; "Address break" added. 12.7 Notes on Interrupts; "12.7 Precautions on Interrupts" "12.7 Notes on Interrupts" revised. Figure 13.1 Block Diagram of Watchdog Timer; "("L") active", "PM12: Bit in PM1 register" added. Figure 13.2 Registers OFS and WDC revised. 14. Timers; "The count source for ~ counting and reloading" deleted. Table 14.1 Functional Comparison of Timers; Count source of Timer RD, "TRCIOA0" "TRDIOA0" corrected. 14.1 Timer RA, the 5th line; "The count source for ~ counting and reloading" added. Figure 14.1 Block Diagram of Timer RA revised. Figure 14.2 Registers TRACR and TRAIOC; The TRAIOC register revised. 14.1.6 Notes on Timer RA; "14.1.6 Precautions on Timer RA" "14.1.6 Notes on Timer RA" revised.
85
86 90 91
92 94 98 104
106 118 121 122 126 127 128
129 148
C-4
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. 0.20 Date Jun 28, 2006
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
Description
Page 149
Summary 14.2 Timer RB, on the 5th line; "The count source for timer RB ~ counting and reloading" added. Figure 14.17 Block Diagram of Timer RB revised. Table 14.8 Programmable Waveform Generation Mode Specifications, "Write to Timer" in the item; "TRAPRE" "TRBPRE" corrected. Table 14.9 Programmable One-Shot Generation Mode Specifications, "Write to Timer" in the item; "TRAPRE" "TRBPRE" corrected. Table 14.10 Programmable Wait One-Shot Generation Mode Specifications, "Write to Timer" in the item; "TRAPRE" "TRBPRE" corrected. Table 14.11 Timer RD Operation Clocks; "TPSC2" "TCK2" and "TRSC0" "TCK0" revised. On the 5th line below the Table 14.11; "(Pin output ~ detection)" added. Table 14.12 Pin Functions TRDIOA0/TRDCLK(P2_0) Table 14.13 Pin Functions TRDIOB0(P2_1) Table 14.14 Pin Functions TRDIOC0(P2_2) Table 14.15 Pin Functions TRDIOD0(P2_3) Table 14.16 Pin Functions TRDIOA1(P2_4) Table 14.17 Pin Functions TRDIOB1(P2_5) Table 14.18 Pin Functions TRDIOC1(P2_6) Table 14.19 Pin Functions TRDIOD1(P2_7) Table 14.20 Pin Functions INT0(P4_5) added. 14.3.1 Mode Selection deleted Table 14.21 Count Source Selection; Selection of f1, f2, f4, f8, f32, and fOCO40M revised. Figure 14.29 Block Diagram of Count Source; "TPSC2 to TPSC0" "TCK2 to TCK0" revised. Figure 14.30 Buffer Operation in Input Capture Function revised. Figure 14.31 Buffer Operation in Output Compare Function revised. On the 4th line below the Figure 14.31; "IOC2 to IOC0 bits" "IOC2 bit" and "IOA2 to IOA0 bits" "IOA2 bit" revised. On the 7th line below the Figure 14.31; "IOD2 to IOD0 bits" "IOD2 bit" and "IOB2 to IOB0 bits" "IOB2 bit" revised. On the 8th line below the Figure 14.31; "Bits IMFC ~ capture function" added. Below the Figure 14.32 Synchronous Operation; "For the synchronous ~ register=110b)" deleted.
155
158
162
166
167 to 169
171
172 173
174
C-5
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. 0.20 Date Jun 28, 2006
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
Description
Page 175
Summary 14.3.4 Pulse Output Forced Cutoff, on the 13th line; "P2D" "PD2" corrected. On the 15th line; "P4_5 bit in the P4D register" "PD4_5 bit in the PD4 register" corrected. On the 2nd line from the bottom; "According to ~ of interrupts" added. 14.3.5 Input Capture Function, on the 5th line; "The TRDGRA0 register ~ trigger input." added. Figure 14.34 Block Diagram of Input Capture Function; NOTES revised. Table 14.23 Input Capture Function Specifications revised. Figure 14.35 Registers TRDSTR and TRDMR in Input Capture Function; The TRDSTR register revised. Figure 14.36 TRDPMR Register in Input Capture Function revised. Figure 14.37 TRDFCR Register in Input Capture Function revised. Figure 14.39 Registers TRDCR0 to TRDCR1 in Input Capture Function revised. Figure 14.40 Registers TRDIORA0 to TRDIORA1 in Input Capture Function revised. Figure 14.41 Registers TRDIORC0 to TRDIORC1 in Input Capture Function revised. Figure 14.42 Registers TRDSR0 to TRDSR1 in Input Capture Function revised. Table 14.25 Output Compare Function Specifications, on the 5 to 6th lines from the bottom; "TRCIOAi" "TRDIOAi" and "TRCIOBi" "TRDIOBi" corrected. Figure 14.49 Registers TRDSTR and TRDMR in Output Compare Function revised. Figure 14.50 TRDPMR Register in Output Compare Function revised. Figure 14.51 TRDFCR Register in Output Compare Function revised. Figure 14.52 Registers TRDOER1 to TRDOER2 in Output Compare Function; NOTE in the TRDOER2 register added. Figure 14.54 Registers TRDCR0 to TRDCR1 in Output Compare Function revised. Figure 14.55 Registers TRDIORA0 to TRDIORA1 in Output Compare Function revised. Figure 14.56 Registers TRDIORC0 to TRDIORC1 in Output Compare Function revised. Figure 14.57 Registers TRDSR0 to TRDSR1 in Output Compare Function revised. Figure 14.65 TRDSTR Register in PWM Mode revised
177
178 179 180 181 183 184 185 186 192
193 194 195 196
198 199 200 201 209
C-6
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. 0.20 Date Jun 28, 2006
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
Description
Page 210 211 212 213 214 221 222 223 224
Summary Figure 14.66 Registers TRDMR and TRDPMR in PWM Mode revised Figure 14.67 TRDFCR Register in PWM Mode revised Figure 14.68 Registers TRDOER1 to TRDOER2 in PWM Mode; NOTE in the TRDOER2 register added. Figure 14.69 Registers TRDOCR and TRDCR0 to TRDCR1 in PWM Mode revised. Figure 14.70 Registers TRDSR0 to TRDSR1 in PWM Mode revised. Table 14.29 Reset Synchronous PWM Mode Specifications revised. Figure 14.78 TRDSTR Register in Reset Synchronous PWM Mode revised. Figure 14.79 Registers TRDMR and TRDFCR in Reset Synchronous PWM Mode revised. Figure 14.80 Registers TRDOER1 to TRDOER2 in Reset Synchronous PWM Mode; NOTE in the TRDOER2 register added. Figure 14.81 TRDCR0 Register in Reset Synchronous PWM Mode revised. Figure 14.82 Registers TRDSR0 to TRDSR1 in Reset Synchronous PWM Mode revised. Figure 14.88 TRDSTR Register in Complementary PWM Mode revised. Figure 14.89 TRDMR Register in Complementary PWM Mode revised. Figure 14.90 TRDFCR Register in Complementary PWM Mode revised. Figure 14.91 Registers TRDOER1 to TRDOER2 in Complementary PWM Mode; NOTE in the TRDOER2 register added. Figure 14.92 Registers TRDCR0 to TRDCR1 in Complementary PWM Mode revised. Figure 14.93 Registers TRDSR0 to TRDSR1 in Complementary PWM Mode revised. Below the Table 14.32; "Since values ~ (buffer register)." added. Figure 14.99 Block Diagram of PWM3 Mode; "Buffer" added. Table 14.33 PWM3 Mode Specifications revised. Figure 14.100 TRDSTR Register in PWM3 Mode revised. Figure 14.101 Registers TRDMR and TRDFCR in PWM3 Mode revised. Figure 14.102 Registers TRDOER1 to TRDOER2 in PWM3 Mode; NOTE in the TRDOER2 register added. Figure 14.104 TRDCR0 Register in PWM3 Mode revised. Figure 14.105 Registers TRDSR0 and TRDSR1 in PWM3 Mode added. Figure 14.106 Registers TRDIER0 and TRDIER1 in PWM3 Mode revised. C-7
225 226 232 233 234 235
236 237 240 244 245 246 247 248 250 251 252
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. 0.20 Date Jun 28, 2006
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
Description
Page 254
Summary Table 14.34 TRDGRji Register Functions in PWM3 Mode revised. On the 4th line from the bottom; "Registers TRDGRC0, ~ (buffer register)." added. Figure 14.109 Operating Example of PWM3 Mode revised. 14.3.12 Notes on Timer RD; "14.3.13 Precautions on Timer RD" "14.3.12 Notes on Timer RD" revised. 14.3.12.1 TRDSTR Register (i = 0 or 1) added. 14.3.12.6 Reset Synchronous PWM Mode revised. 14.3.12.7 Complementary PWM Mode revised. 14.3.13.7 PWM3 mode deleted. 14.3.12.8 Count Source fOCO40M added. 14.4 Timer RE, on the 3rd line; "The count source ~ timer operations." added. 14.4.2 Notes on Timer RE; "14.4.2 Precautions on Timer RE" "14.4.2 Notes on Timer RE" revised. Figure 15.5 Registers UiC0 and UiC1 (i = 0 or 1); The UiC0 register (i=0 or 1) revised. Table 15.5 Registers Used and Settings for UART Mode revised. Table 15.6 I/O Pin Functions in UART Mode revised. Figure 15.10 Transmit Timing in UART Mode revised. Figure 15.11 Receive Timing Example in UART Mode revised. 15.3 Notes on Serial Interface; "15.3 Precautions on Serial Interface" "15.3 Notes on Serial Interface" revised. 16. Clock Synchronous Serial Interface, on the 3rd line; "(SSU)" added. 16.2 Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select (SSU); "(SSU)" added. Table 16.2 Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select Specifications; NOTE2 deleted. Figure 16.4 SSMR Register revised. Figure 16.7 SSMR2 Register revised. Figure 16.8 Registers SSTDR and SSRDR; NOTE in the SSTDR register revised. 16.2.1 Transfer Clock; "" "f1" revised. 16.2.5.2 Data Transmission; "16.2.5.2 Data Transmit" "16.2.5.2 Data Transmission" revised. 16.2.5.2 Data Transmission, on the 4th line from the bottom; "When setting the ~ transmit is enabled." deleted.
255 258
259 263 264 271 276 284 285 286 288
289 290
294 297 298 299 305
C-8
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. 0.20 Date Jun 28, 2006
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
Description
Page 306
Summary Figure 16.14 Sample Flowchart of Data Transmission (Clock Synchronous Communication Mode); NOTE revised. 16.2.5.3 Data Reception; "16.2.5.3 Data Receive" "16.2.5.3 Data Reception" revised. 16.2.5.4 Data Transmission/Reception; "16.2.5.4 Data Transmit/Receive" "16.2.5.4 Data Transmission/ Reception" revised. 16.2.5.4 Data Transmission/Reception, on the 5th line from the bottom; "When setting the ~ transmit is enabled." deleted. Figure 16.17 Sample Flowchart of Data Transmission/Reception (Clock Synchronous Communication Mode) revised. 16.2.6.2 Data Transmission; "16.2.6.2 Data Transmit" "16.2.6.2 Data Transmission" revised. 16.2.6.2 Data Transmission, on the 9th line from the bottom; "When setting the ~ transmit is enabled." deleted. 16.2.6.3 Data Reception; "16.2.6.3 Data Receive" "16.2.6.3 Data Reception" revised. 16.2.8 Notes on Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select; "16.2.8 Precautions on Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select" "16.2.8 Notes on Clock Synchronous Serial I/O with Chip Select" revised. Figure 16.46 Example of Register Setting in Master Transmit Mode (I2C Bus Interface Mode); "Figure 16.46 Example of Register Setting in Master Transmit Mode (Clock Synchronous Serial)" "Figure 16.46 Example of Register Setting in Master Transmit Mode (I2C Bus Interface Mode)" revised. Figure 16.47 Example of Register Setting in Master Receive Mode (I2C Bus Interface Mode); "Figure 16.47 Example of Register Setting in Master Receive Mode (Clock Synchronous Serial)" "Figure 16.47 Example of Register Setting in Master Receive Mode (I2C Bus Interface Mode)" revised. Figure 16.48 Example of Register Setting in Slave Transmit Mode (I2C Bus Interface Mode); "Figure 16.48 Example of Register Setting in Slave Transmit Mode (Clock Synchronous Serial)" "Figure 16.48 Example of Register Setting in Slave Transmit Mode (I2C Bus Interface Mode)" revised. Figure 16.49 Example of Register Setting in Slave Receive Mode (I2C Bus Interface Mode); "Figure 16.49 Example of Register Setting in Slave Receive Mode (Clock Synchronous Serial)" "Figure 16.49 Example of Register Setting in Slave Receive Mode (I2C Bus Interface Mode)" revised. 16.3.8 Notes on I2O Bus Interface; "16.3.8 Precautions on I2O Bus Interface" "16.3.8 Notes on I2O Bus Interface" revised.
307 309
310 313
315 318
347
348
349
350
351
C-9
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. 0.20 Date Jun 28, 2006
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
Description
Page 352 to 385 17. Hardware LIN; "Sync" "Synch" revised. 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 374
Summary
Figure 17.2 LINCR Register revised. Figure 17.3 LINST Register revised. Figure 17.4 Typical Operation when Sending a Header Field; "RAIC" "TRAIC" corrected. Figure 17.5 Example of Header Field Transmission Flowchart (1) revised. Figure 17.6 Example of Header Field Transmission Flowchart (2) revised. Figure 17.7 Typical Operation when Receiving a Header Field; "RAIC" "TRAIC" corrected. Figure 17.8 Example of Header Field Reception Flowchart (1) revised. Figure 17.9 Example of Header Field Reception Flowchart (2) revised. Figure 17.10 Example of Header Field Reception Flowchart (3) revised. Figure 17.11 Typical Operation when a Bus Collision is Detected; "RAIC" "TRAIC" corrected. 17.5 Interrupt Requests, on the 2nd line; "Synch Break generation competed" added. Figure 18.9 C0SSTR Register, Setting values; "1: Reception slot, The message is read" "1: Reception slot, The message is not read" corrected. Figure 18.16 Transition between Operational Modes revised. 18.5.3 CAN Sleep Mode, on the 1st line; "and the Reset bit is set to 0" deleted. Table 18.2 Examples of Baud Rate revised. 18.14 Notes on CAN Module; "18.14 Precautions on CAN Module" "18.14 Notes on CAN Module" revised. Table 18.5 Recommended Pin Connections (In Case of PCA82C250: Philips Product) and Table 18.6 Recommended Pin Connections (In Case of PCA82C252: Philips Product); NOTES; "Ta" "Topr" revised. Table 19.1 Performance of A/D converter revised. Figure 19.1 Block Diagram of A/D Converter; "ADGSEL" "ADGSEL0" corrected. Table 19.2 One-Shot Mode Specifications, Input pin; "AN8" "AN0" corrected. 19.3 Sample and Hold, on the 2nd and 5th lines; "to 28 AD cycles ~ 10-bit resolution." deleted. "When performing ~ the microcomputer." deleted. 19.4 A/D Conversion Cycles added. 19.5 Internal Equivalent Circuit of Analog Input added. 19.6 Output Impedance of Sensor Under A/D Conversion added.
379 380 383 391
394
395 396 399 405
406 407 408
C - 10
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. 0.20 Date Jun 28, 2006
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
Description
Page 409
Summary 19.7 Notes on A/D Converter; "19.7 Precautions on A/D Converter" "19.7 Notes on A/D Converter" revised. 20. Flash Memory; "20. Flash Memory Version" "20. Flash Memory" revised. Table 20.1 Flash Memory Performance, Program and Erase Endurance; "Program Area" "Program ROM" "Data Area" "Data ROM" revised. 20.2 Memory Map, on the 4th and 5th lines; "(program ROM)" and "(data flash)" added. Figure 20.1 Flash Memory Block Diagram for R8C/22 Group revised. Figure 20.2 Flash Memory Block Diagram for R8C/23 Group revised. 20.3 Functions to Prevent Rewriting of Flash Memory; "20.3 Functions to prevent Flash Memory from Rewriting" "20.3 Functions to Prevent Rewriting of Flash Memory" revised. 20.3.2 ROM Code Protect Function, on the 5th and 7th lines; "The ROM code ~ flash memory." deleted. "write 0 to the ROMCR bit" "erase the block including the OFS register" revised. Figure 20.4 OFS Register revised. 20.4.2 EW1 Mode, on the 3rd line; "Do not execute software command ~" "Do not execute command ~" revised. 20.4.2.1 FMR00 Bit, on the 1st line; "(including suspend periods)" added. 20.4.2.16 FMR47 Bit revised. Figure 20.5 FMR0 Register; NOTE6 added. Figure 20.7 FMR4 Register; NOTES revised. Figure 20.8 Timing of Suspend Operation revised. 20.4.3.4 Program Command, on the 5th line; "The FMR00 bit is ~ completes." "When suspend function ~ autoprogramming completes." revised. Figure 20.13 Program Command (When Suspend Function Enabled) added. 20.4.3.5 Block Erase, on the 11th line; "The block erase ~ program suspend." "Do not use ~ programsuspend" revised. Figure 20.15 Block Erase Command (When Erase-Suspend Function Enabled) revised. Table 20.5 Status Register Bits, Value after Reset of SR7 (D7) "0" "1" corrected.
410
412
413 414
415 417
418 419 420 422 423 427
428 429
430 431
C - 11
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. 0.20 Date Jun 28, 2006
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
Description
Page 434
Summary 20.5 Standard Serial I/O Mode, on the 3rd line; "Standard serial I/O ~ interface" "There are three ~ serial I/O mode 3." revised. Table 20.7 Pin Functions (Flash Memory Standard Serial I/O Mode 2) revised. Figure 20.17 Pin Connections for Standard Serial I/O Mode 3; "Figure 20.17 Pin Connections for Standard Serial I/O Mode" "Figure 20.17 Pin Connections for Standard Serial I/O Mode 3" revised. Figure 20.18 Pin Processing in Standard Serial I/O Mode 2 added. Figure 20.19 Pin Processing in Standard Serial I/O Mode 3; "Figure 20.19 Pin Processing in Standard Serial I/O Mode" "Figure 20.19 Pin Processing in Standard Serial I/O Mode 3" revised. 20.7 Notes on Flash Memory; "20.7 Precautions on Flash Memory Version" "20.7 Notes on Flash Memory" revised. 22. Usage Notes; "22. Precautions" "22. Usage Notes" revised. 22.1.1 Stop Mode and Wait Mode revised. 22.1.3 Oscillation Circuit Constants revised. 22.3.3.1 TRDSTR Register (i = 0 or 1) added. 22.3.3.6 Reset Synchronous PWM Mode; (2) revised. 22.3.3.7 Complementary PWM Mode; (2) revised. On the 3rd line from the bottom; "However, to write data ~ to 1 (buffer register)." added. 22.3.3.7 PWM3 Mode deleted. 22.3.3.8 Count Source fOCO40M added. 23. Notes on On-Chip Debugger; "23. Precaution for On-chip Debugger" "23. Notes on On-Chip Debugger" revised. (2) and (3) added. Appendix 1. Package Dimensions; "Diagrams shows ~ website." added. Appendix Figure 2.1 Connection Example with M16C Flash Starter (M3A-0806); NOTES revised. Appendix Figure 3.1 Example of Oscillation Evaluation Circuit revised. Table 1.1 Functions and Specifications for R8C/22 Group revised. NOTE1 deleted. Table 1.2 Functions and Specifications for R8C/23 Group revised. NOTE1 deleted.
436
437
439
442 to 461 21. Electrical Characteristics revised. 462
468 469
473 487
488 489 490 1.00 Oct 27, 2006 2 3
All pages "Preliminary" and "Under development" deleted
C - 12
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. 1.00 Date Oct 27, 2006
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
Description
Page 5
Summary Table 1.3 Product Information for R8C/22 Group; "R5F2122AJFP (D)", "R5F2122CJFP (D)", "R5F2122AKFP (D)", "R5F2122CKFP (D)", and NOTE added. Figure 1.2 Type Number, Memory Size, and Package of R8C/22 Group; "A: 96 KB" and "C: 128 KB" added. Table 1.4 Product Information for R8C/23 Group; "R5F2123AJFP (D)", "R5F2123CJFP (D)", "R5F2123AKFP (D)", "R5F2123CKFP (D)", and NOTE added. Figure 1.3 Type Number, Memory Size, and Package of R8C/23 Group; "A: 96 KB" and "C: 128 KB" added. Figure 3.1 Memory Map of R8C/22 Group revised. Figure 3.2 Memory Map of R8C/23 Group revised. Table 4.1 SFR Information (1)(1); NOTE8; "The CSPROINI bit in the OFS register is set to 0." "The CSPROINI bit in the OFS register is 0." revised. Table 5.2 Title of Table revised Figure 5.4 OFS Register; NOTE2; "LVD0ON" "LVD1ON" revised. 5.2 Power-On Reset Function(1); NOTE1 deleted. NOTE2 revised. Figure 5.7 Example of Power-On Reset Circuit and Operation revised. 5.3 Voltage Monitor 1 Reset, on the 9th line; "To use the power-on reset function, enable voltage monitor 1 reset by setting the LVD1ON bit in the OFS register to 0, bits VW1C0 and VW1C6 in the VW1C register to 1, the VCA bit in the VCA2 register to 1." added. NOTE1 deleted. 5.4 Voltage Monitor 2 Reset; NOTE1 deleted. 6. Voltage Detection Circuit; NOTE1 deleted. Figure 6.4 Registers VCA1 and VCA2; Voltage Detection Register 2(1) revised. NOTE5 added.
6
13 14 15
29 30 33
34
35 38
47 to 53 Figure 7.1 to Figure 7.3 Configuration of Programmable I/O Ports; NOTE1 added 55 Figure 7.9 PDi (i = 0 to 4 and 6) Registers; Bit Names revised. Figure 7.10 Pi (i = 0 to 4 and 6) Registers; Bit Names revised. Table 7.42 Port P6_2/CRX0; "CRX0 output" "CRX0 input" revised. Table 10.1 Specifications of Clock Generation Circuit; NOTE3; "10 MHz" "20 MHz" revised.
66 71
C - 13
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. 1.00 Date Oct 27, 2006
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
Description
Page 75 76
Summary Figure 10.4 OCD Register; NOTE7; "Figure 10.12" "Figure 10.14"corrected. Figure 10.5 Registers FRA0 and FRA1; High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Control Register 0(1); NOTE2 revised. High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Control Register 1(1); NOTE revised. Figure 10.6 FRA2 Register; High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Control Register 2(1) revised. NOTE3 added. Figure 10.7 VCA2 Register; Voltage Detection Register 2(1) revised. NOTE5 added. Figure 10.9 Examples of XIN Clock Connection Circuit; Ceramic resonator external circuit revised. 10.2.2 High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Clock; On the 4th line revised. On the2nd line from the bottom; "Adjust the amount of high-speed on-chip oscillator frequency to 40 MHz and below by setting the FRA1 register." added. 10.4.1.3 Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Mode; On the 2nd line from the bottom; "To enter wait mode from low-speed clock mode, setting the VCA20 bit in the VCA2 register to 1 (internal power low consumption enabled) enables lower consumption current in wait mode." added. 10.4.2.4 Exiting Wait Mode; On the 13th line from the bottom; Figure 10.10 shows the Time from Wait Mode to Interrupt Routine Execution. added. Figure 10.10 Time from Wait Mode to Interrupt Routine Execution revised. 10.4.2.5 Reducing Internal Power Consumption and Figure 10.11 Procedure for Enabling Reduced Internal Power Consumption Using VCA20 bit added 10.4.3.3 Exiting Stop Mode, on the 4th line; "Figure 10.12 shows the Time from Stop Mode to Interrupt Routine Execution." added. Figure 10.12 Time from Stop Mode to Interrupt Routine Execution added. "Figure 10.11 State Transitions in Power Control Mode" "Figure 10.13 State Transitions in Power Control Mode" corrected. 10.5.1 How to Use Oscillation Stop Detection Function, on the 6th line; "Figure 10.13" "Figure 10.15" corrected. On the 10th line; "Figure 10.12" "Figure 10.14" corrected. "Figure 10.12 ~" "Figure 10.14 ~" corrected. "Figure 10.13 ~" "Figure 10.15 ~" corrected. "10.6. Notes on Clock Generation Circuit" revised. Figure 12.5 Registers INT0IC to INT3IC; NOTE3; "INTOPL" "INTiPL" corrected. Figure 12.13 INTF Register revised
77
79 80
84
85
86 87 88
89 90 91
92 93 94 103 111
C - 14
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. 1.00 Date Oct 27, 2006
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
Description
Page 124
Summary Figure 13.2 Registers OFS and WDC; Option Function Select Register(1); NOTE2 revised. Watchdog Timer Control Register revised. Table 13.3 Watchdog Timer Specifications (with Count Source Protection Mode Enabled); NOTE2; "CSPRO" "CSPROINI" corrected. Figure 14.1 Block Diagram of Timer RA revised. Figure 14.2 Registers TRACR and TRAIOC revised. Figure 14.3 Registers TRAMR and TRAPRE Timer RA Mode Register(1); NOTE added. Timer RA Prescaler Register; NOTE1 revised. Figure 14.4 TRA Register; NOTE1 revised. Table 14.2 Timer Mode Specifications; "Write to Timer" revised. Figure 14.5 TRAIOC Register in Timer Mode; NOTES deleted. Figure 14.6 Registers TRAIOC and TRAMR in Timer Mode deleted. 14.1.1.1 Timer Write Control during Count Operation and Figure 14.6 Operating Example of Timer RA when Counter Value is Rewritten during Count Operation added. Table 14.3 Pulse Output Mode Specifications revised. Figure 14.7 Register TRACR and TRAIOC in Pulse Output Mode Figure 14.7 TRAIOC Register in Pulse Output Mode replaced. Timer RA Control Register deleted. Figure 14.8 TRAMR Register in Pulse Output Mode deleted. Table 14.4 Event Counter Mode Specifications revised. Figure 14.9 Registers TRACR and TRAIOC in Event Counter Mode Figure 14.8 TRAIOC Register in Event Counter Mode replaced. Timer RA Control Register deleted. Figure 14.10 TRAMR Register in Event Counter Mode deleted. 14.1.4 Pulse Width Measurement Mode, on the 3rd line; Table 14.5 Pulse Width Measurement Mode Specifications revised. Figure 14.11 Registers TRACR and TRAIOC in Pulse Width Measurement Mode Figure 14.9 TRAIOC Register in Pulse Width Measurement Mode replaced. Timer RA Control Register (4) deleted. Figure 14.12 TRAMR Register in Pulse Width Measurement Mode deleted. Figure 14.10 Operating Example of Pulse Width Measurement Mode revised. Table 14.6 Pulse Period Measurement Mode Specifications revised. Figure 14.14 Registers TRACR and TRAIOC in Pulse Period Measurement Mode Figure 14.11 TRAIOC Register in Pulse Period Measurement Mode replaced. Timer RA Control Register (4) deleted. Figure 14.15 TRAMR Register in Pulse Period Measurement Mode deleted. C - 15
127
130 131 132
133 134
135
136 137
138 139
140 141
142 143 144
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. 1.00 Date Oct 27, 2006
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
Description
Page 145
Summary Figure 14.16 Operating Example of Pulse Period Measurement Mode Figure 14.12 Operating Example of Pulse Period Measurement Mode replaced. NOTE6 revised. Figure 14.18 Registers TRBCR and TRBOCR Figure 14.14 Registers TRBCR and TRBOCR replaced. Timer RB Control Register; NOTES revised. Timer RB One-Shot Control Register; Function and NOTES revised. NOTE deleted. Figure 14.19 Registers TRBIOC and TRBMR Figure 14.15 Registers TRBIOC and TRBMR replaced. Timer RB Mode Register; TWRC bit and NOTES revised. Figure 14.20 Registers TRBPRE, TRBSC, and TRBPR Figure 14.16 Registers TRBPRE, TRBSC, and TRBPR replaced. NOTES revised. Table 14.7 Timer Mode Specifications; "Write to Timer" revised. Figure 14.21 Regsiters TRBIOC and TRBMR in Timer Mode Figure 14.17 TRBIOC Register in Timer Mode replaced. Timer RB Mode Register deleted. 14.2.1.1 Timer Write Control during Count Operation added. Figure 14.18 TRBIOC Register in Timer Mode added. Table 14.8 Programmable Waveform Generation Mode Specifications revised. NOTE2 and NOTE3 revised. Figure 14.22 Registers TRBIOC and TRBMR in Programmable Waveform Generation Mode Figure 14.19 TRBIOC Register in Programmable Waveform Generation Mode replaced. TOCNT bit revised. NOTE deleted. Timer RB Mode Register deleted. Figure 14.23 Operation Example of Timer RB in Programmable Waveform Generation Mode Figure 14.20 Operation Example of Timer RB in Programmable Waveform Generation Mode replaced. Figure 14.20 revised. Table 14.9 Programmable One-Shot Generation Mode Specifications revised. NOTE added. Figure 14.24 Registers TRBIOC and TRBMR in Programmable One-Shot Generation Mode Figure 14.21 TRBIOC Register in Programmable One-Shot Generation Mode replaced. NOTE revised. Timer RB Mode Register deleted. 14.2.3.1 One-Shot Trigger Selection added. Table 14.10 Programmable Wait One-Shot Generation Mode Specifications revised. NOTE1 revised.
148
149
150
151
152 153 154 155
156
157 158
160 162
C - 16
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. 1.00 Date Oct 27, 2006
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
Description
Page 163
Summary Figure 14.26 Registers TRBIOC and TRBMR in Programmable Wait One-Shot Generation Mode Figure 14.23 TRBIOC Register in Programmable Wait OneShot Generation Mode replaced. TOPL bit and NOTE revised. Timer RB Mode Register deleted. Figure 14.27 Operation Example of Programmable Wait One-Shot Generation Mode Figure 14.24 Operation Example of Programmable Wait One-Shot Generation Mode replaced. Figure 14.24 revised. 14.2.5 Notes on Timer RB revised. Table 14.21 Count Source Selection; NOTE1 added. Figure 14.35 Registers TRDSTR and TRDMR in Input Capture Function FIgure 14.32 Registers TRDSTR and TRDMR in Input Capture Function replaced. Timer RD Start Register(1); "TRD0 count start bit" "TRD0 count start flag" revised. "TRD1 count start bit" "TRD1 count start flag" revised. Figure 14.49 Registers TRDSTR and TRDMR in Output Compare Function Figure 14.46 Registers TRDSTR and TRDMR in Output Compare Function replaced. Timer RD Start Register(1); "TRD0 count start bit(4)" "TRD0 count start flag(4)" revised. "TRD1 count start bit(5)" "TRD1 count start flag(5)" revised. Figure 14.52 Registers TRDOER1 to TRDOER2 in Output Compare Function Figure 14.49 Registers TRDOER1 to TRDOER2 in Output Compare Function replaced. Timer RD Output Master Enable Register 1 revised. Figure 14.50 TRDOCR Register in Output Compare Function Figure 14.50 TRDOCR Register in Output Compare Function replaced. NOTE2 added. On the first line; "Figure 14.63 ~" "Figure 14.60 lists ~" corrected. Figure 14.65 TRDSTR Register in PWM Mode Figure 14.62 TRDSTR Register in PWM Mode replaced. Timer RD Star Register(1); "TRD0 count start bit(4)" "TRD0 count start flag(4)" corrected. "TRD1 count start bit(5)" "TRD1 count start flag(5)" corrected. Figure 14.68 Registers TRDOER1 to TRDOER2 in PWM Mode Figure 14.65 Registers TRDOER1 to TRDOER2 in PWM Mode replaced. Figure 14.69 Registers TRDOCR and TRDCR0 to TRDCR1 in PWM Mode Figure 14.66 Registers TRDOCR and TRDCR0 to TRDCR1 in PWM Mode replaced. Timer RD Output Control Register(1); NOTE2 added.
164
165 171 179
193
196
197
206 209
212 213
C - 17
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. 1.00 Date Oct 27, 2006
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
Description
Page 218
Summary Figure 14.75 Operating Example of PWM Mode Figure 14.72 Operating Example of PWM Mode replaced. Figure 14.72 revised. Figure 14.78 TRDSTR Register in Reset Synchronous PWM Mode Figure 14.75 TRDSTR Register in Reset Synchronous PWM Mode replaced. Timer RD Start Register(1); "TRD0 count start bit(4)" "TRD0 count start flag(4)" corrected. "TRDi count start bit(5)" "TRD1 count start flag(5)" corrected. Table 14.30 TRDGRji Register Functions in Reset Synchronous PWM Mode; TRDGRA0 register; "(Output inversed every half period of TRDIOC0 pin)" "(Output inversed every period of TRDIOC0 and PWM pins)", TRDGRC0 register; "(Output inversed every half period of TRDIOC0 pin)" "(Output inversed every period of TRDIOC0 and PWM pins)" revised. Table 14.31 Complementary PWM Mode Specifications, on the 3rd line from the bottom; "i = 0 to 2, j = either A, B, C or D" "i = 0 or 1, j = either A, B, C or D" corrected. Figure 14.85 TRDSTR Register in Complementary PWM Mode Figure 14.85 TRDSTR Register in Complementary PWM Mode replaced. Timer RD Start Register(1); TRD0 count start bit(4) "TRD0 count start flag(4)" corrected. "TRD1 count start bit(5)" "TRD1 count start flag(5)" corrected. Figure 14.98 Operating Example of Complementary PWM Mode Figure 14.95 Operating Example of Complementary PWM Mode replaced. Table 14.33 PWM3 Mode Specifications, on the bottom line; "j = either A, B, C or D" "i = 0 or 1, j = either A, B, C or D" corrected. Figure 14.100 TRDSTR Register in PWM3 Mode Figure 14.97 TRDSTR Register in PWM3 Mode replaced. Timer RD Start Register(1); "TRD0 count start bit(4)" "TRD0 count start flag(4)" corrected. "TRD1 count start bit(5)" "TRD1 count start flag(5)" corrected. Figure 14.103 TRDOCR Register in PWM3 Mode Figure 14.100 TRDOCR Register in PWM3 Mode replaced. NOTE2 added. 14.3.12.4 Count Source Switch; "count clock source" "count source" corrected. 14.3.12.7 Complementary PWM Mode, on the bottom line; "Do not use the TRDGRC0 register in complementary PWM mode." deleted. Figure 15.4 UiMR Register (i = 0 or 1); "Serial Interface mode select bit(2,4)" "Serial I/O mode select bit(2,4)" corrected. Figure 15.5 Registers UiC0 and UiC1 (i = 0 or 1); UARTi Transmit/Receive Control Register 1 (i = 0 or 1) revised. NOTE2 added. Table 16.1 Mode Selections revised.
222
228
231
232
242 245 246
249
259
275
276
289
C - 18
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. 1.00 Date Oct 27, 2006
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
Description
Page 293 321 348
Summary Figure 16.3 SSCRL Register; NOTE2 revised Figure 16.23 External Circuit Connection Example of Pins SCL and SDA revised. Figure 16.47 Example of Register Setting in Master Receive Mode (I2C Bus Interface Mode); (1) "Set the ~ master receive mode ~" "Set the ~ master transmit mode ~" corrected. Figure 17.5 Example of Header Field Transmission Flowchart (1); Hard ware LIN Clear the status flags; "~ in LINST register" "~ in LINST register: 0" corrected. Figure 17.9 Example of Header Field Reception Flowchart (2); "When the SBE bit in the LINCR register is 0(Unmasked after Synch Break is detected), timer RA is usable in timer mode after the SBDCT flag in the LINST register is set to 1." added. Figure 17.10 Example of Header Field Reception Flowchart (3); "When the SBE bit in the LINCR register is 1 (Unmasked after Synch Field measurement is completed), timer RA is usable in timer mode after the SFDCT flag in the LINST register is set to 1." added. 17.4.4 Hardware LIN End Processing and Figure 17.12 Example of Hardware LIN Communication Completion Flowchart added. Figure 18.6 C0MCTLi Register; NOTE1 revised. Figure 18.7 C0CTLR Register; NOTES revised. Figure 18.8 C0STR Register; NOTE1 revised. Figure 18.10 C0ICR Register; NOTE1 revised. Figure 18.11 C0IDR Register; NOTE1 revised. Figure 18.12 C0CONR Register; "CAN0 Configuration Register" "CAN0 Configuration Register(2)" added. NOTE2 added. Figure 19.6 ADCON0 Register in Repeat Mode, in the Function of Frequency select bit 0; "1: Select fOCO-F" "Do not set" revised. Figure 19.10 Internal Equivalent Circuit of Analog Input; "i = 4" "i = 12" corrected. 19.7 Notes on A/D Converter, on the 5th line from the bottom; "Do not select the fOCO-F for the AD." added. 20.2 Memory Map, on the 4th line from the bottom; "When rewriting the block 2 and block 3 in CPU rewrite mode, set the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register to 1 (rewrite enables)." added. Figure 20.1 Flash Memory Block Diagram for R8C/22 Group revised. C - 19
357
361
362
364 372 373 374 376
377
404
408 410 413
414
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. 1.00 Date Oct 27, 2006
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
Description
Page 415 417
Summary Figure 20.2 Flash Memory Block Diagram for R8C/23 Group revised. Figure 20.4 OFS Register; NOTE2; "LVD0ON" "LVD1ON" and "(voltage monitor 0 reset enabled after reset)" "voltage monitor 0 reset enabled after reset)" corrected. Table 20.3 Differences between EW0 Mode and EW1 Mode; Modes After Read Status Register added. 20.4.2.3 FMR02 Bit; "The block 1 and block 0 do not ~" "The block0 block1 block2, and block3 do not ~" corrected. 20.4.3.1 Read Array Command, on the bottom line; "In addition, the MCU enters read array mode after a reset." added. 20.4.3.2 Read Status Register Command, on the bottom line; "The MCU remains in read status register mode until the next read array command is written." added. Figure 20.13 Program Command (When Suspend Function Enabled) revised. NOTE3 added. Figure 20.15 Block Erase Command (When Erase-Suspend Function Enabled) revised. NOTE3 added. Figure 20.16 Full Status Check and Handling Procedure for Individual Errors; "FMR07 = 0?" "FMR07 = 1?" and "FMR06 = 0?" "FMR06 = 1?" corrected. Table 20.8 Pin Functions (Flash Memory Standard Serial I/O Mode 3); P4_2/VREF deleted. P4_3 or P4_5 P4_2 to P4_5 corrected. 20.7.1.7 Reset Flash Memory deleted. 20.7.1.8 Entering Stop Mode or Wait Mode 20.7.1.7 Entering Stop Mode or Wait Mode corrected. Table 21.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings; Power dissipation revised. Table 21.2 Recommended Operating Conditions; System clock revised. Table 21.8 Voltage Monitor 1 Reset Circuit Electrical Characteristics Table 21.8 Power-on Reset Circuit, Voltage Monitor 1 Reset Circuit Electrical Characteristics(1) replaced. Table 21.8 revised. NOTE3 added. Table 21.9 Power-on Reset Circuit Electrical Characteristics deleted. Figure 21.3 Power-on Reset Circuit Electrical Characteristics revised. Table 21.10 High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Circuit Electrical Characteristics Table 21.9 High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Circuit Electrical Characteristics revised. Table 21.15 Electrical Characteristics (1) [VCC = 5 V] Table 21.14 Electrical Characteristics (1) [VCC = 5 V] revised. RAM Hold Voltage, Min.; "1.8" "2.0" corrected.
418 420
428
430 432
435
437
443
444 449
450
456
C - 20
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. 1.00 Date Oct 27, 2006
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
Description
Page 457
Summary Table 21.16 Electrical Characteristics (2) [Vcc = 5 V] Table 21.15 Electrical Characteristics (2) [Vcc = 5 V] revised. Wait mode revised. Table 21.21 Electrical Characteristics (3) [VCC = 3 V Table 21.20 Electrical Characteristics (3) [VCC = 3 V] revised. RAM hold voltage, Min.; "1.8" "2.0" corrected. Table 21.22 Electrical Characteristics (4) [Vcc = 3 V] Table 21.21 Electrical Characteristics (4) [Vcc = 3 V] revised. Wait mode revised. 22.1.1 Stop Mode and Wait Mode 22.1.1 Stop Mode revised. 22.1.2 Wait Mode added. 22.3.2 Notes on Timer RB; "Timer RB starts counting at the first valid edge of the count source after The TCSTF bit is set to 1 (during count)." deleted. On the 8th line from the bottom; "- If the TSTOP bit ~ stops immediately." added. On the 6th line from the bottom; "- If 1 is written to the TOSST or TOSSP bit ~ either 0 or 1." added. 22.3.3.4 Count Source Switch; "count clock source" "count source." corrected. 22.8 Notes on A/D Converter; On the 6th line from the bottom; "Do not select the fOCO-F for the AD." added. 22.9.1.7 Reset Flash Memory deleted. 23. Notes on On-Chip Debugger, (2); ROM 128 KB Product (R5F2122CJFP, R5F2122CKFP, R5F2123CJFP, R5F2123CKFP) addresses 23800h to 23FFFh added. (3); ROM 128 KB Product (R5F2122CJFP, R5F2122CKFP, R5F2123CJFP, R5F2123CKFP) addresses 03B00h to 03BFFh added. 24. Notes on Emulator Debugger added. Table 1.1; D version added. Table 1.2; D version added. Table 1.3; D version added and development status updated. Figure 1.2; D version added Table 1.4; D version added and development status updated. Figure 1.3; D version added Figure 1.4; NOTE 3 added. Figure 3.1; Part Number of D version added. Figure 3.2; Part Number of D version added. Table 4.1; * 000Ah: "00XXX000b" "00h" * 000Fh: "00011111b" "00X11111b" Figure 5.3 and Figure 5.4 NOTE1 revised.
460
461
464 469
471 485 488 490
491 1.10 Oct 31, 2007 2 3 5 6 7 13 14 15
30
C - 21
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. 1.10 Date Oct 31, 2007
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
Description
Page 31 32 33 38 59 60 63 64 73 76 77 80 81 84 85 87 89 91 94 95 98 110 116 120 121 124 5.1.1 (2) and 5.1.2 (4) revised. Figure 5.5 and Figure 5.6 revised. 5.2 and Figure 5.7 revised.
Summary
Figure 6.4; VCA2 register NOTE5 revised. Table 7.17 revised. Table 7.19 revised. Table 7.29 and Table 7.30 revised. Table 7.33 revised. Figure 10.2; NOTE4 revised. Figure 10.5; FRA0 register NOTE2 revised and FRA1 register NOTE2 added. Figure 10.7; VCA2 register NOTE5 revised. 10.2.2 revised, D version added. 10.3.2 revised. 10.4.1.3 revised. Table 10.3; Watchdog Timer Interrupt deleted. 10.4.2.5 and Figure 10.11 revised. Figure 10.12; Remarks revised. 10.5.1; the second line from the bottom revised. 10.6.1; Program example and 10.6.2 revised. Figure 11.1; After Reset of PRCR register: "00XXX000b" "00h" 12.1.3.1 revised. 12.2.1 revised. Table 12.6 revised and NOTE2 added. 12.7.3 revised and Watchdog Timer Interrupt deleted. Figure 12.21; NOTE2 revised. Figure 13.2; * OFS register NOTE1 revised. * After Reset of WDC register: "000xxxxxb" "00X11111b" Figure 14.6 Comment; "0 (During count)" "1 (During count)" 14.1.6 revised. 14.2; the second line from the top revised. Figure 14.16; TRBSC register NOTE3: "TRBPRE" "TRBSC" TRBPR register NOTE2: "TRBPRE" "TRBPR" Figure 14.18 Comment; "0 (During count)" "1 (During count)" Table 14.9; NOTE2 added. Table 14.10; NOTE2 added.
135 146 147 150
153 157 162
C - 22
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. 1.10 Date Oct 31, 2007
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
Description
Page 165 166 167 168 180 193 195 211 224 231 248 261 277 281 286 287 288 291 297 298 299 300 301 321 325 326 327 328 329 334 336 338 339 354 360 362 14.2.5.2 added. 14.2.5.3 added. 14.2.5.4 added.
Summary 14.2.5 revised and 14.2.5.1 added.
Figure 14.33; "input capture signal" added. Figure 14.46 revised. Table 14.25; Count Stop Conditions revised. Table 14.27; Count Stop Conditions revised. Table 14.29; Count Stop Conditions revised. Figure 14.84; NOTE1 revised. Table 14.33; Count Stop Conditions revised. 14.3.12.1 and Table 14.36 revised. Figure 15.3; Registers U0BRG and U1BRG: "U0BRG" "UiBRG" Table 15.1; NOTE2 revised. Table 15.4; NOTE1 revised. Table 15.5; NOTE2 added. Figure 15.10 revised. 15.3; the fourth line from the top added. Figure 16.4; NOTE2 deleted. Figure 16.5; NOTE1 deleted. Figure 16.6; NOTE2 and NOTE7 revised. Figure 16.7; NOTE5 revised. Figure 16.8; SSTDR NOTE1 and SSRDR NOTE2 deleted. 16.2.8.1 deleted. Figure 16.24; NOTE6 revised. Figure 16.25; NOTE5 deleted. Figure 16.26; NOTE3 revised and NOTE7 deleted. Figure 16.27; NOTE3 deleted. Figure 16.28; NOTE7 revised. Figure 16.32 revised. Figure 16.33 and Figure 16.34 revised. Figure 16.35 revised. Figure 16.36 revised. 16.3.8.1 replaced and 16.3.8.2 added. Figure 17.5; Procedure of Hardware LIN Clear the status flags: "LINST register 0" "LINST register 1" Figure 17.7 revised.
C - 23
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. 1.10 Date Oct 31, 2007
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
Description
Page 363 364 366 367 401 403 404 407 411 412 413 415 420 421 422 423 424 425 427 429 430
Summary Figure 17.8; Bit name in the TRAMR register: "MOD0 to 2 bits" "Bits TMOD0 to TMOD2" Figure 17.9; Procedure of Hardware LIN Clear the status flags: "LINST register 0" "LINST register 1" Figure 17.11; Bit name in the LINST register: "SCDCT flag" "BCDCT flag" Figure 17.12; Procedure of Hardware LIN Clear the status flags: "LINST register 0" "LINST register 1" Figure 19.2; NOTE4 revised. Table 19.2; Stop Condition revised. Figure 19.4; NOTE4 revised. Figure 19.6; NOTE4 revised. Figure 19.10 revised. SW5 added. 19.6; the six line from the bottom: "A/D conversion mode with" "A/D conversion mode without" 19.7 revised. Table 20.2; Function of CPU Rewrite Mode: "any area other than the flash memory" "the RAM" Figure 20.4; NOTE1 revised. Table 20.3; EW1 Mode: "ROM area" "ROM or RAM area" 20.4.1 and 20.4.2; "td(SR-ES)" "td(SR-SUS)" 20.4.2.4; the third line from the top: "in other than the flash memory" "transferred to the RAM" 20.4.2.15 revised. Figure 20.5; NOTE3 and NOTE5 revised. Figure 20.7; NOTE5 revised. Figure 20.9; "any area other than the flash memory" "the RAM" Figure 20.11; * "any area other than the flash memory" "the RAM" * "15us" "30us" * NOTE4 deleted. 20.4.3.4 revised. Figure 20.13 revised and NOTE4 added. Figure 20.15 revised and NOTE4 added. Table 20.7; MODE pin revised. Table 21.1 and Table 21.2 NOTE1; D version added. Table 21.3 NOTE1; D version added. Table 21.4; NOTE1 revised.
432 433 435 439 447 448 449
C - 24
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. 1.10 Date Oct 31, 2007
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
Description
Page 450 451 452 453
Summary Table 21.5 NOTE1; D version added. Table 21.6 NOTE1 and Table 21.7 NOTE1; D version added. Table 21.6; NOTE4 added. Table 21.8 NOTE1; D version added. Table 21.9 revised. Table 21.9 NOTE1 and Table 21.10 NOTE1; D version added. Table 21.11; NOTE1 revised. Table 21.12 NOTE1; D version added. Table 21.13 NOTE1; D version added. Table 21.14 NOTE1; D version added. Table 21.15; D version added. Table 21.19 and Figure 21.11; "(i = 0,2,3)" "(i = 0 to 3)" Table 21.25 and Figure 21.15; "(i = 0,2,3)" "(i = 0 to 3)" 22.1.1; Program example and 22.1.2 revised. 22.2.3 revised and Watchdog Timer Interrupt deleted. Figure 22.1; NOTE2 revised. 22.3.1 revised. 22.3.2 revised and 22.3.2.1 added. 22.3.2.2 added. 22.3.2.3 added. 22.3.2.4 added. 22.3.3.1 and Table 22.1 revised. 22.4; the fourth line from the top added. 22.5.2.1 replaced and 22.5.2.2 added. 22.8 revised. 23 revised. Appendix Figure 2.2 revised. Appendix Figure 3.1 NOTE1 revised. "RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE" reflected: TN-16C-A172A/E Table 1.3, Table 1.4 revised Figure 1.2, Figure 1.3; ROM number "XXX" added Figure 3.1, Figure 3.2; "Expanding area" deleted Table 4.9 135Fh Address "XXXX0000b" "00h" Figure 5.7 revised Figure 14.1 "TSTART" "TCSTF", "TCKCUT bit" revised Figure 14.13 "TCSTF" "TSTART" revised and added Table 14.9 "TRBP pin function" "TRBO pin function"
454 458 459 460 462 466 467 468 469 471 472 473 474 475 476 483 484 490 495 498 499 2.00 Aug 20, 2008 - 5, 6 13, 14 23 33 130 147 157
C - 25
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. 2.00 Date Aug 20, 2008
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
Description
Page
Summary
182, 196, Figure 14.34, Figure 14.48, Figure 14.87, Figure 14.99; 235, 249 "0137Dh" "0137h" 209 211 278 296 312 315 361 364 376 414 437 447 449 450 451 452 Figure 14.62 revised Table 14.27 revised Figure 15.4; NOTE3: "... 1 (internal clock) ..." "... 0 (internal clock) ..." Figure 16.3 revised 16.2.5.4 added Figure 16.18 revised Figure 17.6 revised Figure 17.9 revised Figure 18.7; NOTE2: "... operation mode." "... reset/initialization mode." Table 20.1; NOTE1 revised Table 20.6 "FRM0 Register" "FMR0 Register" Table 21.2; NOTE2 revised Table 21.4; NOTE2 and NOTE4 revised Table 21.5; NOTE2 and NOTE5 revised Table 21.6; "td(Vdet1-A)" added, NOTE5 added Table 21.7; "td(Vdet2-A)" and NOTE2 revised, NOTE5 added Table 21.8; "trth" and NOTE2 revised Figure 21.3 revised
C - 26
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual Publication Data: Rev.0.10 Rev.2.00 Sep 29, 2005 Aug 20, 2008
Published by:
Sales Strategic Planning Div. Renesas Technology Corp.
(c) 2008. Renesas Technology Corp., All rights reserved. Printed in Japan
R8C/22 Group, R8C/23 Group Hardware Manual
2-6-2, Ote-machi, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, 100-0004, Japan

▲Up To Search▲

Price & Availability of R5F2122CKFP

	To Download R5F2122CKFP Datasheet File
If you can't view the Datasheet, Please click here to try to view without PDF Reader .